(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "California Code of Regulations, (Vol. 09), Title 8, Industrial Relations (Part 2)"

•JZEl 



Barclays Official 

California 

Code of 
Regulations 



Title 8. Industrial Relations 



Complete Title 

{continued) 



Vol.9 



THOIVISON 

_$ 

WEST 



Barclays Official California Code of Regulations 

425 Market Street • Fourth Floor • San Francisco, CA 94105 
800-888-3600 



Barclays Official California Code Of Regulations 

revised edition 

This edition of Barclays Official California Code of Regulations, revised on April 1, 1990, has been 
published under the direction of the California Office of Administrative Law which is solely respon- 
sible for its contents. Comments or questions regarding regulations published in this edition should 
be addressed to the State of California, Office of Administrative Law, 300 Capitol Mall, Suite 1250, 
Sacramento, CA 95814, (916) 323-6225. Errors reported will be promptly corrected in subsequent 
supplements. 

OFFICIAL PUBLICATION 

Courts are required to take judicial notice of contents of regulations published in the Official Califor- 
nia Code of Regulations (Gov. Code, § 11344.6). Barclays Official California Code of Regulations, 
as revised April 1 , 1990, has been certified by the Office of Administrative Law as the official publi- 
cation of the State of California for this purpose pursuant to title 1, California Code of Regulations, 
section 190. 

CODE SUPPLEMENTS 

Amendments to the official Code are certified weekly by the Office of Administrative Law for publi- 
cation by Barclays. These amendments, when certified and published, become part of the Official 
California Code of Regulations, beginning with Register 90, No. 14, dated April 7, 1990, and include 
all regulations filed with the Secretary of State on or after April 1, 1990. Amendment subscriptions 
to the entire revised Code, or to parts of it, are available from the publisher. For a descriptive bro- 
chure and order form, write Barclays Official California Code of Regulations, RO. Box 2008, San 
Francisco, CA 94126 or telephone 800-888-3600. 

CODE CITATION 

Cite all materials in the Official California Code of Regulations by title number and section number. 
Example: Title 3, California Code of Regulations, section 432 (Short form: Cal. Code Regs., tit. 3, 

§ 432). 

COPYRIGHT NOTICE 

© 2008, State of California. 

This material may not be commercially reproduced or sold in print or electronic forms without 

written permission of Thomson/West. 



TITLE 8. INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS 



NOMENCLATURE CROSS-REFERENCE 



(NOTE: Effective April 1 , 1990, the Office of Administrative Law authorized the renaming of the 
hierarchical headings used within the Titles of the California Code of Regulations. Until the agen- 
cies implement these changes in their regulations, use the following Cross-Reference Table for 
the new organizational headings used in this Title.) 



OLD HIERARCHY REVISED HIERARCHY 

Part Division 

Division Subdivision 

Chapter Chapter 

Subchapter Subchapter 

Part Subchapter 

Group Group 

Article Article 

Section Section 



Title 8 



Industrial Relations 



Title Table of Contents 



Title 8. Industrial Relations 



Table of Contents 



Page 

Division 1. Department of industrial 

Relations 1 

Chapter 1 . Industrial Medical Council l 

Article 1 . General l 

Article 2. QME Eligibility 2 

Article 2.5. Time Periods for Processing 
Applications for QME 
Status 2.8(b) 

Article 3. Assignment of Qualified 
Medical Evaluators, 
Evaluation Procedure 2.9 

Article 4. Evaluation Procedures 2.18 

Article 4.5. Minimum Time 

Guidelines 2.24(z)(5l) 

Article 5. QME Reappointment 2.24(z)(52) 

Article 6. QME Discipline 2.24(z)(54) 

Article 7. Practice Parameters for the 
Treatment of Common 
Industrial Injuries 2.24(z)(56)(e) 

Article 10. QME Application Forms 2.25 

Article 10.5. QME Process Forms 2.44(a) 

Article 15. Fraudulent or Misleading 

Advertising 2.67 

Chapter 2. California Apprenticeship 

Council 3 

Subchapter 1 . Apprenticeship 3 

Article A-l . General Provisions 3 

Article 1 . Procedures for 

Investigating, Holding 

Hearings and Determining 

Disputes 3 

Article 2. Definitions 4 

Article 3. Standards for Minimum Wages, 
Maximum Hours and Working 
Conditions 5 

Article 4. Apprenticeship Standards 6 

Article 5. Selection Procedures 8.2 

Article 6. Apprenticeship Programs and 

Committees 8.2(a) 



Article 7. 

Article 8. 

Article 9. 

Article 10. 

Subarticle 1. 
Subarticle 2. 

Subarticle 3. 
Subarticle 4. 
Subarticle 5. 

Subarticle 6. 
Article 11. 



Article 12. 
Subchapter 2. 

Article A-l. 
Article 1. 

Article 2. 
Article 3. 
Article 4. 



Article 5. 
Article 6. 

Article 7. 

Article 8. 

Article 9. 



Page 

State Certificates of 

Completion of 

Apprenticeship 8.2(a) 

Local Joint Apprenticeship 
Committee Certificate of 
Authorization 8.2(a) 

Certificates of Meritorious 

Service 8.2(b) 

Required Apprentices On 

Public Works Contract 8.2(b) 

General 8.2(d)(1) 

Determinations and 

Request for Review 8.2(h) 

Prehearing Procedures 8.2(j) 

Hearings 8.2(1) 

Decision of the 

Administrator 8.2(o) 

Limitations Period 8.2(p) 

Joint Regulations Regarding 

Excess Costs for Related 

and Supplemental 

Instruction of Apprentices 8.2(p) 

Apprenticeship Program Fees 8.3 

Other On-the-Job 

Training 8.4 

General Provisions 8.4 

Declaration of Policy and 

Purpose 8.4 

Training Standards 9 

Selection Procedures 10 

Procedures for 

Investigating, Holding 

Hearings and Determining 

Disputes n 

Selection Procedures 12 

Training Programs and 

Committees 13 

State Certificates of 

Training 13 

Local Joint Training 
Committee Certificate of 

Authorization 13 

Certificates of Meritorious 

Service 13 



Page i 



Title Table of Contents 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE 



OF REGULATIONS Title 8 

Page 

Article 1.5. Employer's Declaration of 
Abatement and Other 
Documentation of Abatement — 
Employee Notification — 
Posting Requirements 33 

Article 1 .6. Adjudicative Hearings — 
General Rules of Practice 
and Procedure — Denial, 
Suspension or Revocation of 
Permits, Licenses, 
Certifications, 
Registrations or Other 
Authorizations and Orders 
Prohibiting Use, Issued by 
the Division of 
Occupational Safety and 
Health 34.1 

Article 2. Permits — Excavations, 

Trenches, Construction and 

Demolition and the 

Underground Use of Diesel 

Engines in Work in Mines 

and Tunnels 34.4 

Article 2.5. Registration — Asbestos- 
Related Work 35 

Article 2.6. Asbestos Consultants and 
Site Surveillance 
Technicians 37 

Article 2.7. Approval of Courses and 

Course Providers 39 

Article 3. Reporting Work-Connected 

Injuries 40.12 

Article 4. Aerial Passenger Tramway 

Inspection Fee Schedule 40.12 

Article 5. Boiler and Tank Permit and 

Inspection Fee Schedule 40.12 

Article 6. Permanent Amusement Rides 41 

Article 6. 1 . Amusement Ride Inspection 

Fee Schedule 42.2(c) 

Article 7. Blaster's License 42.2(c) 

Article 8. Elevator Inspection Fee 

Schedule 42.2(c) 

Article 9. Correctional Industries 42.2(d) 

Article 10. Civil and Criminal 

Enforcement Policy of the 

Division of Occupational 

Safety and Health 42.2(e) 

Article 1 1 . License Requirements — Crane 

and Derrick Certification 42.2(f) 

Article 12. Tower Cranes — Operating 
Permit and Certification 
Requirements 42.2(h) 



Page 



Subchapter 3. Journeyman On-the-Job 
Training 



13 



Subchapter 4. Electrician 

Certification 14 



Chapter 3. 

Subchapter 1 . 
Subchapter 2. 

Article 1. 
Article 11. 
Subchapter 4. 

Chapter 3.2. 

Subchapter 1. 

Article 1. 

Article 2. 
Article 3. 



Fair Employment and Housing 
Commission 15 

Administration 15 



Discrimination in 

Employment 15 

General Matters 15 

Age Discrimination 15 



Procedures of the 
Commission 



15 



California Occupational Safety 
and Health Regulations (CAL/ 
OSHA) 17 

Regulations of the 

Director of Industrial 

Relations 



17 



Definitions Under California 

Occupational Safety and 

Health Act of 1973 17 



Advance Notice of 
Inspections 



17 



Citation, Notice, Special 
Order, Order to Take 
Special Action, Notice of 
No Violations After 
Investigation: Procedures 



Article 4. 
Article 4.5. 
Article 5. 

Article 6. 



Subchapter 2. 



Article 1. 



Proposed Penalty Procedure 19 

Multi-Employer Worksites 22.1 

Hazardous Substances 

Information and Training 22.1 

Workers' Compensation Loss 

Control Consultation 

Services, Annual Health and 

Safety Loss Control Plan — 

Requirements and 

Procedures 32.5 

Regulations of the 

Division of Occupational 

Safety and Health 32.10 

Employers' Obligation to 

Provide Information to 

Employees 32.10 



Page ii 



(7-11-2008) 



Title 8 



Industrial 
Page 

Certification Requirements 42.5 

Limitations on Division 

Eligibility for 

Certifications, Licenses, 

and Registrations for 

Aliens 42.7 

Occupational Safety and Health 

Appeals Board 43 

General 43 

Service of Documents and 

Duty to Notify Others of 

Appeal and Hearing 45 

Prehearing Procedure 

Discovery, and Motions 49 

Hearing 53 

Reconsideration 56.1 

Employers' Cost Recovery 56.3 

Occupational Safety and Health 
Standards Board 57 

Rules of Procedure for 

Permanent Variances and 

Appeals from Temporary 

Variances 57 

General 57 

Applications for Permanent 
Variances and Appeals from 
Temporary Variances 58 

Prehearing Proceedings 60 

Hearings and Decisions 61 

Division of Industrial Safety 65 

Unfired Pressure Vessel 

Safety Orders 65 

Scope of These Orders 65 

Design and Construction 68 

Air Tanks 70 

Pressure Vessels Other Than 

Air Tanks, LPG, NH3 and CNG 

or LNG Tanks 74 

LP-Gas Systems 74 

Anhydrous Ammonia 79 

Compressed and Liquefied 

Natural Gas System 103 

Safe Practices in 

Boiler and Fired Pressure 

Vessel Safety Orders 115 

Scope of These Orders 115 

Definitions 115 



Relations 



Title Table of Contents 

Page 

Design and Construction 117 

Installation 117 

Inspection 120 

Operation 123 

Repairs 1 24 

Compressed Air Safety 

Orders (Governing Work 

in Compressed Air) 131 

Application 131 

Definitions 131 

General Provisions 131 

Compression 131 

Decompression 131 

Air Locks and Special 
Decompression Chamber 131 

Temperature, Illumination, 
Sanitation and Ventilation 131 

Compressor Plant, Air 
Supply, and Telephone 
Communication 131 

Bulkheads and Screens 1 32 

Fire Prevention 132 

Medical Attendance, 

Examination, and 

Regulations 132 

Suggestions for the Guidance 

of Compressed Air Workers 132 

Construction Safety 

Orders 153 

Introduction 153 

Definitions 153 

General 160 

Dusts, Fumes, Mists, Vapors, 

and Gases 164 

Rock Drilling 166.38 

Excavations 166.39 

Bins, Bunkers, Hoppers, and 
Material Storage 178.28 

Explosives 178.28 

Derricks, Cranes, Boom-Type 
Excavators 180 

Haulage and Earth Moving 1 86 

Vehicles, Traffic Control, 
Flaggers, Barricades, and 
Warning Signs 190 

Pile Driving 191 

Work Over or Near Water 192 

Construction Hoists 193 



• 



Article 13. 
Article 14. 



Chapter 3.3. 

Article 1. 
Article 1.5. 

Article 3. 

Article 4. 
Article 5. 
Article 6. 

Chapter 3.5. 
Subchapter 1 . 



Article 1. 
Article 2. 

Article 3. 
Article 4. 

Chapter 4. 
Subchapter 1 . 

Article 1. 
Article 2. 
Article 3. 
Article 4. 

Article 5. 
Article 6. 
Article 7. 

Article 10. 
Subchapter 2. 

Article 1. 
Article 2. 



Article 3. 
Article 4. 
Article 5. 
Article 6. 
Article 7. 
Subchapter 3. 

Article 1. 
Article 2. 
Article 3. 
Article 4. 
Article 5. 
Article 6. 

Article 7. 

Article 8. 



Article 9. 


Article 10. 


Article 11. 


Article 12. 


Subchapter 4. 


Article 1. 


Article 2. 


Article 3. 


Article 4. 


Article 5. 


Article 6. 


Article 7. 


Article 8. 


Article 9. 


Article 10. 


Article 11. 


Article 12. 


Article 13. 


Article 14. 



Page iii 



(7 11-20<)N) 



Title Table of Contents BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE 

Page 

Article 15. Hoisting 214 

Article 16. Railings 214 

Article 17. Ramps, Runways, Stairwells, 

and Stairs 215 

Article 18. Access and Egress 216 

Article 19. Floor, Roof, and Wall 

Openings 218 

Article 20. Temporary Floors 218 

Article 2 1 . Scaffolds — General 

Requirements 218.1 

Article 22. Scaffolds — Various Types 220 

Article 23. Suspended Scaffolds 227 

Article 24. Fall Protection 231 

Article 25. Ladders 233 

Article 26. Saws — Power 235 

Article 27. Powder-Actuated Tools 235 

Article 28. Miscellaneous Construction 

Tools and Equipment 236 

Article 29. Erection and Construction 239 

Article 30. Roofing Operations and 

Equipment 246 

Article 3 1 . Demolition 246.3 

Article 32. Oxygen, Acetylene, and Fuel 

Gas 246.5 

Article 33. Electrical Requirements for 

Construction Work 246.6 

Article 34. Nonionizing Radiation 247 

Article 35. Helicopter Operations 248 

Article 36. Fire Protection and 

Prevention 249 

Subchapter 5. Electrical Safety Orders 301 

Group 1 . Low-Voltage Electrical Safety 

Orders 301 

Article 1. Definitions 301 

Article 2. Administration 306 

Article 3. Work Procedures 307 

Article 4. Requirements for Electrical 

Installations 309 

Article 5. Use and Identification of 
Grounded and Grounding 
Conductors 312 

Article 6. Branch Circuits 313 

Article 7. Feeders 314 

Article 8. Outdoor Wiring 314 

Article 9. Services 315 

Article 10. Overcurrent Protection 316 



OF REGULATIONS Title 8 

Page 

Article 11. Grounding 317 

Article 12. Wiring Methods, Components, 

and Equipment for General 

Use 322 

Article 13. Temporary Wiring 323 

Article 14. Conductors for General 

Wiring 324 

Article 15. Cable Trays 324 

Article 16. Open Wiring on Insulators 325 

Article 17. Concealed Knob-and-Tube 

Wiring 325 

Article 18. Mineral-Insulated Metal- 
Sheathed Cable 325 

Article 19. Aluminum-Sheathed Cable 326 

Article 20. Copper-Sheathed Cable 326 

Article 21 . Metal-Clad Cable 326 

Article 22. Nonmetallic-Sheathed Cable 326 

Article 23. Shielded Nonmetallic- 
Sheathed Cable 326 

Article 24. Service-Entrance Cable 326 

Article 25. Underground Feeder and 

Branch Circuit Cable 326 

Article 26. Power and Control Tray 

Cable 326 

Article 27. Nonmetallic Extensions 326 

Article 28. Underplaster Extensions 326 

Article 29. Intermediate Metal Conduit 326 

Article 30. Rigid Metal Conduit 326 

Article 31. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit 326 

Article 32. Electrical Metallic Tubing 326 

Article 33. Flexible Metal Conduit 326 

Article 34. Liquidtight Flexible Metal 

Conduit 326 

Article 35. Surface Raceways 326 

Article 36. Multi-Outlet Assembly 326 

Article 37. Underfloor Raceways 326 

Article 38. Cellular Metal Floor 

Raceways 327 

Article 39. Cellular Concrete Floor 

Raceways 327 

Article 40. Wireways 327 

Article 41. Flat Cable Assemblies 327 

Article 42. Busways 327 

Article 43. Cablebus 327 

Article 44. Electrical Floor Assemblies 327 

Article 45. Cabinets, Boxes, and 

Fittings 327 



Page iv 



(7-11-2008) 



Title 8 



Industrial Relations 

Page 

Auxiliary Gutters 327 Article 73. 

Switches 327 

Switchboards and Article 74 " 

Panelboards 328 Article 74. 1 . 

Enclosures for Damp or Wet 
Locations 329 

Flexible Cords and Cables 329 

Article 75. 
Fixture Wires 330 

Article 76. 
Lighting Fixtures, 

Lampholders, Lamps and . 

Receptacles 330 

Appliances 332 . . , „„ , 

FF Article 77.1. 

Fixed Electric Space Heating Article 77 2 

Equipment 334 

Fixed Outdoor Electric De- . . , „„ 

_, . . Article 78. 

Icing and Snow Melting 

Equipment 334 

Fixed Electric Heating . . , nr . 

^ ,- ™- ,. , Article 79. 

Equipment tor Pipelines and 

Vessels 334 

Article 80. 
Motors, Motor Circuits and 

Controllers 335 Article 81. 

Transformers and Transformer 

Vaults (Including Secondary Article 82. 

Ties) 336.1 Article 83. 

Capacitors 336.2 Article 84. 

Storage Batteries 336.2 

Hazardous (Classified) 

Locations 336.2 

Oil and Gas Wells 336.11 

Class II Locations 341 Article 86 

Class III Locations 341 Article 87. 

Hazardous (Classified) Article 88. 

Locations Specific 341 . . , or . 

v Article 89. 

Commercial Garages, Repair 

and Storage 341 „ ~ 

e Group 2. 

Aircraft Hangars 341 

Gasoline Dispensing and Article 1 . 

Service Stations 341 Article 2. 

Bulk Storage Plants 341 Article 3. 

Oil and Gas Wells 341 Article 4. 

Finishing Processes 341 

Places of Assembly 342 Article 5. 

Theaters and Similar Article 6. 

Locations 342 Article 7. 

Motion-Picture Studios and 

Similar Locations 344 Article 8. 

Motion Picture Projectors 346 Article 9. 



Title Table of Contents 

Page 

Electric Signs and Outline 

Lighting 34X 

Cranes and Hoists 349 

Elevators, Dumbwaiters, 
Escalators, Moving Walks, 
Wheelchair Lifts, and 
Stairway Chair Lifts 350 

Electric Welders 351 

Sound Recording and Similar 
Equipment 351 

Information Technology 

Equipment 351 

X-Ray Equipment 352 

Induction and Dielectric 

Heating Equipment 352 

Electrically Driven or 

Controlled Irrigation 

Machines 353 

Swimming Pools, Fountains 

and Similar Installations 353 

Emergency Power Systems 354.1 

Stand-By Power Generation 
Systems 354.1 

Electrolytic Systems 354.2 

Electrolytic Cells 354.2 

Carnivals, Circuses, Fairs, 

and Similar Events 354.3 

Class 1, Class 2, and Class 
3 Remote Control, 
Signaling, and Power- 
Limited Circuits 354.4 

Fire Alarm Systems 354.5 

Communications Systems 354.5 

Solar Photovoltaic Systems 354.6 

Integrated Electrical 

Systems 354.6 

High- Voltage Electrical Safety 

Orders 354.6 

Definitions 354.6 

Administration 359 

Genera] 360 

Service and Service Entrance 
Equipment 361 

Feeders and Branch Circuits 362 

Grounding 363 

General Requirements — Wiring 
Methods 365 

Pull and Junction Boxes 366 

Open Wiring (Bare) 366 



Article 46. 
Article 47. 
Article 48. 

Article 48.1. 

Article 49. 
Article 50. 
Article 51. 

Article 52. 
Article 53. 

Article 54. 

Article 55. 

Article 56. 
Article 57. 

Article 58. 
Article 58.1. 
Article 59. 

Article 60. 
Article 61. 
Article 62. 
Article 63. 

Article 64. 

Article 65. 
Article 66. 

Article 67. 
Article 67.1. 
Article 68. 
Article 69. 
Article 70. 

Article 71. 

Article 72. 



Page v 



(7 11 2008) 



Title Table of Contents 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA 

Page 

Conduit 367 

Metal-Enclosed Bus 368 

Continuous Rigid Cable 

Supports 369 

Metal-Clad Cable 369 

Portable (Flexible) Cable 370 

Temporary Wiring 371 

Vertical Suspension of 

Cables 371 

Vaults and Enclosures 371 

Conductors 373 

Outdoor Wiring 373 

Switches 375 

Circuit Breakers 376 

Automatic Circuit Reclosers 377 

Power Fuses 377 

Distribution Cutouts and 

Fuse Links — Expulsion Type 378 

Oil-Filled Cutouts 378 

Metal-Enclosed Power 

Switchgear and Industrial 

Control Assemblies 379 

Transformers 380 

Rotating Machinery and Its 

Control Apparatus 381 

Capacitors 385 

Resistors and Reactors 386 

Lightning Arresters 386 

Mobile and Portable 

Equipment 386 

Mine and Tunnel 

Installations 387 

Hazardous (Classified) 

Locations 388 

Workspace and Guarding 388 

Work Procedures and 

Operating Procedures 389 

Provisions for Preventing 

Accidents Due to Proximity 

to Overhead Lines 399 

Line Clearance Tree Trimming 
Operations 400 

Signs and Outline Lighting — 
Exceeding 600 Volts 400 

Electronic News Gathering 400.1 



CODE OF REGULATIONS Title 8 

Page 

Subchapter 6. Elevator Safety Orders 401 

Group I. Administrative Regulations 401 

Article 1 . Application 401 

Article 2. Permit to Operate 402 

Article 3. Variances 403 

Article 4. Qualifications for Certified 

Inspectors 403 

Article 5. Standard Reference 

Documents 405 

Article 6. Definitions 405 

Group II. Elevator Installations for 
Which the Installation 
Contract Was Signed Before 
October 25, 1998 415 

Article 7. Hoistways, Hoistway 

Enclosures, and Related 
Construction for Power 
Cable-Driven Passenger and 
Freight Elevators 415 

Article 8. Machinery and Equipment for 
Power Cable-Driven 
Passenger and Freight 
Elevators 426 

Article 9. Hydraulic Elevators 455 

Article 10. Hand and Power Sidewalk 

Elevators 458.3 

Article 1 1 . Hand Elevators 461 

Article 12. Hand and Power Dumbwaiters 

Scope 462 

Article 12.1. Material Lifts and 

Dumbwaiters with Automatic 
Transfer Devices 465 

Article 12.2. Incline Elevators 466 

Article 12.3. Special Purpose Personnel 

Elevators 466 

Article 12.5. Vertical or Inclined 

Reciprocating Conveyors 470 

Article 12.6. Screw Type Elevators 472 

Article 13. Escalators 473 

Article 14. Moving Walks 476 

Article 15. Special Access Elevators and 

Special Access Lifts 478 

Article 16. Hand Power Man Platforms 484.3 

Article 17. Manlifts 484.4 

Article 18. Design Data, Formulas, Tests 
on Approved Devices, and 
Electrical Regulations 490 



Article 10. 
Article 1 1 . 
Article 12. 

Article 13. 
Article 14. 
Article 15. 
Article 16. 

Article 17. 
Article 18. 
Article 19. 
Article 20. 
Article 21. 
Article 22. 
Article 23. 
Article 24. 

Article 25. 
Article 26. 

Article 27. 
Article 28. 

Article 29. 
Article 30. 
Article 31. 
Article 32. 

Article 33. 

Article 34. 

Article 35. 
Article 36. 

Article 37. 

Article 38. 
Article 39. 
Article 40. 



• 



Page vi 



(7-11-2008) 



Title 8 



Industrial 

Page 

Installations Defined by 

Section 3000(f) of These 

Orders. Elevator 

Installations for Which the 

Installation Contract Was 

Signed on or After October 

25, 1998, but Before May 1, 

2008 505 

Hoistways, Hoistway 
Enclosures, and Related 
Construction for Electric 
Elevators 505 

Machinery and Equipment for 
Electric Elevators 506 

Hydraulic Elevators 508 

Power Sidewalk Elevators 508.1 

Hand Elevators 508.1 

Hand and Power Dumbwaiters . 508.1 

Escalators 508.1 

Moving Walks 508.2 

Periodic and Acceptance 

Inspections and Tests 508.2 

Engineering and Type Tests 508.2 

Design Date and Formulas 508.3 

Material Lifts and 
Dumbwaiters With Automatic 
Transfer Devices 508.3 

Special-Purpose Elevators 508.3 

Rack and Pinion Elevators 508.3 

Inclined Elevators 508.3 

Screw Column Elevators 508.3 

Special Access Elevators and 
Special Access Lifts 508.3 

Seismic Requirements 508.3 

Hand Power Man Platforms 508.4 

Manlifts 508.4 

Conveyance Installations for 

Which the Installation 

Contract Was Signed on or 

After May 1, 2008 508.4 

Application 508.4 

Conveyances Covered by ASME 
A17.1-2004 508.4 

Conveyances Covered by ASME 
A18.1-2003 508.7 

Automated Guided Transit 
Vehicles with an Exclusive 
Right-of-Way 508.7 



Relations 



Title Table of Contents 

Page 

Hand Power Man Platforms, 
Manlifts, and Vertical and 
Inclined Reciprocating 
Conveyors 508.7 

Passenger Tramway Safety 

Orders 5W 

Administrative Regulations 5(W 

Classifications and 

Definitions 510 

Reversible Aerial Tramways 512 

Detachable Grip Aerial 

Lifts 512 

Fixed Grip Aerial Lifts 513 

Surface Lifts 513 

Tows 513 

Wire Rope and Strand 

Requirements 513 

Permanent Amusement Ride 

Safety Orders 515 

Application and Definitions 515 

Requirements, Other Than 

Recordkeeping and Transfer 

of Information, Applicable 

to All Permanent Amusement 

Rides 515 

Aquatic Devices 518 

Recordkeeping and 

Information Transfer 519 

General Industry Safety 

Orders 533 

General Physical Conditions 

and Structures 540 

Definitions 540 

Standard Specifications 543 

Special Design 

Requirements 554.2 

Access, Work Space, and Work 
Areas 556 

Window Cleaning 566.3 

Powered Platforms and 
Equipment for Building 
Maintenance 576 

Safe Practices and Personal 

Protection 578.18 

Miscellaneous Safe 

Practices 578.18 

Labor Camps 586 

Sanitation 586 

Personal Safety Devices and 
Safeguards 587 



Group III. 



Article 44. 



• 



• 



Article 20. 



Article 21. 

Article 22. 
Article 23. 
Article 24. 
Article 25. 
Article 26. 
Article 27. 
Article 28. 

Article 29. 
Article 30. 
Article 31. 

Article 32. 
Article 33. 
Article 34. 
Article 35. 
Article 36. 

Article 37. 
Article 38. 
Article 39. 
Group IV. 



Article 40. 
Article 41. 

Article 42. 

Article 43. 



Subchapter 6.1 


Article 1. 


Article 2. 


Article 3. 


Article 4. 


Article 5. 


Article 6. 


Article 7. 


Article 8. 


Subchapter 6.2. 


Article 1 . 


Article 2. 



Article 3. 


Article 4. 


Subchapter 7. 


Group 1. 


Article 1. 


Article 2. 


Article 3. 


Article 4. 


Article 5. 


Article 6. 


Group 2. 


Article 7. 


Article 8. 


Article 9. 


Article 10. 



Page vii 



(7 11-2008) 



Title Table of Contents BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA 

Page 

Article 10.1. Personal Protective Clothing 
and Equipment for Fire 
Fighters 590 

Article 11. Outdoor Advertising 

Structures 595 

Group 3. General Plant Equipment and 

Special Operations 596 

Article 12. Tree Work, Maintenance or 

Removal 596 

Article 13. Agricultural Operations 599 

Article 14. Marine Terminal Operations — 600.5 

Article 15. Vats, Pans, Bins, Bunkers, 
Hoppers, and Similar 
Containers and Vessels 608 

Article 17. Engines and Compressors 609 

Article 19. Automotive Lifts 610 

Article 20. Hand and Portable Powered 

Tools and Equipment 611 

Article 21 . Use, Care, and Protection of 

Abrasive Wheels 612 

Group 4. General Mobile Equipment and 

Auxiliaries 625 

Article 23. Mobile Ladder Stands and 

Scaffolds (Towers) 625 

Article 24. Elevating Work Platforms and 

Aerial Devices 627 

Article 25. Industrial Trucks, Tractors, 
Haulage Vehicles, and 
Earthmoving Equipment 631 

Article 26. Vehicle Mounted Elevating 
and Rotating Work 
Platforms 638 

Article 27. Transportation of Employees 

and Materials 638 

Article 29. Industrial Railroads 639 

Article 31. Gantry Trucks (Straddle 

Carriers) 642 

Article 32. Tiering Conveyors 643 

Article 35. Amusement Rides 643 

Group 6. Power Transmission Equipment, 
Prime Movers, Machines and 
Machine Parts 645 

Article 37. Purpose, Definitions and 

Standards 645 

Article 41. Prime Movers and Machinery — 648 

Article 43. Shafting, Collars, Clutches, 
Cut-Off Couplings and 
Clutch Pulleys 649 

Article 44. Pulleys 650 



CODE OF REGULATIONS Title 8 

Page 

Article 45. Belt and Pulley Drives 650 

Article 46. Gears, Friction Drives, 

Sprockets, and Chains 651 

Article 47. Power Disconnecting Devices 651 

Group 8. Points of Operation and Other 

Hazardous Parts of Machinery 651 

Article 54. Scope and General 

Definitions 651 

Article 55. Power Operated Presses 654.2 

Article 56. Metal Working Machines 662.5 

Article 57. Die Casting Machines 663 

Article 59. Woodworking Machines and 

Equipment 664 

Article 60. Refuse and Trash Collection 

Equipment 669 

Article 61. Compaction Equipment 670 

Article 64. Pulp, Paper and Paperboard 

Mills 672 

Article 65. Paper Converting and 

Printing Machines 676 

Article 66. Textiles 677 

Article 67. Laundry and Dry Cleaning 

Equipment 679 

Article 68. Leather and Composition 

Goods Machines 681 

Article 69. Food and Tobacco Machinery 682 

Article 70. Chemical Industry Machines 686 

Article 71. Rubber and Composition 

Working Machines 686.1 

Article 72. Plastic Processing 

Machinery 689 

Article 73. Stone, Clay and Glass 

Working Machines 689 

Article 74. Cotton Gins and Seed Cotton 

Processing Machines 689 

Group 9. Compressed Gas and Air 

Equipment 691 

Article 75. Definitions 691 

Article 76. Compressed Gas and Air 

Cylinders 691 

Article 77. Cylinder Inspection 692 

Article 78. Safety Relief Devices for 

Compressed Gas Containers 692 

Article 79. Safety Relief Devices for 
Cargo and Portable Tanks 
Storing Compressed Gases 692 

Group 10. Gas Systems for Welding and 

Cutting 692 

Article 80. Purpose and Definitions 692 



Page viii 



(7-11-2008) 



Title 8 



Industrial Relations 



Title Table of Contents 

Page 

Dusts, Fumes, Mists, Vapors 

and Gases 763 

Confined Spaces 804.2(a) 

Hazardous Substances and 
Processes 804.16 

Regulated Carcinogens 844.44 

Fumigation 953 

Labeling of Injurious 

Substances 954 

Explosive Materials 959 

Explosive Materials 959 

Storage of Explosive 

Materials 963 

Transportation of Explosive 
Materials 970 

Handling and Use of 

Explosive Materials in 

Blasting Operations 972 

Explosives for Well Service 
Industry 981 

Manufacturing and Processing 

of Explosive Materials 982 

Blasting Agents 984.1 

Snow Avalanche Blasting 984.3 

Ammonium Nitrate Storage 984.8 

Small Arms Ammunition, Small 
Arms Ammunition Primers, 
Smokeless Propellants, and 
Black Powder Propellants 984.9 

Flammable Liquids, Gases and 

Vapors 984.10 

Definitions 984.10 

General 985 

Dip Tanks 986 

Spray Coating Operations 989 

Hydrogen 995 

Oxygen 1000 

Electrical Equipment 1002 

Container and Portable Tank 
Storage 1003 

Industrial Plants 1007 

Processing Plants 1008 

Service Stations 1009 

Tank Storage ] 012 

Piping, Valves and Fittings 1022 

Bulk Plants i 023 

Refineries, Chemical Plants, 
Wineries and Distilleries 1028 



Page 

Article 81. General 692.1 

Article 82. Stationary Automatic 

Acetylene Generators 693 

Article 83. Portable Automatic Acetylene 

Generators 694 

Article 84. Calcium Carbide 695 

Article 85. Service Piping for All 

Gases 695 

Article 86. Manifolding of Cylinders to 
Headers for Shop Pipe Line 
Supply Systems and Pressure 
Reducing Regulators and 
Hose 697 

Article 87. Operating Procedure 698 

Article 88. Fire Prevention in Welding 

and Cutting Operations 699 

Group 1 1 . Electric Welding 699 

Article 90. Electric Welding, Cutting 

and Heating 699 

Group 13. Cranes and Other Hoisting 

Equipment 701 

Article 91 . Definitions 702 

Article 92. Cranes (Except Boom-Type 

Mobile Cranes) 714 

Article 93. Boom-Type Mobile Cranes 718 

Article 94. Hydraulic Cranes and 

Excavators 722 

Article 95. Derricks 723 

Article 96. Tower Cranes 723 

Article 97. Hoists, Auxiliary Hoisting 
Equipment and Hoisting 
Operations 724.1 

Article 98. Operating Rules 725 

Article 99. Testing 734 

Article 100. Inspection and Maintenance 736 

Article 1 01 . Slings 736.1 

Group 14. Radiation and Radioactivity 756 

Article 102. Standards for Protection 

Against Radiation 756 

Article 103. Actinic Radiation 756 

Article 104. Nonionizing Radiation 756 

Group 15. Occupational Noise and 

Ergonomics 757 

Article 105. Control of Noise Exposure 757 

Article 106. Ergonomics 763 

Group 1 6. Control of Hazardous 

Substances 763 



Article 107. 

Article 108. 
Article 109. 

Article 110. 
Article 111. 
Article 112. 

Group 18. 
Article 113. 
Article 114. 

Article 115. 

Article 116. 

Article 118. 

Article 119. 

Article 120. 
Article 121. 
Article 122. 
Article 123. 



Group 20. 



Article 


134 


Article 


135 


Article 


136 


Article 


137 


Article 


138 


Article 


139 


Article 


140 


Article 


141 


Article 


142 


Article 


143 


Article 


144 


Article 


145 


Article 


146 


Article 


147 


Article 


148 



Page ix 



(7 11 200S) 



Title Table of Contents BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA 

Page 

Group 25. Federal Regulations 1028 

Article 150. Scope 1028 

Article 151 . OSHA Standards 1028 

Group 26. Diving and Pressurized 

Worksite Operations *. 1028 

Article 152. Diving Operations 1028 

Article 153. Commercial Diving 

Operations 1034 

Article 154. Pressurized Worksite 

Operations 1036 

Group 27. Fire Protection 1038.16 

Article 156. Definitions 1038.16 

Article 157. Portable Fire Extinguishers 1039 

Article 158. Standpipe and Hose Systems 1041 

Article 159. Automatic Sprinkler 

Systems 1041 

Article 160. Fixed Extinguishing 

Systems 1042 

Article 161. Fixed Extinguishing Systems, 

Dry Chemical 1043 

Article 162. Fixed Extinguishing Systems, 

Gaseous Agents 1043 

Article 163. Fixed Fire Extinguishing 

Systems — Water-Spray, and 

Foam-Water Sprinkler 

Systems 1044 

Article 164. Fire Detection Systems 1044 

Article 165. Employee Alarm Systems 1044 

Subchapter 8. Safety Rules for Gold 

Dredges 1045 

Subchapter 9. Lamp Scaffold and 

Parallel Safety Orders 1045 

Subchapter 10. Liquefied Petroleum Gases 

Safety Orders 1045 

Subchapter 1 1 . Logging and Sawmill 

Safety Orders 1045 

Subchapter 12. Mine Safety Orders 1045 

Subchapter 13. Logging and Sawmill 

Safety Orders 1047 

Article 1 . Introduction 1047 

Article 1.5. Accident Prevention and 

First Aid 1049 

Article 2. Logging Operations — 

General 1049 

Article 3. Logging Roads and Bridges 1050 

Article 4. Signals and Communication 

Systems 1051 

Article 5. Falling and Bucking 1052 



CODE OF REGULATIONS Title 8 

Page 

Article 6. Climbing and Preparation of 

Spar Trees 1053 

Article 7. Rigging 1054 

Article 8. Logging Machines 1056 

Article 9. Tractors (Including Rubber- 
Tired) 1056 

Article 10. Portable Metal Spars 1057 

Article 1 1 . Helicopter Yarding 

Operations 1058 

Article 12. Yarding, Swinging, and 

Loading 1060 

Article 13. Transportation 1060.1 

Article 14. Log Dumps, Ponds and Other 

Log Handling Facilities 1062 

Article 15. Sawmills 1063 

Article 16. Veneer and Plywood Plants 1067 

Article 17. Lath, Shingle, and Shake 

Mills 1068 

Subchapter 14. Petroleum Safety Orders — 

Drilling and Production 1081 

Article 1. Application and Variances 1081 

Article 2. Definitions 1082 

Article 3. Injury and Illness 

Prevention Program 1084 

Article 4. First Aid and Medical 

Services 1084 

Article 5. Dangerous Exposure 1084 

Article 6. Fires and Explosions 1085 

Article 7. Confined Spaces 1086 

Article 8. Gas and Vapor Testing 1086 

Article 9. Pipe Lines, Fittings, and 

Valves 1086 

Article 10. Opening and Blinding Pipe 

Lines and Equipment 1087 

Article 11. Drainage, Housekeeping and 

Leakage Control 1088 

Article 12. Hazardous Substances 1088 

Article 13. Agitation and Heating of 

Liquids in Tanks 1088 

Article 14. Reservoirs and Stationary 

Tanks 1088 

Article 15. Unfired Pressure Vessels, 
Boilers, and Fired Pressure 
Vessels and Pressure Relief 
Devices 1089 

Article 16. Gas Compressors and 

Engines 1092 

Article 17. Identification of Wells and 

Equipment 1092.1 



Page x 



(7-11-2008) 



Title 8 



Industrial 
Page 

Standard Type Derricks 1092.1 

All Derricks, Masts and 

Supporting Structures 1094 

Cellars and Shafts 1095 

Access and Exits, Derrick 

and Mast Floors 1096 

Safety Belts and Lanyards 1096 

Erection of Derricks and 

Masts 1096 

Guying Derricks and Masts 1097 

Crown Platforms and 

Railings 1097 

Pipe and Sucker Rod 
Platforms for Derricks and 

Masts 1098 

Pipe Racking Supports for 

Derricks and Masts 1098 

Ladders and Ladderway 

Openings for Derricks and 

Masts 1098 

Tools, Equipment, and 

Materials in Derricks or 

Masts 1100 

Back-Up Posts, Kelly Pull- 

Back Posts, Back-Up and 

Safety Lines for Pipe 

Tongs 1100 

Handling Heavy Tools at 

Drilling Wells 1100 

Rotary and Circulating Hose 

and Standpipe 1 100 

Rotary Drilling Machinery 1100 

Standard Tool-Drilling 

Machinery 1 100 

Drilling and Well-Servicing 
Machinery and Equipment 1101 

Oil Well Pumping Machinery 

and Equipment 1102 

Pumps and Pump Pressure 

Relief Devices 1 103 

Guarding Sheaves for 

Telescoping, Jackknife, Gin 

Pole and Cantilever 

Derricks and Masts 1103 

Traveling Blocks and Hooks 

or Similar Devices 1104 

Wire Rope Lines 1 104 

Catheads for Well-Drilling 

and Well-Servicing 

Machinery 1 104 



Relations 



Title Table of Contents 
Page 

Lines Used on Catheads 1 105 

Miscellaneous Tools and 

Equipment 1 105 

Pipe Handling and Storage 

Racks U()6 

Liquid Loading and Unloading 
Facilities and Operations 1 106 

General Safety Provisions 

and Precautions 1 107 

Illumination 1 1 07 

Wharves and Piers 1 107 

Shafts at Oil Wells 1107 

Rig-Building Equipment and 
Operations 1108 

Prime Movers 1 108 

Line Spoolers and Dead Line 
Stabilizers 1109 

Weight Indicators 1109 

Blowout Prevention 1109 

Attractive Nuisance Guards 1 1 10 

Petroleum Safety Orders — 

Refining, Transportation 

and Handling 1113 

Application and Scope 1113 

Definitions 1113 

Injury and Illness 

Prevention Program 1115 

First Aid 1115 

Fire and Explosions 1115 

Dangerous Exposure 1117 

Confined Spaces 1117 

Access and Egress 1117 

Tanks and Reservoirs 1 1 18 

Gas and Vapor Testing 1 1 19 

Opening and Blinding Pipe 

Lines and Equipment 1119 

Hazardous Substances 1120 

Drainage 1 120 

Agitation and Heating of 

Liquids in Tanks 1 120 

Process Equipment - 

Maintenance 1 120 

Pumps, Pipe Lines, Fittings 

and Valves 1121 

Equipment Leakage and 

Breakage 1121 

Unfired Pressure Vessels, 
Boilers, and Fired Pressure 
Vessels and Pressure Relief 
Valves 1122 



• 



Article 18. 
Article 19. 

Article 20. 
Article 21. 

Article 22. 
Article 23. 

Article 24. 
Article 25. 

Article 26. 

Article 27. 
Article 28. 

Article 29. 

Article 30. 

Article 31. 

Article 32. 

Article 33. 
Article 34. 

Article 35. 

Article 37. 

Article 38. 

Article 39. 

Article 40. 

Article 41. 
Article 42. 



Article 43. 
Article 44. 

Article 45. 

Article 46. 

Article 47. 

Article 48. 
Article 49. 
Article 50. 
Article 51. 

Article 52. 
Article 53. 

Article 54. 

Article 55. 

Article 56. 

Subchapter 15. 

Article 1. 
Article 2. 
Article 3. 

Article 4. 
Article 5. 
Article 6. 
Article 7. 
Article 8. 
Article 9. 
Article 10. 
Article 11. 

Article 12. 
Article 13. 
Article 14. 

Article 15. 

Article 16. 

Article 17. 

Article 18. 



Page xi 



(7 11 20QX) 



Title Table of Contents BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA 

Page 

Article 19. Identification of Equipment 1124 

Article 20. High-Pressure 

Hydrocarbons 1 124 

Article 21. Gas Compressors and 

Engines 1124 

Article 22. Loading and Unloading 

Platforms and Operations 1 125 

Article 23. Laboratories and Pilot 

Plants 1125 

Article 24. Wharves and Piers 1 126 

Article 25. Miscellaneous Safety 

Practices 1126 

Subchapter 17. Mine Safety Orders 1129 

Article 1. Definitions 1130 

Article 3. Reports to the Division 1130 

Article 4. Accident Prevention 

Program 1131 

Article 5. Care of Injured 1131 

Article 6. General Safety Precautions 1133 

Article 7. Drinking Water, Change 

Rooms, and Sanitation 1133 

Article 10. Personal Protection 1134 

Article 1 1 . Materials — Storage and 

Handling 1134 

Article 12. Ground Control 1134 

Article 13. Illumination 1135 

Article 15. Mining Equipment and 

Practices 1135 

Article 16. Drilling Operations and 

Jumbos 1 137 

Article 17. Loading, Hauling, and 

Dumping 1137 

Article 18. Conveyors and Tramways 1140 

Article 20. Transportation of Workers 1141 

Article 21 . Mine Ladders and 

Travelways 1141 

Article 22. Fire Prevention and Control 1143 

Article 25. Engines-Internal 

Combustion 1145 

Article 26. Emergency Plan 1 146 

Article 27. Escape ways and Refuge 

Stations 1146 

Article 30. Rescue Stations and 

Equipment Underground 1147 

Article 31. Air Quality, Radiation, and 

Ventilation 1148 

Article 32. Gases in Mines 1149 



CODE OF REGULATIONS Title 8 

Page 

Article 35. Mine Shafts 1150 

Article 36. Hoisting Equipment 1151 

Article 37. Hoisting Practices 1 154 

Article 40. Inspections 1155 

Article 41 . Telephones 1156 

Article 45. Protection Against Water 1156 

Article 46. Dangerous Excavations at 

Underground Mines 1 1 56 

Article 47. Electrical Equipment and 

Practices 1156 

Article 50. Explosives 1158 

Article 5 1 . Storage of Explosives 1 1 59 

Article 52. Transportation of Explosives 1159 

Article 53. Handling and Use of 
Explosives — Blasting 
Operations 1 160 

Article 54. Mixing Blasting Agents 1161 

Article 55. Licensing of Blasters 1161 

Subchapter 18. Ship Building, Ship 
Repairing and Ship 
Breaking Safety Orders 1 173 

Article 1. Introduction 1173 

Article 2. Application 1173 

Article 3. Definitions 1173 

Article 4. Control of Hazardous Work 1176 

Article 5. Scaffold Construction 1176.57 

Article 6. Precautions 1180 

Article 7. Welding, Cutting and 

Heating 1183 

Article 8. Miscellaneous Safe 

Practices 1184 

Article 9. Personal Protective 

Equipment 1186.3 

Subchapter 19. Trench Construction 

Safety Orders 1186.5 

Subchapter 20. Tunnel Safety Orders 1187 

Article 1. Introduction 1187 

Article 2. Definitions 1187 

Article 3. Injury and Illness 

Prevention Program 1189 

Article 4. Safety Precautions 1191 

Article 5. Personal Protective 

Equipment 1 191 

Article 6. Illumination and Lasers 1192 

Article 7. First Aid 1192 

Article 8. Tunnel Classifications 1193 

Article 9. Emergency Plan and 

Precautions 1195 



Page xii 



(7-11-2008) 



Title 8 



Industrial Relations 

Page 

Emergency Rescue Procedures 

and Equipment 1 195 

Change Houses and 

Sanitation 1196 

Ventilation and Air Quality 1196 

Ground Control 1 197 

Fire Prevention and Control 1197 

Drilling 1198 

Mechanical Tunneling 

Methods, Machinery and 

Equipment 1198 

Transportation and Haulage 1199 

Shafts and Hoisting Systems 1203 

Explosives 1208 

Storage of Explosives 1208 

Transportation of 

Explosives 1209 

Handling and Use of 

Explosives — Blasting 

Operations 1209 

Licensing of Blasters 1210 

Telecommunication Safety 

Orders 1217 

Telecommunications 1217 

Division of Workers' 

Compensation 1225 

Administrative Director — 
Administrative Rules 1225 

Payment and Conduct of 

Workers' Compensation 

Judges 1225 

Workers' Compensation 
Information System 1225 

Receipt of Salary by 

Workers' Compensation 

Administrative Law 

Judge 1226.2(b) 

Ethical Standards of 
Workers' Compensation 
Referees; Enforcement of 
Standards 1226.3 

Disabilities, Description 

of 1227 

Permanent Disability Ratings 

and Evaluations 1228 

Medical Provider Network 1229 

Independent Medical 

Review 1230.10(a) 



Title Table of Contents 

Page 

Certification Standards for 

Health Care Organizations 1230.22 

Predesignation of Personal 

Physician; Request for 

Change of Physician; 

Reporting Duties of the 

Primary Treating Physician; 

Petition for Change of 

Primary Treating 

Physician 1236.13 

Spinal Surgery Second 

Opinion Procedure 1240.10 

Official Medical Fee 

Schedule 1240.10(d)(8) 

Application of the Official 

Medical Fee Schedule 

(Treatment) i240.io</.)(25) 

Utilization Review 

Standards 1240.24 

Medical Treatment 

Utilization Schedule 1240.28(g) 

Medical-Legal Expenses and 
Comprehensive Medical-Legal 
Evaluations I240.28(j) 

Fees for Interpreter 

Services 1240.31 

Consulting Physician, 

Certification of 1240.33 

Schedule for Rating 

Permanent Disabilities 1240.33 

Benefit Notices; Claims 

Administrator's Duties and 

Responsibilities; Claim 

Form and Notice of 

Potential Eligibility for 

Benefits; Regulatory 

Authority of the 

Administrative Director 1240.34 

Workers' Compensation 
Advertising by Non- 
Attorneys and Non- 
Physicians; Prohibition of 
False or Misleading 
Advertising 1248. 1 

Employee Information 1 250 

Computation of Life 

Pensions, Tables for 1252.1 

Employee Death, Notice of 1252.1 

Operation of the Information 
and Assistance Program of 
the Division of Workers' 
Compensation 1252.2 



Article 10. 

Article 11. 

Article 12. 
Article 13. 
Article 14. 
Article 15. 
Article 16. 

Article 17. 
Article 19. 
Article 20. 
Article 21. 
Article 22. 

Article 23. 

Article 24. 
Subchapter 21. 

Article 1. 
Chapter 4.5. 

Subchapter 1. 

Article 1. 

Article 1.1. 
Article 1.5. 



Article 1.6. 

Article 2. 

Article 3. 

Article 3.5. 
Article 3.6. 



Article 4. 
Article 5. 



Article 5.1. 
Article 5.3. 
Article 5.5. 

Article 5.5.1. 
Article 5.5.2. 
Article 5.6. 

Article 5.7. 
Article 6. 
Article 7. 
Article 8. 



Article 8.1. 



Article 8.5. 
Article 9. 

Article 10. 
Article 10.5. 



Page xiii 



Title Table of Contents BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA 

Page 

Article 11. Document Copy and Electronic 

Transaction Fees 1254 

Article 12. Return to Work 1255 

Subchapter 1 .5. Injuries on or After 

January 1, 1990 1256.7 

Article 1. Audit, General Definitions 1256.7 

Article 2. Claims Administration and 

Recordkeeping 1260 

Article 3. Auditing 1262 

Article 4. Notices of Compensation 

Due 1264.8 

Article 5. Administrative Penalties 1264.8 

Article 5.5. Administrative Penalties 
Pursuant to Labor Code 
Section 5814.6 I264.8(m) 

Article 6. Civil Penalty 1264.10 

Article 7. Appeals 1264.12 

Article 6. Claim Form: Availability, 

Filing, Acknowledgement of 

Receipt, Dismissal 

[Renumbered] 1264.14 

Article 7. Vocational Rehabilitation 1264.15 

Article 7.5. Supplemental Job 

Displacement Benefit I288.6(w) 

Article 8. Attorney Fee Disclosure 

Statement 1288.7 

Article 9. Claim Form: Availability, 

Filing, Acknowledgement of 
Receipt, Dismissal 1288.9 

Subchapter 1.6. Permanent Disability 

Rating Determination 1288.12(b) 

Subchapter 1.7. 1288.14(b)(7) 

Subchapter 1.8. Collective Bargaining 

Agreements Under Labor 
Code Sections 3201.5 and 
3201.7 1288.14(d) 

Subchapter 1.8.1. Administrative Director — 
Other Administrative 
Penalties 1288.14( P ) 

Article 1. Administrative Penalties 
Pursuant to Labor Code 
Section 5814.6 1288.14( P ) 

Subchapter 1.9. Rules of the Court 

Administrator I288.i4(q) 

Subchapter 2. Workers' Compensation 

Appeals Board — Rules and 

Practice Procedure 1288.14(0 

Article 1. General 1288.14(0 



CODE OF REGULATIONS Title 8 

Page 

Article 2. Powers, Duties and 

Responsibilities 1288.15 

Article 3. Parties and Joinder 1288.17 

Article 4. Filing of Documents 1288.18 

Article 5. Pleadings 1288.19 

Article 6. Service 1288.24 

Article 7. Subpoenas 1288.25 

Article 8. Hearings 1288.25 

Article 9. Evidence and Reports 1288.28 

Article 10. Medical Examiners 1288.31 

Article 11. Transcript of Testimony 1288.32 

Article 12. Record of Proceedings 1288.32 

Article 13. Liens 1288.33 

Article 14. Attorneys and 

Representatives 1288.34 

Article 15. Findings, Awards and 

Orders 1288.35 

Article 16. Executions and Certified 

Copies 1288.35 

Article 17. Reconsideration 1288.35 

Article 18. Settlements 1288.38 

Article 19. Subsequent Injuries Fund 1288.39 

Article 20. Review of Administrative 

Orders 1288.40 

Article 21 . General 1288.41 

Article 22. Arbitration 1288.43 

Chapter 5. Industrial Welfare Commission 1289 

Group 1 . General Minimum Wage 

Order 1289 

Article 1. Minimum Wage Order 1289 

Group 2. Industry and Occupation 

Orders 1289 

Article 1. Manufacturing Industry 1289 

Article 2. Personal Service Industry 1295 

Article 3. Canning, Freezing, and 

Preserving Industry 1301 

Article 4. Professional, Technical, 
Clerical, Mechanical, and 
Similar Occupations 1308 

Article 5. Public Housekeeping 

Industry 1315 

Article 6. Laundry, Linen Supply, Dry 
Cleaning, and Dyeing 
Industry 1316.6 

Article 7. Mercantile Industry 1316.12 

Article 8. Industries Handling Products 

After Harvest 1316.18 

Article 9. Transportation Industry 1316.25 



Page xiv 



(7-11-2008) 



Title 8 



Industrial Relations 

Page 

Amusement and Recreation Article 1 . 

Industry 1321 

Broadcasting Industry 1327 

Article 2 
Motion Picture Industry 1334 

Industries Preparing 

Agricultural Products for Subchapter 4. 

Market, on the Farm 1338.2 

Agricultural Occupations 1338.8 

Household Occupations 1338.12 

On-Site Occupations 1338.17 Subchapter 5 

Miscellaneous Employees 1340.2 

Regulations Governing Wage 

Boards 1340.5 Article 1. 

Regulations Governing Wage Article 2. 

Boards 1340.5 Article 3. 

Division of Labor Standards Subchapter 5.5. 

Enforcement 1341 

Child Labor Orders — 

Prohibited Occupations 1341 

Prohibited Occupations 1341 Article 1 . 

Employment of Minors in 

the Entertainment 

Industry 1341 

Subchapter 6. 

Motion Picture Industries 1341 Art'cle 1 

Child Labor Law 

Violations 1344.1 Subchapter 6.5. 

Regulations Regarding 

Citation and Penalty 

Procedure for Violation of 

Child Labor Provisions 1344.1 

Employment Agencies 1346 

General Rules and 

Regulations 1346 Article 1 

Rules and Regulations 

Governing General Subchapter 7. 

Employment Agencies 1346 Article 1 

Rules and Regulations 

Governing Theatrical Article 2. 

Employment Agencies 1346 

Rules and Regulations 

Governing Labor Subchapter 8. 

Contractors 1346 Subchapter 9. 

Controversies and Requests 

for Certification That No Subchapter 10. 

Controversy Exists, 

Submitted Under Section 

1647 of the Labor Code As 

to Employment Agencies 1346 



Title Table of Contents 

Page 

General Rules and 

Regulations for Artists' 

Managers 1346 

Controversies Submitted 

Under Section 1700.44, 

Labor Code 1 349 

Rules and Regulations 

Governing Nonprofit 

Organizations Exempt 

from Licensing As 

Employment Agencies 1352 

Registration of Persons 

Who Unload Farm 

Products 1352 

Registration of Unloaders 1352 

Registration of Producers 1352 

Registration of Producer's 
Unloaders 1352 

Unloading of Farm 

Products in the Markets 

of San Mateo, Alameda, 

and San Francisco 1353 

Unloading of Farm Products 

in the Markets of San 

Mateo, Alameda, and San 

Francisco 1353 

Security for Wages 1354 

Logging and Sawmill 

Industry 1354 

Hearings on Actions to 

Recover Wages, 

Penalties, and Other 

Demands for Compensation 

and on Claims from 

Holders of Dishonored 

Payroll Checks or 

Drafts 1355 

Rules of Practice and 

Procedure 1355 

Industrial Homework 1359 

Enforcement of Industrial 
Homework Act 1359 

Prohibiting Industrial 
Homework in the Garment 
Manufacturing Industry 1360 

Garment Manufacturers 1361 

Labor Commissioner's Farm 

Labor Contractor Fund 1364.5 

Registration of 

Employers, Transporters, 

and Supervisors of 

Minors Engaged in Door- 

to-Door Sales 1364.6 



• 



• 



Article 10. 

Article 1 1 . 
Article 12. 
Article 13. 

Article 14. 
Article 15. 
Article 16. 
Article 17. 
Group 3. 

Article 1. 

Chapter 6. 

Subchapter 1. 

Article 1 . 
Subchapter 2. 

Article 1. 
Subchapter 2.5 

Article 1. 



Subchapter 3. 
Article 1. 

Article 2. 
Article 3. 
Article 4. 
Article 5. 



Page xv 



(7 11 2!)UK) 



Title Table of Contents 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



Subchapter 1 1 . 

Subchapter 12. 
Chapter 7. 

Subchapter 1. 

Article 1. 
Article 2. 

Article 3. 

Subchapter 2. 



Page 

Car Washing and 

Polishing 1364.14 

Collections 1364.19 

Division of Labor Statistics and 

Research 1365 

Occupational Injury or 

Illness Reports and 

Records 1365 

Reporting of Occupational 

Injury or Illness 1365 

Employer Records of 

Occupational Injury or 

Illness 1370 

Public Agency Records of 

Occupational Injury or 

Illness 1374.17 

Reports of Injury to Be 

Filed by the California 

Department of 

Corrections 1374.17 



Article 1. 


Prison Labor 


1374.17 




Article 2. 


Reports to Be Filed by 






Department of Corrections . . 


. 1374.17 


Article 7. 


Chapter 8. 


Office of the Director 


. . . . 1375 




Subchapter 1 . 


Unloading of Farm 




Article 8. 




Products 


. . . . 1375 




Article 1. 


Approval of Charges 


. . . . 1375 


Article 9. 


Subchapter 2. 


Administration of Self- 




Article 10. 




Insurance Plans 


. . . . 1375 


Article 11. 


Article 1. 


Definitions 


. . . . 1375 


Article 12. 


Article 2. 


Certificate to Self Insure 


. . . . 1377 




Article 3. 


Security Deposit 
Requirements 


. ... 1381 


Article 14. 


Article 3.1. 


Alternative Composite 




Article 15. 




Deposits 


1387 


Subchapter 2.06. 


Article 4. 


Assessments 


. . 1388.3 




Article 5. 


Self Insurer's Annual 








Report 


1388.4 




Article 6. 


Estimating Work Injury 








Claims and Medical Reports . 


. . . . 1389 




Article 7. 


Injury and Illness 








Prevention Program 


. . . . 1390 




Article 8. 


Transfer of Liabilities 


. . . . 1391 




Article 9. 
Article 10. 


Recordkeeping and Audits 
Revocation of a Certificate 


1391 


Article 1. 



to Self Insure or 

Certificate to Administer 

and Continuing 

Jurisdiction 1394 



Page 

Article 1 1 . Hearing and Appeal 

Procedures 1394.1 

Article 12. Claims Administration 1394.5 

Article 13. Group Self Insurance 1394.115 

Subchapter 2.05. Enforcement of Workers' 
Compensation Coverage, 
Penalty Assessment 
Orders, Stop Orders and 
Posting and Notice 
Requirements 1394.118 

Article 1. Delegation of Enforcement 

Authority 1394.118 

Article 2. Definitions 1394.1 18 

Article 3. Investigation of Employer's 
Workers' Compensation 
Status 1395 

Article 4. Penalties 1395 

Article 5. Stop Order 1396 

Article 6. Contents of Orders, of 

Direction to File Verified 
Statement and of Verified 
Statement 1396 

Service of Stop Order and 

Penalty Assessment Order 1397 

Review of Proceedings and 
Withdrawal Proceedings 1397 

Appeal Procedures 1397 

Hearing 1397 

Writ of Review 1398 

Special Judgment Procedure 

As to Penalty Assessment 

Orders 1398 

Penalty Liens 1398 

Notice of Right to Benefits 1399 

Workers' Compensation- 
Administration Revolving 
Fund Assessment, 
Uninsured Employers 
Benefits Trust Fund 
Assessment, Subsequent 
Injuries Benefits Trust 
Fund Assessments, Fraud 
Surcharge and Cal-OSHA 
Targeted Inspection 
Assessment 1399 

Definitions 1399 

Article 2. Determination of Assessments 

and/or Surcharge 1400 

Article 3. Collection of Assessments 

and/or Surcharges 1400.2 



Page xvi 



(7-11-2008) 



Title 8 Industrial Relations 

Page 

Subchapter 2.1. Illegally Uninsured Subchapter 2.3. 

Employers. 
Determinations by the 

Director: Prima Facie Subchapter 3. 

Illegally Uninsured, 
Corporate Parent and 
Substantial Shareholder; 

Notice; Hearings; Article 2. 

Appeals 1400.6 

Article 3. 
Article 1 . General 1400.6 

Article 2. Determinations by Director .... 1400.6 Article 4. 

Article 5. 
Article 3. Hearings Under Code Section 

3720.1 1400.7 

Subchapter 2.1.1. Uninsured Employers Fund Article 6. 

and Subsequent Injuries 

Fund Benefits to Aliens 1401 

Article 7. 
Article 1 . Limitations on Benefits 1401 

Subchapter 2.2. Procedure Under the Laws 

Pertaining to the Subchapter 4. 

Alameda-Contra Costa 

Transit District, the Article 1 . 

Fresno Metropolitan 

Transit District, the 

Greater Bakersfield 

Metropolitan Transit 

District, the Marin Article 2. 

County Transit District, 

the North San Diego 

County Transit 

Development Board, the 

Orange County Transit Article 3. 

District, the Sacramento Article 4. 

Regional Transit 

District, the San Diego 

County Transit District, Article 5 

the San Diego . 

Metropolitan Transit 

Development Board, the Article 8. 

San Francisco Bay Area Subchapter 4. 

Transit District, the 

San Mateo County Transit 

District, the Santa „ , , ^ _ 

„ , ' ,. Subchapter5. 

Barbara Metropolitan 

Transit District, the 

Santa Clara County 

Transit District, the Subchapter 6. 

So. California Rapid Article 1. 

Transit District, the Article 2 

Stockton Metropolitan 

Transit District, and 

the West Bay Rapid Article 3. 

Transit Authority 1402.7 Article 4. 



Title Table of Contents 

Page 

Election Procedure Under 

San Francisco Bay Area 

Rapid Transit District Law 1406 

Payment of Prevailing 

Wages upon Public Works 1406 

Definitions 1406 

Work Subject to Prevailing 

Wages 1408 

Duties, Responsibilities, 

and Rights of Parties 1409 

Wage Determinations 1410 

Petitions to Review 

Prevailing Wage 

Determinations 1413 

Certified Payroll Records: 
Requests, Content, and 

Cost 1414 

Withholding of Funds from 

Contractor — Hearing 

Procedure 1414.1 

Awarding Body Labor 

Compliance Programs 1414.3 

Operation of Labor 

Compliance Program and 

Contracts Subject to Labor 

Compliance Program 

Jurisdiction 1414.3 

Approval and Revocation of 

Approval of Labor 

Compliance Programs by 

Director 1414.4 

Reports and Audits 1414.6 

Limited Exemption from the 

Requirement to Pay 

Prevailing Wages 1414.7 

Enforcement 1414.8 

Severability 1414.9 

Debarment 1414.10 

Employment of Aliens Not 

Entitled to Lawful 

Residence 1415 

Department of Industrial 

Relations— Conflict of 

Interest Code 1415 

Prevailing Wage Hearings 1416.2(a) 

General 1416.2(a) 

Assessment or Notice and 

Request for Review 1416.6 

Prehearing Procedures 1416.9 

Hearings 1416.10 



• 



Page xvii 



(7 11 200K) 



Title Table of Contents 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



Page 

Article 6. Decision of the Director 1416.14 

Article 7. Transitional Rule 1416.15 

Division 2. Agricultural Labor Relations 

Board 1417 



Chapter 1 . 



Definitions 1417 



Chapter 1.5. General Rules of Pleading and 

Practice 1417 

Chapter 2. Unfair Labor Practice 

Regulations 1421 

Chapter 3. Procedure Under Chapter 5 of the 
Act for the Determination of 
Questions Concerning 
Representation of Employees 1435 

Chapter 4. Mandatory Mediation and 

Conciliation 1444.1 

Chapter 4.5. Submission of Collective 

Bargaining Agreements 1444.4 

Chapter 5. Certification and Signature of 

Documents 1444.4 

Chapter 6. Availability of Board Materials 

and Documents 1444.4 

Chapter 7. Prohibited Communications 1444.4 

Chapter 8. Practice Before the Board 1444.6 

Chapter 9. Solicitation by Non-Employee 

Organizers 1444.6 

Chapter 10. Symbols or Emblems 1444.9 

Chapter 12. Conflict of Interest Code 1444.9 

Division 3. Public Employment Relations 

Board 1445 

Chapter 1 . Public Employment Relations 

Board 1445 

Subchapter 1. Internal Procedures 1445 

Article 1. Public Meetings 1445 

Article 2. Conflict of Interest Code 1445 

Subchapter 2. Definitions and General 

Provisions 1446 

Article 1 . Definitions 1446 

Article 2. General Provisions 1451 

Subchapter 3. Hearings 1459 

Subchapter 4. Decisions of the Board 

Itself 1465 

Article 1. Ex Parte Communications 1465 



Article 2. 

Article 3. 
Article 4. 
Article 5. 

Article 6. 



Page 

Appeal of Board Agent 

Decision to the Board 

Itself 1465 

Administrative Appeals 1467 

Reconsideration 1468 

Request for Injunctive 

Relief 1469 



Request for Judicial Review 1471 

Subchapter 5. Unfair Practice 

Proceedings 1471 

Subchapter 6. Representation 

Proceedings 1481 

Article 1. General Provisions 1481 

Article 2. Elections 1482 

Article 3. Request for Amendment of 

Certification 1487 

Article 4. Decertification Petition 1487 

Article 5. Petition for Unit 

Modification 1488 

Article 6. Impasse Procedures 1490 

Article 7. Arbitration Procedures 1491 

Article 8. Public Notice Complaints 1491 

Subchapter 7. Compliance 1493 

Article 1. Compliance 1493 

Subchapter 8. Agency Fee Regulations 1493 

Chapter 2. Educational Employment Relations 

Act 1496 

Subchapter 1. Representation 

Proceedings 1496 

Article 1. General Provisions 1496 

Article 2. Request for Recognition and 

Intervention 1497 

Article 3. Petition for Representation 

Election 1499 

Article 4. Employer Decision; Request 

for Board Investigation 1499 

Article 5. Representation Hearings 1501 

Article 6. Representation Elections 1502 

Article 7. Severance Request 1502.1 

Subchapter 2. Organizational Security 

Arrangements 1503 

Article 1 . Rescission of Organizational 

Security Arrangement 1503 

Article 2. Reinstatement of 

Organizational Security 
Arrangement 1504 

Subchapter 6. Impasse Procedures 1504 



Page xviii 



(7-11-2008) 



Title 8 



Industrial 

Page 

Public Notice 

Proceedings 1505 

Arbitration Procedures 1505 

Request for Injunctive 

Relief in Cases of Work 

Stoppages or Lockouts 1505 

State Employer-Employee 

Relations Act 1505 

Representation 

Procedures 1505 

General Provisions 1505 

Severance Petition 1507 

Representation Elections 1508 

Rescission of Fair Share Fee 
Provision 1508 

Higher Education Employer- 
Employee Relations Act 1509 

Representation 

Procedures 1509 

General Provisions 1509 

Request for Recognition and 
Intervention 1510 

Petition for Certification 1512 

Board Investigation 1513 

Representation Hearings 1514 

Representation Elections 1514 

Severance Petition 1515 

Decertification Petition 1515 

Fair Share Service Fee 

Provisions 1515 

Rescission Petition 1515 

Reinstatement Petition 1516 

Meyers-Milias-Brown Act 1517 

Enforcement and 

Application of Local 

Rules Concerning Unit 

Determinations, 

Recognition, 

Representation and 

Elections 1517 

General Provisions 1518 

Elections 1520 

Petition for Certification 1523 

Petition for Amendment of 
Certification 1524 

Decertification Petition 1524 



Relations 



Title Table of Contents 
Page 

Severance Petition 1525 

Petition for Unit 

Modification 1526 

Rescission of Agency Shop 
Agreement or Provision 1527 

Transit Employer-Employee 

Relations Act 1528 

Representation 

Procedures 1528 

General Provisions 1528 

Request for Recognition and 
Intervention 1528 

Petition for Certification 1531 

Board Investigation 1532 

Representation Hearings 1532 

Representation Elections 1533 

Severance Petition 1533 

Fair Share Service Fee 

Provisions 1534 

Rescission Petition 1534 

Reinstatement Petition 1535 

Trial Court Employment 

Protection and Governance Act 1535 

General Provisions 1535 

Elections 1538 

Petition for Certification 1541 

Petition for Amendment of 
Certification 1542 

Decertification Petition 1543 

Severance Petition 1544 

Petition for Unit 

Modification 1545 

Rescission of Agency Shop 
Agreement or Provision 1546 

Trial Court Interpreter 
Employment and Labor Relations 

Act 1547 

General Provisions 1547 

Elections 1 549 

Petition for Certification 1553 

Petition for Amendment of 
Certification 1554 

Decertification Petition 1554 

Severance Petition 1555 

Petition for Unit 

Modification 1556 



• 



Subchapter 7. 

Subchapter 8. 
Subchapter 9. 



Chapter 3. 

Subchapter 1. 

Article 1. 
Article 2. 
Article 3. 
Article 4. 

Chapter 4. 

Subchapter 1. 

Article 1. 
Article 2. 

Article 3. 
Article 4. 
Article 5. 
Article 6. 
Article 7. 
Article 8. 
Subchapter 2. 

Article 1. 
Article 2. 

Chapter 5. 
Subchapter 1. 



Article 1. 
Article 2. 
Article 3. 
Article 4. 

Article 5. 



Article 6. 
Article 7. 

Article 8. 

Chapter 6. 

Subchapter 1. 

Article 1. 
Article 2. 

Article 3. 
Article 4. 
Article 5. 
Article 6. 
Article 7. 
Subchapter 2. 

Article 1. 
Article 2. 

Chapter 7. 

Article 1. 
Article 2. 
Article 3. 
Article 4. 

Article 5. 
Article 6. 
Article 7. 

Article 8. 
Chapter 8. 

Article 1. 
Article 2. 
Article 3. 
Article 4. 

Article 5. 
Article 6. 
Article 7. 



Page xix 



(7-11-2008) 



Title Table of Contents BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS Title 8 

Page Page 

Article 8. Rescission of Agency Shop 

Agreement or Provision 1557 



Page xx (7-ii-2oo8) 



Barclays Official 

California 

Code of 
Regulations 



• 



Title 8. Industrial Relations 

Division 1. Department of Industrial Relations 

Chapter 4. Division of Industrial Safety 

Subchapter 5. Electrical Safety Orders 



Vol.9 



THOMSON 

* 

WEST 



Barclays Official California Code of Regulations 

425 Market Street • Fourth Floor • San Francisco, CA 94105 
800-888-3600 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



Table of Contents 



Subchapter 5. Electrical Safety Orders 



Table of Contents 



Page 



Page 



roup 1. 


Low- Voltage Electrical Safety 




Orders 301 


§ 2299. 


Foreword. 


Article 1. 


Definitions 301 


§ 2300. 


Scope. 


Article 2. 


Administration 306 


§2305.1. 


Purpose. 


§ 2305.2. 


Application. 


§ 2305.3. 


Variances. 


§ 2305.4. 


Approvals. 


Article 3. 


Work Procedures 307 


§2320.1. 


General. 


§ 2320.2. 


Energized Equipment or Systems. 


§ 2320.3. 


Tests. 


§ 2320.4. 


De-Energized Equipment or 




Systems. 


§ 2320.5. 


Energizing (or Re-Energizing) 




Equipment or Systems. 


§ 2320.6. 


Accident Prevention Tags. 


§ 2320.7. 


Safety Precautions. 


§ 2320.8. 


Fall Protection. 


§ 2320.9. 


Backfeeding or Interconnection. 


Article 4. 


Requirements for Electrical 




Installations 309 


§ 2340.1. 


Maintenance. 


§ 2340.2. 


Examination, Installation, and Use 




of Equipment. 


§ 2340.5. 


Conductors. 


§ 2340.8. 


Insulation Integrity. 


§ 2340.9. 


Interrupting Rating. 


§2340.10. 


Circuit Impedance and Other 




Characteristics. 


§2340.11. 


Deteriorating Agents. 


§2340.12. 


Mechanical Execution of Work. 


§2340.13. 


Mounting and Cooling of 




Equipment. 


§ 2340.14. 


Electrical Connections. 


§ 2340.16. 


Work Space About Electric 




Equipment. 


§2340.17. 


Guarding of Energized Parts. 


§ 2340.18. 


Arcing Parts. 


§2340.21. 


Marking. 


§ 2340.22. 


Identification of Equipment. 


§ 2340.23. 


Openings. [Repealed] 


§ 2340.24. 


Discontinued Circuits. 


§ 2340.26. 


Mechanical Protection. 


§ 2340.27. 


Location of Control and Protective 




Devices. 


Article 5. 


Use and Identification of 




Grounded and Grounding 




Conductors 312 


§ 2350.2. 


General. 


§ 2350.3. 


Connection to Grounded System. 


§ 2350.6. 


Means of Identifying Grounded 




Conductors. 


§ 2350.7. 


Use of White or Natural Gray Color. 


§ 2350.9. 


Means of Identification of 




Terminals. 


§ 2350.10. 


Identification of Terminals. 



§2350.11. 
Article 6. 

§2360.1. 

§ 2360.2. 
§ 2360.3. 

§ 2360.4. 
§ 2360.5. 

Article 7. 

Article 8. 

§2375.1. 
§ 2375.7. 
§2375.10 
§2375.12 
§2375.13 
§ 2375.18 
§2375.19 
§ 2375.25 

Article 9. 

§2380.1. 

Article 10. 

§2390.1. 
§2390.10. 
§ 2390.20. 
§ 2390.24. 
§2390.41. 
§ 2390.42. 
§ 2390.43. 
§2390.81. 
§ 2390.83. 

Article 11. 

§2395.1. 
§ 2395.3. 
§ 2395.5. 

§ 2395.6. 

§ 2395.7. 

§2395.21. 

§ 2395.23 
§ 2395.25 

§ 2395.26 

§ 2395.32 

§ 2395.33 

§ 2395.42 



§ 2395.43. 



Polarity of Connections. [Repealed) 

Branch Circuits 313 

Identification of Multiwire Branch 

Circuits. 

Receptacles and Cord Connectors. 

Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupter 

Protection for Personnel — General 

Industry. 

Outlet Devices. 

Cord Connections. 

Feeders 314 

Outdoor Wiring 314 

Scope. 

Conductors on Poles. 
Wiring on Buildings. 
Open-Conductor Supports. 
Festoon Supports. 
Clearance from Ground. 
Clearances from Buildings. 
Location of Outdoor Lamps. 

Services 315 

Disconnecting Means. 

Overcurrent Protection 316 

General. 

Grounded Conductors. 

Disconnecting Means for Fuses. 

Location. 

Arcing or Suddenly Moving Parts. 

Indicating. 

Circuit Breakers Used as Switches. 

Circuit Breakers. 

Circuit Breakers Used as Switches. 

[Repealed] 



§ 2395.44. 



Grounding 

Scope. 

Direct-Current Systems. 

Alternating-Current Circuits and 

Systems to Be Grounded. 

Portable and Vehicle-Mounted 

Generators. 

Circuits Not to Be Grounded. 

[Repealed] 

Objectionable Current over 

Grounding Conductors. 

Grounding Connections. 

Conductor to Be Grounded — 

Alternating-Current Systems. 

Grounding Separately Derived 

Alternating-Current Systems. 

Supports, Enclosures, and 

Equipment to be Grounded. 

Other Conductor Enclosures. 

[Repealed] 

Equipment Fastened in Place or 

Connected by Permanent Wiring 

Methods (Fixed). 

Equipment Fastened in Place or 

Connected by Permanent Wiring 

Methods (Fixed) — Specific. 

[Repealed] 

Nonelectrical Equipment. 



317 



Page i 



(7-11-200S) 



Table of Contents 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



Page 



§ 2395.45. 


Equipment Connected by Cord and 

Plug. 

Equipment Grounding Connections. 


Article 19. 


§ 2395.50. 


Article 20. 


§2395.51. 


[Repealed] 
Effective Grounding. 


Article 21. 


§ 2395.54. 


Common Grounding Electrode. 


Article 22. 


§ 2395.57. 


Equipment Fastened in Place or 






Connected by Permanent Wiring 


Article 23. 




Methods (Fixed) — Grounding. 




§ 2395.58. 


Electric Equipment Considered 






Effectively Grounded. 


Article 24. 


§ 2395.59. 


Cord- and Plug-Connected 






Equipment. 


Article 25. 


§2395.61. 


Use of Grounded Circuit Conductor 
for Grounding Equipment. 




§ 2395.70. 


General. 


Article 26. 


§2395.71. 


Bonding Service Equipment. 




§ 2395.74. 


Connecting Receptacle Grounding 






Terminal to Box. 


Article 27. 


§ 2395.75. 


Bonding Other Enclosures. 


Article 28. 


§ 2395.78. 


Bonding in Hazardous Locations. 


§ 2395.79. 


Equipment Bonding Jumpers. 


Article 29. 


§2395.81. 


Water Pipe Electrode. 




§ 2395.82. 


Other Available Electrodes. 


Article 30. 


§ 2395.83. 


Made Electrodes. 




§ 2395.84. 


Resistance of Made Electrodes. 


Article 31. 


§ 2395.86. 


Use of Lightning Rods. 


Article 32. 


§2395.91. 


Material. 




§ 2395.95. 


Size of Equipment Grounding 
Conductors. 


Article 33. 


§2395.113. 


Connection Devices for Grounding 
Conductors. 


Article 34. 


§2395.114. 


Continuity and Attachment of 






Branch-Circuit Equipment 


Article 35. 




Grounding Conductors to Boxes. 




§2395.115. 


Connection to Electrodes. 


Article 36. 


§2395.117. 


Protection of Attachment. 


Article 37 


§2395.118. 


Clean Surfaces. 


ill llVlv *j I * 


Article 12. 


Wiring Methods, Components, 
and Equipment for General 


Article 38. 




Use 322 


Article 39. 


§2400.1. 


Scope. 




§ 2400.2. 


General Requirements. 


Article 40. 


Article 13. 

§2405.1. 


Temporary Wiring 323 

Scope. 


Article 41. 


§ 2405.2. 


General Requirements for 
Temporary Wiring. 


Article 42. 


§ 2405.3. 


Temporary Poles. 


Article 43. 


§ 2405.4. 


Ground-Fault Circuit 


Article 44. 




Protection-Construction Site. 


Article 14. 


Conductors for General 

Wiring 324 


Article 45. 

§2473.1. 


Article 15. 


Cable Trays 324 




§ 2418.2. 


Wiring Methods. 


§ 2473.2. 


§ 2418.3. 


Industrial Establishments. 


§ 2473.7. 


§ 2418.4. 


Equipment Grounding Conductors. 


§ 2473.8. 


§ 2418.5. 


Hazardous (Classified) Locations. 




§ 2418.6. 


Uses Not Permitted. 


Article 46. 


Article 16. 


Open Wiring on Insulators 325 


Article 47. 


§ 2420.3. 


Exposed Wiring, Uses Permitted. 


§2480.1. 


§ 2420.4. 


Conductor Supports. 


§ 2480.3. 


§ 2420.5. 


Flexible Nonmetallic Tubing. 


§ 2480.5. 
§ 2480.6. 


§ 2420.6. 


Penetrations of Walls, Floors, Wood 




Cross Members, etc. 


§ 2480.7. 
§ 2480.8. 


§ 2420.7. 


Protection from Physical Damage. 


§ 2420.17. 


Exposed Wiring. 




Article 17. 


Concealed Knob-and-Tube 


§ 2480.9. 




Wiring 325 


§ 2480.18. 
§ 2480.19. 


Article 18. 


Mineral-Insulated Metal- 
Sheathed Cable 325 


Article 48. 



Page 

Aluminum-Sheathed Cable 326 

Copper-Sheathed Cable 326 

Metal-Clad Cable 326 

Nonmetallic-Sheathed Cable 326 

Shielded Nonmetallic- 
Sheathed Cable 326 

Service-Entrance Cable 326 

Underground Feeder and 

Branch Circuit Cable 326 

Power and Control Tray 

Cable 326 

Nonmetallic Extensions 326 

Underplaster Extensions 326 

Intermediate Metal Conduit 326 

Rigid Metal Conduit 326 

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit 326 

Electrical Metallic Tubing 326 

Flexible Metal Conduit 326 

Liquidtight Flexible Metal 

Conduit 326 

Surface Raceways 326 

Multi-Outlet Assembly 326 

Underfloor Raceways 326 

Cellular Metal Floor 

Raceways 327 

Cellular Concrete Floor 

Raceways 327 

Wireways 327 

Flat Cable Assemblies 327 

Busways 327 

Cablebus 327 

Electrical Floor Assemblies 327 

Cabinets, Boxes, and 

Fittings 327 

Conductors Entering Boxes, 

Cabinets, or Fittings. 

Covers and Canopies. 

Space in Enclosures. 

Enclosures for Switches or 

Overcurrent Devices. 

Auxiliary Gutters 327 

Switches 327 

Enclosures. 

Enclosures. 

Single-Throw Knife Switches. 

Double-Throw Knife Switches. 

Connection of Switches. 

Accessibility and Grouping. 

[Repealed] 

Snap Switches. 

Capacity. 

Signs. 

Switchboards and 

Panelboards 328 



Page ii 



(7-11-2008) 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



Table of Contents 



Page 



Page 



§ 2484.3. 

§ 2484.5. 

§ 2484.6. 
§2484.19. 

§ 2484.24. 



Support and Arrangement of 

Busbars and Conductors. 

Switchboards with Exposed Live 

Parts. 

Panelboard Enclosures. 

Relative Arrangement of Switches 

and Fuses. 

Knife Switches Mounted in 

Switchboards or Panelboards. 



Article 48.1. 


Enclosures for Damp or Wet 






Locations 


329 


§2485.1. 


Cabinets, Cutout Boxes, Fittings, 
Boxes, and Panelboard Enclosures. 




§ 2485.2. 


Switches, Circuit Breakers, and 
Switchboards. 




Article 49. 


Flexible Cords and Cables 


329 


§ 2500.7. 


Uses Permitted. 




§ 2500.8. 


Uses Not Permitted. 




§ 2500.9. 


Splices. 




§2500.10. 


Pull at Joints and Terminals. 




§2500.11. 


In Show Windows and Show Cases. 




§2500.13. 


Overcurrent Protection. 




§ 2500.23. 


Conductor Identification. 




§ 2500.25. 


Maintenance of Outer Sheath. 




Article 50. 


Fixture Wires 


330 


§ 2505.1. 


Scope. 




§ 2505.2. 


General. 




§ 2505.10. 


Uses Permitted. 




§2505.11. 


Uses Not Permitted. 




§2505.12. 


Overcurrent Protection. 




Article 51. 


Lighting Fixtures, 
Lampholders, Lamps and 






Receptacles 


330 


§2510.1. 


Maximum Voltage. 




§ 2510.2. 


Receptacles. 




§ 2510.3. 


Location of Lamps. 




§ 2510.4. 


Live Parts. 




§2510.5. 


Wet and Damp Locations. 




§ 2510.6. 


Portable Handlamps. 




§ 2510.7. 


Receptacles. 




§ 2510.8. 






§ 2510.56. 


Receptacles, Cord Connectors and 





§ 2510.58. 



Article 52. 

§ 2522.2. 
§ 2522.7. 
§ 2522.8. 
§ 2522.9. 
§ 2522.10. 
§2522.11. 
§2522.12. 
§2522.15. 

§2522.17. 

§ 2522.20. 

§2522.21. 
§ 2522.22. 

§ 2522.23. 

§ 2522.26. 

§ 2522.30. 
§2522.31. 
§ 2522.32. 



Attachment Plugs (Caps). 
Non-Grounding-Type Receptacles, 
Adapters, Cord Connectors, and 
Attachment Plugs. 

Appliances 332 

Energized Parts. 

General. 

Flexible Cords. [Repealed] 

Portable Immersion Heaters. 

Protection of Combustible Material. 

Stands for Portable Appliances. 

Signals for Heated Appliances. 

Infrared Lamp Industrial Heating 

Appliances. 

Wall-Mounted Ovens and 

Counter-Mounted Cooking Units. 

Disconnecting Means. 

Disconnection of Fixed Appliances. 

Disconnection of Portable 

Appliances. 

Disconnection of Stationary 

Appliances. 

Disconnecting Means for 

Motor-Driven Appliances. 

Nameplate. 

Marking of Heating Elements. 

Appliances Consisting of Motors 

and Other Loads. 



Article 53. 

§2524.1. 

§2524.19. 

§2524.21. 

§ 2524.65. 

Article 54. 



§2526.1. 
§ 2526.20. 
§ 2526.50. 

Article 55. 



§2527.1. 
§ 2527.2. 
§2527.10 
§2527.11. 
§2527.12 
§2527.13 
§ 2527.20 
§ 2527.22 
§ 2527.55 

Article 56. 



§ 2530.4. 
§ 2530.36. 
§ 2530.43. 
§ 2530.74. 
§2530.81. 
§ 2530.82. 
§ 2530.83. 
§ 2530.84. 
§ 2530.86. 
§ 2530.102. 
§ 2530.103. 

§ 2530.104. 
§ 2530.105. 
§ 2530.106. 

§ 2530.107. 
§2530.112. 

§2530.113. 

§ 2530.120. 
§2530.121. 

Article 57. 



§2533.1. 
§ 2533.2. 

Article 58. 

§ 2534.2. 
§ 2534.6. 
§ 2534.8. 

Article 58.1. 
§2535.1. 

Article 59. 



§2540.1. 
§ 2540.2. 
§ 2540.3. 
§ 2540.4. 
§ 2540.5. 



334 



334 



334 



Fixed Electric Space Heating 

Equipment 

Scope. 

Disconnecting Means. 

Switch and Circuit Breaker to Be 

Indicating. 

Location of Disconnecting Means. 

Fixed Outdoor Electric De- 
icing and Snow Melting 
Equipment 

Scope. 

Disconnecting Means. 

Disconnecting Means. 

Fixed Electric Heating 
Equipment for Pipelines and 

Vessels 

Scope. 

Definitions. 

General. 

Use. 

Marking. 

Identification. 

Disconnecting Means. 

Overcurrent Protection. 

Disconnecting Means. 

Motors, Motor Circuits and 
Controllers 335 

In Sight From. 

Fuses — In Which Conductor. 

Automatic Restarting. 

Disconnection. 

General. 

Controller Design. 

Rating. 

Need Not Open All Conductors. 

Motor Not in Sight from Controller. 

In Sight from Controller Location. 

To Disconnect Both Motor and 

Controller. 

To Be Indicating. 

Grounded Conductors. 

Service Switch as Disconnecting 

Means. 

Readily Accessible. 

Motors Served by Single 

Disconnecting Means. 

Energy from More Than One 

Source. 



Transformers and Transformer 

Vaults (Including Secondary 

Ties) 336.1 

Scope. 

Location. 

Capacitors 336.2 

Enclosing and Guarding. 
Drainage of Stored Charge. 
Disconnecting Means. 

Storage Batteries 336.2 

Storage Batteries. 

Hazardous (Classified) 

Locations 336.2 

Scope. 

General. 

Electrical Installations. 

Protection Techniques. 

Commercial Garages, Repair and 

Storage. 



Page iii 



(7 11 20(18) 



Table of Contents 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



Page 



Page 



§ 2540.6. 


Aircraft Hangars. 




§ 2540.7. 


Gasoline Dispensing and Service 
Stations. 




§ 2540.8. 


Bulk-Storage Plants. 




§ 2540.9. 


Finishing Processes. 




§2540.10. 


Wastewater Wells. 




§2540.11. 


Class I, Zone 0, 1, and 2 Locations. 




Article 60. 


Oil and Gas Wells 


336.11 


§2548.21. ' 


General. 




§ 2548.22. 


Drilling Wells. 




§ 2548.23. 


Producing Wells. 




§ 2548.24. 


Overload Protection. 




§ 2548.25. 


Wiring Methods. 




§ 2548.26. 


Lighting. 




Article 61. 


Class II Locations 


341 


Article 62. 


Class III Locations 


341 


Article 63. 


Hazardous (Classified) 






Locations Specific 


341 


Article 64. 


Commercial Garages, Repair 






and Storage 


341 


Article 65. 


Aircraft Hangars 


341 


Article 66. 


Gasoline Dispensing and 






Service Stations 


341 


Article 67. 


Bulk Storage Plants 


341 


Article 67.1. 


Oil and Gas Wells 


341 


Article 68. 


Finishing Processes 


341 


Article 69. 


Places of Assembly 


342 


§2551.1. 


Scope. 




§2551.2. 


Other Articles. 




§2551.3. 


Wiring Methods. 




Article 70. 


Theaters and Similar 






Locations 


342 


§2552.1. 


Scope. 




§ 2552.2. 


Motion Picture Projectors. 




§ 2552.3. 


Sound Reproduction. 




§2552.21. 


Dead Front. 




§ 2552.22. 


Guarding Back of Switchboard. 




§ 2552.47. 


Lamps in Scene Docks. 




§2552.51. 


Supply. 




§ 2552.52. 


Overcurrent Protection. 




§ 2552.53. 


Construction. 




§ 2552.61. 


Arc Lamps. 




§ 2552.62. 


Portable Plugging Boxes. 




§ 2552.63. 


Bracket Fixture Wiring. 




§ 2552.64. 


Portable Strips. 




§ 2552.65. 


Festoons. 




§ 2552.66. 


Special Effects. 




§ 2552.67. 


Cable Connectors. 




§ 2552.68. 


Conductors for Portables. 




§2552.71. 


Pendant Lampholders. 




§ 2552.72. 


Lamp Guards. 




Article 71. 


Motion-Picture Studios and 






Similar Locations 


344 


§2553.1. 


Scope. 




§2553.12. 


Portable Wiring. 




§2553.13. 


Stage Lighting and Effects Control. 




§2553.14. 


Plugging Boxes. 




§2553.15. 


Enclosing and Guarding Live Parts. 




§ 2553.16. 


Portable Lamps. 




§2553.17. 


Portable Arc Lamps. 




§2553.18. 


Overcurrent 

Protection — Short-Time Rating. 




§ 2553.19. 


Sizing of Feeder Conductors for 
Television Studio Sets. 




§ 2553.20. 


Grounding. 





§2553.41. 


Lamps at Tables. 


§2553.51. 


Lamps in Cellulose Nitrate Film 




Storage Vaults. 


§ 2553.52. 


Motors and Other Equipment in 




Cellulose Nitrate Film Storage 




Vaults. 


§ 2553.64. 


Working Space and Guarding. 


§ 2553.65. 


Portable Substations. 


§ 2553.66. 


Grounding at Substations. 


Article 72. 


Motion Picture Projectors 346 


§2554.1. 


Scope. 


§ 2554.2. 


Professional Projector — Definition. 


§ 2554.10. 


Location of Equipment. 


§2554.11. 


Equipment Prohibited. 


§2554.12. 


Motor-Driven Projectors. 


§2554.13. 


Conductors Size. 


§2554.14. 


Conductors on Lamps and Hot 




Equipment. 


§2554.15. 


Flexible Cords. 


§ 2554.16. 


Lamp Guards. 


§2554.17. 


Location of Equipment. 


§ 2554.19. 


Equipment Prohibited. 


§ 2554.20. 


Approval. 


§2554.21. 


Marking. 


§ 2554.30. 


Nonprofessional 




Projector — Definition. 


§2554.31. 


Booth Not Required. 


§ 2554.32. 


Approval. 


§ 2554.33. 


Source of Illumination. 


§ 2554.34. 


Marking. 


§ 2554.35. 


Nonprofessional Film Marking. 


§ 2554.50. 


Sound Recording and 




Reproduction. 


Article 73. 


Electric Signs and Outline 




Lighting 348 


§ 2560.2. 


Disconnecting Means. 


§ 2560.3. 


Location. 


§ 2560.10. 


Clearances. 


Article 74. 


Cranes and Hoists 349 


§2561.1. 


Scope. 


§ 2561.2. 


Special Requirements for Particular 




Locations. 


§ 2561.3. 


Clearance. 


§2561.7. 


Lifting Magnets. 


§2561.8. 


Remote Control Circuits. 


§2561.11. 


Wiring Method. 


§2561.31. 


Runway Conductor Disconnecting 




Means. 


§2561.32. 


Disconnecting Means for Cranes 




and Monorail Hoists. 


§2561.50. 


Controls. [Repealed] 


§2561.51. 


Separate Controls. 


§2561.55. 


Limit Switch. 


Article 74.1. 


Elevators, Dumbwaiters, 




Escalators, Moving Walks, 




Wheelchair Lifts, and 




Stairway Chair Lifts 350 


§ 2562.1. 


Scope. 


§ 2562.2. 


Disconnecting Means. 


§ 2562.3. 


Identification and Signs. 


§ 2562.4. 


Single-Car and Multicar 




Installations. 


§ 2562.5. 


Warning Sign for Multiple 




Disconnecting Means. 


§ 2562.6. 


Interconnection Between Multicar 




Controllers. 


§ 2562.7. 


Motor Controllers. 


Article 75. 


Electric Welders 351 



§ 2563.22. Overcurrent Protection. 

§ 2563.23. Disconnecting Means — Arc 

Welders. 
§ 2563.33. Disconnecting Means — Resistance 

Welders. 



Page iv 



(7-11-2008) 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



Table of Contents 



Page 



• 



Article 76. 


Sound Recording and Similar 






Equipment 


351 


§2564.1. 


Scope. 




§ 2564.6. 


Grouping of Conductors. 




Article 77. 


Information Technology 






Equipment 


351 


§2565.1. 


Disconnecting Means. [Repealed] 




§ 2565.2. 


Supply Circuits and Interconnecting 
Cables. 




§ 2565.3. 


Disconnecting Means. 




Article 77.1. 


X-Ray Equipment 


352 


§2566.1. 


Scope. 




§ 2566.2. 


Disconnecting Means. 




§ 2566.3. 


Control. 




Article 77.2. 


Induction and Dielectric 






Heating Equipment 


352 


§2567.1. 


Scope. 




§ 2567.2. 


Guarding and Grounding. 




§ 2567.3. 


Remote Control. 




Article 78. 


Electrically Driven or 
Controlled Irrigation 






Machines 


353 


§ 2568.2. 


Definitions. 




§ 2568.4. 


Irrigation Cable. 




§ 2568.8. 


Disconnecting Means. 




§2568.12. 


Grounding. 




§2568.15. 


Lightning Protection. 




§2568.16. 


Energy from More Than One 
Source. 




§ 2568.23. 


Disconnecting Means. 




Article 79. 


Swimming Pools, Fountains 






and Similar Installations 


353 


§2569.1. 


Scope. 




§ 2569.5. 


Receptacles. 




§ 2569.6. 


Lighting Fixtures, Lighting Outlets, 
and Ceiling Suspended (Paddle) 
Fans. 




§ 2569.7. 


Cord- and Plug-Connected 
Fxjuipment. 




§ 2569.20. 


Underwater Equipment. 




§ 2569.30. 


Pumps. 




§2569.31. 


Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupters 
Required. 




§2569.51. 


Fountains. 




Article 80. 


Emergency Power Systems 


354.1 


§2571.1. 


Scope. 




§2571.4. 


Tests and Maintenance. 




§2571.9. 


Wiring Methods. 




§2571.14. 


Emergency Illumination. 




§2571.16. 


Emergency Illumination. 




§2571.19. 


Switch Location. 




§2571.21. 


Switch Location. 




§2571.25. 


Accessibility. 




§2571.30. 


Signs. 




Article 81. 


Stand-By Power Generation 






Systems 


354.1 


§2575.1. 


Scope. 




§ 2575.10. 


Legally Required Stand-By Power 
Generation Systems. 




Article 82. 


Electrolytic Systems 


354.2 


§2580.1. 


Scope. 




§ 2580.2. 


Wiring Methods. 




§ 2580.6. 


Wiring Methods. 




§ 2599. 


General. 




Article 83. 


Electrolytic Cells 


354.2 


§ 2583.1. 


Scope. 




§ 2583.2. 


Application. 





§ 2583.3. 
§ 2583.4. 
§ 2583.5. 



§ 2583.6. 
§ 2583.7. 
§ 2583.8. 

Article 84. 

§2584.1. 
§ 2584.2. 
§ 2584.3. 
§ 2584.4. 
§ 2584.5. 
§ 2584.6. 
§ 2584.7. 

§ 2584.8. 

Article 85. 



§2585.1. 
§ 2585.2. 
§ 2585.3. 

Article 86. 

§2586.1. 
§ 2586.2. 
§ 2586.3. 

§ 2586.4. 

Article 87. 

§ 2587.1 
§ 2587.2 
§ 2587.3 
§ 2587.4 
§ 2587.5 

Article 88. 

§2588.1. 
§ 2588.2. 
§ 2588.3. 

Article 89. 

§2589.1. 
§ 2589.2. 



Group 2. 



Article 1. 


§ 2700. 


Article 2. 


§ 2703. 
§ 2704. 
§ 2705. 
§ 2706. 
§ 2707. 
§ 2708. 


§ 2709. 


Article 3. 


§ 2710. 
§2711. 
§2712. 



Page 

Disconnecting Means. 
Portable Electric Equipment. 
Power Supply Circuits and 
Receptacles for Portable Electric 
Equipment. 

Fixed and Portable Electric- 
Equipment. 

Auxiliary Nonelectrical 
Connections. 
Cranes and Hoists. 

Carnivals, Circuses, Fairs. 

and Similar Events 354.3 

Scope. 

Protection of Electric Equipment. 

Services. 

Overhead Conductor Clearances. 

Wiring Methods. 

Inside Tents and Concessions. 

Portable Distribution and 

Termination Boxes. 

Disconnecting Means. 

Class 1, Class 2, and Class 
3 Remote Control, 
Signaling, and Power- 
Limited Circuits 354.4 

Classification. 

Marking. 

Separation from Conductors of 

Other Circuits. 

Fire Alarm Systems 354.5 

Classifications. 

Power Sources. 

Separation from Conductors of 

Other Circuits. 

Identification. 

Communications Systems 354.5 

Scope. 

Protective Devices. 
Conductor Location. 
Equipment Location. 
Grounding. 

Solar Photovoltaic Systems 354.6 

Scope. 

Conductors of Different Systems. 

Disconnecting Means. 

Integrated Electrical 

Systems 354.6 

Scope. 

Location of Overcurrent Devices in 

or on Premises. 

High-Voltage Electrical Safety 

Orders 354.6 

Definitions 354.6 

Definitions. 

Administration 359 

Special Requirements. 

Titles and Subtitles. 

Scope. 

Application. 

Approvals. 

New Installations: Additions, 

Alterations, and Renewals of 

Existing Installations. 

Variances from These Orders. 

General 360 

Mounting Requirements. 
Readily and Safely Accessible. 
Atmospheric and Environmental 
Protection. 



Page 



(7 11 200SI 



Table of Contents 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



Page 



Page 



§2713. 

§2714. 
§2715. 
§2716. 
§2717. 

Article 4. 

§2719 
§ 2720 
§2721 
§ 2722 
§ 2723, 

§ 2724. 

§2725 

§2726 
§2727 
§2728 

§2729 
§ 2730 
§2731 
§2732 

Article 5. 

§ 2734. 
§ 2735. 
§ 2736. 
§ 2737. 

Article 6. 

§ 2739. 

§ 2740. 
§2741. 

§ 2742. 
§ 2743. 

Article 7. 

§ 2745. 
§ 2746. 
§ 2747. 
§ 2748. 
§ 2749. 

§ 2750. 
§2751. 

Article 8. 

§ 2752. 

§ 2753. 

Article 9. 

§ 2755. 
§ 2756. 

§ 2757. 
§ 2758. 

Article 10. 

§ 2760. 
§2761. 
§ 2762. 

Article 11. 

§ 2764. 
§ 2765. 
§ 2766. 



Protection Against Physical 

Damage. 

Installation and Maintenance. 

Identification. 

Ampacities. 

Energized Parts. 

Service and Service Entrance 
Equipment 361 

Application. 

General. 

Service Raceways. 

Service Through Buildings. 

Service Entrance Conductors and 

Clearances. 

Conductors in Service Entrance 

Raceway. 

Location of Switching Devices and 

Other Service Entrance Equipment. 

Enclosure. 

Ampacity. 

Overcurrent Protection 

Requirements. 

Switching Requirements. 

Switches in Parallel (Multiple). 

Isolation Requirements. 

Paralleling and Isolating Switches. 

Feeders and Branch Circuits 362 

Ampacity. 

Overcurrent Protection. 
Switching Requirements. 
Isolation Requirements. 

Grounding 363 

Grounding of Systems and 

Circuits — General . 

Solidly Grounded Neutral Systems. 

Impedance Grounded Neutral 

Systems. 

Grounding of Equipment. 

Grounding of Systems Supplying 

Portable High- Voltage Equipment. 

General Requirements — Wiring 
Methods 365 

Covers Required. 

Conductors of Different Systems. 

Inserting Conductors in Raceways. 

Conductor Bending Radius. 

Protection Against Induction 

Heating. 

Grounding. 

Overcurrent Devices in Grounded 

Conductors. 

Pull and Junction Boxes 366 

Size of Pull Boxes and Raceway 
Entrance Locations. 
Construction and Installation 
Requirements. 

Open Wiring (Bare) 366 

Scope. 

Spacing Between Bare Energized 

Parts and Adjacent Surfaces. 

Insulators. 

Clearances. 

Conduit 367 

General. 

Rigid Metal Conduit. 

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit. 

Metal-Enclosed Bus 368 

Grounding. 

Adjacent and Supporting Structures. 

Neutral. 



§ 2767. 


Barriers and Seals. 


§ 2768. 


Perforated Enclosures. 


§ 2769. 


Terminations and Connections. 


§ 2770. 


Switches. 


§2771. 


Identification. 


§ 2772. 


Drain Facilities. 


§ 2773. 


Low-Voltage Wiring. 


Article 12. 


Continuous Rigid Cable 




Supports 


§ 2775. 


Definition. 


§ 2776. 


Use. 


§ 2777. 


Installation. 


§ 2778. 


Grounding. 


§ 2779. 


Construction. 


Article 13. 


Metal-Clad Cable 


§2781. 


Use. 


§ 2782. 


Grounding. Grounding Conductor. 


§ 2783. 


Supports. 


§ 2784. 


Bends. 


§ 2785. 


Fittings. 


§ 2786. 


Elevation. 


§ 2787. 


Strength. 


§2787.1. 


Splices and Terminations of 




Metal-Clad Cable. 


Article 14. 


Portable (Flexible) Cable 


§ 2789. 


Scope. 


§ 2790. 


Use. 


§2791. 


Shielding. 


§ 2792. 


Grounding. 


§ 2793. 


Minimum Bending Radii. 


§ 2794. 


Fittings. 


§ 2795. 


Splices and Terminations. 


Article 15. 


Temporary Wiring 


§ 2797. 


Use. 


§ 2798. 


Guarding. 


§ 2799. 


Time Limit. 


Article 16. 


Vertical Suspension of 




Cables 


§2801. 


Cable Suspended by Its 




Conductor(s). 


§ 2802. 


Cable Suspended by Wire or 




Messenger. 


§ 2803. 


Wire Mesh Holding Devices. 


Article 17. 


Vaults and Enclosures 



§ 2805. 
§ 2806. 

§ 2807. 
§ 2808. 
§ 2809. 
§ 2810. 

§2811. 
§2812. 
§ 2813. 

Article 18. 

§2815. 
§2816. 
§2817. 
§2818. 
§2819. 
§ 2820. 
§2821. 

Article 19. 

§ 2823. 
§ 2824. 
§ 2825. 
§ 2826. 
§ 2827. 

§ 2828. 



369 



369 



370 



371 



371 



371 



Vaults — General. 

Vaults Containing Oil-Filled 

Equipment. 

Separate Buildings. 

Roof Installations. 

Metal Enclosures. 

Locked Rooms, Vaults, or 

Enclosures. 

Warning Signs. 

Fenced or Walled Enclosures. 

Underground Vaults. 

Conductors 

General. 
Insulation. 

Conductors in Multiple. 
Neutral Conductors. 
Conductor Terminations. 
Grounding of Shielding. 
Ampacities. 

Outdoor Wiring 

General. 

Overhead Lines. 

Outdoor Lighting. 

Raceways Above Ground. 

Raceways (or Ducts) Below 

Ground. 

Risers. 



373 



373 



Page vi 



(7-11-2008) 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



Table of Contents 



• 







Page 






Page 


§ 2829. 


Terminal Enclosures. 




§2884 


Generator Circuit Protection. 




§ 2830. 


Insulated Conductors. 




§ 2885 


Identification. 




§2831. 


Circuit Feedback. 




Article 29. 


Capacitors 


w 


Article 20. 


Switches 


375 


§2887 


General. 




§ 2833. 


Interrupter Switches. 




§2888 


Enclosing and Guarding. 




§ 2834. 


Fused Interrupter Switches. 




§2889 


Grounding. 




§ 2835. 


Disconnecting (Isolating) Switches. 




§2890 
§2891 


Switching. 
Overcurrent Protection. 




Article 21. 


Circuit Breakers 


376 


§2892 


Identification. 




§ 2837. 


Ratings. 




§ 2893 


Means for Discharge. 




§ 2838. 


Grounding. 




§2894 


Special Handling Precautions. 




§ 2839. 


General. 
Identification. 




Article 30. 


Resistors and Reactors 


Wi 


§ 2840. 






§2841. 


Isolation. 




§2896 
§2897 


General. 
Grounding. 




Article 22. 


Automatic Circuit Reclosers 


377 


§2898 


Oil-Filled Reactors. 




§ 2843. 


General. 




Article 31. 


Lightning Arresters 


386 


Article 23. 


Power Fuses 


377 


§2900 
§2901 


Flammable Atmospheres. 
Clearances. 




§ 2845. 


Power Fuses. 










§2902 


Connections. 




Article 24. 


Distribution Cutouts and 




§ 2903 


Grounding. 






Fuse Links — Expulsion Type 


378 


§2904 


Identification. 




§ 2847. 


Distribution Cutouts and Fuse 




Article 32. 


Mobile and Portable 






Links — Expulsion Type. 






Equipment 


386 


Article 25. 


Oil-Filled Cutouts 


378 


§2906 


General. 




§ 2849. 


Continuous Current Rating. 




§2907 


Overcurrent Protection. 




§ 2850. 


Interrupting Rating. 




§ 2908 


Enclosures. 




§ 2851. 


Voltage Rating. 




§2909 


Collector Rings. 




§ 2852. 


Fault Closing Rating. 




§2910 


Power Cable Connections to Mobile 




§ 2853. 


Location. 






Machines. 




§ 2854. 


Identification. 




§2911 


High- Voltage Portable Cable for 




§ 2855. 


Enclosure. 




§2912 


Main Power Supply. 
Grounding. 




Article 26. 


Metal-Enclosed Power 




Article 33. 


Mine and Tunnel 






Switchgear and Industrial 






Installations 


387 




Control Assemblies 


379 


§2914 


General. 




§ 2857. 


Scope. 




§2915 


Overcurrent Protection. 




§ 2858. 


Metal-Enclosed Power Switchgear. 




§2916 


Conductors. 




§ 2859. 


Arrangement of Devices in 
Assemblies. 




§2917 


Bonding and Equipment Grounding 
Conductor. 




§ 2860. 


Guarding of High- Voltage 
Energized Parts Within a 




§2918 


Transformers, Switches, and 
Electrical Equipment. 






Compartment. 




§2919 


Energized Parts. 




§2861. 


Guarding of Low-Voltage 




§2920 


Ventilation System Controls. 






Energized Parts Within a 




§2921 


Disconnecting Means. 






Compartment. 




§ 2922 


Enclosures. 




§ 2862. 


Clearance for Cable Conductors 




§ 2923 


Grounding. 




§ 2863. 


Entering Enclosure. 
Accessibility of Energized Parts. 




Article 34. 


Hazardous (Classified) 




§ 2864. 


Grounding. 






Locations 


388 


§ 2865. 


Grounding of Devices. 




§ 2925 


General. 




§ 2866. 


Door Stops and Cover Plates. 




§2926 


Class I Locations. 




§ 2867. 


Gas Discharge from Interrupting 




§2927 


Class II Locations. 






Devices. 




§2928 


Class III Locations. 




§ 2868. 


Inspection Windows. 










§ 2869. 


Location of Devices. 




Article 35. 


Workspace and Guarding 


388 


§ 2870. 


Interlocks — Interrupter Switches. 




§2930 


Enclosure and Guarding. 




§2871. 


Interlocks — Circuit Breakers. 




§2931 


Entrance and Access to Workspace. 




Article 27. 


Transformers 


380 


§2932 
§2933 


Workspace. 
Illumination. 




§ 2873. 


Scope. 




§2934 


Elevation of Unguarded Live Parts. 




§ 2874. 


General. 




§ 2935 


Installation of Electrical Equipment 




§ 2875. 


Requirements Applicable to Specific 






in an Outdoor Enclosure. 






Types and Locations of 




§2936 


Passageway and Open Spaces. 




§ 2876. 


Transformers. 
Switching. 




Article 36. 


Work Procedures and 




§ 2877. 


Overcurrent Protection. 






Operating Procedures 


389 


§ 2878. 


Grounding. 




§2940 


General Provisions. 




Article 28. 


Rotating Machinery and Its 




§2940.1. Voltage Determination. 
§ 2940.2. Clearances. 






Control Apparatus 


381 


§ 2940.3. Inclement Weather. 




§ 2880. 


Scope. 




§ 2940.4. Illumination. 




§2881. 


Conductors. 




§ 2940.5. Work over or near Water. 




§ 2882. 


Control of Motors and Generators. 




§ 2940.6. Tools and Protective Equipment. 




§ 2883. 


Motor Circuit Protection. 




§ 2940.7. Mechanical Equipment. 





Page vii 



Table of Contents 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



Page 

§ 2940.8. Material Handling. 

§ 2940.9. Protection from Backfeed Voltages. 

§ 2941 . Work on or in Proximity to 

Overhead High Voltage Lines. 
§ 2941 . 1 . Metal Tower Construction. 

§ 2941.2. Washing Insulators Supporting 

Energized Conductors or 

Equipment. 
§ 2942. Tubular Steel Poles. 

§ 2943. Work on or in Proximity to 

Underground High- Voltage Cables, 

Conductors or Equipment. 
§ 2944. Work on or in Proximity to 

Conductors and Equipment Located 

in High- Voltage Stations, or 

Switchyards. 
§ 2945. Access and Workspace 

Requirements. 

Appendix A 398.1 

Appendix B 398.1 

Appendix C 399 

Article 37. Provisions for Preventing 

Accidents Due to Proximity 

to Overhead Lines 399 

§ 2946. Provisions for Preventing Accidents 

Due to Proximity to Overhead 
Lines. 
§ 2947. Warning Signs Required. 



Page 

§ 2948. Notification to the Operators of 

High- Voltage Lines and 
Responsibility for Safeguards. 

§ 2949. Special Exemption. 

Article 38. Line Clearance Tree Trimming 

Operations 400 

§ 2950. Application. 

§2951. Line Clearance Operations. 

Article 39. Signs and Outline Lighting — 

Exceeding 600 Volts 400 

§2970. Installation of Conductors. 

§2971. Transformers. 

§ 2972. Electric-Discharge Tubing. 

§ 2973. Terminals and Electrode 

Receptacles for Electric-Discharge 
Tubing. 
§ 2974. Switches on Doors. 

Article 40. Electronic News Gathering 400.1 

§ 2980. Definitions. 

§ 2981. Provisions for Preventing Accidents 

Due to Operation of Electronic 
News Gathering Vehicles in 
Proximity of Overhead Power 
Lines. 

§ 2982. Employee Training. 

§ 2983. Safety Inspections. 



Page viii 



(7-11-2008) 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2300 



Subchapter 5. Electrical Safety Orders 



Group 1 . Low-Voltage Electrical Safety 
Orders 



§ 2299. Foreword. 

NOTH: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Repealer of Group 1 (Articles 1 through 35; Sections 2300 through 2596, not 
consecutive, and Article 38 — Tables), adoption of new Group 1 (Foreword and 
Articles 1 through 82, Sections 2299 through 2570.2, not consecutive) and re- 
numbering of Article 36 to Article 83 (Section 2599) filed 10-14-75; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter ( Register 75, No. 42 ). For prior history see, Original Title 
8; Register3; Register 23, No. 4; Register 28, No. 3; Register 55, No. 3"; Register 
62, No. 24; Register 73, No. 30; Register 73, No. 49; Register 74, No. 47. 

2. Editorial correction repealing section filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



Article 1. Definitions 



§ 2300. Scope. 

(a) Only definitions of terms peculiar to and essential to the proper use 
of this Safety Order are included. In general, only those terms used in two 
or more Articles are defined in Article 1 . Other definitions are included 
in the Article in which they are used but may be referenced in Article 1 . 

(b) Definitions. 

Acceptable. An installation or equipment is acceptable to the Division 
of Occupational Safety and Health, if approved as prescribed in Section 
2305.4 of these Safety Orders. 

Accepted. An installation is "accepted" if it has been inspected and 
found by a nationally recognized testing laboratory to conform to speci- 
fied plans or to procedures of applicable codes. 

Accessible. 

(A) Equipment Application (Other than Wiring Methods). Admitting 
close approach because not guarded by locked doors, elevation, or other 
effective means. 

(B) Readily. Capable of being reached quickly for operation, renewal, 
or inspections, without requiring those to whom ready access is requisite 
to climb over or remove obstacles or to resort to portable ladders, chairs, 
etc. 

(C) Safely. Not exposing persons installing, operating, maintaining, or 
inspecting electrical apparatus to serious risks of tripping or falling or of 
coming in contact with energized electrical parts, moving machinery, 
surfaces or objects operating at high temperatures or other hazardous 
equipment. 

(D) Wiring Method Application. Capable of being removed or ex- 
posed without damaging the building structure or finish, or not perma- 
nently closed in by the structure or finish of the building (see "Con- 
cealed" and "Exposed"). 

Ampacity. The current, in amperes, that a conductor can carry continu- 
ously under the conditions of use without exceeding its temperature rat- 
ing. 

Appliance. Utilization equipment, generally other than industrial, nor- 
mally built in standardized sizes or types, which is installed or connected 
as a unit to perform one or more functions such as clothes washing, air 
conditioning, food mixing, deep frying, etc. 

Appliance, Fixed. An appliance which is fastened or otherwise se- 
cured at a specific location. 

Appliance, Portable. An appliance which is actually moved or can eas- 
ily be moved from one place to another in normal use. 



Approved. The conductors anc equipment required or permitted by 
these orders shall be acceptable to the Division of Occupational Safety 
and Health only if approved as prescribed in Section 2305.4 of these 
Safety Orders. 

Armored Cable (Type AC). A fabricated assembly of insulated con- 
ductors in a flexible metallic enclosure. 

Askarel. A generic term for a group of nonflammable synthetic chlori- 
nated hydrocarbons used as electrical insulating media. Askarel s of vari- 
ous compositional types are used. Under arcing conditions the gases pro- 
duced, while consisting predominantly of noncombustible hydrogen 
chloride, can include varying amounts of combustible gases depending 
upon the askarel type. 

Attachment Plug (Plug Cap) (Cap). A device which, by insertion in a 
receptacle, establishes connection between the conductors of the at- 
tached flexible cord and the conductors connected permanently to the re- 
ceptacle. 

Authorized Person. A qualified person delegated to perform specific 
duties under the conditions existing. 

Automatic. Self-acting, operating by its own mechanism when actu- 
ated by some impersonal influence, as. for example, a change in current 
strength, pressure, temperature, or mechanical configuration. 

Bare Conductor. See Conductor. 

Barrier. A physical obstruction that is intended to prevent contact with 
equipment or live parts or to prevent unauthorized access to a work area. 

Bathroom. An area including a basin with one or more of the follow- 
ing: a toilet, a tub, or a shower. 

Bond. An electrical connection from one metallic element to another 
for the purpose of minimizing potential differences and providing suit- 
able conductivity for fault current or for mitigation of leakage current and 
electrolytic action. 

Bonding (Bonded). The permanent joining of metallic parts to form an 
electrically conductive path which will assure electrical continuity and 
the capacity to conduct safely any current likely to be imposed. 

Bonding Jumper. A reliable conductor to assure the required electrical 
conductivity between metal parts required to be electrically connected. 

Bonding Jumper, Circuit. The connection between portions of a con- 
ductor in a circuit to maintain required ampacity of the circuit. 

Bonding Jumper, Equipment. The connection between two or more 
portions of the equipment grounding conductor. 

Bonding Jumper, Main. The connection between the grounded circuit 
conductor and the equipment grounding conductor at the service. 

Branch Circuit. The circuit conductors between the final overcurrent 
device protecting the circuit and the outlet(s). 

Branch Circuit, Appliance. A branch circuit supplying energy to one 
or more outlets to which appliances are to be connected; such circuits to 
have no permanently connected lighting fixtures not a part of an 
appliance. 

Branch Circuit, General Purpose. A branch circuit that supplies a num- 
ber of outlets for lighting and appliances. 

Branch Circuit, Individual. A branch circuit that supplies only one uti- 
lization equipment. 

Branch Circuit, Multiwire. A branch circuit consisting of two or more 
ungrounded conductors having a potential difference between them, and 
an identified grounded conductor having equal potential difference be- 
tween it and each ungrounded conductor of the circuit and which is con- 
nected to the neutral conductor of the system. 

Building. A structure which stands alone or which is cut off from ad- 
joining structures by fire walls with all openings therein protected by ap- 
proved fire doors. 

Building Space. A room, vault, or wiring enclosures such as conduit, 
pull box, switchboards, and other like enclosures. 

Cabinet. An enclosure designed either for surface or flush mounting 
and provided with a frame, mat, or trim in which a swinging door or doors 
are or can be hung. 



Page 301 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



§2300 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



Cable Tray System. A unit or assembly of units or sections and 
associated fittings forming a rigid structural system used to securely fas- 
ten or support cables and raceways. Cable tray systems include ladders, 
troughs, channels, solid bottom trays, and other similar structures. 

Cablebus. An assembly of insulated conductors with fittings and con- 
ductor terminations in a completely enclosed, ventilated, protective met- 
al housing. 

Cell Line. An assembly of electrically interconnected electrolytic cells 
supplied by a source of direct current power. 

Cell Line Attachments and Auxiliary Equipment. Cell line attach- 
ments and auxiliary equipment include, but are not limited to, auxiliary 
tanks, process piping, ductwork, structural supports, exposed cell line 
conductors, conduits and other raceways, pumps, positioning equip- 
ment, and cell cutout or bypass electrical devices. Auxiliary equipment 
also includes tools, welding machines, crucibles, and other portable 
equipment used for operation and maintenance within the electrolytic 
cell line working zone. In the cell line working zone, auxiliary equipment 
includes the exposed conductive surfaces of ungrounded cranes and 
crane-mounted cell-servicing equipment. 

Center Pivot Irrigation Machine. A multi-motored irrigation machine 
that revolves around a central pivot and employs alignment switches or 
similar devices to control individual motors. 

Certified. Equipment is "certified" if it bears a label, tag, or other re- 
cord of certification that the equipment: 

(A) Has been tested and found by a nationally recognized testing labo- 
ratory to meet nationally recognized standards or to be safe for use in a 
specified manner; or 

(B) Is of a kind whose production is periodically inspected by a nation- 
ally recognized testing laboratory and is accepted by the laboratory as 
safe for its intended use. 

Circuit Breaker. A device designed to open and close a circuit by non- 
automatic means and to open the circuit automatically on a predeter- 
mined overcurrent without damage to itself when properly applied within 
its rating. 

(A) Adjustable. (As applied to Circuit Breakers.) A qualifying term in- 
dicating that the circuit breaker can be set to trip at various values of cur- 
rent and/or time within a predetermined range. 

(B) Instantaneous Trip. (As applied to Circuit Breakers.) A qualifying 
term indicating that no delay is purposely introduced in the tripping ac- 
tion of the circuit breaker. 

(C) Inverse Time. (As applied to Circuit Breakers.) A qualifying term 
indicating there is purposely introduced a delay in the tripping action of 
the circuit breaker, which delay decreases as the magnitude of the current 
increases. 

(D) Nonadjustable. (As applied to Circuit Breakers.) A qualifying 
term indicating that the circuit breaker does not have any adjustment to 
alter the value of current at which it will trip or the time required for its 
operation. 

(E) Setting. (Of Circuit Breaker.) The value of current and/or time at 
which an adjustable circuit breaker is set to trip. 

Concealed. Rendered inaccessible by the structure or finish of the 
building. Wires in concealed raceways are considered concealed, even 
though they may become accessible by withdrawing them. [See "Acces- 
sible — (As applied to wiring methods)"] 

Conductor. 

(A) Bare. A conductor having no covering or electrical insulation 
whatsoever. (See "Conductor, Covered.") 

(B) Covered. A conductor encased within material of composition or 
thickness that is not recognized by these Orders as electrical insulation. 
(See "Conductor, Bare.") 

(C) Insulated. A conductor encased within material of composition 
and thickness that is recognized by these Orders as electrical insulation. 

Conduit. (See "Raceway.") 

Conduit Body. A separate portion of a conduit or tubing system that 
provides access through one or more removable covers to the interior of 
the system at a junction of two or more sections of the system or at a ter- 



minal point of the system. Boxes such as FS and FD or larger cast or sheet 
metal boxes are not classified as conduit bodies. 

Connector, Pressure (Solderless). A device that establishes a connec- 
tion between two or more conductors or between one or more conductors 
and a terminal by means of mechanical pressure and without the use of 
solder. 

Continuous Duty. (See under "Duty.") 

Continuous Load. A load where the maximum current is expected to 
continue for three hours or more. 

Controller. A device or group of devices that serves to govern, in some 
predetermined manner, the electric power delivered to the apparatus to 
which it is connected. 

Cooking Unit, Counter-Mounted. A cooking appliance designed for 
mounting in or on a counter and consisting of one or more heating ele- 
ments, internal wiring, and built-in or separately mountable controls. 
(See "Oven, Wall-Mounted.") 

Covered Conductor. (See under "Conductor.") 

Cutout Box. An enclosure designed for surface mounting and having 
swinging doors or covers secured directly to and telescoping with the 
walls of the box proper. (See "Cabinet.") 

Damp Location. (See under "Location.") 

Dead Front Without live parts exposed to a person on the operating 
side of the equipment. 

Deenergized. Free from any electrical connection to a source of poten- 
tial difference and from electrical charge; not having a potential different 
from that of the earth. 

Demand Factor. The ratio of the maximum demand of a system, or part 
of a system, to the total connected load of a system or the part of the sys- 
tem under consideration. 

Device. A unit of an electrical system which is intended to carry but 
not utilize electric energy. 

Dielectric Heating. The heating of a nominally insulating material due 
to its own dielectric losses when the material is placed in a varying elec- 
tric field. 

Different Systems. Those which derive their supply from different 
sources, or from individual transformers or banks of transformers which 
do not have their secondary windings interconnected, or from individual 
service switches. 

Disconnecting Means. A device, or group of devices, or other means 
by which the conductors of a circuit can be disconnected from their 
source of supply. 

Division. Unless otherwise designated in this subchapter, the term 
"Division" refers to the current Division of Occupational Safety and 
Health or any of its predecessors including the former Division of Indus- 
trial Safety or the Division of Occupational Safety and Health Adminis- 
tration. Reference to the former Division of Industrial Safety or Division 
of Occupational Safety and Health Administration in these orders is 
meant to refer to their successor, the Division of Occupational Safety and 
Health, or any subsequent successor agency. 

Dry Location. (See under "Location.") 

Dustproof. So constructed or protected that dust will not interfere with 
its successful operation. 

Dust-Tight. So constructed that dust will not enter the enclosing case. 

Duty. 

(A) Continuous Duty. Operation at a substantially constant load for an 
indefinitely long time. 

(B) Intermittent Duty. Operation for alternate intervals of (1) load and 
no load; or (2) load and rest; or (3) load, no load and rest. 

(C) Periodic Duty. Intermittent operation in which the load conditions 
are regularly recurrent. 

(D) Short Time Duty. Operation at a substantially constant load for a 
short and definitely specified time. 

(E) Varying Duty. Operation at loads, and for intervals of time, both 
of which may be subject to wide variation. 

Electrolytic Cell Line Working Zone. The cell line working zone is the 
space envelope wherein operation or maintenance is normally performed 



Page 302 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2300 



on or in the vicinity of exposed energized surfaces of electrolytic cell 
lines or their attachments. 

Electrolytic Cells. A tank or vat in which electrochemical reactions are 
caused by applying energy for the purpose of refining or producing us- 
able materials. 

Enclosed. Surrounded by a case, housing, fence or walls which will 
prevent persons from accidentally contacting energized parts. 

Enclosure. The case or housing of apparatus, or the fence or wall sur- 
rounding an installation to prevent personnel from accidentally contact- 
ing energized parts, or to protect the equipment from physical damage. 

Energized. Electrically connected to a source of potential difference. 

Energized Parts (Live Parts). Parts which are of a potential different 
from that of the earth, or some conducting body which serves in place of 
the earth. 

Equipment. A general term including material, fittings, devices, 
appliances, fixtures, apparatus, and the like used as a part of, or in con- 
nection with, an electrical installation. 

Equipment Grounding Conductor. See "Grounding Conductor, 
Equipment." 

Explosion-Proof Apparatus. Apparatus enclosed in a case that is capa- 
ble of withstanding an explosion of a specified gas or vapor which may 
occur within it and of preventing the ignition of a specified gas or vapor 
surrounding the enclosure by sparks, flashes, or explosion of the gas or 
vapor within, and which operates at such an external temperature that a 
surrounding flammable atmosphere will not be ignited thereby. 

Exposed. (As applied to live parts.) Capable of being inadvertently 
touched or approached nearer than a safe distance by a person. It is 
applied to parts not suitably guarded, isolated, or insulated. (See "Acces- 
sible" and "Concealed.") 

Exposed. (As applied to wiring methods.) On or attached to the surface 
or behind panels designed to allow access. [See "Accessible — (As 
applied to wiring methods)"] 

Exposed. (For the purposes of Article 87.) Where the circuit is in such 
a position that in case of failure of supports or insulation, contact with 
another circuit may result. 

Externally Operable. Capable of being operated without exposing the 
operator to contact with live parts. 

Feeder. All circuit conductors between the service equipment, the 
source of a separate derived system, or other power supply source and the 
final branch circuit overcurrent device. 

Fitting. An accessory such as a locknut, bushing, or other part of a wir- 
ing system that is intended primarily to perform a mechanical rather than 
an electrical function. 

Fountain. Fountains, ornamental pools, display pools, and reflection 
pools. 
Notk: This definition does not include drinking fountains. 

Ground. A conducting connection, whether intentional or accidental, 
between an electrical circuit or equipment and the earth, or to some con- 
ducting body that serves in place of the earth. 

Grounded. Connected to earth or to some conducting body that serves 
in place of the earth. 

Grounded, Effectively. Intentionally connected to earth through a 
ground connection or connections of sufficiently low impedance and 
having sufficient current-carrying capacity to prevent the buildup of 
voltages that may result in undue hazards to connected equipment or to 
persons. 

Grounded Conductor. A system or circuit conductor that is intention- 
ally grounded. 

Grounding Conductor. A conductor used to connect equipment or the 
grounded circuit of a wiring system to a grounding electrode or elec- 
trodes. 

Grounding Conductor, Equipment. The conductor used to connect the 
noncurrent-carrying metal parts of equipment, raceways, and other en- 
closures to the system grounded conductor, the grounding electrode con- 
ductor, or both, at the service equipment or at the source of a separately 
derived system. 



Grounding Electrode Conductor. The conductor used to connect the 
grounding electrode to the equipment grounding conductor, to the 
grounded conductor, or to both, of the circuits at the service equipment 
or at the source of a separately derived system. 

Ground-Fault Circuit-Interrupter. A device intended for the protec- 
tion of personnel that functions to de-energize a circuit or portion thereof 
within an established period of time when a current to ground exceeds 
some predetermined value that is less than that required to operate the 
overcurrent protective device of the supply circuit. 

Guarded. Covered, shielded, fenced, enclosed, or otherwise protected 
by means of suitable covers, casings, barriers, rails, screens, mats, or plat- 
forms to remove the likelihood of approach to a point of danger or contact 
by persons or objects. 

Healthcare Facilities. Buildings or portions of buildings in which med- 
ical, dental, psychiatric, nursing, obstetrical, or surgical care are pro- 
vided. 

Noth: Healthcare facilities include, but arc not limited to. hospitals, nursing 
homes, limited care facilities, clinics, medical and dental offices, and ambulatory 
care centers, whether permanent or movable. 

Heating Equipment. For the purposes of Article 77.2, the term "heat- 
ing equipment" includes any equipment used for heating purposes if heat 
is generated by induction or dielectric methods. 

Hoistway. Any shaftway, hatchway, well hole, or other vertical open- 
ing or space that is designed for the operation of an elevator or dumbwait- 
er. 

Identified (as applied to equipment). Approved as suitable for the spe- 
cific purpose, function, use, environment, or application, where de- 
scribed in a particular requirement. 

Notk: Some examples of ways to determine suitability of equipment fora specific 
purpose, environment, or application include investigations by a nationally recog- 
nized testing laboratory (through listing and labeling), inspection agency, or other 
organization recognized under the definition of "acceptable." 

Induction Heating. The heating of a nominally conductive material 
due to its own I 2 R losses when the material is placed in a varying electro- 
magnetic field. 

Insulated. Separated from other conducting surfaces by a dielectric 
(including air space) offering a high resistance to the passage of current. 

Insulated Conductor. See "Conductor, Insulated." 

Interlock. An electrical, mechanical, or key-locked device intended to 
prevent an undesired sequence of operations. 

Interrupting Rating. The highest current at rated voltage that an over- 
current protective device is intended to interrupt under standard test con- 
ditions. 

Irrigation Machine. An electrically driven or controlled machine, with 
one or more motors, not hand portable, and used primarily to transport 
and distribute water for agricultural purposes. 

Isolated. (As applied to location . ) Not readily accessible to persons un- 
less special means for access are used. 

Isolated Power System. A system comprising an isolating transformer 
or its equivalent, a line isolation monitor, and its ungrounded circuit con- 
ductors. 

Labeled. Equipment is "labeled" if there is attached to it a label, sym- 
bol, or other identifying mark of a nationally recognized testing laborato- 
ry, that maintains periodic inspection of production of such equipment 
and by whose labeling is indicated compliance with nationally recog- 
nized standards or tests to determine safe usage in a specified manner. 

Lighting Outlet. An outlet intended for the direct connection of a 1am- 
pholder, a lighting fixture, or a pendant cord terminating in a lampholder. 

Listed. Equipment or materials included in a list published by a nation- 
ally recognized testing laboratory that maintains periodic inspection of 
production of such equipment, and whose listing states either that the 
equipment meets nationally recognized standards or has been tested and 
found safe for use in a specified manner. 

Live Parts. Energized conductive components. 

Location. 

(A) Damp Location. Partially protected locations under canopies. 
marquees, roofed open porches, and like locations, and interior locations 



Page 303 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



§2300 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



subject to moderate degrees of moisture, such as some basements, some 
barns, and some cold storage warehouses. 

(B) Dry Location. A location not normally subject to dampness or wet- 
ness. A location classified as dry may be temporarily subject to dampness 
or wetness, as in the case of a building under construction. 

(C) Wet Location. Installations underground or in concrete slabs or 
masonry in direct contact with the earth, and locations subject to satura- 
tion with water or other liquids, such as vehicle washing areas, and loca- 
tions exposed to weather and unprotected. 

Locking in the Open Position. The use of lockable devices, such as 
padlocks, combination locks or other positive methods or procedures 
which will effectively prevent unexpected or inadvertent energizing of 
a designated circuit, equipment or appliance. 
' Metal-Clad Cable (Type MC). A factory assembly of one or more in- 
sulated circuit conductors with or without optical fiber members en- 
closed in an armor of interlocking metal tape, or a smooth or corrugated 
metallic sheath. 

Metal-Enclosed. Metal-enclosed, as an adjective, refers to electrical 
apparatus surrounded by a metal case or housing. 

Mineral-Insulated Metal-Sheathed Cable (Type MI). Type MI, min- 
eral-insulated metal-sheathed, cable is a factory assembly of one or 
more conductors insulated with a highly compressed refractory mineral 
insulation and enclosed in a liquidtight and gastight continuous copper 
or alloy steel sheath. 

Mobile X-Ray. X-ray equipment mounted on a permanent base with 
wheels or casters or both for moving while completely assembled. 

Motor Control Center. An assembly of one or more enclosed sections 
having a common power bus and principally containing motor control 
units. 

Nonmetallic-Sheathed Cable (Types NM, NMC, and NMS). A facto- 
ry assembly of two or more insulated conductors having an outer sheath 
of moisture resistant, flame-retardant, nonmetallic material. 

Open Wiring. Uninsulated conductors or insulated conductors without 
grounded metallic sheaths or shields installed above ground, but not in- 
side apparatus or wiring enclosures. 

Open Wiring on Insulators. Open wiring on insulators is an exposed 
wiring method using cleats, knobs, tubes, and flexible tubing for the 
protection and support of single insulated conductors run in or on build- 
ings, and not concealed by the building structure. 

Outlet. A point on the wiring system at which current is taken to supply 
utilization equipment. 

Outline Lighting. An arrangement of incandescent lamps or electric 
discharge lighting to outline or call attention to certain features such as 
the shape of a building or the decoration of a window. 

Oven, Wall-Mounted. An oven for cooking purposes designed for 
mounting in or on a wall or other surface and consisting of one or more 
heating elements, internal wiring, and built-in or separately mountable 
controls. (See "Cooking Unit, Counter-Mounted.") 

Overcurrent. Any current in excess of the rated current of equipment 
or the ampacity of a conductor. It may result from overload, short circuit, 
or ground fault. 

Overload. Operation of equipment in excess of normal, full-load rat- 
ing, or of a conductor in excess of rated ampacity that, when it persists 
for a sufficient length of time, would cause damage or dangerous over- 
heating. A fault, such as a short circuit or ground fault, is not an overload. 
(See Overcurrent.) 

Panelboard. A single panel or group of panel units designed for assem- 
bly in the form of a single panel including buses, automatic overcurrent 
devices, and with or without switches for the control of light, heat, or 
power circuits; designed to be placed in a cabinet or cutout box placed 
in or against a wall or partition and accessible only from the front. (See 
"Switchboard.") 

Permanently Installed Decorative Fountains and Reflection Pools. 
Pools that are constructed in the ground, on the ground, or in a building 
in such a manner that the fountain or pool cannot be readily disassembled 
for storage, whether or not served by electrical circuits of any nature. 



These units are primarily constructed for their aesthetic value and are not 
intended for swimming or wading. 

Permanently Installed Swimming, Wading, and Therapeutic Pools. 
Pools that are constructed in the ground or partially in the ground, and all 
other capable of holding water in a depth greater than 42 in. ( 1 .07 m). The 
definition also applies to all pools installed inside of a building, regard- 
less of water depth, whether or not served by electric circuits of any na- 
ture. 

Portable X-Ray. X-ray equipment designed to be hand-carried. 

Power and Control Tray Cable (Type TC). A factory assembly of two 
or more insulated conductors, with or without associated bare or covered 
grounding conductors under a nonmetallic sheath, approved for installa- 
tion in cable trays, in raceways, or where supported by a messenger wire. 

Power-Limited Tray Cable (Type PLTC). A factory assembly of two 
or more insulated conductors under a nonmetallic jacket. 

Power Outlet. An enclosed assembly which may include receptacles, 
circuit breakers, fuseholders, fused switches, buses and watt-hour meter 
mounting means; intended to supply and control power to mobile homes, 
recreational vehicles or boats, or to serve as a means for distributing pow- 
er required to operate mobile or temporarily installed equipment. 

Premises Wiring (Premises Wiring System). That interior and exterior 
wiring, including power, lighting, control, and signal circuit wiring to- 
gether with all of its associated hardware, fittings, and wiring devices; 
both permanently and temporarily installed which extends from the ser- 
vice point of utility conductors or source of power (such as a battery, a 
solar photovoltaic system, or a generator, transformer, or converter) to 
the outlet(s). Such wiring does not include wiring internal to appliances, 
fixtures, motors, controllers, motor control centers, and similar equip- 
ment. 

Pull Box. A box with a blank cover into which workers may reach but 
not enter which is inserted in one or more runs of raceway to facilitate 
pulling, joining, supporting, distributing or inspecting conductors. The 
term "pull box" includes but is not limited to: junction boxes, splice 
boxes, conductor support boxes, inspection boxes, and handholes. 

Qualified Person. A person, designated by the employer, who has re- 
ceived training in and has demonstrated skills and knowledge in the 
construction and operation of electric equipment and installations and the 
hazards involved. 
Notes: 

1 . Whether an employee is considered to be a "qualified person" will depend upon 
various circumstances in the workplace. For example, it is possible for an individu- 
al to be considered "qualified" with regard to certain equipment in the workplace, 
but "unqualified" as to other equipment. 

2. An employee who is undergoing on-the-job training and who, in the course of 
such training, has demonstrated an ability to perform duties safely at his or her lev- 
el of training and who is under the direct supervision of a qualified person is con- 
sidered to be a qualified person for the performance of those duties. 

Raceway. An enclosed channel of metal or nonmetallic materials de- 
signed expressly for holding wires, cables, or busbars, with additional 
functions as permitted in these orders. Raceways include, but are not lim- 
ited to rigid metal conduit, rigid nonmetallic conduit, intermediate metal 
conduit, liquid-tight flexible conduit, flexible metallic tubing, flexible 
metal conduit, electrical nonmetallic tubing, electrical metallic tubing, 
underfloor raceways, cellular concrete floor raceways, cellular metal 
floor raceways, surface raceways, wireways, and busways. 

Rainproof. So constructed, protected, or treated as to prevent rain from 
interfering with successful operation of the apparatus. 

Raintight. So constructed or protected that exposure to a beating rain 
will not result in the entrance of water. 

Receptacle. A contact device installed at the outlet for the connection 
of an attachment plug. A single receptacle is a single contact device with 
no other contact device on the same yoke. A multiple receptacle is two 
or more contact devices on the same yoke. 

Receptacle Outlet. An outlet where one or more receptacles are in- 
stalled. 

Remote-Control Circuit. Any electric circuit that controls any other 
circuit through a relay or an equivalent device. 



Page 304 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2300 



Separately Derived System. A premises wiring system whose power 
is derived from a battery, a solar photovoltaic system, or from a genera- 
tor, transformer, or converter windings and that has no direct electrical 
connection, including a solidly connected grounded circuit conductor, to 
supply conductors originating in another system. 

Service. The conductors and equipment for delivering energy from the 
electricity supply system to the wiring system of the premises served. 

Service Cable. Service conductors made up in the form of a cable. 

Service Conductors. The conductors from the service point to the ser- 
vice disconnecting means. 

Service Drop. The overhead service conductors from the last pole or 
other aerial support to and including the splices, if any, connecting to the 
service-entrance conductors at the building or other structure. 

Service-Entrance Cable. A single conductor or multiconductor as- 
sembly provided with or without an overall covering, primarily used for 
services, and is of the following types: 

(A) Type SE. Type SE, having a flame-retardant, moisture resistant 
covering; and 

(B) Type USE. Type USE, identified for underground use, having a 
moisture-resistant covering, but not required to have a flame-retardant 
covering. Cabled, single-conductor, Type USE constructions recog- 
nized for underground use may have a bare copper conductor cabled with 
the assembly. Type USE single, parallel, or cable conductor assemblies 
recognized for underground use may have a bare copper concentric con- 
ductor applied. These constructions do not require an outer overall cover- 
ing. 

Service-Entrance Conductors, Overhead System. The service con- 
ductors between the terminals of the service equipment and a point usual- 
ly outside the building, clear of building walls, where joined by tap or 
splice to the service drop. 

Service-Entrance Conductors, Underground System. The service 
conductors between the terminals of the service equipment and the point 
of connection to the service lateral. 

Service Equipment. The necessary equipment, usually consisting of 
one or more circuit breakers or switches and fuses, and their accessories, 
connected to the load end of service conductors to a building or other 
structure, or an otherwise designated area, and intended to constitute the 
main control and cutoff of the supply. 

Service Point. The point of connection between the facilities of the 
serving utility and the premises wiring. 

Service Lateral. The underground service conductors between the 
street main, including any risers at a pole or other structure or from trans- 
formers, and the first point of connection to the service-entrance conduc- 
tors in a terminal box or meter or other enclosure with adequate space in- 
side or outside the building wall. Where there is no terminal box, meter, 
or other enclosure with adequate space, the point of connection shall be 
considered to be the point of entrance of the service conductors into the 
building. 

Service Raceway. The raceway that encloses the service-entrance 
conductors. 

Shielded Nonmetallic-Sheathed Cable (Type SNM). A factory as- 
sembly of two or more insulated conductors in an extruded core of mois- 
ture-resistant, flame-resistant nonmetallic material, covered with an 
overlapping spiral metal tape and wire shield and jacketed with an ex- 
truded moisture-, flame-, oil-, corrosion-, fungus-, and sunlight-resis- 
tant nonmetallic material. 

Show Window. Any window used or designed to be used for the dis- 
play of goods or advertising material, whether it is fully or partly en- 
closed or entirely open at the rear and whether or not it has a platform 
raised higher than the street floor level. 

Signaling Circuit. Any electric circuit that energizes signaling equip- 
ment. 

Storable Swimming or Wading Pool. A pool that is constructed on or 
above the ground and is capable of holding water to a maximum depth 



of 42 in. (1.07 m), or a pool with nonmetallic, molded polymeric walls 
or inflatable fabric walls regardless of dimension. 

Suitable. Capable of performing with safety the particular function 
specified in these Orders. 

Switches. 

(A) General-Use Switch. A switch intended for use in general distri- 
bution and branch circuits. It is rated in amperes, and it is capable of inter- 
rupting its rated current at its rated voltage. 

(B) General-Use Snap Switch. A form of general-use switch so con- 
structed that it can be installed in device boxes or on box covers, or other- 
wise used in conjunction with wiring systems recognized by this Order. 

(C) Isolating Switch. A switch intended for isolating an electric circuit 
from the source of power. It has no interrupting rating, and it is intended 
to be operated only after the circuit has been opened by some other 
means. 

(D) Motor Circuit Switch. A switch, rated in horsepower, capable of 
interrupting the maximum operating overload current of a motor of the 
same horsepower rating as the switch at the rated voltage. 

Switchboard. A large single panel, frame, or assembly of panels on 
which are mounted, on the face or back or both, switches, overcurrent and 
other protective devices, buses, and usually instruments. Switchboards 
are generally accessible from the rear as well as from the front and are not 
intended to be installed in cabinets. (See "Panelboard.") 

Thermal Cutout. An overcurrent protective device that contains a heat- 
er element in addition to and affecting a renewable fusible member which 
opens the circuit. It is not designed to interrupt short-circuit currents. 

Thermally Protected. (As applied to motors.) The words "Thermally 
Protected" appearing on the nameplate of a motor or motor-compressor 
indicate that the motor is provided with a thermal protector. 

Thermal Protector. An inherent overheating protective device which 
is responsive to temperature and/or current and which protects the equip- 
ment against overheating due to overload or failure to start. 

Utilization Equipment. Equipment which utilizes electric energy for 
electronic, electromechanical, chemical, heating, lighting, or similar 
purposes. 

Vehicle. A device by which any person or property may be propelled, 
moved, or drawn, excepting a device moved by human power or used ex- 
clusively upon stationary rails or tracks. 

Ventilated. Provided with a means to permit circulation of air suffi- 
cient to remove an excess of heat, fumes, or vapors. 

Volatile Flammable Liquid. A flammable liquid having a flash point 
below 38°C (100°F) or a flammable liquid whose temperature is above 
its flash point, or a Class II combustible liquid having a vapor pressure 
not exceeding 276 kPa (40 psia) at 38°C ( 100°F) and whose temperature 
is above its flash point. 

Voltage (Of A Circuit). The greatest root-mean-square (rms) (effec- 
tive) difference of potential between any two conductors of the circuit 
concerned. 

Some systems, such as 3-phase 4-wire, single-phase 3-wire, and 
3-wire direct-current may have various circuits of various voltages. 

Voltage, Nominal. A nominal value assigned to a circuit or system for 
the purpose of conveniently designating its voltage class (as 120/240 
volts. 480Y/277 volts, 600 volts, etc.). 

The actual voltage at which a circuit operates can vary from the nomi- 
nal within a range that permits satisfactory operation of equipment. (See 
"Voltage Ratings for Electric Power Systems and Equipment (60 Hz)." 
ANSI C84.1-1977 and supplement C84.1a-1980.) 

Voltage to Ground. For grounded circuits, the voltage between the giv- 
en conductor and that point or conductor of the circuit that is grounded; 
for ungrounded circuits, the greatest voltage between the given conduc- 
tor and any other conductor of the circuit. 

Watertight. So constructed that moisture will not enter the enclosure. 

Weatherproof. So constructed or protected that exposure to the w eath- 
er will not interfere with successful operation. 



Page 305 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



§ 2305.1 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



Rainproof, raintight, or watertight equipment can fulfill the require- 
ments for weatherproof, where varying weather conditions other than 
wetness, such as snow, ice, dust, or temperature extremes, are not a fac- 
tor. 

Wireways. Sheet-metal troughs with hinged or removable covers for 
housing and protecting electric wires and cable and in which conductors 
are laid in place after the wireway has been installed as a complete sys- 
tem. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Amendment of subsection (a) filed 3-31-78; effective thirtieth day thereafter 
(Register 78, No. 13). 

2. Amendment of subsection (a) filed 7-6-79 as procedural and organizational; 
effective upon filing (Register 79, No. 27). 

3. Amendment filed 2-1-83; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 83, No 6). 

4. Editorial correction of subsection (a) and NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Resister 83, No. 
45). 

5. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Resister 86, No. 
37). 

6. Amendment of section and Noti- filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 



Article 2. Administration 

§2305.1. Purpose. 

The purpose of these Electrical Safety Orders is to provide minimum 
safety requirements and assist in the elimination of accidents which may 
result from the operation, installation, removal, use and maintenance of 
electrical equipment and tools. 

NOTH: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . Amendment filed 2-1-83; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 83, No. 6). 

2. Editorial correction of NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Editorial correction filed 1 1-3-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2305.2. Application. 

(a) These Low-Voltage Electrical Safety Orders apply to all electrical 
installations and electrical equipment operating or intended to operate on 
systems of 600 volts, nominal, or less and to all work performed directly 
on or in proximity to such electrical installations, equipment or systems 
in all places of employment in the State of California as defined in Labor 
Code Section 6303. 

( 1 ) These Orders do not apply to: 

(A) Installations or conductors and equipment in ships, watercraft, 
railway rolling stock, aircraft, or automotive vehicles other than mobile 
homes and recreational vehicles. 

(B) Installations of conductors and equipment in vehicles, operating 
at less than 50 volts or to their ignition system, unless otherwise speci- 
fied. 

(C) Installations of conductors, equipment, and associated enclosures 
subject to the jurisdiction of the California Public Utilities Commission, 
that are owned, operated and maintained by an electric, communication 
or electric railway utility. 

EXCEPTION: No. 1. These orders apply to conduit, vaults, and other like enclo- 
sures containing the conductors and equipment of such a utility when located in- 
doors on premises not used exclusively for utility purposes, but do not apply to the 
utilities conductors and the equipment therein. 

EXCEPTION: No. 2. Article 3, Work Procedures, apply to all work performed by 
electric utilities. 

(b) Extent of application. 

(1) Requirements applicable to all installations. 
The following requirements apply to all electrical installations and uti- 
lization equipment, regardless of when they were designed or installed: 
Sec. 2340.2 — Examination, Installation, and Use of Equipment. 
Sec. 2340.8 — Insulation Integrity. 
Sec. 2340.9 — Interrupting Rating. 



Sec. 2340.10 — Circuit Impedance and Other Characteristics. 

Sec. 2340.1 1 — Deteriorating Agents. 

Sec. 2340.12 — Mechanical Execution of Work. 

Sec. 2340.13 — Mounting and Cooling of Equipment. 

Sec. 2340.14(c) — Electrical Connections — Splices. 

Sec. 2340. 1 7 — Guarding of Energized Parts. 

Sec. 2340.1 8 — Arcing Parts. 

Sec. 2340.2 1 — Marking. 

Sec. 2340.22(a)-(d) — Identification of Equipment. 

Sec. 2350.2 — Use and Identification of Grounded and Grounding 
Conductors — General. 

Sec. 2390.1 — Overcurrent Protection — General. 

Sec. 2390.24 — Location. 

Sec. 2390.41 — Arcing or Suddenly Moving Parts. 

Sec. 2395.3(a) — Grounding — Direct Current Systems. 

Sec. 2395.5 — Grounding — Alternating-Current — Circuits and 
Systems to Be Grounded. 

Sec. 2395.23 — Grounding Connections. 

Sec. 2395.42(a)-(d) — Equipment Fastened in Place or Connected by 
Permanent Wiring Methods (Fixed). 

Sec. 2395.44 — Nonelectrical Equipment. 

Sec. 2395.45 — Equipment Connected by Cord and Plug (without ex- 
ceptions). 

Sec. 2395.51 — Effective Grounding. 

Sec. 2395.57 — Equipment Fastened in Place or Connected by Perma- 
nent Wiring Methods (Fixed) — Grounding. 

Sec. 2500.7 — Flexible Cords and Cables — Uses Permitted. 

Sec. 2500.8 — Flexible Cords and Cables — Uses Not Permitted. 

Sec. 2500.9 — Splices. 

Sec. 2500.10 — Pull at Joints and Terminals. 

Sec. 2500.1 1 — In Show Windows and Show Cases. 

Article 59. Hazardous (Classified) Locations — except as specified in 
Section 2540.2(a) Documentation. 

(2) Requirements applicable to installations made after March 15, 
1972. 

Every electrical installation and all utilization equipment installed or 
overhauled after March 15, 1972, shall comply with the provisions of 
these Safety Orders, except as noted in Sections 2305.2(b)(3) and (b)(4) 
of this Article. 

(3) Requirements applicable only to installations made after April 1 6, 
1981. The following requirements apply only to electrical installations 
and utilization equipment installed after April 16, 1981: 

Sec. 2390.81(b) — Circuit Breakers. 

Sec. 2390.81(c) — Circuit Breakers. 

Sec. 2562.6 — Elevators, Dumbwaiters, Escalators, Moving Walks, 
Wheelchair Lifts, and Stairway Chair Lifts — Interconnection Between 
Multicar Controllers. 

Article 78 — Electrically Driven or Controlled Irrigation Machines 

Sec. 2569.51 —Fountains. 

Sec. 2585.2 — Class 1 , Class 2, and Class 3 remote control, signaling, 
and power-limited circuits-Marking. 

Article 86 — Fire Alarm Systems 

(4) Requirements applicable only to installations made after May 5, 
2008. 

The following requirements apply only to electrical installations and 
utilization equipment installed after May 5, 2008: 

Sec. 2340.16(d)(1) — Work Space About Electric Equipment. 

Sec. 2340.16(g) — Work Space About Electric Equipment. 

Sec. 2340.22(e) — Identification of Equipment — Capable of Accept- 
ing a Lock. 

Sec. 2340.22(0 — Identification of Equipment — Marking for Series 
Combination Ratings. 

Sec. 2360. 1 — Identification of Multiwire Branch Circuits. 

Sec. 2360.3 — Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupter Protection for Per- 
sonnel — General Industry. 

Sec. 2480.7(b) — Connection of Switches. 



Page 306 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2320.2 



Sec. 2480.9(b) — Snap Switches. 

Sec. 2560.2(c) — Electric Signs and Outline Lighting — Disconnect- 
ing Means. 

Sec. 2562.2(c) — Elevators, Dumbwaiters, Escalators, Moving 
Walks, Wheelchair Lifts, and Stairway Chair Lifts — Disconnecting 
Means — Operation. 

Sec. 2562.2(d) — Elevators. Dumbwaiters, Escalators, Moving 
Walks, Wheelchair Lifts, and Stairway Chair Lifts — Disconnecting 
Means — Location. 

Sec. 2562.3 — Identification and Signs. 

Sec. 2562.4 — Single-Car and Multi-Car Installations. 

2569.5(c) — Swimming Pools, Fountains, and Similar Installations — 
Receptacles. 

Sec. 2571.30 - Emergency Power Systems — Signs. 

Article 84. Carnivals, Circuses, Fairs, and Similar Events 

Sec. 2585.3 — Class 1, Class 2, and Class 3 Remote Control, Signal- 
ing, and Power-Limited Circuits — Separation From Conductors of Oth- 
er Circuits. 

Article 88. Solar Photovoltaic Systems 

(c) Regulations herein which may affect Building Standards apply to 
all building, or building alteration, or building modification for which 
construction is commenced after the effective date of the regulations. 
Date of commencement of construction for the purpose of this Section, 
shall be: 

(1) The advertising date for invitation of bids for State and local gov- 
ernment projects; 

(2) The building construction permit issuance date for other than gov- 
ernment projects. 

(d) For installation requirements not specifically contained herein, in- 
stallations in compliance with CCR, Title 24, Part 3 , California Electrical 
Code, in effect at the time of construction, will be considered as comply- 
ing with the intent of these orders. 

(e) Nothing contained in these regulations shall be considered as abro- 
gating the provisions relating to public safety of any ordinance, rule or 
regulation of any governmental agency, providing such local ordinance, 
rule or regulation does not lessen the provisions for safety contained in 
these regulations. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . Repealer and new subsections (a) and (d) filed 3-31-78; effective thirtieth day 
thereafter (Register 78, No. 13). 

2. Editorial correction of subsections (a), (c) and NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Reeister 
83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment of subsections (a) and (d) filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day 
thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

4. Amendment of section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 

§ 2305.3. Variances. 

(a) Any employer may apply to the Division for a temporary order 
granting a variance from an occupational safety and health standard. 
Such temporary order shall be granted only if the employer files an appli- 
cation which meets the requirements of Section 6450 through 6457, in- 
clusive, of the California Labor Code. 

(b) Any employer may apply to the Occupational Safety and Health 
Standards Board for a permanent variance from an occupational safety 
and health standard, order, special order, or portion thereof upon a show- 
ing of an alternative program, method, practice, means, device or process 
which will provide equal or superior safety for employees. Such applica- 
tion shall conform to the requirements of the California Administrative 
Code, Title 8, Chapter 3.5. 

NOTli: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction of NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Editorial correction of section heading filed 1 1-3-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



§ 2305.4. Approvals. 

The conductors and equipment required or permitted by these orders 
shall be acceptable only if approved. 

(a) When the term "approved" is used in these orders, it shall refer to 
products, materials, devices, systems, or installations that ha\e been ap- 
proved, listed, labeled, or certified as conforming to applicable gu\ em- 
mental or other nationally recognized standards, or applicable scientific 
principles. The approval, listing, labeling, or certification of conformity. 
shall be based upon an evaluation performed by a nationally recognized 
testing laboratory recognized pursuant to 29 CFR §1910.7. which is in- 
corporated by reference; or by a person, firm, or entity with appropriate 
registered engineering competence or by a person, firm, or entity . inde- 
pendent of the manufacturer or supplier of the product, with demon- 
strated competence in the field of such evaluation. 

EXCEPTION: Where written approval by the Division is required in these orders. 

(b) The Division may require proof in addition to that under (a) that 
the products, materials, devices, systems, or installations will pro\ ide 
reasonable safety under the conditions of use. 

(c) When these orders require an approval of products, materials, de- 
vices, systems, or installations and that approval is not available under 
(a), it will be necessary to submit to the Division engineering calcula- 
tions, stress analyses, and other data for each design, model, or make for 
which an approval is requested. The Division will then approve or disap- 
prove the product, material, device, system, or installation as submitted 
or under specified conditions. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Repealer and new section filed 10-18-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter 
(Register 79, No. 42). 

2. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

4. Amendment of first paragraph, subsection (a) and Notk filed 5-5-2008; opera- 
tive 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 
142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 



Article 3. Work Procedures 

§2320.1. General. 

(a) Only qualified persons shall work on electrical equipment or sys- 
tems. 

(b) Only qualified persons shall be permitted to perform any function 
in proximity to energized overhead conductors unless means to prevent 
accidental contact have been provided in accordance with Articles 3 and 
4 of these orders. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Repealer of Article 3 (Sections 2320.1-2320.4) and new Article 3 (Sections 
2320.1-2320.9) filed 3-31-78; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 78, 
No. 13). 

2. Editorial correction of NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83. No. 45). 

3. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

4. Amendment of subsection (b) filed 3-3-99; operative 4-2-99 (Register 99, No. 
10). 

§ 2320.2. Energized Equipment or Systems. 

(a) Work shall not be performed on exposed energized parts of equip- 
ment or systems until the following conditions are met: 

( 1 ) Responsible supervision has determined that the work is to be per- 
formed while the equipment or systems are energized. 

(2) Involved personnel have received instructions on the work tech- 
niques and hazards involved in working on energized equipment. 

(3) Suitable personal protective equipment and safeguards (i.e.. ap- 
proved insulated gloves or insulated tools) are provided and used. 
EXCEPTION: The use of approved insulating gloves or insulated tools or other pro- 
tective measures are not required when working on exposed parts of equipment or 
systems energized at less than 50 volts provided a conclusive determination has 
been made prior to the start of work by a qualified person that there will be no em- 



Page 307 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



§ 2320.3 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



ployee exposure to electrical shock, electrical burns, explosion or hazards due to 
electric arcs. 

(A) Rubber insulating gloves shall meet the provisions of the Ameri- 
can Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) D 1 20-02a, Standard Specifi- 
cation for Rubber Insulating Gloves, and be maintained in accordance 
with ASTM F 496-02a, Standard Specification for In-Service Care of 
Insulating Gloves and Sleeves, which are hereby incorporated by refer- 
ence. 

NOTE: The ASTM F 496-02a standard contains provisions regarding the care, in- 
spection, testing and use of insulating gloves and sleeves. Among other require- 
ments, this standard provides that electrical retests shall not exceed 6 months for 
insulating gloves and 12 months for insulating sleeves and that insulating gloves 
and sleeves that have been electrically tested but not issued for service shall not 
be placed into service unless they have been electrically tested within the previous 
twelve months. 

(B) Insulated tools shall meet the provisions of the American Society 
for Testing Materials (ASTM) F 1505-01 , Standard Specification for In- 
sulated and Insulating Hand Tools, which is hereby incorporated by ref- 
erence. 

(4) Approved insulated gloves shall be worn for voltages in excess of 
250 volts to ground. 

(5) Suitable barriers or approved insulating material shall be provided 
and used to prevent accidental contact with energized parts. 

(6) Suitable eye protection has been provided and is used. 

(7) Where required for personnel protection, suitable barricades, tags, 
or signs are in place. 

(8) Each employee who is exposed to the hazards of flames or electric 
arcs wears apparel that, when exposed to flames or electric arcs, does not 
increase the extent of injury that would be sustained by the employee. 
This subsection prohibits clothing made from the following types of fab- 
rics, either alone or in blends, unless the employee can demonstrate that 
the fabric has been treated with flame retardant: acetate, nylon, polyester, 
and rayon. 

(b) After the required work on an energized system or equipment has 
been completed, an authorized person shall be responsible for: 

( 1 ) Removing from the work area any temporary personnel protective 
equipment, and 

(2) Reinstalling all permanent barriers or covers. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction adding NOTE filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment of subsection (a)(3) filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter 
(Register 86. No. 37). 

3. Amendment of subsection (a)(3), new subsection (a)(4), subsection renumber- 
ing, and amendment of newly designated subsection (a)(6) filed 1-16-2001; 
operative 2-15-2001 (Register 2001, No. 3). 

4. New subsection (a)(7) filed 8-27-2001; operative 9-26-2001 (Register 2001. 
No. 35). 

5. Amendment filed 4-22-2002; operative 5-22-2002 (Register 2002, No. 17). 

6. Amendment of subsections (a)(3)-(a)(3)(B) filed 10-9-2007; operative 
11-8-2007 (Register 2007, No. 41). 

§ 2320.3. Tests. 

All electrical equipment and systems shall be treated as energized as 
required by Section 2320.2 until tested or otherwise proven to be de- 
energized. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction adding NOTE filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

§ 2320.4. De-Energized Equipment or Systems. 

(a) An authorized person shall be responsible for the following before 
working on de-energized electrical equipment or systems unless the 
equipment is physically removed from the wiring system: 

(1) Notifying all involved personnel. 

(2) Locking the disconnecting means in the "open" position with the 
use of lockable devices, such as padlocks, combination locks or discon- 
necting of the conductor(s) or other positive methods or procedures 



which will effectively prevent unexpected or inadvertent energizing of 
a designated circuit, equipment or appliance. 

NOTE: See also Section 3314 of the General Industry Safety Orders (G1SO) for 
lock-out requirements pertaining to the cleaning, repairing, servicing and adjust- 
ing of prime movers, machinery and equipment. 
EXCEPTION: Locking is not required under the following conditions: 

(A) Where tagging procedures are used as specified in subsection (a)(3), and 

(B) Where the disconnecting means is accessible only to personnel instructed in 
these tagging procedures. 

(3) Tagging the disconnecting means with suitable accident preven- 
tion tags conforming to the provisions of Section 2320.6 and GISO Sec- 
tion 3314(e). 

(4) Effectively blocking the operation or dissipating the energy of all 
stored energy devices which present a hazard, such as capacitors or pneu- 
matic, spring-loaded and like mechanisms. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction (Register 79, No. 15). 

2. Amendment of subsection (a)(4) filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter 
(Register 86, No. 37). 

3. Amendment filed 3-3-99; operative 4-2-99 (Register 99, No. 10). 

4. Change without regulatory effect amending subsection (a)(3) filed 4-17-2006 
pursuant to section 1 00, title 1 , California Code of Regulations (Register 2006, 
No. 16). 

§ 2320.5. Energizing (or Re-Energizing) Equipment or 
Systems. 

(a) An authorized person shall be responsible for the following before 
energizing equipment or systems which have been de-energized: 

( 1 ) Determining that all persons are clear from hazards which might 
result from the equipment or systems being energized. 

(2) Removing locking devices and tags. 

(A) Locking devices and tags may be removed only by the employee 
who placed them. Locking devices and tags shall be removed upon com- 
pletion of the work and after the installation of the protective guards and/ 
or safety interlock systems. 

EXCEPTION: When the employee has left the premises or is otherwise unavailable, 
other persons may be authorized by the employer to remove the locking devices 
and tags in accordance with a procedure determined by the employer. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction adding NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment of subsection (a) filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter 
(Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2320.6. Accident Prevention Tags. 

(a) Suitable accident prevention tags shall be used to control a specific 
hazard. Such tags shall provide the following minimum information: 

( 1 ) Reason for placing tag. 

(2) Name of person placing the tag and how that person may be con- 
tacted. 

(3) Date tag was placed. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction adding NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment of subsection (a)( 1 ) filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter 
(Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2320.7. Safety Precautions. 

(a) Suitable temporary barriers, or barricades, shall be installed when 
access to opened enclosures containing exposed energized electrical 
equipment is not under the control of an authorized person. 

(b) Conductive measuring tapes, ropes or similar measuring devices 
shall not be used when working on or near exposed energized conductors 
or parts of equipment. 

(c) Conductive fish tapes shall not be used in raceways entering enclo- 
sures containing exposed energized parts unless such parts are isolated 
by suitable barriers. 

(d) Prior to climbing poles or other elevated structures supporting 
overhead electrical lines or equipment, an inspection shall be made to as- 
sure that such poles or structures are in safe condition for the work to be 
performed. Where poles or structures are determined to be unsafe for 



Page 308 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2340.11 



• 



climbing, they shall not be climbed until made safe by guying, bracing 
or other adequate means. 

NOTK: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 1 42.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction adding NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment of section heading and new subsection (d) filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2320.8. Fall Protection. 

(a) Fall Protection. When work is performed at elevated locations 
more than 4 feet ( 1 .2 meters) above the ground on poles, towers or similar 
structures, the employer shall require the employees to use either fall ar- 
rest equipment, work positioning equipment, or travel restricting equip- 
ment, if other fall protection methods have not been provided (e.g., 
guardrails, safety nets, etc.). The use of body belts for fall arrest systems 
is prohibited. 

EXCEPTION: Point to point travel by a qualified person, unless conditions such as 
ice, high winds, design of the structure, or other condition (e.g., chemical contami- 
nants) prevents the employee from gaining a firm hand or foothold while traveling. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . New section filed 9-1 0-99; operative 10-10-99 (Register 99, No. 37). For prior 
history see Register 86, No. 37. 

§ 2320.9. Backfeeding or Interconnection. 

No electrical power source, permanent or temporary, shall be con- 
nected to a premises wiring system, or parts of such a system, unless posi- 
tive means are used to prevent the transmission of electricity beyond the 
premises wiring system, or beyond any intentionally segregated parts of 
such system. 

EXCEPTION: When an interconnection has been authorized by the servicing util- 
ity. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction adding NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

Article 4. Requirements for Electrical 
Installations 

GENERAL 

§ 2340.1 . Maintenance. 

Electrical equipment shall be maintained free from recognized haz- 
ards that are likely to cause death or serious physical harm to employees. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. New section filed 3-23-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 79, No. 
12). 

2. Repealer and new section filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Reg- 
ister 86, No. 37). 

§ 2340.2. Examination, Installation, and Use of Equipment. 

(a) Examination. Electric equipment shall be free from recognized 
hazards that are likely to cause death or serious physical harm to em- 
ployees. Safety of equipment shall be determined using the following 
considerations: 

(1) Suitability for installation and use in conformity with the provi- 
sions of these Orders; 

Note to subsection (a)(1): Suitability of equipment for an identified purpose may 
be evidenced by listing or labeling for that identified purpose. 

(2) Mechanical strength and durability, including, for parts designed 
to enclose and protect other equipment, the adequacy of the protection 
thus provided; 

(3) Wire-bending and connection space; 

(4) Electrical insulation; 

(5) Heating effects under all conditions of use; 

(6) Arcing effects; 



(7) Classification by type, size, voltage, current capacity, and specific 
use; and 

(8) Other factors that contribute to the practical safeguarding of per- 
sons using or likely to come in contact with the equipment. 

(b) Installation and use. Listed or labeled equipment shall be installed 
and used in accordance with any instructions included in the listing or la- 
beling. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2340.5. Conductors. 

(a) Insulation. All conductors used for general wiring shall be insu- 
lated unless otherwise permitted in these safety orders. 

(b) Type. The conductor insulation shall be of a type that is approved 
for the voltage, operating temperature, and location of use. 

(c) Distinguishable. Insulated conductors shall be distinguishable by 
appropriate color or other suitable means as being grounded conductors, 
ungrounded conductors, or equipment grounding conductors. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). For prior 
history, see Register 79, No. 12. 

§ 2340.8. Insulation Integrity. 

Completed wiring installations shall be free from short circuits and 
from grounds other than those required or permitted by these Safety Or- 
ders. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). For prior 
history, see Register 79, No. 12. 

§ 2340.9. Interrupting Rating. 

(a) Equipment intended to interrupt current at fault levels shall have 
an interrupting rating sufficient for the nominal circuit voltage and the 
current which is available at the line terminals of the equipment. 

(b) Equipment intended to interrupt current at other than fault levels 
shall have an interrupting rating at nominal circuit voltage sufficient for 
the current that must be interrupted. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . Repealer and new section filed 3-23-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Reg- 
ister 79, No. 12). 

2. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment of section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008. No. 19). 

§ 2340.10. Circuit Impedance and Other Characteristics. 

The overcurrent protective devices, the total impedance, the compo- 
nent short-circuit current ratings, and other characteristics of the circuit 
to be protected shall be selected and coordinated to permit the circuit pro- 
tective devices used to clear a fault to do so without the occurrence of ex- 
tensive damage to the electrical components of the circuit. This fault shall 
be assumed to be either between two or more of the circuit conductors, 
or between any circuit conductor and the grounding conductor or enclos- 
ing metal raceway. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). For prior 
history, see Register 79, No. 12. 

§ 2340.1 1 . Deteriorating Agents. 

(a) Unless approved for the purpose, no conductors or equipment shall 
be located: 



Page 309 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



§ 2340.12 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



( 1 ) In damp or wet locations. 

(2) Where exposed to gases, fumes, vapors, liquids, or other agents 
that have a deteriorating effect on the conductors or equipment. 

(3) Where exposed to excessive temperatures. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . Repealer of subsections (b) and (c) filed 3-23-79; effective thirtieth day thereaf- 
ter (Register 79, No. 12). 

2. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83. No. 45). 

3. Amendment of section and Note filed 5-5-2008: operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 

§ 2340.12. Mechanical Execution of Work. 

Electric equipment shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike man- 
ner. 

(a) Unused openings in boxes, raceways, auxiliary gutters, cabinets, 
equipment cases, or housings shall be effectively closed to afford protec- 
tion substantially equivalent to the wall of the equipment. 

(b) Conductors shall be racked to provide ready and safe access in un- 
derground and subsurface enclosures that persons enter for installation 
and maintenance. 

(c) Internal parts of electrical equipment, including busbars, wiring 
terminals, insulators, and other surfaces, shall not be damaged or contam- 
inated by foreign materials such as paint, plaster, cleaners, abrasives, or 
corrosive residues. 

(d) There shall be no damaged parts that may adversely affect safe op- 
eration or mechanical strength of the equipment, such as parts that are 
broken, bent, cut, or deteriorated by corrosion, chemical action, or over- 
heating. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3. LaborCode. Reference Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). For prior 
history, see Register 79, No. 12. 

§ 2340.13. Mounting and Cooling of Equipment. 

(a) Mounting. Electric equipment shall be firmly secured to the surface 

on which it is mounted. 

Note: Wooden plugs driven into holes in masonry, concrete, plaster, or similar 
materials are not considered secure means of fastening electric equipment 

(b) Electric equipment that depends on the natural circulation of air 
and convection principles for cooling of exposed surfaces shall be 
installed so that room airflow over such surfaces is not prevented by walls 
or by adjacent installed equipment. For equipment designed for floor 
mounting, clearance between top surfaces and adjacent surfaces shall be 
provided to dissipate rising warm air. 

(c) Cooling. Electrical equipment provided with ventilating openings 
shall be installed and maintained so that free circulation of air through the 
equipment is not obstructed. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Amendment of subsections (a) and (b) filed 3-23-79; effective thirtieth day 
thereafter (Register 79, No. 12). 

2. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment of section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 

§ 2340.14. Electrical Connections. 

(a) General. Because of different characteristics of dissimilar metals: 

(1) Devices such as pressure terminal or pressure splicing connectors 
and soldering lugs shall be identified for the material of the conductor and 
shall be properly installed and used; 

(2) Conductors of dissimilar metals may not be intermixed in a termi- 
nal or splicing connector where physical contact occurs between dissimi- 
lar conductors (such as copper and aluminum, copper and copper-clad 



aluminum, or aluminum and copper-clad aluminum) unless the device 
is identified for the purpose and conditions of use; and 

(3) Materials such as solder, fluxes, inhibitors, and compounds, where 
employed, shall be suitable for the use and shall be of a type that will not 
adversely affect the conductors, installation, or equipment. 

(b) Terminals. 

( 1 ) Connection of conductors to terminal parts shall ensure a good con- 
nection without damaging the conductors and shall be made by means of 
pressure connectors (including set-screw type), solder lugs, or splices to 
flexible leads. However, No. 10 or smaller conductors may be connected 
by means of wire binding screws or studs and nuts having upturned lugs 
or equivalent. 

(2) Terminals for more than one conductor and terminals used to con- 
nect aluminum shall be so identified. 

(c) Splices. 

(1 ) Conductors shall be spliced or joined with splicing devices identi- 
fied for the use or by brazing, welding, or soldering with a fusible metal 
or alloy. Soldered splices shall first be spliced or joined to be mechanical- 
ly and electrically secure without solder and then soldered. All splices 
and joints and the free ends of conductors shall be covered with an insula- 
tion equivalent to that of the conductors or with an insulating device iden- 
tified for the purpose. 

(2) Wire connectors or splicing means installed on conductors for di- 
rect burial shall be listed for such use. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). For prior 
history, see Register 79, No. 12. 

§ 2340.16. Work Space About Electric Equipment. 

(a) Space about electric equipment. 

Sufficient access and working space shall be provided and maintained 
about all electric equipment to permit ready and safe operation and main- 
tenance of such equipment. 

(b) Work Space. Working space for equipment likely to require ex- 
amination, adjustment, servicing, or maintenance while energized shall 
comply with the following dimensions, except as required or permitted 
elsewhere in these Orders. 

( 1 ) Depth. The depth of the working space in the direction of access 
to live parts shall not be less than indicated in Table 2340. 16 unless per- 
mitted elsewhere in these orders. 

Distances shall be measured from the live parts if they are exposed or 
from the enclosure front or opening if they are enclosed. 

(2) Width. In addition to the dimensions of depth shown in Table 
2340.16, the width of the workspace in front of the electric equipment 
shall not be less than the width of the equipment or 30 inches, whichever 
is greater. 

(A) Concrete, brick, or tile walls shall be considered as grounded. 

(B) In all cases, the workspace shall be adequate to permit at least a 90 
degree opening of equipment doors or hinged panels. 

(3) Height. The work space shall be clear and extend from the grade, 
floor, or platform to the height required by subsection (f) of this section. 
However, other equipment associated with the electrical installation and 
located above or below the electric equipment may extend not more than 
6 in. (153 mm) beyond the front of the electric equipment. 

Table 2340.16. Minimum Depth of Clear Working Space at 
Electrical Equipment, 600 V or Less 

Nominal Minimum Clear Distance 

Voltage to Condition 1 Condition 2 Condition 3 

Ground Feet Meters Feet Meters Feet Meters 



0-150 
151-600 



0.9 
0.9 



3* 
3.5 



0.9 
1.0 



0.9 
1.2 



Notes to Table 2340.16: 

Where the "Conditions" are as follows: 



Page 310 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§2340.17 



Condition 1 — Exposed live parts on one side and no live or grounded 
parts on the other side of the working space, or exposed live parts on both 
sides effectively guarded by suitable wood or other insulating materials. 
Insulated wire or insulated busbars operating at 300 volts or less shall not 
be considered live parts. 

Condition 2 — Exposed live parts on one side and grounded parts on 
the other side. 

Condition 3 — Exposed live parts on both sides of the work space (not 
guarded as provided in Condition (1)) with the operator between. 
Exceptions: 

*1. Minimum clear distances may be 2.5 ft. (0.7 m) for installations built before 
April 16, 1981. 

2. Working space is not required in back of assemblies such as dead-front switch- 
boards or motor control centers where there are no renewable or adjustable parts 
(such as fuses or switches) on the back and where all connections are accessible 
from locations other than the back. 

3. Where rear access is required to work on deenergized parts on the back of en- 
closed equipment, a minimum working space of 30 in. (762 mm) horizontally shall 
be provided. 

(c) Clear Spaces. Working space required by this section shall not be 
used for storage. When normally enclosed live parts are exposed for in- 
spection or servicing, the working space, if in a passageway or general 
open space, shall be suitably guarded. 

(d) Entrance and Access to Workspace. At least one entrance of suffi- 
cient area shall be provided to give access to the working space about 
electric equipment. 

(1) For equipment rated 1,200 amperes or more and over 6 feet (1.83 
m) wide, containing overcurrent devices, switching devices, or control 
devices, there shall be one entrance not less than 24 inches (610 mm) 
wide and 6 feet 6 inches ( 1 .98 m) high at each end of the workspace, ex- 
cept that: 

(A) Where the location permits a continuous and unobstructed way of 
exit travel, one means of exit is permitted; or 

(B) Where the working space required by subsection (b) of this section 
is doubled, only one entrance to the working space is required; however, 
the entrance shall be located so that the edge of the entrance nearest the 
equipment is the minimum clear distance given in Table 2340.16 away 
from such equipment. 

(2) Attics, furred ceilings and underfloor spaces shall have minimum 
unobstructed access openings of 22 inches by 30 inches. 

(e) Illumination. Portable or fixed illumination, suitable for the nature 
of the work being performed, shall be provided when working on electri- 
cal equipment. The light fixtures and their control points shall be so ar- 
ranged that persons operating light switches, replacing lamps or making 
repairs on the lighting system will not be endangered by energized parts 
of other equipment. 

EXCEPTION: Additional lighting fixtures are not required where the working 
space is illuminated by an adjacent light source. In electric equipment rooms, the 
illumination may not be controlled by automatic means only. 

(f) Headroom. The minimum headroom of working space about ser- 
vice equipment, switchboards, panelboards and motor control centers, 
which require manual operation or where there are energized parts ex- 
posed at any time, shall be as follows: 

(1) For installations built before May 5, 2008 6 feet 3 inches (1.91 m). 

(2) For installations built on or after May 5, 2008 6 feet 6 inches (1 .98 
m), except that where the electrical equipment exceeds 6.5 feet (1.98 m) 
in height, the minimum headroom may not be less than the height of the 
equipment. 

(g) For installations built on or after May 5, 2008, switchboards, panel- 
boards, and distribution boards installed for the control of light and pow- 
er circuits, and motor control centers shall be located in dedicated spaces 
and protected from damage. 

( 1 ) Indoor. For indoor installation, the dedicated space shall comply 
with the following: 

(A) The space equal to the width and depth of the equipment and ex- 
tending from the floor to a height of 6.0 feet (1.83 m) above the equip- 
ment or to the structural ceiling, whichever is lower, shall be dedicated 
to the electrical installation. Unless isolated from equipment by height or 



physical enclosures or covers that will afford adequate mechanical 
protection from vehicular traffic or accidental contact by unauthorized 
personnel or that complies with subsection (g)( 1 KB) of this section, pip- 
ing, ducts, or equipment foreign to the electrical installation shall not be 
located in this area; 

(B) The space equal to the width and depth of the equipment shall be 
kept clear of foreign systems unless protection is provided to avoid dam- 
age from condensation, leaks, or breaks in such foreign systems. This 
area shall extend from the top of the electric equipment to the structural 
ceiling; 

(C) Sprinkler protection is permitted for the dedicated space where the 
piping complies with this section; and 

(D) Control equipment that by its very nature or because of other re- 
quirements in these Orders must be adjacent to or within sight of its oper- 
ating machinery is permitted in the dedicated space. 

Note to subsection (g)(1): A dropped, suspended, or similar ceiling that does not 
add strength to the building structure shall not be considered a structural ceiling. 
(2) Outdoor. Outdoor electric equipment shall be installed in suitable 
enclosures and shall be protected from accidental contact by unautho- 
rized personnel, or by vehicular traffic, or by accidental spillage or leak- 
age from piping systems. No architectural appurtenance or other equip- 
ment may be located in the working space required by subsection (b) of 
this section. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . Repealer and new section filed 3-23-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Reg- 
ister 79, No. 12). For history of former section, see Register 75, No. 42. 

2. Amendment of Table 2340.16 and Plate 2340.16(a)(1) filed 2-1-83; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 83, No. 6). 

3. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

4. Editorial correction of Table 2340.16 filed 1 1-3-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

5. Amendment of Table 2340.16, subsections (c)-(f) and Plate 2340. 16(a)(2) filed 
8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

6. Amendment of section, repealer of Plate 2340.16(a)(2), and amendment of 
Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only 
pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2340.17. Guarding of Energized Parts. 

(a) Except as elsewhere required or permitted by these orders, ener- 
gized parts of electric equipment operating at 50 volts or more shall be 
guarded against accidental contact by use of approved cabinets or other 
forms of approved enclosures or by any of the following means: 

(1) By location in a room, vault, or similar enclosure that is accessible 
only to qualified persons. 

(2) By suitable permanent, substantial partitions or screens so ar- 
ranged that only qualified persons will have access to the space within 
reach of the energized parts. Any openings in such partitions or screens 
shall be so sized and located that persons are not likely to come into acci- 
dental contact with the energized parts or to bring conducting objects into 
contact with them. 

(3) By location on a suitable balcony, gallery, or platform so elevated 
and otherwise located as to prevent access by unqualified persons; or 

(4) By elevation of 8.0 feet (2.44 m) or more above the floor or other 
working surface. 

(b) In locations where electric equipment is likely to be exposed to 
physical damage, enclosures or guards shall be so arranged and of such 
strength as to prevent such damage. 

(c) Entrances to rooms and other guarded locations containing ex- 
posed live parts shall be marked with conspicuous warning signs forbid- 
ding unqualified persons to enter. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . Repealer and new section filed 3-23-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter ( Reg- 
ister 79, No. 12). For history of former section, sec Register 75, No. 42. 

2. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment of subsection (a)(1) filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter 
(Register 86, No. 37). 



Page 311 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



§ 2340.18 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



4. Amendment of section and Noth filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 

§ 2340.18. Arcing Parts. 

Parts of electric equipment which in ordinary operation produce arcs, 
sparks, flames, or molten metal shall be enclosed or separated and iso- 
lated from all combustible material. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83. No. 45). 

2. Editorial con-ection filed 11-3-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Repealer and new section filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Reg- 
ister 86. No. 37). 

4. Amendment of section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 

§2340.21. Marking. 

(a) Identification of Manufacturer and Ratings. 

Electric equipment shall not be used unless the following markings 
have been placed on the equipment: 

( 1 ) The manufacturer' s name, trademark, or other descriptive marking 
by which the organization responsible for the product may be identified; 
and 

(2) Other markings giving voltage, current, wattage, or other ratings. 

(b) Durability. The marking shall be of sufficient durability to with- 
stand the environment involved. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

3. Repealer and new section and amendment of Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 
5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 
142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2340.22. Identification of Equipment. 

(a) Motors and Appliances. 

Each disconnecting means required by this Safety Order for motors 
and appliances shall be legibly marked to indicate its purpose, unless lo- 
cated and arranged so the purpose is evident. 

(b) Services, Feeders, and Branch Circuits. Each service, feeder, and 
branch circuit, at its disconnecting means or overcurrent device, shall be 
legibly marked to indicate its purpose, unless located and arranged so the 
purpose is evident. 

(c) Each service disconnecting means shall plainly indicate whether 
it is in the open or closed position. 

(d) Durability of Markings. The markings shall be of sufficient dura- 
bility to withstand the environment involved. 

(e) Capable of Accepting a Lock. Effective with installations made af- 
ter May 5, 2008 disconnecting means required by these Orders shall be 
capable of being locked in the open position. 

(f) Marking for Series Combination Ratings. 
Effective with installations made after May 5, 2008: 

(1) Where circuit breakers or fuses are applied in compliance with the 
series combination ratings marked on the equipment by the manufactur- 
er, the equipment enclosures shall be legibly marked in the field to indi- 
cate that the equipment has been applied with a series combination rating. 

(2) The marking required by subsection (e)(1) of this section shall be 
readily visible and shall state "Caution — Series Combination System 

Rated Amperes. Identified Replacement Component Required." 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . Repealer and new section filed 3-23-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Reg- 
ister 79, No. 12). For history of former section, see Register 75, No. 42. 

2. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



3. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

4. Amendment of section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printins only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Resister 
2008, No. 19). 

§ 2340.23. Openings. [Repealed] 

NOTE. Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . Amendment filed 8-12-76 as procedural and organizational; effective upon fil- 
ing (Register 76, No. 33). 

2. Repealer and new section filed 3-23-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Reg- 
ister 79, No. 12). For history of former section see Resisters 76, No. 33 and 75, 
No. 42. 

3. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

4. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

5. Repealer of section and amendment of Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 
5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 
142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2340.24. Discontinued Circuits. 

When a circuit is abandoned or discontinued, its conductors shall be 
removed from the raceways, or be maintained as if in use. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-1 10-24.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1 . Amendment filed 8-12-76 as procedural and organizational; effective upon fil- 
ing (Register 76, No. 33). 

2. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2340.26. Mechanical Protection. 

In locations where electric equipment would be exposed to physical 
damage, enclosures or guards shall be so arranged and of such strength 
as to prevent such damage. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-1 10-26.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Repealer and new section filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Reg- 
ister 86, No. 37). 

§ 2340.27. Location of Control and Protective Devices. 

All switches, circuit breakers, fuses and other control and protective 
devices shall be so located or arranged that they may be safely operated, 
removed or repaired. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-1 10-27.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Amendment of section title filed 3-23-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter 
(Register 79, No. 12). 

2. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 



Article 5. Use and Identification of 
Grounded and Grounding Conductors 

§ 2350.2. General. 

(a) Identification of Conductors. 

( 1 ) A conductor used as a grounded conductor shall be identifiable and 
distinguishable from all other conductors. 

(2) A conductor used as an equipment grounding conductor shall be 
identifiable and distinguishable from all other conductors. 

(b) Polarity of Connections. No grounded or grounding conductor 
shall be attached to any terminal or lead so as to reverse designated polar- 
ity. 



• 



Page 312 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2360.3 



(c) Use of Grounding Terminals and Devices. A grounding terminal 
or grounding-type device on a receptacle, cord connector, or attachment 
plug shall not be used for purposes other than grounding. 
NOTlv. Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . Repealer and new subsection (a) filed 8-9-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter 

(Register 79, No. 32). 

2. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment of Title 24 cross reference filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day 
thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

4. Amendment of article heading, repealer and new section and amendment of 
Notk filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only 
pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2350.3. Connection to Grounded System. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. Repealer filed 8-9-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 79, No. 32). 

§ 2350.6. Means of Identifying Grounded Conductors. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . Repealer filed 8-9-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 79, No. 32). 

§ 2350.7. Use of White or Natural Gray Color. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . Repealer filed 8-9-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 79, No. 32). 

§ 2350.9. Means of Identification of Terminals. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. Repealer filed 8-9-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 79, No. 32). 

§ 2350.1 0. Identification of Terminals. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. Repealer filed 8-9-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 79, No. 32). 

§ 2350.1 1 . Polarity of Connections. [Repealed] 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. New section filed 8-9-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 79, No. 
32). 

2. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Repealer of section and amendment of Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 
5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 
142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 



Article 6. Branch Circuits 

§ 2360.1 . Identification of Multiwire Branch Circuits. 

For installations built on or after May 5, 2008 where more than one 
nominal voltage system exists in a building containing multiwire branch 
circuits, each ungrounded conductor of a multiwire branch circuit, where 
accessible, shall be identified by phase and system. The means of identi- 
fication shall be permanently posted at each branch-circuit panelboard. 
Note: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. New article 6 (sections 2360.1-2360.5) and section filed 5-5-2008; operative 
5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 
142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). For prior history of article 6, see Register 
79, No. 32. 



§ 2360.2. Receptacles and Cord Connectors. 

(a) Receptacles installed on 15- and 20-ampere branch circuits shall 
be of the grounding type except as permitted for replacement receptacles 
in subsection (d) of this section. Grounding-type receptacles shall be 
installed only on circuits of the voltage class and current for which they 
are rated, except as provided in Table 2360.4(b)(2) and Table 
2360.4(b)(3). 

(b) Receptacles and cord connectors having grounding contacts shall 
have those contacts effectively grounded except for receptacles mounted 
on portable and vehicle-mounted generators in accordance with Section 
2395.6 of these Orders and replacement receptacles installed in accor- 
dance with subsection (d) of this section. 

(c) The grounding contacts of receptacles and cord connectors shall be 
grounded by connection to the equipment grounding conductor of the cir- 
cuit supplying the receptacle or cord connector. The branch circuit wiring 
method shall include or provide an equipment grounding conductor to 
which the grounding contacts of the receptacle or cord connector shall be 
connected. 

(d) Replacement of receptacles shall comply with the following re- 
quirements: 

(1) Where a grounding means exists in the receptacle enclosure or a 
grounding conductor is installed, grounding-type receptacles shall be 
used and shall be connected to the grounding means or conductor; 

(2) Ground-fault circuit-interrupter protected receptacles shall be 
provided where replacements are made at receptacle outlets that are re- 
quired to be so protected elsewhere in these Orders; and 

(3) Where a grounding means does not exist in the receptacle enclo- 
sure, the installation shall comply with one of the following provisions: 

(A) A nongrounding-type receptacle may be replaced with another 
nongrounding-type receptacle; or 

(B) A nongrounding-type receptacle may be replaced with a ground- 
fault circuit-interrupter-type of receptacle that is marked "No Equip- 
ment Ground;" an equipment grounding conductor shall not be con- 
nected from the ground-fault circuit-interrupter-type receptacle to any 
outlet supplied from the ground-fault circuit-interrupter receptacle; or 

(C) A nongrounding-type receptacle may be replaced with a ground- 
ing-type receptacle where supplied through a ground-fault circuit-inter- 
rupter; the replacement receptacle shall be marked "GFCI Protected" and 
"No Equipment Ground;" an equipment grounding conductor shall not 
be connected to such grounding-type receptacles. 

(e) Receptacles connected to circuits having different voltages, fre- 
quencies, or types of current (ac or dc) on the same premises shall be of 
such design that the attachment plugs used on these circuits are not inter- 
changeable. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . New section filed 5-5-2008: operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2360.3. Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupter Protection for 
Personnel — General Industry. 

(a) All 120-volt (nominal), single-phase, 15- and 20-ampere recep- 
tacles installed in bathrooms or on rooftops shall have ground-fault cir- 
cuit-interrupter protection for personnel. 

(b) The following requirements apply to temporary wiring installa- 
tions that are used during maintenance, remodeling, or repair of build- 
ings, structures, or equipment or during similar construction-like activi- 
ties. 

(1) All 120-volt (nominal), single-phase, 15-. 20-, and 30-ampere 
receptacle outlets that are not part of the permanent wiring of the building 
or structure and that are in use by personnel shall have ground-fault cir- 
cuit-interrupter protection for personnel. 

Note 1 to subsection (b)( 1 ): A cord connector on an extension cord set is consid- 
ered to be a receptacle outlet if the cord set is used for temporary electric power. 
Note 2 to subsection (b)(1): Cord sets and devices incorporating the required 
ground-fault circuit-interrupter that are connected to the receptacle closest to the 
source of power are acceptable forms of protection. 



Page 313 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



§ 2360.4 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



(2) Receptacles other than 1 20 volt (nominal), single-phase, 15-, 20-, 
and 30-ampere receptacles that are not part of the permanent wiring of 
the building or structure and that are in use by personnel shall have 
ground-fault circuit-interrupter protection for personnel. 

(3) Where the ground-fault circuit-interrupter protection required by 
subsection (b)(2) of this section is not available for receptacles other than 
120-volt (nominal), single-phase, 15-, 20-, and 30-ampere, the em- 
ployer shall establish and implement an assured equipment grounding 
conductor program covering cord sets, receptacles that are not a part of 
the building or structure, and equipment connected by cord and plug that 
are available for use or used by employees on those receptacles. This pro- 
gram shall comply with the following requirements: 

(A) A written description of the program, including the specific proce- 
dures adopted by the employer, shall be available at the jobsite for inspec- 
tion and copying by the Division of Occupational Safety and Health and 
any affected employee; 

(B) The employer shall designate one or more qualified persons as de- 
fined in Section 2300 to implement the program; 

(C) Each cord set, attachment cap, plug, and receptacle of cord sets, 
and any equipment connected by cord and plug, except cord sets and re- 
ceptacles which are fixed and not exposed to damage, shall be visually 
inspected before each day's use for external defects, such as deformed 
or missing pins or insulation damage, and for indications of possible in- 
ternal damage. Equipment found damaged or defective shall not be used 
until repaired; 

(D) The following tests shall be performed on all cord sets and recep- 
tacles which are not a part of the permanent wiring of the building or 
structure, and cord- and plug-connected equipment required to be 
grounded: 

1. All equipment grounding conductors shall be tested for continuity 
and shall be electrically continuous; 

2. Each receptacle and attachment cap or plug shall be tested for cor- 
rect attachment of the equipment grounding conductor. The equipment 
grounding conductor shall be connected to its proper terminal; and 

3. All required tests shall be performed before first use; before equip- 
ment is returned to service following any repairs; before equipment is 
used after any incident which can be reasonably suspected to have caused 
damage (for example, when a cord set is run over); and at intervals not 
to exceed 3 months, except that cord sets and receptacles which are fixed 
and not exposed to damage shall be tested at intervals not exceeding 6 
months; 

(E) The employer shall not make available or permit the use by em- 
ployees of any equipment which has not met the requirements of subsec- 
tion (b)(3) of this section; and 

(F) Tests performed as required in subsection (b)(3) of this section 
shall be recorded. This test record shall identify each receptacle, cord set, 
and cord- and plug-connected equipment that passed the test and shall 
indicate the last date it was tested or the interval for which it was tested. 
This record shall be kept by means of logs, color coding, or other effec- 
tive means and shall be maintained until replaced by a more current re- 
cord. The record shall be made available on the jobsite for inspection by 
the Division and any affected employee. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 



§ 2360.4. Outlet Devices. 

Outlet devices shall have an ampere rating not less than the load to be 
served and shall comply with the following provisions: 

(a) Where connected to a branch circuit having a rating in excess of 20 
amperes, lampholders shall be of the heavy-duty type. A heavy-duty 
lampholder shall have a rating of not less than 660 watts if of the adme- 
dium type and not less than 750 watts if of any other type; and 

(b) Receptacle outlets shall comply with the following provisions: 



( 1 ) A single receptacle installed on an individual branch circuit shall 
have an ampere rating of not less than that of the branch circuit; 

(2) Where connected to a branch circuit supplying two or more recep- 
tacles or outlets, a receptacle may not supply a total cord- and plug-con- 
nected load in excess of the maximum specified in Table 2360.4(b)(2). 
Table 2360.4(b)(2) — Maximum Cord- and Plug-Connected Load to 

Receptacle 

Circuit Rating Receptacle Rating Maximum Load 

(Amperes) (Amperes) (Amperes) 



15 or 20 


15 


12 


20 


20 


16 


30 


30 


24 



(3) Where connected to a branch circuit supplying two or more recep- 
tacles or outlets, receptacle ratings shall conform to the values listed in 
Table 2360.4(b)(3); or, where larger than 50 amperes, the receptacle rat- 
ing may not be less than the branch-circuit rating. 

EXCEPTION: Receptacles for one or more cord- and plug-connected arc welders 
shall have ampere ratings not less than the minimum branch-circuit conductor am- 
pacity. 

Table 2360.4(b)(3) — Receptacle Ratings for Various Size Circuits 
Circuit Rating (Amperes) Receptacle Rating (Amperes) 



15 
20 
30 
40 
50 



Not over 1 5 
15 or 20 

30 

40 or 50 

50 



NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2360.5. Cord Connections. 

A receptacle outlet shall be installed wherever flexible cords with at- 
tachment plugs are used. Where flexible cords are permitted to be perma- 
nently connected, receptacles may be omitted. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. New section filed 5-5-2008: operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

Article 7. Feeders 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . Repealer of Article 7 (Sections 2365.1 and 2365.9) filed 8-9-79; effective thir- 
tieth day thereafter (Register 79, No. 32). 



Article 8. Outdoor Wiring 

§2375.1. Scope. 

This Article applies to branch-circuit, feeder, and service conductors 
rated 600 volts, nominal, or less and run outdoors as open conductors. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . Repealer and new section and amendment of Article heading filed 8-9-79; ef- 
fective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 79, No. 32). 

2. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment of section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 

§ 2375.7. Conductors on Poles. 

Conductors on poles shall have a separation of not less than 1 foot (305 
mm) where not placed on racks or brackets. Conductors supported on 
poles shall provide a horizontal climbing space not less than the follow- 
ing: 



Page 314 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§2380.1 



• 



• 



(a) Power conductors below communication conductors — 30 in. (762 
mm); 

(b) Power conductors alone or above communication conductors: 

(1) 300 volts or less— 24 in. (610 mm), 

(2) Over 300 volts— 30 in. (762 mm); 

(c) Communication conductors below power conductors — same as 
power conductors; and 

(d) Communications conductors alone — no requirement. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). For prior 
history, see Register 79, No. 32. 

§ 2375.10. Wiring on Buildings. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
l. Repealer filed 8-9-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 79, No. 32). 

§ 2375.12. Open-Conductor Supports. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. Repealer filed 8-9-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 79. No. 32.) 

§ 2375.13. Festoon Supports. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . Repealer filed 8-9-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 79, No. 32). 

§ 2375.18. Clearance from Ground. 

Open conductors, open multiconductor cables, and service-drop con- 
ductors of not over 600 volts, nominal, shall conform to the following 
minimum clearances: 

Installations built before May 5, 2008: 

Above areas (other than thoroughfares) 
where it is possible to drive vehicles 16 feet (4.88 m) 

Above areas accessible to pedestrians only 12 feet (3.66 m) 

Installations built on or after May 5, 2008: 

Table 2375.18 Clearances from Ground. 



Distance 



Voltage to 
ground 



Installations built on or after 
May 5, 2008 

Conditions 



12 ft. (3.66 m) <300V 



Above finished grade or sidewalks, 
or from any platform or projection 
from which they might be reached. 
Over residential property and 
driveways. Over commercial areas 
subject to pedestrian traffic or to 
vehicular traffic other than truck 
traffic. 



16ft. (4.88 m) 301 to 600 V 



Over residential property and 
driveways. Over commercial areas 
subject to pedestrian traffic or to 
vehicular traffic other than truck 
traffic. (This category includes 
conditions covered under the 1 2 ft. 
(3.66 m) category where the 
voltage exceeds 300 V.) 



18 ft. (5.49 m) <600V 



Note: California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC) General Order 
No. 95 applies in areas subject to CPUC jurisdiction 

Note:: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 



History 

1. Amendment of subsection (a) filed 8-9-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter 
(Register 79, No. 32). 

2. Kditorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86. No. 37). 

4. Amendment of section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 5 -5 2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008. No. 19). 

§ 2375.19. Clearances from Buildings. 

(a) Over roofs. Open wiring and cables shall have a clearance of not 
less than 8 feet from the highest point oi' roofs over which they pass. 
EXCEPTION: No. 1: Where the voltage between conductors does not exceed 300 
and the roof has a slope of not less than 4 inches in 12 inches, a reduction in clear- 
ance to 3 feet shall be permitted. 

EXCEPTION: No. 2: Where the voltage between conductors does not exceed 300. 
a reduction in clearance over the overhanging portion of the roof to 1 8 inches shall 
be permitted if: 

a. They do not pass over more than 4 feet of the overhang portion of the roof: and 

b. They are terminated at a (through-the-roof) raceway or approved support. 

EXCEPTION: No. 3: The area above a roof surface subject to pedestrian or vehicu- 
lar traffic shall have a vertical clearance from the roof surface in accordance with 
the clearance requirements of Section 2375. 1 8. 

(b) Horizontal Clearances. Open wiring and cables not attached to a 
building shall have a minimum horizontal clearance of 3 feet. 

(c) Final Spans. 

(1 ) Open wiring and cables to a building they supply or from which 
they are fed shall be permitted to be attached to the building, but they shall 
be kept 3 feet from windows that are designed to be opened, doors, 
porches, balconies, ladders, stairs, fire escapes, or similar locations. 

(2) Conductors run above the top level of a window shall be permitted 
to be less than 3 feet above the window provided that they are at the maxi- 
mum practical distance and that in no case are they less than 1 foot above 
the window. 

(3) Vertical clearance of final spans above, or within 3.0 feet measured 
horizontally of, platforms, projections, or surfaces from which they 
might be reached shall be maintained in accordance with Section 
2375.18. 

(4) Overhead service conductors shall not be installed beneath open- 
ings through which materials may be moved, such as openings in farm 
and commercial buildings, and may not be installed where they will ob- 
struct entrance to these building openings. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . Repealer and new section filed 8-9-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter ( Regis- 
ter 79, No. 32). 

2. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

4. Amendment filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2375.25. Location of Outdoor Lamps. 

Lamps for outdoor lighting shall be located below all energi/ed con- 
ductors, transformers, or other electric equipment, unless such equip- 
ment is controlled by a disconnecting means that can be locked in the 
open position, or unless adequate clearances or other safeguards are pro- 
vided for relamping operations. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3. Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to ( )AL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). For prior 
history, see Register 79, No. 32. 



Article 9. Services 

§ 2380.1 . Disconnecting Means. 

(a) Means shall be provided to disconnect all conductors in a building 
or other structure from the service-entrance conductors. The service dis- 



Page 315 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



§ 2390.1 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



connecting means shall plainly indicate whether it is in the open or closed 
position and shall be installed at a readily accessible location nearest the 
point of entrance of the service-entrance conductors. 

(b) Each service disconnecting means shall simultaneously disconnect 
all ungrounded conductors. 

(c) Each service disconnecting means shall be suitable for the prevail- 
ing conditions. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . New article 9 (section 2380.1 ) and section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. 
Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to LaborCode 142.3(a)(3) (Regis- 
ter 2008, No. 19). For prior history of article 9. see Register 79. No. 32. 



Article 10. Overcurrent Protection 

§2390.1. General. 

Conductors and equipment shall be protected from overcurrent in ac- 
cordance with their ability to safely conduct current. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . Repealer of Article 1 (Sections 2390. 1-2390.83, not consecutive) and new Ar- 
ticle 10 (Sections 2390.1-2390.41. not consecutive) filed 1 1-16-79; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 79, No. 46). 

2. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 

37). 

4. Amendment of section and Notk filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 

§2390.10. Grounded Conductors. 

Except for motor running overload protection, overcurrent devices 
shall not interrupt the continuity of the grounded conductor unless all 
conductors of the circuit are opened simultaneously. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2390.20. Disconnecting Means for Fuses. 

A disconnecting means shall be provided on the supply side of all fuses 
in circuits over 1 50 volts to ground and cartridge fuses in circuits of any 
voltage where accessible to other than qualified persons so that each indi- 
vidual circuit containing fuses can be independently disconnected from 
the source of power. However, a current-limiting device without a dis- 
connecting means is permitted on the supply side of the service discon- 
necting means. In addition, a single disconnecting means is permitted on 
the supply side of more than one set of fuses as permitted by the exception 
in Section 2530.1 12 for group operation of motors, and a single discon- 
necting means is permitted for fixed electric space-heating equipment. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2390.24. Location. 

Overcurrent devices shall be readily accessible to each employee or 
authorized building management personnel. These overcurrent devices 
shall not be located where they will be exposed to physical damage or in 
the vicinity of easily ignitable material. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 



3. Amendment of section and Noti; filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing onlv pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 

§ 2390.41. Arcing or Suddenly Moving Parts. 

Arcing or suddenly moving parts shall comply with the following: 

(a) Location. Fuses and circuit breakers shall be so located or shielded 
that persons will not be burned or otherwise injured by their operation. 

(b) Suddenly Moving Parts. Handles or levers of circuit breakers, and 
similar parts which may move suddenly in such a way that persons in the 
vicinity are likely to be injured by being struck by them, shall be guarded 
or isolated. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37.) 

3. Amendment of subsection (b) and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. 
Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Regis- 
ter 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2390.42. Indicating. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1 . Renumbering and amendment of Section 2390.42 to Section 2390.8 1 filed 
8-27-86: effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). For prior histo- 
ry, see Registers 83, Nos. 45 and 6. 

§ 2390.43. Circuit Breakers Used as Switches. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Renumbering and amendment of Section 2390.43 to Section 2390.83 filed 
8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). For prior histo- 
ry, see Registers 83, Nos. 45 and 6. 

§ 2390.81. Circuit Breakers. 

(a) Circuit breakers shall clearly indicate whether they are in the open 
"off or closed "on" position. 

(b) Where circuit breaker handles on switchboards or in panelboards 
are operated vertically rather than rotationally or horizontally, the up 
position of the handle shall be the "on" position. 

(c) Circuit Breakers Used as Switches. 

Where used as switches in 1 20-volt and 277-volt fluorescent lighting 
circuits, circuit breakers shall be listed and shall be marked "SWD." 

(d) Applications. 

(1) A circuit breaker with a straight voltage rating, such as 240 V or 
480 V, shall only be installed in a circuit in which the nominal voltage 
between any two conductors does not exceed the circuit breaker's volt- 
age rating. A two-pole circuit breaker shall not be used for protecting a 
3-phase, corner-grounded delta circuit unless the circuit breaker is 
marked lep — 3cp to indicate such suitability. 

(2) A circuit breaker with a slash rating, such as 120/240 V or 
480Y/277 V, shall only be installed in a circuit where the nominal voltage 
of any conductor to ground does not exceed the lower of the two values 
of the circuit breaker's voltage rating and the nominal voltage between 
any two conductors does not exceed the higher value of the circuit break- 
er' s voltage rating. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Renumbering and amendment of former Section 2390.42 to Section 2390.81 
filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). For prior 
history, see Registers 83, Nos. 45 and 6. 

2. Amendment of section heading, section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 
5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 
142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2390.83. Circuit Breakers Used as Switches. [Repealed] 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 



Page 316 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2395.6 



History 

1. Renumbering and amendment of former Section 2390.43 to Section 2390.83 
filed 8 27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter ( Register 86, No. 37 ). For prior 
history, see Registers 83, Nos. 45 and 6. 

2. Repealer of section and amendment of Nott; filed 5-5-2008: operative 
5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing onlv pursuant to Labor Code 
142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 



Article 11. Grounding 

§2395.1. Scope. 

This Article covers general requirements for grounding and bonding 
of electrical installations, and specific requirements in Section 2395. 1 (a) 
through (g) below. 

(a) Systems, circuits, and equipment required, permitted, or not per- 
mitted to be grounded. 

(b) Circuit conductor to be grounded on grounded systems. 

(c) Location of grounding connections. 

(d) Types and sizes of grounding and bonding conductors and elec- 
trodes. 

(e) Methods of grounding and bonding. 

(f) Conditions under which guards, isolation, or insulation may be sub- 
stituted for grounding. 

(g) Connections for lightning rods. 

NOTE: Circuits are grounded to limit excessive voltages from lightning line 
surges, or unintentional contact with higher voltage lines and to limit the voltage 
to ground during normal operation. 

NOTE: Conductive materials enclosing electric conductors or equipment, or form- 
ing part of such equipment, are grounded for the purpose of preventing a voltage 
above ground on these materials. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Sections 250-1 and 3-250-1 (g).) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37.) 

§ 2395.3. Direct-Current Systems. 

Systems to be Grounded. Systems that supply premises wiring shall be 
grounded as follows: 

(a) Two-Wire Direct Current Systems. Two-wire DC systems operat- 
ing at over 50 volts through 300 volts between conductors shall be 
grounded. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. A system equipped with a ground detector and supplying only 
industrial equipment in limited areas. 

2. A rectifier derived DC system supplied from a grounded AC system. 

3. DC Fire Alarm Circuits having a maximum current of 0.030 amperes. 

(b) Three-Wire Direct-Current Systems. The neutral conductor of all 
3-wire DC systems shall be grounded. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment of section and Notk filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 

§ 2395.5. Alternating-Current Circuits and Systems to Be 
Grounded. 

AC circuits and systems supplying premises wiring shall be grounded 
as provided for in this Section. 

(a) AC circuits of less than 50 volts shall be grounded under any of the 
following conditions: 

( 1 ) Where supplied by transformers if the transformer primary supply 
system exceeds 1 50 volts to ground. 

(2) Where supplied by transformers if the transformer primary supply 
system is ungrounded. 

(3) Where installed as overhead conductors outside of buildings. 



(b) AC systems of 50 volts or more shall be grounded under any of the 
following conditions: 

( 1 ) Where the system can be so grounded that the maximum \ oltage 
to ground on the ungrounded conductors does not exceed 150 volts. 

(2) Where the system voltage is rated 3-phase, 4-wire wye-connected 
in which the neutral is used as a circuit conductor. 

(3) Where the system voltage is rated 3-phase, 4-wire delta-con- 
nected in which the midpoint of one phase is used as a circuit conductor. 

(4) Where a service conductor is uninsulated. 

EXCEPTIONS: AC systems of 50 volts or more are not required to be grounded un- 
der any of the following conditions: 

1 : Electric systems used exclusively to supply industrial electric furnaces for melt- 
ing, refining, tempering, and the like. 

2: Separately derived systems used exclushel) for rectifiers supplying only ad- 
justable speed industrial drives. 

3: Separately derived systems supplied by transformers that have a primary \ olt- 
age rating less than 1 000 volts provided that all of the following conditions are met: 

a. The system is used exclusively for control circuits. 

b. The conditions of maintenance and supervision assure that only qualified per- 
sons will service the installation. 

c. Continuity of control power is required. 

d. Ground detectors are installed on the control system. 

4: Isolated power systems that supply circuits in health care facilities. 
5. The system is a high-impedance grounded neutral system in which a grounding 
impedance, usually a resistor, limits the ground-fault current to a low value for 
3-phase ae systems of 480 volts to 1000 volts provided all of the following condi- 
tions are met: 

(a) The conditions of maintenance and supervision ensure that only qualified per- 
sons will service the installation; 

(b) Continuity of power is required; 

(c) Ground detectors are installed on the system; and 

(d) Line-to-neutral loads are not served. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . Repealer and new section filed 3-20-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter ( Reg- 
ister 79. No. 12). For history of former section, see Register 75, No. 42. 

2. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Change without regulatory effect amending subsection (c) filed 8-1 94 pur- 
suant to section 100, title 1, California Code of Regulations (Register 94. No. 
31). 

4. Amendment of section and Noth filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 

§ 2395.6. Portable and Vehicle-Mounted Generators. 

(a) The frame of a portable generator need not be grounded and may 
serve as the grounding electrode for a system supplied by the generator 
under the following conditions: 

(1) The generator supplies only equipment mounted on the generator 
or cord- and plug-connected equipment through receptacles mounted on 
the generator, or both; and 

(2) The noncurrent-carrying metal parts of equipment and the equip- 
ment grounding conductor terminals of the receptacles are bonded to the 
generator frame, and 

(3) The generator is single-phase, portable, rated not more than 5 KW, 
and the circuit conductors of the generator are insulated from the genera- 
tor frame and all other grounded surfaces. 

(b) The frame of a vehicle need not be grounded and may serve as the 
grounding electrode for a system supplied by a generator located on the 
vehicle under the following conditions: 

(1) The frame of the generator is bonded to the vehicle frame, and 

(2) The generator supplies only equipment located on the vehicle and 
cord- and plug-connected equipment through receptacles mounted on 
the vehicle, and 

(3) The noncurrent-carrying metal parts of equipment and the equip- 
ment grounding conductor terminals of the receptacles are bonded to the 
generator frame, and 

(4) The system complies with all other provisions of Article 1 1 of these 
Low-Voltage Electrical Safety Orders, and 

(5) The generator is single-phase, vehicle-mounted, rated not more 
than 5 KW, and the circuit conductors of the generator are insulated from 
the generator frame and all other grounded surfaces. 



Page 317 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



§ 2395.7 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



(c) A system conductor that is required to be grounded by the provi- 
sions of Section 2395.25 shall be bonded to the generator frame where 
the generator is a component of a separately derived system. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Repealer and new section filed 3-20-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Reg- 
ister 79. No. 12). For history of former section, see Register 75. No. 42. 

2. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83. No. 45). 

3. Amendment of subsection (a)(4) filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth dav thereafter 
(Register 86, No. 37). 

4. Amendment filed 5-5-2008: operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008. No. 19). 

§ 2395.7. Circuits Not to Be Grounded. [Repealed] 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Editorial correction filed 11-3-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

4. Repealer of section and amendment of Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 
5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 
142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

LOCATION OF SYSTEM GROUNDING CONNECTIONS 



§ 2395.21 . Objectionable Current over Grounding 
Conductors. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Repealer filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2395.23. Grounding Connections. 

(a) For a grounded system, a grounding electrode conductor shall be 
used to connect both the equipment grounding conductor and the 
grounded circuit conductor to the grounding electrode. Both the equip- 
ment grounding conductor and the grounding electrode conductor shall 
be connected to the grounded circuit conductor on the supply side of the 
service disconnecting means, or on the supply side of the system discon- 
necting means or overcurrent devices if the system is separately derived. 

(b) For an ungrounded service-supplied system, the equipment 
grounding conductor shall be connected to the grounding electrode con- 
ductor at the service equipment. For an ungrounded separately derived 
system, the equipment grounding conductor shall be connected to the 
grounding electrode conductor at, or ahead of, the system disconnecting 
means or overcurrent devices. 

(c) On extensions of existing branch circuits that do not have an equip- 
ment grounding conductor, grounding-type receptacles may be 
grounded to a grounded cold water pipe near the equipment if the exten- 
sion was installed before May 5, 2008. 

(1) When any element of this branch circuit is replaced, the entire 
branch circuit shall use an equipment grounding conductor that complies 
with all other provisions of Article 11. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . Amendment of Exception No. 3 and subsection (b), and new subsection (c) filed 
3-20-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 79, No. 12). 

2. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Repealer and new section filed 8-27-86: effective thirtieth day thereafter (Reg- 
ister 86, No. 37). 

4. Amendment of section heading, section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 
5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 
142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 



§ 2395.25. Conductor to Be Grounded— 
Alternating-Current Systems. 

For AC premises wiring systems the conductor required to be 
grounded by Section 2395.5 shall be as follows: 

(a) One conductor of a single-phase, two-wire system shall be 
grounded; 

(b) The neutral conductor of a single-phase, three-wire system shall 
be grounded: 

(c) The common conductor of a multiphase system having one wire 
common to all phases shall be grounded; 

(d) One phase conductor of a multiphase system where one phase is 
grounded shall be grounded; and 

(e) The neutral conductor of a multiphase system in which one phase 
is used as a neutral conductor shall be grounded. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Repealer and new section filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter ( Reg- 
ister 86, No. 37). 

3. Amendment of section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Redster 
2008, No. 19). 

§ 2395.26. Grounding Separately Derived 
Alternating-Current Systems. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83. No. 45). 

2. Repealer filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

ENCLOSURE GROUNDING 

§ 2395.32. Supports, Enclosures, and Equipment to be 
Grounded. 

(a) Metal cable trays, metal raceways, and metal enclosures for con- 
ductors shall be grounded, except that: 

(1) Metal enclosures such as sleeves that are used to protect cable as- 
semblies from physical damage need not be grounded; and 

(2) Metal enclosures for conductors added to existing installations of 
open wire, knob-and-tube wiring, and nonmetallic-sheathed cable need 
not be grounded if all of the following conditions are met: 

(A) Runs are less than 25.0 feet (7.62 meters); 

(B) Enclosures are free from probable contact with ground, grounded 
metal, metal laths, or other conductive materials; and 

(C) Enclosures are guarded against employee contact. 

(b) Metal enclosures for service equipment shall be grounded. 

(c) Frames of electric ranges, wall-mounted ovens, counter-mounted 
cooking units, clothes dryers, and metal outlet or junction boxes that are 
part of the circuit for these appliances shall be grounded. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

3. Amendment of section heading, repealer and new section and amendment of 
Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only 
pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2395.33. Other Conductor Enclosures. [Repealed] 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Amendment filed 3-20-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 79, No. 
12). 

2. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

4. Repealer of section and amendment of Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 
5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 
142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 



Page 318 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2395.51 



EQUIPMENT GROUNDING 

§ 2395.42. Equipment Fastened in Place or Connected by 
Permanent Wiring Methods (Fixed). 

Exposed noncurrent-carrying metal parts of fixed equipment that may 
become energized shall be grounded under any of the following condi- 
tions: 

(a) Where within 8 feet vertically or 5 feet horizontally of ground or 
grounded metal objects and subject to contact by persons. 

(b) Where located in a wet or damp location and not isolated. 

(c) Where in electrical contact with metal. 

(d) Where in a hazardous (classified) location as covered by Article 59. 

(e) Where supplied by a metal-clad, metal-sheathed, or grounded 
metal-raceway wiring method. 

(f) Where equipment operates with any terminal at over 150 volts to 
ground. 

(g) Grounding of equipment mounted on poles shall comply with the 

Rules of Overhead Electric Line Construction of the California Public 

Utilities Commission, General Order No. 95. 

EXCEPTIONS: to Section 2395.42: Exposed noncurrent-carrying metal parts of the 
following types of fixed equipment need not be grounded: 

1. Enclosures for switches or circuit breakers used for other than service equip- 
ment and accessible to qualified persons only; 

2. Electrically heated appliances that are permanently and effectively insulated 
from ground: 

3. Distribution apparatus, such as transformer and capacitor cases, mounted on 
wooden poles, at a height exceeding 8 feet (2.44 m) above ground or grade level; 
and 

4. Listed equipment protected by a system of double insulation, or its equivalent, 
and distinctively marked as such. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . Repealer and new section filed 3-20-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Reg- 
ister 79, No. 12). For history of former section, see Register 75, No. 42. 

2. Amendment filed 2-1-83; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 83, No. 6). 

3. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

4. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

5. Amendment of section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 

§ 2395.43. Equipment Fastened in Place or Connected by 
Permanent Wiring Methods (Fixed) — Specific. 
[Repealed] 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . Repealer and new section filed 3-20-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Reg- 
ister 79, No. 12). For history of former section, see Register 75, No. 42. 

2. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

4. Repealer of section and amendment of Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 
5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 
142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2395.44. Nonelectrical Equipment. 

The metal parts of nonelectrical equipment described in (a) through (d) 
below shall be grounded. 

(a) Frames and tracks of electrically operated cranes and hoists. 

(b) Frames of nonelectrically driven elevator cars to which electric 
conductors are attached. 

(c) Metal partitions, grill work, and similar metal enclosures around 
equipment. 

(d) Hand-operated metal shifting ropes or cables of electric elevators. 
NOT!-: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Amendment of subsection (c) filed 3-20-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter 
(Register 79, No. 12). 

2. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



3. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

4. Amendment of section and Note fded 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 

§ 2395.45. Equipment Connected by Cord and Plug. 

(a) The exposed noncurrent-carrying metal parts of cord- and plug- 
connected equipment that may become energized shall be grounded un- 
der any of the following conditions: 

( 1 ) Utilization equipment used in hazardous (classified) locations (See 
Article 59). 

(2) Any electric equipment which is operated at over 150 \olts to 
ground. 

(3) If the equipment is of the following types: 

(A) Refrigerators, freezers, and air conditioners. 

(B) Clothes-washing, clothes-drying and dishwashing machines, 
sump pumps, and electrical aquarium equipment. 

(C) Hand-held motor-operated tools, stationary and fixed motor-op- 
erated tools, and light industrial motor-operated tools. 

(D) Motor-operated tools and utilization equipment of the following 
types: drills, hedge clippers, lawn mowers, snow blowers, wet scrubbers, 
sanders and saws. 

(E) Cord- and plug-connected appliances used in damp or wet loca- 
tions or by persons standing on the ground or on metal or exposed con- 
crete floors or working inside of metal tanks or boilers. 

(F) Portable and mobile x-ray and associated equipment. 

(G) Portable hand lamps. 

(H) Tools likely to be used in wet and conductive locations. 
Exceptions to 2395.45: The following equipment shall not be required to be 
grounded: 

( 1 ) Listed portable tools or utilization equipment likely to be used in wet and con- 
ductive locations if supplied through an isolating transformer with an ungrounded 
secondary of not over 50 volts. 

(2) Listed or labeled portable tools and utilization equipment protected by an ap- 
proved system of double insulation. Where such a system is employed, the equip- 
ment shall be distinctively marked. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . Repealer and new section filed 3-20-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter ( Reg- 
ister 79, No. 12). For history of former section, see Register 75, No. 42. 

2. Amendment filed 2-1-83; effective thirtieth day thereafter ( Register 83, No. 6). 

3. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

4. Amendment deleting Title 24 cross reference filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth 
day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

5. Amendment of section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 

METHODS OF GROUNDING 
§ 2395.50. Equipment Grounding Connections. [Repealed] 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83. No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86. No. 
37). 

3. Repealer of section and amendment of Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 
5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor C ode 
142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2395.51. Effective Grounding. 

(a) The path to ground from circuits, equipment, and conductor enclo- 
sures shall: 

(1) be permanent and continuous, and 

(2) have ample carrying capacity to conduct safely any currents liable 
to be imposed on it, and 

(3) have impedance sufficiently low to limit the potential above 
ground and to facilitate the operation of the overcurrent devices in the cir- 
cuit. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 250-51.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 1 8943(c), Health and Safety Code. 



Page 319 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



§ 2395.54 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



History 
1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83. No. 45). 

§ 2395.54. Common Grounding Electrode. 

Where an AC system is connected to a grounding electrode in or at a 
building as specified in Section 2395.23, the same electrode shall be used 
to ground conductor enclosures and equipment in or on that building. 

Note: Two or more electrodes that are effectively bonded together shall be con- 
sidered as a single electrode in this sense. 
(Title 24, Part 3, Section 250-54). 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3. LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

§ 2395.57. Equipment Fastened in Place or Connected by 
Permanent Wiring Methods 
(Fixed) — Grounding. 

Noncurrent-carrying metal parts of fixed equipment, raceways, and 
other enclosures, where required to be grounded, shall be grounded by 
an equipment grounding conductor that is contained within the same 
raceway, cable, or cord, or runs with or encloses the circuit conductors. 
For dc circuits only, the equipment grounding conductor may be run sep- 
arately from the circuit conductors. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . Repealer and new section filed 3-20-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Reg- 
ister 79, No. 12). For history of former section, see Register 75, No. 42. 

2. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 

37). 

4. Amendment of section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 

§ 2395.58. Electric Equipment Considered Effectively 
Grounded. 

The following electric equipment, under the conditions specified in (a) 
and (b) below, shall be considered effectively grounded: 

(a) Electric equipment secured to, and in electrical contact with, a met- 
al rack or structure that is provided for its support and the metal rack or 
structure is grounded by the method specified for the noncurrent-carry- 
ing metal parts of fixed equipment in Section 2395.57. 

(1) For installations made before April 16, 1981, electric equipment 
is also considered to be effectively grounded if it is secured to, and in me- 
tallic contact with, the grounded structural metal frame of a building. The 
structural metal frame of a building shall not be used as the required AC 
equipment grounding conductor for installations made on or after April 
16, 1981. 

(2) Effective with installations on or after April 16, 1981, when any 
element of this branch circuit is replaced, the entire branch circuit shall 
use an equipment grounding conductor that complies with all other pro- 
visions of Article 1 1 of these Safety Orders. 

(b) Metal Car Frames. Metal car frames supported by metal hoisting 
cables attached to or running over metal sheaves or drums of grounded 
elevator machines. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

3. Amendment of subsection (a) filed 2-25-93; operative 2-25-93 (Register 93, 
No. 9). 

4. Amendment of section heading, section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 
5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 
142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 



§ 2395.59. Cord- and Plug-Connected Equipment. 

Noncurrent-carrying metal parts of cord- and plug-connected equip- 
ment, where required to be grounded, shall be grounded by one of the 
methods indicated in (a), (b), or (c) below: 

(a) By means of the metal enclosure of the conductors supplying such 
equipment if grounding-type attachment plug with one fixed grounding 
contact is used for grounding the metal enclosure, and if the metal enclo- 
sure of the conductors is secured to the attachment plug and to equipment 
by connectors approved for the purpose. 

(b) By means of a grounding conductor run with the power supply con- 
ductors in a cable assembly or flexible cord properly terminated in groun- 
ding-type attachment plug with one fixed grounding contact. An uninsu- 
lated grounding conductor shall be permitted but, if individually covered, 
the covering shall have a continuous outer finish that is either green or 
green with one or more yellow stripes. 

(c) By means of a separate flexible wire or strap, insulated or bare, pro- 
tected as well as practicable against physical damage, where part of an 
approved portable equipment. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1 . Repealer and new section filed 3-20-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter ( Reg- 
ister 79, No. 12). Eor history of former section, see Register 75, No. 42. 

2. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

§ 2395.61 . Use of Grounded Circuit Conductor for 
Grounding Equipment. 

(a) Supply-Side Equipment. A grounded circuit conductor shall be 
permitted to ground noncurrent-carrying metal parts of equipment on the 
supply side of the service disconnecting means, such as meter enclosures, 
service raceways, etc., and on the supply side of the main disconnecting 
means of separate buildings and of separately derived systems. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 250-61 (a).) 

(b) Load-Side Equipment. A grounded circuit conductor shall not be 
used for grounding noncurrent-carrying metal parts of equipment on the 
load side of the service disconnecting means or on the load side of a sepa- 
rately derived system disconnecting means or the overcurrent devices for 
a separately derived system not having a main disconnecting means. 
EXCEPTION: It shall be permissible to ground meter enclosures by connection to 
the grounded circuit conductor on the load-side of the service disconnect if: 

a. No service ground-fault protection is installed; and 

b. All meter enclosures are located adjacent to the service disconnecting means. 
(Title 24, Part 3, Section 250-61 (b) without Exceptions 1 or 2.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. New section filed 3-20-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 79, No. 
12). 

2. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment of subsection (b) filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter 
(Register 86, No. 37). 

4. Change without regulatory effect amending subsection (a) filed 8-1-94 pur- 
suant to section 100, title 1, California Code of Regulations (Register 94, No. 
31). 

BONDING 

§ 2395.70. General. 

Bonding shall be provided where necessary to assure electrical conti- 
nuity and the capacity to conduct safely any fault current likely to be im- 
posed. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 250-70.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2395.71 . Bonding Service Equipment. 

The metal noncurrent-carrying parts of equipment indicated in (a), 
(b), and (c) below shall be effectively bonded together: 



Page 320 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2395.82 



• 



• 



(a) Service raceways cable trays or service cable armor or sheath; 

(b) All service equipment enclosures containing service-entrance 
conductors, including meter fittings, boxes, or the like, interposed in the 
service raceway or armor; 

(c) Any metallic raceway or armor enclosing a grounding electrode 
conductor. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 250-7 1(a).) 

NOTIi: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Reeister 86, No. 

37). 

§ 2395.74. Connecting Receptacle Grounding Terminal to 
Box. 

An equipment bonding jumper shall be used to connect the grounding 
terminal of a grounding-type receptacle to a grounded box. 
EXCEPTION: No. 1 : Where the box is surface-mounted, direct metal-to-metal 
contact between the device yoke and the box shall be permitted to ground the re- 
ceptacle to the box. This Exception shall not apply to cover-mounted receptacles 
unless the box and cover combination are listed as providing satisfactory ground 
continuity between the box and the receptacle. 

EXCEPTION: No. 2: Contact devices or yokes designed and listed for the purpose 
shall be permitted in conjunction with the supporting screws to establish the 
grounding circuit between the device yoke and flush-type boxes. 
EXCEPTION: No. 3: Floor boxes designed for and listed as providing satisfactory 
ground continuity between the box and the device. 

EXCEPTION: No. 4: Where required for the reduction of electrical noise (electro- 
magnetic interference) on the grounding circuit, a receptacle in which the ground- 
ing terminal is purposely insulated from the receptacle mounting means shall be 
permitted. The receptacle grounding terminal shall be grounded by an insulated 
equipment grounding conductor run with the circuit conductors. This grounding 
conductor shall be permitted to pass through one or more panelboards without con- 
nection to the panelboard grounding terminal so as to terminate directly at and 
equipment grounding conductor terminal of the applicable derived system or ser- 
vice. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 250-74.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction to add Exception No. 4 which was erroneously deleted in 
Register 79, No. 12 (Register 79, No. 15). 

2. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 

37). 

§ 2395.75. Bonding Other Enclosures. 

Metal raceways, cable trays, cable armor, cable sheath, enclosures, 
frames, fittings and other metal noncurrent-carrying parts that are to 
serve as grounding conductors, shall be effectively bonded. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 250-75.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. New section filed 3-20-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 79. No. 
12). 

2. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

§ 2395.78. Bonding in Hazardous Locations. 

Regardless of the voltage of the electrical system, the electrical conti- 
nuity of metal noncurrent-carrying parts of equipment, raceways, and 
other enclosures in any hazardous location as defined in Article 59 of 
these Orders shall be assured by any of the methods specified for services 
that are approved for the wiring method used. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 250-78.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 

37). 



§ 2395.79. Equipment Bonding Jumpers. 

(a) Material. Equipment bonding jumpers shall be of copper or other 
corrosion-resistant material. 

(b) Attachment. Equipment bonding jumpers shall be attached in the 
manner specified by the applicable provisions of Section 2395.1 13 for 
circuits and equipment. 

(c) Installation. The equipment bonding jumper shall be permitted to 
be installed inside or outside of a raceway or enclosure. Where installed 
on the outside, the length of the equipment bonding jumper shall not ex- 
ceed six (6) feet and shall be routed with the raceway or enclosure. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 250-79(a). (b) and (e).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. New section filed 3-20-79; effective thirtieth dav thereafter (Register 79. No. 
12). 

2. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 ('Register 83. No. 45). 

3. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth dav thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

GROUNDING ELECTRODES 

§ 2395.81 . Water Pipe Electrode. 

Where available on the premises, a metal underground water pipe shall 
always be used as the grounding electrode, regardless of its length and 
whether supplied by a community or a local underground water piping 
system or by a well on the premises. Where the buried portion of the water 
pipe (including any metal well casing effectively bonded to the pipe) is 
less than 10 feet long or where the water pipe is or is likely to be isolated 
by insulated sections or joints so that the effectively grounded portion is 
less than 10 feet long, it shall be supplemented by the use of an additional 
electrode of a type specified by Section 2395.82 or Section 2395.83. The 
interior metal cold water piping system shall always be bonded to the ser- 
vice-equipment enclosure, the grounded conductor at the service, the 
grounding electrode conductor where of sufficient size, or to the one or 
more grounding electrodes used. 

Note: Expanding use of nonmetallic piping for water systems and insulating cou- 
plings on metal water systems makes it more important that water piping within 
a building be adequately grounded without depending on connections to an out- 
side piping system. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 250-8 1(a).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 

37). 

§ 2395.82. Other Available Electrodes. 

Where a water system as described in Section 2395.8 1 is not available, 
the grounding connection shall be made to any of the electrodes specified 
in (a) through (d) below, where available. 

(a) The metal frame of the building, where effectively grounded. 
(Title 24, Part 3, Section 250-8 1(b).) 

(b) An electrode encased by at least 2 inches of concrete, located with- 
in and near the bottom of a concrete foundation or footing that is in direct 
contact with the earth, consisting of at least 20 feet of one or more steel 
reinforcing bars or rods of not less that 1/2-inch diameter, or consisting 
of at least 20 feet of bare copper conductor not smaller than No. 4 AWG. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 250-8 1(c).) 

(c) An electrically continuous metal underground gas piping system 
that is uninterrupted with insulating sections or joints and without an out- 
er nonconductive coating, and then only if acceptable to and expressly 
permitted by both the serving gas supplier and the authority having juris- 
diction. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 250-83(a).) 

(d) Other local metal underground systems or structures, such as pip- 
ing systems and underground tanks. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 250-83(b).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



Page 321 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



§ 2395.83 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 

37). 

§ 2395.83. Made Electrodes. 

Where none of the electrodes specified in Sections 2395.81 and 
2395.82 is available, one or more of the electrodes specified in (a) or (b) 
below shall be used. Where practicable, electrodes shall be embedded be- 
low permanent moisture level. Where more than one electrode is used 
(including those used for signaling or communication circuits, radio or 
television installations, or lightning rods), each electrode shall not be less 
than 6 feet from any other electrodes. All electrodes shall be free from 
nonconductive coatings, such as paint or enamel. 

NOTE: Two or more electrodes that are effectively bonded together are to be 
treated as a single electrode in this sense. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 250-83(a).) 

(a) Rod and Pipe Electrodes. Rod and pipe electrodes shall not be less 
than 8 feet in length and shall consist of the following materials, and shall 
be installed in the following manner: 

(1) Electrodes of pipe or conduit shall not be smaller than 3/4-inch 
trade size and, where of iron or steel, shall have the outer surface galva- 
nized or otherwise metal-coated for corrosion protection. 

(2) Electrodes of rods of steel or iron shall be at least 5/8-inch in diam- 
eter. Nonferrous rods or their equivalent shall be listed and shall be not 
less than 1/2-inch in diameter. 

(3) The electrode shall be installed such that at least 8 feet of length is 
in contact with the soil. It shall be driven to a depth of not less than 8 feet 
except that where rock bottom is encountered, the electrode shall be driv- 
en at an oblique angle not to exceed 45 degrees from the vertical or shall 
be buried in a trench that is at least 2 1/2 feet deep. The upper end of the 
electrode shall be flush with or below ground level unless the above- 
ground end and the grounding electrode conductor attachment are pro- 
tected against physical damage. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 250-83(c).) 

(b) Plate Electrodes. Each plate electrode shall expose not less than 2 
square feet of surface to exterior soil. Electrodes of iron or steel plates 
shall be at least 1/4-inch in thickness. Electrodes of nonferrous metal 
shall be at least 0.06-inch in thickness. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 250-83(d).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3,La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 

37). 

§ 2395.84. Resistance of Made Electrodes. 

A single electrode consisting of a rod, pipe, or plate which does not 
have a resistance to ground of 25 ohms or less shall be augmented by one 
additional electrode of any of the types specified in Sections 2395.82 or 
2395.83. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 250-84.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

§ 2395.86. Use of Lightning Rods. 

Lightning rod conductors and driven pipes, rods, or other made elec- 
trodes used for grounding lightning rods shall not be used in lieu of the 
made grounding electrodes required by Section 2395.83 for grounding 
wiring systems and equipment. This provision shall not prohibit the 
bonding together of grounding electrodes of different systems. 

NOTE: Bonding together of all separate electrodes will limit potential differences 
between them and between their associated wiring systems. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 250-86.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86. No. 

37). 

GROUNDING CONDUCTORS 

§2395.91. Material. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . Repealer filed 3-20-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 79, No. 12). 

§ 2395.95. Size of Equipment Grounding Conductors. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . Repealer filed 3-20-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 79, No. 12). 

§ 2395.1 13. Connection Devices for Grounding 
Conductors. 

Connection devices or fittings that depend on solder shall not be used. 
(Title 24, Part 3, Section 250-1 13.) 

NOTE. Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. New section filed 3-20-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 79, No. 
12). 

2. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2395.1 1 4. Continuity and Attachment of Branch-Circuit 
Equipment Grounding Conductors to Boxes. 

Where more than one equipment grounding conductor of a branch cir- 
cuit enters a box, all such conductors shall be in good electrical contact 
with each other and the arrangement shall be such that the disconnection 
or removal of a receptacle, fixture, or other device fed from the box will 
not interfere with or interrupt the grounding continuity. 

(a) Metal Boxes. A connection shall be made between the one or more 
equipment grounding conductors and a metal box by means of a ground- 
ing screw which shall be used for no other purpose, or an approved 
grounding device. 

(b) Nonmetallic Boxes. One or more equipment grounding conductors 
brought into a nonmetallic outlet box shall be so arranged that a connec- 
tion can be made to any fitting or device in that box requiring grounding. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 250-1 14.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2395.1 15. Connection to Electrodes. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. Repealer filed 3-20-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 79, No. 12). 
For history of former section, see Register 75, No. 42. 

§ 2395.1 17. Protection of Attachment. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . Repealer filed 3-20-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 79, No. 12). 
For history of former Section, see Register 75, No. 42. 

§ 2395.1 1 8. Clean Surfaces. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . Repealer filed 3-20-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 79, No. 12). 
For history of former section, see Register 75, No. 42. 



• 



• 



Article 12. Wiring Methods, Components, 
and Equipment for General Use 

§2400.1. Scope. 

The provisions of this Article do not apply to conductors that are an 
integral part of factory-assembled equipment. 



Page 322 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2405.3 



• 



• 



NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . New article 1 2 (sections 2400. 1-2400.2) and section filed 5-5-2008: operative 
5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 
142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). For prior history of article 12, see Register 

79, No. 32. 

§ 2400.2. General Requirements. 

(a) Metal raceways, cable trays, cable armor, cable sheath, enclosures, 
frames, fittings, and other metal noncurrent-carrying parts that are to 
serve as grounding conductors, with or without the use of supplementary 
equipment grounding conductors, shall be effectively bonded where nec- 
essary to ensure electrical continuity and the capacity to conduct safely 
any fault current likely to be imposed on them. Any nonconductive paint, 
enamel, or similar coating shall be removed at threads, contact points, 
and contact surfaces or be connected by means of fittings designed so as 
to make such removal unnecessary. 

(b) Where necessary for the reduction of electrical noise (electromag- 
netic interference) of the grounding circuit, an equipment enclosure sup- 
plied by a branch circuit may be isolated from a raceway containing cir- 
cuits supplying only that equipment by one or more listed nonmetallic 
raceway fittings located at the point of attachment of the raceway to the 
equipment enclosure. The metal raceway shall be supplemented by an in- 
ternal insulated equipment grounding conductor installed to ground the 
equipment enclosure. 

(c) No wiring systems of any type may be installed in ducts used to 
transport dust, loose stock, or flammable vapors. No wiring system of 
any type may be installed in any duct used for vapor removal or for ven- 
tilation of commercial-type cooking equipment, or in any shaft contain- 
ing only such ducts. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). For prior 
history of article 12, see Register 79, No. 32. 



Article 13. Temporary Wiring 

§2405.1. Scope. 

Except as specifically modified in this Article, all other requirements 
of this Order for permanent wiring shall also apply to temporary wiring 
installations. 

(a) Temporary electrical power and lighting installations of 600 volts, 
nominal, or less may be used only as follows: 

(1) During and for the period of construction, remodeling, mainte- 
nance, repairs, or demolition of buildings, structures, equipment or simi- 
lar activities; or 

(2) For a period not to exceed 90 days for work associated with non- 
permanent work locations, such as carnivals, music festivals, Christmas 
decorative lighting, Christmas tree lots, and similar purposes; or 

(3) For the period of work associated with experimental or develop- 
mental work and during emergencies. 

(b) Temporary wiring shall be removed immediately upon completion 
of the project or purpose for which the wiring was installed. 

(c) Temporary electrical installations of more than 600 volts shall be 
in accordance with the High-Voltage Electrical Safety Orders. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Repealer of Article 13 (Sections 2405.1-2405.3) and new Article 13 (Sections 
2405.1-2405.4) filed 8-9-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 79, 
No. 32). 

2. Amendment filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2405.2. General Requirements for Temporary Wiring. 

(a) Feeders. The following requirements apply to feeders: 



(1) Feeders shall originate in an approved distribution center. 

(2) Conductors shall be run as multi-conductor cord or cable assem- 
blies. However, if installed as permitted in Section 2405.1(a)(3), and if 
accessible only to qualified persons, feeders may be run as single insu- 
lated conductors. 

(b) Branch Circuits. The following requirements apply to branch cir- 
cuits: 

( 1 ) Branch circuits shall originate in an approved power outlet or pan- 
elboard. 

(2) Conductors shall be multiconductor cord or cable assemblies or 
open conductors. If run as open conductors, they shall be fastened at ceil- 
ing height every 10 feet (3.05 m). 

(3) No branch-circuit conductor may be laid on the floor. 

(4) Each branch circuit that supplies receptacles or fixed equipment 
shall contain a separate equipment grounding conductor if run as open 
conductors. 

(c) Receptacles. Receptacles shall be of the grounding type. Unless 
installed in a continuous grounded metallic raceway or metallic covered 
cable, each branch circuit shall contain a separate equipment grounding 
conductor and all receptacles shall be electrically connected to the 
grounding conductor. 

(d) No bare conductors nor earth returns shall be used for the wiring 
of any temporary circuit. 

(e) Disconnecting means. Suitable disconnecting switches or plug 
connectors shall be installed to permit the disconnection of all un- 
grounded conductors of each temporary circuit. Multiwire branch cir- 
cuits shall be provided with a means to disconnect simultaneously all un- 
grounded conductors at the power outlet or panelboard where the branch 
circuit originated. 

Note for Section 2405.2(e): Circuit breakers with their handles connected by ap- 
proved handle ties are considered a single disconnecting means for the puipose of 
this requirement. 

(f) Lamps. 

All lamps for general illumination shall be protected from accidental 
contact or breakage by a suitable fixture or lampholder with a guard. 
Brass shell, paper-lined sockets, or other metal-cased sockets may not 
be used unless the shell is grounded. 

(g) Physical Protection. Flexible cords and cables shall be protected 
from accidental damage. Sharp corners and projections shall be avoided. 
When passing through doorways or other pinch points, protection shall 
be provided to avoid damage. 

(h) Multi-conductor cords and cables shall be hard service type or 
equivalent, with multi-conductor fittings. 

(i) Cable assemblies and flexible cords and cables shall be supported 
in place at intervals that ensure that they will be protected from physical 
damage. Support shall be in the form of staples, cables ties, straps, or sim- 
ilar type fittings installed so as not to cause damage. 

NOTE. Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . Repealer and new subsection (b) filed 9-5-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter 
(Register 79, No. 36). 

2. Amendment of subsection (c) filed 2-1-83; effective thirtieth day thereafter 
(Register 83, No. 6). 

3. Amendment of subsections (a) and (c) filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day 
thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

4. Amendment of section heading and section filed 5-5-2008; operative 
5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 
142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2405.3. Temporary Poles. 

The minimum size of a temporary wood pole shall be 6 inches by 6 in- 
ches (nominal) if square, or have a top diameter of at least 5 inches if 
round, and be of sufficient length to maintain all required overhead clear- 
ances specified in Section 2375.18, but not less than 20 feet long. The 
lower end shall be embedded not less than 4 feet in the ground. A pole 
of a material other than wood, if of equivalent strength, may be used. 
EXCEPTION: For distribution poles in areas accessible to pedestrians only, a 
4-inch x 4-inch (nominal) wood pole, or equivalent (embedded 4 feet in the 



Page 323 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



§ 2405.4 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



ground), shall be permitted, provided that a minimum overhead conductor clear- 
ance of 10 feet is maintained. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

§ 2405.4. Ground-Fault Circuit Protection-Construction 
Site. 

(a) General. For purposes of this Section, a construction site is a place 
of employment where erection, demolition, modification, alteration or 
excavation is being performed on a building, structure or underground 
facility, other than mining. 

(b) Construction Sites. To protect employees on construction sites, the 
employer shall use either or both ground-fault circuit interrupters as spe- 
cified in Subsection (c) of this Section or an assured equipment ground- 
ing conductor program as specified in Subsection (d) of this Section. 
These requirements are in addition to any other requirements for equip- 
ment grounding conductors. 

EXCEPTION: An individual cord set, supplied from a receptacle on a 15- or 
20-ampere branch circuit which is part of the permanent wiring of that building 
or structure, shall not be required to comply with Section 2405.4(c) or (d). 

(c) Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupters. All 120-volt, AC, single- 
phase, 1 5- and 20-ampere receptacle outlets on construction sites, which 
are not a part of the permanent wiring of the building or structure and 
which are in use by employees, shall have approved ground-fault circuit 
interrupters for personnel protection. Receptacles on a two-wire, single 
phase portable or vehicle-mounted generator rated not more than 5 KW, 
where the circuit conductors of the generator are insulated from the gen- 
erator frame and all their grounded surfaces, need not be protected with 
ground-fault circuit interrupters. 

Feeders supplying 15- and 20-ampere receptacle branch circuits shall 
be permitted to be protected by a ground-fault circuit interrupter ap- 
proved for the purpose in lieu of the above provisions. 

(d) Assured Equipment Grounding Conductor Program. The employ- 
er shall establish and implement an assured equipment grounding con- 
ductor program on construction sites covering all 120-volt, AC, single- 
phase, cord sets, receptacles which are not a part of the permanent wiring 
of the building or structure and equipment connected by cord and plug, 
which are used by employees. This program shall comply with the fol- 
lowing minimum requirements: 

( 1 ) A written description of the program, including the specific proce- 
dures adopted by the employer shall be available at the job site for inspec- 
tion and copying by the Division of Occupational Safety and Health and 
any affected employee. 

(2) The employer shall designate one or more qualified persons as de- 
fined in Section 2300 to implement the program. 

(3) Each cord set, attachment cap, plug and receptacle of cord sets, and 
any equipment connected by cord and plug including these which are not 
required to be grounded, except cord sets and receptacles which are fixed 
and not exposed to damage, shall be visually inspected before each day's 
use for external defects, such as, deformed or missing pins or insulation 
damage, and for indication of possible internal damage. Equipment 
found damaged or defective shall not be used until repaired. 

(4) The following tests shall be performed on all cord sets and recep- 
tacles which are not a part of the permanent wiring of the building or 
structure, and cord- and plug-connected equipment required to be 
grounded: 

Note: Double-insulated tools or other similar equipment are not required to be 
grounded. See Section 2395.45(d)(5). 

(A) All equipment grounding conductors shall be tested for continuity 
and shall be electrically continuous. 

(B) Each receptacle and attachment cap or plug shall be tested for cor- 
rect attachment of the equipment grounding conductor. The equipment 
grounding conductor shall be connected to its proper terminal. 

(5) All tests required in Subsection (d)(4) shall be performed: 

(A) Before first use for newly acquired equipment; 

(B) Before equipment is returned to service following any repairs; 



(C) Before equipment is used after any incident which can be reason- 
ably suspected to have caused damage (for example, when a cord set is 
run over); and 

(D) At intervals not to exceed three (3) months, except that cord sets 
and receptacles which are fixed and not exposed to damage shall be tested 
at intervals not exceeding 6 months. 

(6) The employer shall not make available or permit the use by em- 
ployees of any equipment which has not met the requirements of Subsec- 
tion (d) of this Section. 

(7) Receptacles, cord sets and cord- and plug-connected equipment 
passing the tests required in Subsection (d) shall be identified. Identifica- 
tion may be made by means of logs, color coding or other effective 
means, shall be maintained until replaced by a more current identifica- 
tion, and shall indicate the last test date or the interval for which the tests 
were performed. These dates or intervals shall be readily available to the 
Division of Occupational Safety and Health and affected employees. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . Amendment of subsection (b) filed 1 1-16-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter 
(Register 79, No. 46). 

2. Amendment of subsection (d)(5)(D) filed 2-1-83; effective thirtieth day there- 
after (Register 83, No. 6). 



Article 14. Conductors for General Wiring 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. Repealer of Article 14 (Sections 2410.1-2410.15, not consecutive) filed 
8-9-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 79, No. 32). 



Article 15. Cable Trays 

§ 2418.2. Wiring Methods. 

Only the following wiring methods may be installed in cable tray sys- 
tems: armored cable; electrical metallic tubing; electrical nonmetallic 
tubing; fire alarm cables; flexible metal conduit; flexible metallic tubing; 
instrumentation tray cable; intermediate metal conduit; liquidtight flex- 
ible metal conduit; liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit; metal-clad 
cable; mineral-insulated, metal-sheathed cable; multiconductor ser- 
vice-entrance cable; multiconductor underground feeder and branch- 
circuit cable; multipurpose and communications cables; nonmetallic- 
sheathed cable; power and control tray cable; power-limited tray cable; 
optical fiber cables; and other factory-assembled, multiconductor con- 
trol, signal, or power cables that are specifically approved for installation 
in cable trays, rigid metal conduit, and rigid nonmetallic conduit. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. New article 15 (sections 2418.2-2418.6) and section filed 5-5-2008; operative 

5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 

142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). For prior history of article 15, see Register 

86, No. 37. 

§ 2418.3. Industrial Establishments. 

In industrial establishments where conditions of maintenance and su- 
pervision assure that only qualified persons will service the installed 
cable tray system, the following cables may also be installed in ladder, 
ventilated-trough, or ventilated-channel cable trays: 

(a) Single conductor cable. 

(1) Single conductor cable shall be No. 1/0 or larger and shall be of a 
type listed and marked on the surface for use in cable trays; where Nos. 
1/0 through 4/0 single conductor cables are installed in ladder cable tray, 
the maximum allowable rung spacing for the ladder cable tray shall be 
9 in. (229 mm); where exposed to direct rays of the sun, cables shall be 
identified as being sunlight resistant; 

(2) Welding cables installed in dedicated cable trays; 



Page 324 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2420.17 



• 



(3) Single conductors used as equipment grounding conductors; these 
conductors, which may be insulated, covered, or bare, shall be No. 4 or 
larger; and 

(b) Multiconductor cable, Type MV; where exposed to direct rays of 
the sun, the cable shall be identified as being sunlight resistant. 
NOTH: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2418.4. Equipment Grounding Conductors. 

Metallic cable trays may be used as equipment grounding conductors 
only where continuous maintenance and supervision ensure that quali- 
fied persons will service the installed cable tray system. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3. Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2418.5. Hazardous (Classified) Locations. 

Cable trays in hazardous (classified) locations may contain only the 
cable types permitted in such locations. (See Article 59.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 241 8.6. Uses Not Permitted. 

Cable tray systems may not be used in hoistways or where subjected 
to severe physical damage. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 



Article 16. Open Wiring on Insulators 



§ 2420.3. Exposed Wiring, Uses Permitted. 

(a) Scope. Open exposed wiring shall not be installed in any building 
or portion of a building except: 

( 1 ) In substations, transformer vaults, transformer enclosures, on the 
supply side of electric furnace electrodes, or in tunnels or similar loca- 
tions, where such spaces are restricted to electrical use and are accessible 
to qualified and authorized persons only. 

(2) For insulated conductors as permitted in Article 13; Temporary 
Wiring. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Renumbering and amendment of former Section 2420.17 to Section 2420.3 
filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). For prior 
history, see Registers 83, No. 45 and 81, No. 41. 

2. Amendment of article heading, section heading, subsection (a)(1) and Note 
filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pur- 
suant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2420.4. Conductor Supports. 

(a) Conductors smaller than No. 8 shall be rigidly supported on non- 
combustible, nonabsorbent insulating materials and may not contact any 
other objects. Supports shall be installed as follows: 

(1) Within 6 in. (152 mm) from a tap or splice; 

(2) Within 1 2 in. (305 mm) of a dead-end connection to a lampholder 
or receptacle; and 



(3) At intervals not exceeding 4.5 ft. (1.37 m), and at closer intervals 
sufficient to provide adequate support where likely to be disturbed. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
l. New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2420.5. Flexible Nonmetallic Tubing. 

In dry locations, where not exposed to severe physical damage, con- 
ductors may be separately enclosed in flexible nonmetallic tubing. The 
tubing shall be in continuous lengths not exceeding 15 feet (4.57 m) and 
secured to the surface by straps at intervals not exceeding 4.5 feet 1 1 .37 
m). 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 1 42.3. La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2420.6. Penetrations of Walls, Floors, Wood Cross 
Members, etc. 

Open conductors shall be separated from contact with walls, floors, 
wood cross members, or partitions through which they pass by tubes or 
bushings of noncombustible, nonabsorbent insulating material. If the 
bushing is shorter than the hole, a waterproof sleeve of nonconductive 
material shall be inserted in the hole and an insulating bushing slipped 
into the sleeve at each end in such a manner as to keep the conductors ab- 
solutely out of contact with the sleeve. Each conductor shall be carried 
through a separate tube or sleeve. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2420.7. Protection from Physical Damage. 

Where open conductors cross ceiling joints or wall studs and are ex- 
posed to physical damage (for example, located within 7 feet (2. 13 m) of 
the floor), they shall be protected. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§2420.17. Exposed Wiring. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Renumbering and amendment of Section 2420.17 to Section 2420.3 filed 
8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). For prior histo- 
ry, see Registers 83, No. 45 and 81, No. 41. 



Article 17. 



Concealed Knob-and-Tube 
Wiring 



NOTE: Authority and reference cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. 

History 

1. Repealer of Article 17 (Sections 2424.1-2424.6, not consecutive) filed 
8-17-81; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 81, No. 34). 



Article 18. Mineral-Insulated 
Metal-Sheathed Cable 

NOTE: Authority and reference cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. 

History 
1. Repealer of Article 18 (Sections 2430.1-2430.4. not consecutive) filed 
8-17-81; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 81, No. 34). 



Page 325 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



§ 2420.17 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



Article 19. Aluminum-Sheathed Cable 

NOTE: Authority and reference cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. 

History 
1. Repealer of Article 19 (Sections 2431.1-2431.10. not consecutive) filed 
8-17-81; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 81. No. 34). 



Article 20. Copper-Sheathed Cable 

NOTE: Authority and reference cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. 

History 
1. Repealer of Article 20 (Sections 2432.1-2432.10, not consecutive) filed 
8-17-81; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 81, No. 34). 



Article 21 . Metal-Clad Cable 

NOTE: Authority and reference cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. 

History 
1. Repealer of Article 21 (Sections 2434.1-2434.6, not consecutive) filed 
8-17-81 ; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 81, No. 34). 



Article 22. Nonmetallic-Sheathed Cable 

NOTE: Authority and reference cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. 

History 

1 . Repealer of Article 22 (Sections 2436.1-2436.3) filed 8-17-81; effective thir- 
tieth day thereafter (Register 81, No. 34). 



Article 23. Shielded Nonmetallic-Sheathed 

Cable 

NOTE: Authority and reference cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. 

History 

1. Repealer of Article 23 (Sections 2437.1-2437.4, not consecutive) filed 
8-17-81 ; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 81, No. 34). 



Article 24. Service-Entrance Cable 

NOTE: Authority and reference cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. 

History 

1. Repealer of Article 24 (Sections 2438.1-2438.3) filed 8-17-81; effective thir- 
tieth day thereafter (Register 81, No. 34). 



Article 25. Underground Feeder and 
Branch Circuit Cable 

NOTE: Authority and reference cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. 

History 
1. Repealer of Article 25 (Sections 2439.1 and 2439.3) filed 8-17-81; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 81, No. 34). 



Article 26. Power and Control Tray Cable 

NOTE: Authority and reference cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. 

History 
1. Repealer of Article 26 (Sections 2440.1-2440.5, not consecutive) filed 
8-17-81; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 81, No. 34). 



Article 27. Nonmetallic Extensions 

NOTE: Authority and reference cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. 

History 
1. Repealer of Article 27 (Sections 2442.1-2442.6, not consecutive) filed 
8-17-81; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 81, No. 34). 



Article 28. Underplaster Extensions 

NOTE: Authority and reference cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. 



History 
1. Repealer of Article 28 (Sections 2444.1 and 2444.2) filed 8-17-81; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 81, No. 34). 



Article 29. Intermediate Metal Conduit 

NOTE: Authority and reference cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. 

History 
1. Repealer of Article 29 (Sections 2445.1-2445.4, not consecutive) filed 
8-17-81; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 81, No. 34). 



Article 30. Rigid Metal Conduit 

NOTE: Authority and reference cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. 

History 
1. Repealer of Article 30 (Section 2446.1) filed 8-17-81; effective thirtieth day 
thereafter (Register 81, No. 34). 



Article 31. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit 

NOTE: Authority and reference cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. 

History 
1. Repealer of Article 31 (Sections 2447.2 and 2447.3) filed 8-17-81; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 81, No. 34). 



Article 32. Electrical Metallic Tubing 

NOTE: Authority and reference cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. 

History 

1. Repealer of Article 32 (Section 2448.1) filed 8-17-81; effective thirtieth day 
thereafter (Register 81, No. 34). 



Article 33. Flexible Metal Conduit 

NOTE: Authority and reference cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. 

History 
1. Repealer of Article 33 (Sections 2450.2 and 2450.5) filed 8-17-81; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 81, No. 34). 



Article 34. Liquidtight Flexible Metal 
Conduit 

NOTE: Authority and reference cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. 

History 
1 . Repealer of Article 34 (Sections 245 1 . 1 -245 1 .7 not consecutive) filed 8-1 7-8 1 ; 
effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 81, No. 34). 



Article 35. Surface Raceways 

NOTE: Authority and reference cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. 

History 
1. Repealer of Article 35 (Sections 2452.1-2452.27, not consecutive) filed 
8-17-81; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 81, No. 34). 

Article 36. Multi-Outlet Assembly 

NOTE: Authority and reference cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. 

History 
1. Repealer of Article 36 (Sections 2453.2 and 2453.3) filed 8-17-81; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 81, No. 34). 



Article 37. Underfloor Raceways 

NOTE: Authority and reference cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. 

History 
1 . Repealer of Article 37 (Sections 2454.2-2454.7 not consecutive) filed 8-17-81 ; 
effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 81, No. 34). 



Page 326 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2480.3 



• 



Article 38. Cellular Metal Floor Raceways 

NOTE: Authority and reference cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. 

History 

1. Repealer of Article 38 (Sections 2456.1-2456.7, not consecutive) filed 
8-17-81; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 81, No. 34). 



Article 39. Cellular Concrete Floor 
Raceways 

NOTE: Authority and reference cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. 

History 

1. Repealer of Article 39 (Sections 2458.1 and 2458.2) filed 8-17-81; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 81, No. 34). 



Article 40. Wireways 



NOTE: Authority and reference cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. 

History 
1. Repealer of Article 40 (Sections 2462.1 and 2462.2) filed 8-17-81; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 81, No. 34). 



Article 41. Flat Cable Assemblies 

NOTE: Authority and reference cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. 

History 
1. Repealer of Article 41 (Sections 2463.1-2463.4, not consecutive) filed 
8-17-81; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 81, No. 34). 



Article 42. Busways 



NOTE: Authority and reference cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. 

History 

1. Repealer of Article 42 (Sections 2464.2-2464.11, not consecutive) filed 
8-17-81; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 81, No. 34). 



Article 43. Cablebus 

NOTE: Authority and reference cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. 

History 
1. Repealer of Article 43 (Sections 2465.1 and 2465.2) filed 8-17-81; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 81, No. 34). 



Article 44. Electrical Floor Assemblies 

NOTE: Authority and reference cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. 

History 
1. Repealer of Article 44 (Sections 2466.1-2466.5, not consecutive) filed 
8-17-81; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 81, No. 34). 



Article 45. Cabinets, Boxes, and Fittings 

§ 2473.1. Conductors Entering Boxes, Cabinets, or 
Fittings. 

(a) Conductors entering cutout boxes, cabinets, or fittings shall be pro- 
tected from abrasion, and openings through which conductors enter shall 
be effectively closed. 

(b) Unused openings in cabinets, boxes, and fittings shall be effective- 
ly closed. 

(c) Where cable is used, each cable shall be secured to the cabinet, cut- 
out box, or meter socket enclosure. However, where cable with an entire- 
ly nonmetallic sheath enters the top of a surface-mounted enclosure 
through one or more nonflexible raceways not less than 18 in. (457 mm) 
or more than 10 feet (3.05 m) in length, the cable need not be secured to 
the cabinet, box, or enclosure provided all of the following conditions are 
met: 



(1) Each cable is fastened within 12 in. (305 mm) of the outer end of 
the raceway, measured along the sheath; 

(2) The raceway extends directly above the enclosure and docs not 
penetrate a structural ceiling; 

(3) A fitting is provided on each end of the raceway to protect the cable 
from abrasion, and the fittings remain accessible after installation; 

(4) The raceway is sealed or plugged at the outer end using appnned 
means so as to prevent access to the enclosure through the raceway; 

(5) The cable sheath is continuous through the raceway and extends 
into the enclosure not less than 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) beyond the fitting; 

(6) The raceway is fastened at its outer end and at other points as neces- 
sary; and 

(7) Where installed as conduit or tubing, the allowable cable fill does 
not exceed that permitted for complete conduit or tubing systems. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3. Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. Amendment of article heading and new section filed 5-5-2008; operative 
5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 
142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2473.2. Covers and Canopies. 

(a) All pull boxes, junction boxes, and fittings shall be provided with 
covers identified for the purpose. If metal covers are used, they shall be 
grounded. In completed installations, each outlet box shall have a cover, 
faceplate, or fixture canopy. Covers of outlet boxes having holes through 
which flexible cord pendants pass shall be provided with bushings de- 
signed for the purpose or shall have smooth, well-rounded surfaces on 
which the cords may bear. 

(b) Where a fixture canopy or pan is used, any combustible wall or 
ceiling finish exposed between the edge of the canopy or pan and the out- 
let box shall be covered with noncombustible material. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2473.7. Space in Enclosures. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Repealer filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2473.8. Enclosures for Switches or Overcurrent Devices. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Repealed filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 



Article 46. Auxiliary Gutters 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . Repealer of Article 46 (Sections 2474. 1-2474.7, not consecutive) filed 8-9 79; 
effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 79, No. 32). 



Article 47. Switches 

§2480.1. Enclosures. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c). Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Renumbering and amendment of Section 2480.1 to Section 2480.3 filed 

8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). For prior fmto- 

ry, see Register 83, No. 45. 

§ 2480.3. Enclosures. 

Switches shall comply with the following: All manually operated 
switches shall be of an approved externally operable type enclosed in 



Page 327 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



§ 2480.5 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



boxes or cabinets, except where other types are specifically permitted by 
these orders. Switches are not required to be of the externally operable 
type when operating at 50 volts or less; as for example, in some electric 
furnace and electrolytic installations. In such cases the switches shall be 
protected by suitable guards or enclosures if they are exposed to danger 
of short circuiting or accidental contact. 
(Title 24, Part 3, Section 380-3.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1 . Renumbering and amendment of former Section 2480. 1 to Section 2480.3 filed 
8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86. No. 37 ). For prior histo- 
ry, see Register 83, No. 45. 

§ 2480.5. Single-Throw Knife Switches. 

Single-throw knife switches shall be so placed that gravity will not 
tend to close them. Single-throw knife switches approved for use in the 
inverted position shall be provided with a locking device that will ensure 
that the blades remain in the open position when so set. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2480.6. Double-Throw Knife Switches. 

Double-throw knife switches shall be permitted to be mounted so that 
the throw will be either vertical or horizontal. However, where the throw 
is vertical, a locking device shall be provided that will insure the blades 
remaining in the open position when so set. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

3. Amendment of section heading, section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 
5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 
142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2480.7. Connection of Switches. 

(a) Single-throw knife switches and switches with butt contacts shall 
be so connected that the blades are deenergized when the switch is in the 
open position. 

(b) For installations built on or after May 5, 2008 single-throw knife 
switches, molded-case switches, switches with butt contacts, and circuit 
breakers used as switches shall be connected so that the terminals supply- 
ing the load are deenergized when the switch is in the open position. 
EXCEPTION: Blades and terminals supplying the load of a switch may be ener- 
gized when the switch is in the open position where the switch is connected to cir- 
cuits or equipment inherently capable of providing a backfeed source of power. 
For such installations, a permanent sign shall be installed on the switch enclosure 
or immediately adjacent to open switches that read, "WARNING — LOAD SIDE 
TERMINALS MAY BE ENERGIZED BY BACKFEED." 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

3. Amendment of section heading, section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 
5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 
142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2480.8. Accessibility and Grouping. [Repealed] 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Repealer and new section filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Reg- 
ister 86, No. 37). 



3. Repealer of section and amendment of Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 
5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 
142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2480.9. Snap Switches. 

(a) Faceplates for flush-mounted snap switches. Snap switches 
mounted in boxes shall have faceplates installed so as to completely cov- 
er the opening and seat against the finished surface. 

(b) Grounding. For installations built on or after May 5, 2008 snap 
switches, including dimmer switches, shall be effectively grounded and 
shall provide a means to ground metal faceplates, whether or not a metal 
faceplate is installed. However, if no grounding means exists within the 
snap-switch enclosure, or where the wiring method does not include or 
provide an equipment ground, a snap switch without a grounding con- 
nection is permitted for replacement purposes only. Such snap switches 
shall be provided with a faceplate of nonconducting, noncombustible 
material if they are located within reach of conducting floors or other 
conducting surfaces. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§2480.18. Capacity. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Repealer filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§2480.19. Signs. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Editorial correction filed 1 1-3-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Repealer filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 



Article 48. Switchboards and Panelboards 

§ 2484.3. Support and Arrangement of Busbars and 
Conductors. 

Conductors and busbars on a switchboard, panelboard, or control 
board shall be so located as to be free from physical damage and shall be 
held firmly in place. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 

37). 

§ 2484.5. Switchboards with Exposed Live Parts. 

Switchboards that have any exposed live parts shall be located in per- 
manently dry locations and shall be accessible only to qualified persons. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2484.6. Panelboard Enclosures. 

Panelboards shall be mounted in cabinets, cutout boxes, or enclosures 
designed for the purpose and shall be dead front. However, panelboards 
other than the dead front externally-operable type are permitted where 
accessible only to qualified persons. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 



Page 328 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2500.11 



• 



§ 2484.19. Relative Arrangement of Switches and Fuses. 

In panelboards, fuses of any type shall be installed on the load side of 

any switches. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 384-19.) 

NOTK: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-3-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86: effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86. No. 

37). 

§ 2484.24. Knife Switches Mounted in Switchboards or 
Panelboards. 

Exposed blades of knife switches mounted in switchboards or panel- 
boards shall be dead when open. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-3-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

3. Amendment of section heading, section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 
5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 
142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 



Article 48.1. 



Enclosures for Damp or Wet 
Locations 



§ 2485.1. Cabinets, Cutout Boxes, Fittings, Boxes, and 
Panelboard Enclosures. 

(a) Cabinets, cutout boxes, fittings, boxes, and panelboard enclosures 
in damp or wet locations shall be installed so as to prevent moisture or 
water from entering and accumulating within the enclosures and shall be 
mounted so there is at least 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) airspace between the en- 
closure and the wall or other supporting surface. 

EXCEPTION: Nonmetallic enclosures may be installed without the airspace on a 
concrete, masonry, tile, or similar surface. 

(b) Enclosures shall be weatherproof in wet locations. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. New article 48.1 (sections 2485.1-2485.2) and section filed 5-5-2008; opera- 
tive 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 
142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2485.2. Switches, Circuit Breakers, and Switchboards. 

Switches, circuit breakers, and switchboards installed in wet locations 
shall be enclosed in weatherproof enclosures. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 



Article 49. Flexible Cords and Cables 

§ 2500.7. Uses Permitted. 

(a) Flexible cords and cables shall be approved for conditions of use 
and location. 

(b) Flexible cords and cables shall be used only for: 

(1) pendants; 

(2) wiring of fixtures; 

(3) connection of portable lamps or appliances; 

(4) portable and mobile signs; 

(5) elevator cables; 

(6) wiring of cranes and hoists; 

(7) connection of stationary equipment to facilitate their frequent in- 
terchange; 

(8) prevention of the transmission of noise or vibration; 



(9) appliances where the fastening means and mechanical connections 
are designed to permit removal for maintenance and repair; 

(10) data processing cables as a part of the data processing system; 

(11) connection of moving parts; and 

(12) temporary wiring as permitted in Article 13 of these Low-Volt- 
age Electrical Safety Orders. 

(c) Where used as permitted in subsections (a)(3), (a)(7), and (a)(9) 
above, each flexible cord shall be equipped with an attachment plug and 
shall be energized from an approved receptacle outlet. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83. No. 45). 

2. Amendment of subsection (b) filed 8-27-86: effective thirtieth day thereafter 
(Register 86, No. 37). 

3. Amendment of section and Noth filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 

4. Change without regulatory effect designating former duplicate subsection (b) 
as subsection (c) filed 7-18-2008 pursuant to section 100. title 1, California 
Code of Regulations (Register 2008, No. 29). 

§ 2500.8. Uses Not Permitted. 

(a) Unless specifically permitted otherwise in Section 2500.7, flexible 
cords and cables shall not be used: 

( 1 ) as a substitute for the fixed wiring of a structure; 

(2) where run through holes in walls, ceilings, or floors; 

(3) where run through doorways, windows or similar openings; 

(4) where attached to building surfaces; 

(5) where concealed behind building walls, ceilings, or floors; or 

(6) Where installed in raceways, except as otherwise permitted in 

these Electrical Safety Orders. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment of section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printine only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 

§ 2500.9. Splices. 

(a) Flexible cords shall be used only in continuous lengths without 
splice or tap. Hard service flexible cords No. 12 or larger shall be per- 
mitted to be repaired if spliced so that the splice retains the insulation, 
outer sheath properties, and usage characteristics of the cord being 
spliced. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3. Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . Amendment filed 2-1-83; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 83, No. 6). 

2. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Repealer and new section filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Reg- 
ister 86, No. 37). 

4. Amendment of Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL 
for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2500.1 0. Pull at Joints and Terminals. 

(a) Flexible cords and cables shall be connected to devices and fittings 
so that strain relief is provided which will prevent pull from being direct- 
ly transmitted to joints or terminal screws. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3. Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Repealer and new section filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Reg- 
ister 86, No. 37). 

3. Amendment of section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 

§ 2500.1 1 . In Show Windows and Show Cases. 

Flexible cords used in show windows and show cases shall be Type S, 
SE, SEO, SEOO, SO, SJ, SJE, SJEO, SJEOO, SJO, SJOO, SJT, SJTO, 
SJTOO, SO, SOO, ST, STO, or STOO, 



Page 329 



Register 2008, No. 29; 7-18-2008 



§ 2500.13 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



EXCEPTION. No. 1: For the wiring of chain-supported lighting fixtures. 
EXCEPTION: No. 2: As supply cords for portable lamps and other merchandise be- 
ing displayed or exhibited. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

3. Amendment of section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 

§ 2500.13. Overcurrent Protection. 

Flexible cords not smaller than No. 1 8, and tinsel cords or cords having 
equivalent characteristics of smaller size approved for use with specific 
appliances, shall be considered as protected against overcurrent by the 
overcurrent devices described in Section 2390. 1 . 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 400-13.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 

37). 

§ 2500.23. Conductor Identification. 

(a) A conductor of a flexible cord or cable that is used as a grounded 
conductor or an equipment grounding conductor shall have a continuous 
identifying marker readily distinguishing it from the other conductor or 
conductors. 

( 1 ) Conductors having a continuous green color or a continuous green 
color with one or more yellow stripes shall not be used for other than 
grounding purposes. The identifying marker shall consist of one of the 
methods in (A) or (B) below: 

(A) Colored Braid. A braid finished to show a continuous green color 
or a continuous green color with one or more yellow stripes. 

(B) Colored Insulation or Covering. For cords having no braids on the 
individual conductors, an insulation of a continuous green color or a con- 
tinuous green color with one or more yellow stripes. 

(b) Types S, SC, SCE, SCT, SE, SEO, SEOO, SJ, SJE, SJEO, SJEOO, 
SJO, SJT, SJTO, SJTOO, SO, SOO, ST. STO, and STOO flexible cords 
and Types G, G-GC, PPE, and W flexible cables shall be durably marked 
on the surface at intervals not exceeding 24 in. (610 mm) with the type 
designation, size, and number of conductors. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

3. Amendment of section heading, section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 
5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 
142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2500.25. Maintenance of Outer Sheath. 

Flexible cords shall be repaired or replaced if the outer sheath is dam- 
aged such that any conductor insulation or conductor is exposed. Repair 
of the outer sheath shall only be permitted if the conductors are not dam- 
aged and the completed repair retains the insulation, outer sheath proper- 
ties, and usage characteristics of the cord being repaired. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. New section filed 1-28-2000; operative 2-27-2000 (Register 2000, No. 4). 



2. Repealer filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2505.2. General. 

Fixture wires shall be approved for the voltage, temperature, and loca- 
tion of use. A fixture wire which is used as a grounded conductor shall 
be identified. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§2505.10. Uses Permitted. 

Fixture wires shall be permitted only for: 

( 1 ) installation in lighting fixtures and in similar equipment where en- 
closed or protected and not subject to bending or twisting in use; or 

(2) connecting lighting fixtures to the branch-circuit conductors sup- 
plying the fixtures. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

3. Amendment of section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 

§ 2505.1 1 . Uses Not Permitted. 

Fixture wires shall not be used as branch-circuit conductors. 
EXCEPTION: As permitted for Class 1 power limited circuits and for fire alarm cir- 
cuits. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

3. Amendment of section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 

§2505.12. Overcurrent Protection. 

Overcurrent protection for fixture wires shall be as specified in Section 
2390.1. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 402-12.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 

37). 



• 



Article 50. Fixture Wires 

§2505.1. Scope. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



Article 51. Lighting Fixtures, Lampholders, 
Lamps and Receptacles 

§ 251 0.1 . Maximum Voltage. 

Voltage to Ground. Lampholders, fixtures, or standard receptacles 
rated 15 amperes or less shall not be supplied by voltages exceeding 150 
volts to ground. 

EXCEPTION: No. 1: Supply voltages between 150 and 300 volts to ground shall 
be permitted provided all of the following conditions are met: a. Only qualified 
persons will service the lighting fixtures; 

b. The lighting fixtures are approved for the supply voltage; 

c. The fixtures, other than permanently installed electric discharge-type, are 
mounted not less than 8 feet above the floor. Where conditions do not permit 8 feet, 
the light fixture shall be permitted at the available height provided the fixtures are 
suitably guarded; and 

d. Integral lighting switches, if used, shall not be readily accessible. 
EXCEPTION: No. 2: The supply voltage may exceed 300 volts for permanently in- 
stalled fixtures at a height of 18 feet or more. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 



Page 330 



Register 2008, No. 29; 7-18-2008 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2510.58 



History 

1 . Repealer of Article 5 1 (Sections 25 1 0.3-25 10.81. not consecutive) and new Ar- 
ticle 51 (Sections 2510.1-2510.58, not consecutive) filed 8-9-79; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 79, No. 32). For prior history, see Register 78, 
No. 5. 

2. Amendment of Exception No. 1 filed 9-7-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter 
(Register 79, No. 36). 

3. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§2510.2. Receptacles. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Repealer filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§2510.3. Location of Lamps. 

Lamps for lighting shall be safely accessible. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

§2510.4. Live Parts. 

Fixtures, lampholders, lamps, rosettes, and receptacles shall have no 
live parts normally exposed to contact. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment of section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 

§ 2510.5. Wet and Damp Locations. 

Fixtures installed in wet or damp locations shall be approved for the 
purpose and shall be so constructed or installed that water cannot enter 
or accumulate in wireways, lampholders, or other electrical parts. 

(a) A receptacle installed in a wet or damp location shall be suitable 
for the location. 

(b) A receptacle installed outdoors in a location protected from the 
weather or in other damp locations shall have an enclosure for the recep- 
tacle that is weatherproof when the receptacle is covered (attachment 
plug cap not inserted and receptacle covers closed). 

Note: A receptacle is considered to be in a location protected from the weather 
when it is located under roofed open porches, canopies, marquees, or the like and 
where it will not be subjected to a beating rain or water runoff. 

(c) A receptacle installed in a wet location where the product intended 
to be plugged into it is not attended while in use (for example, sprinkler 
system controllers, landscape lighting, and holiday lights) shall have an 
enclosure that is weatherproof with the attachment plug cap inserted or 
removed. 

(d) A receptacle installed in a wet location where the product intended 
to be plugged into it will be attended while in use (for example, portable 
tools) shall have an enclosure that is weatherproof when the attachment 
plug cap is removed. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . Repealer and new section filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Reg- 
ister 86, No. 37). 

2. Amendment filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2510.6. Portable Handlamps. 

Handlamps of the portable type supplied through flexible cords shall 
be equipped with a handle of molded composition or other material ap- 
proved for the purpose, and a substantial guard shall be attached to the 
lampholder or the handle. Metal shell, paper-lined lampholders shall not 
be used. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 



History 

1 . Repealer and new section filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter ( Reg- 
ister 86, No. 37). 

2. Amendment filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§2510.7. Receptacles. 

(a) Grounding Type. 

Receptacles shall be of the grounding type as prescribed in Article 6. 

(b) Skirted Plugs. 

Attachment plugs or other connectors supplying equipment at more 
than 300 volts shall be of the skirted type. 

EXCEPTION: Plugs or connectors so designed that the arc will be confined within 
the body or case of the device shall be acceptable. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. New section filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

2. Amendment of section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 

§2510.8. 

Lampholders of the screw-shell type shall be installed for use as lam- 
pholders only. Where supplied by a circuit having a grounded conductor, 
the grounded conductor shall be connected to the screw shell. Lamphold- 
ers installed in wet or damp locations shall be of the weatherproof type. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2510.56. Receptacles, Cord Connectors and Attachment 
Plugs (Caps). 

(a) Attachment Plugs. All new or replacement 1 5- and 20-ampere at- 
tachment plugs and connectors shall be constructed so that there are no 
exposed current-carrying parts except the prongs, blades or pins. The 
cover for wire terminations shall be a part that is essential for the opera- 
tion of an attachment plug or connector (dead-front construction). At- 
tachment plugs shall be installed so that their prongs, blades, or pins are 
not energized unless inserted into an energized receptacle. No recep- 
tacles may be installed so as to require an energized attachment plug as 
its source of supply. 

(b) Non-interchangeability. Receptacles, cord connectors and attach- 
ment plugs shall be constructed so that the receptacle or cord connectors 
will not accept an attachment plug with a different voltage or current rat- 
ing than that for which the device is intended. 

EXCEPTION: A 20-ampere T-slot receptacle or cord connector shall be permitted 
to accept a 15-ampere attachment plug of the same voltage rating. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Editorial correction of Section heading filed 1 1-3-83 (Register 83, o. 45). 

3. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37.) 

4. Amendment of section heading, section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 
5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 
142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2510.58. Non-Grounding-Type Receptacles, Adapters, 
Cord Connectors, and Attachment Plugs. 

(a) Nongrounding-type receptacles and connectors shall not be used 
for grounding-type attachment plugs. 

(b) Adapters. Two-pole to three-pole adapters shall not be used. 
Adapters permitting change to different rated (amperes or volts) configu- 
rations shall not be used. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



Page 331 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



§ 2522.2 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



2. Amendment of subsections (b) and (d) filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day 
thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

3. Amendment of section heading, section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 
5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printins only pursuant to Labor Code 
142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008. No. 19). 



Article 52. Appliances 

GENERAL 

§ 2522.2. Energized Parts. 

(a) Appliances shall have no live parts normally exposed to contact. 
EXCEPTION: Toasters, grills, or other appliances in which the current-carrying 
parts at high temperatures are necessarily exposed. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 

37). 

3. Amendment of section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 

INSTALLATION OF APPLIANCES 

§ 2522.7. General. 

All appliances shall be installed in an approved manner. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 422-7.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1 . Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2522.8. Flexible Cords. [Repealed] 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Repealer of section and amendment of Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 
5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 

142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2522.9. Portable Immersion Heaters. 

Electric heaters of the portable immersion type shall be so constructed 
and installed that current-carrying parts are effectively insulated from 
electrical contact with the substance in which they are immersed. The au- 
thority having jurisdiction may make exceptions for special applications 
of apparatus if suitable precautions are taken. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 

37). 

§ 2522.10. Protection of Combustible Material. 

Each electrically heated appliance that is intended by size, weight, and 
service to be located in a fixed position shall be so placed as to provide 
ample protection between the appliance and adjacent combustible mate- 
rial. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 422-10.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1 . Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 



§ 2522.1 1 . Stands for Portable Appliances. 

Each smoothing iron and other portable electrically heated appliance 
intended to be applied to combustible material shall be equipped with an 
approved stand, which shall be permitted to be a separate piece of equip- 
ment or a part of the appliance. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1 . Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 

37). 

§ 2522.1 2. Signals for Heated Appliances. 

Electrically heated appliance or group of appliances intended to be 
applied to combustible material shall be provided with a signal. 

EXCEPTION: If an appliance is provided with an integral temperature-limiting de- 
vice. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 422-12.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2522.15. Infrared Lamp Industrial Heating Appliances. 

(a) Infrared heating lamps rated at 300 watts or less shall be permitted 
with lampholders of the medium-base, unswitched porcelain type or oth- 
er types approved for the purpose. 

(b) Screw shell lampholders shall not be used with infrared lamps over 
300 watts rating. 

EXCEPTION: Lampholders approved for the purpose. 

(c) Lampholders shall be permitted to be connected to any of the 
branch circuits supplying lighting and/or appliance loads and, in indus- 
trial occupancies, shall be permitted to be operated in series on circuits 
of over 150 volts to ground provided the voltage rating of the lamphold- 
ers is not less than the circuit voltage. 

Each section, panel, or strip carrying a number of infrared lampholders 
(including the internal wiring of such section, panel, or strip) shall be 
considered an appliance. The terminal connection block of each such as- 
sembly shall be considered an individual outlet. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 422-15.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1 . Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment of subsection (c) filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter 
(Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2522.17. Wall-Mounted Ovens and Counter-Mounted 
Cooking Units. 

(a) Wall-mounted ovens and counter-mounted cooking units com- 
plete with provisions for mounting and for making electrical connections 
shall be considered as fixed appliances. 

(b) A separable connector or a plug and receptacle combination in the 
supply line to an oven or cooking unit used only for ease in servicing or 
for installation shall: 

(1) Not be installed as the disconnecting means. 

(2) Be approved for the temperature of the space in which it is located. 
(Title 24, Part 3, Section 422-17.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1 . Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

CONTROL AND PROTECTION OF APPLIANCES 

§ 2522.20. Disconnecting Means. 

Each appliance shall have a means to disconnect it from all un- 
grounded conductors. If an appliance is supplied by more than one 
source, the disconnecting means shall be grouped and identified. 



Page 332 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2522.32 



• 



• 



NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2522.21. Disconnection of Fixed Appliances. 

(a) For fixed appliances rated at not over 300 volt amperes or 1/8 hp., 
the branch circuit overcurrent device shall be permitted to serve as the 
disconnecting means. 

(b) For fixed appliances of greater rating the branch circuit switch or 
circuit breaker shall be permitted to serve as the disconnecting means 
where readily accessible to the user of the appliance. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 422-21.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment of subsection (b) filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter 
(Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2522.22. Disconnection of Portable Appliances. 

(a) For portable appliances, a separable connector or an attachment 
plug and receptacle shall be permitted to serve as the disconnecting 
means. 

(b) The rating of a receptacle or of a separable connector shall not be 

less than the rating of any appliance connected thereto. 

EXCEPTION: Demand factors authorized elsewhere in these Orders shall be per- 
mitted to be applied. 

(c) Attachment plugs and connectors shall conform to the following: 

(1) Energized Parts. They shall be so constructed and installed as to 
guard against inadvertent contact with energized parts. 

(2) Interrupting Capacity. They shall be capable of interrupting their 
rated current without hazard to the operator. 

(3) Interchange ability. They shall be so designed that they will not fit 
into receptacles of lesser rating. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 

37). 

§ 2522.23. Disconnection of Stationary Appliances. 

(a) For stationary appliances rated at not over 300 volt amperes or 1/8 
horsepower, the branch circuit overcurrent device shall be permitted to 
serve as the disconnecting means. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 422-21(a).) 

(b) For stationary appliances of greater rating, the branch circuit 
switch or circuit breaker shall be permitted to serve as the disconnecting 
means where readily accessible to the user of the appliance. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 422-21(b).) 

(c) For cord-connected appliances, such as free-standing household- 
type ranges and clothes dryers, a separable connector or an attachment 
plug and receptacle shall be permitted to serve as the disconnecting 
means. Attachment plugs and connectors shall comply with Section 
2522.22(c). 

For household electric ranges, an attachment plug and receptacle con- 
nection at the rear base of a range, if it is accessible from the front by re- 
moval of a drawer, shall be considered as meeting the intent of this rule. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 422-22(a) and (b).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

HISTORY 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 

37). 



§ 2522.26. Disconnecting Means for Motor-Driven 
Appliances. 

If a switch or circuit breaker serves as the disconnecting means for a 
stationary or fixed motor-driven appliance of more than 1/8 horsepower, 
it shall be located within sight from the motor controller and shall comply 
with the disconnecting means specified in Article 56. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 422-26.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3. LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1 . Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86. No. 
37). 

MARKING OF APPLIANCES 

§ 2522.30. Nameplate. 

(a) Each electric appliance shall be provided with a nameplate. giving 
the identifying name and the rating in volts and amperes, or in volts and 
watts. If the appliance is to be used on a specific frequency or frequen- 
cies, it shall be so marked. 

When motor overload protection external to the appliance is required, 
the appliance shall be so marked. 

(b) Marking shall be located so as to be visible or easily accessible after 
installation. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 422-30.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2522.31 . Marking of Heating Elements. 

All heating elements that are rated over one ampere, replaceable in the 
field, and a part of an appliance shall be legibly marked with the ratings 
in volts and amperes, or in volts and watts, or with the manufacturer' s part 
number. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 422-31.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 1 8943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

§ 2522.32. Appliances Consisting of Motors and Other 
Loads. 

Appliances shall be marked in accordance with (a) or (b) below. 

(a) In addition to the marking required in Section 2522.30, the marking 
on an appliance consisting of a motor with other load(s) or motors with 
or without other load(s) shall specify the minimum circuit size and the 
maximum rating of the circuit overcurrent protective device. 
EXCEPTION: No. 1 : Portable appliances and other appliances, factory-equipped 
with cords and attachment plugs, complying with Section 2522.30. 
EXCEPTION: No. 2: An appliance where both the minimum circuit size and maxi- 
mum rating of the circuit overcurrent protective device are not more than 15 am- 
peres and complies with Section 2522.30. 

(b) An alternate marking method shall be permitted to specify the rat- 
ing of the largest motor in volts and amperes, and the additional load(s) 
in volts and amperes or volts and watts in addition to the marking required 
in Section 2522.30. 

EXCEPTION: No. 1 : Portable appliances and other appliances, factory- equipped 
with cords and attachment plugs, complying with Section 2522.30. 

EXCEPTION: No. 2: The ampere rating of a motor 1/8 hp. orlessoranonmotorload 
one ampere or less shall be permitted to be omitted unless such loads constitute the 
principal load. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 422-32.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



Page 333 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



§ 2524.1 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



Article 53. Fixed Electric Space Heating 
Equipment 

GENERAL 

§2524.1. Scope. 

This article covers fixed electric equipment used for space heating. 
Equipment shall be of a type approved for the purpose and location where 
installed. For the purpose of this article, heating equipment shall include 
heating cable, unit heaters, boilers, central systems, or other approved 
fixed electric space heating equipment. This article shall not apply to pro- 
cess heating and room air conditioning. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 424- 1.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. iEditorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2524.19. Disconnecting Means. 

Means shall be provided to disconnect the heater, controller(s), and 
overcurrent protective device(s) of all fixed electric space heating equip- 
ment from all ungrounded conductors. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 424-19.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 

37). 

§ 2524.21 . Switch and Circuit Breaker to Be Indicating. 

Switches and circuit breakers used as disconnecting means shall be of 
the indicating type. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 424-21.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2524.65. Location of Disconnecting Means. 

Duct heater controller equipment shall be accessible with the discon- 
necting means installed at or within sight from the controller. 

EXCEPTION: The disconnecting means shall be arranged to be locked in the 
"open" position if it is not within sight of the controller. A distance of 50 feet shall 
be considered as equivalent to being out of sight. 

(Title 24. Part 3, Section 424-65.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 1 8943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 

37). 



Article 54. Fixed Outdoor Electric De-icing 
and Snow Melting Equipment 

GENERAL 

§2526.1. Scope. 

This article covers electrically energized heating units, panels, and 
cables where embedded in driveways, walks, steps, and other areas. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 426-1 (a).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 



History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 

37). 

CONTROL AND PROTECTION 
§ 2526.20. Disconnecting Means. 

NOTE. Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Renumbering and amendment of Section 2526.20 to Section 2526.50 filed 
8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2526.50. Disconnecting Means. 

All fixed outdoor electric de-icing and snow melting equipment shall 
be provided with a means for disconnection from all ungrounded conduc- 
tors. Where readily accessible to the user of the equipment, the branch 
circuit switch or circuit breaker shall be permitted to serve as the discon- 
necting means. Switches used as disconnecting means shall be of the in- 
dicating type. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 426-50.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Renumbering and amendment of former Section 2526.20 to Section 2526.50 
filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). For histo- 
ry of former section, see Register 83, No. 45. 



Article 55. Fixed Electric Heating 
Equipment for Pipelines and Vessels 

GENERAL 

§2527.1. Scope. 

The requirements of this article shall apply to electrically energized 
heating systems and the installation of these systems used with pipelines 
and/or vessels. This article covers electrical heating of pipelines and/or 
vessels by separate external heating elements, other than the skin electric 
current tracing or impedance methods. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 427-1.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

§ 2527.2. Definitions. 

For the purpose of this article: 

(a) A pipeline is a length of pipe including pumps, valves, flanges, con- 
trol devices, strainers and/or similar equipment for conveying fluids. 

(b) A vessel is a container such as a barrel, drum, or tank for holding 
fluids or other material. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 
INSTALLATION 

§2527.10. General. 

Equipment for pipeline and vessel electrical heating shall be of a type 
compatible with the chemical, thermal and physical environment. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 427-10.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 

37). 



• 



Page 334 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2530.81 



§2527.11. Use. 

Electric heating equipment shall be installed in such a manner as to be 
afforded protection from physical damage. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 427-1 1 .) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 1 42.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1 . Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83. No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§2527.12. Marking. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c). Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1 . Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Renumbering and amendment of Section 2527.12 to Section 2527.13 filed 
8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§2527.13. Identification. 

The presence of electric pipeline and vessel heating equipment shall 
be evident by the posting of appropriate signs or other markings at fre- 
quent intervals in the area involved. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 427-13.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Renumbering and amendment of former Section 2527.12 to Section 2527.13 
filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

CONTROL AND PROTECTION 



§ 2527.20. Disconnecting Means. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Renumbering of Section 2527.20 to Section 2527.55 filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86. No. 37). 



§ 2527.22. Overcurrent Protection. 

Heaters shall be protected against overcurrent. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-427-22.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2527.55. Disconnecting Means. 

(a) Means shall be provided to disconnect all fixed electric pipeline or 
vessel heating equipment from all ungrounded conductors. The branch 
circuit switch or circuit breaker, where readily accessible to the user of 
the equipment, shall be permitted to serve as the disconnecting means. 
Switches used as disconnecting means shall be of the indicating type, and 
shall be provided with a positive lockout in the "off position. 

(b) The factory-installed attachment plug of cord-connected equip- 
ment, rated 20 amperes or less and 1 50 volts or less to ground is an accept- 
able means of disconnection. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 427-55.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1 . Renumbering of former Section 2527.20 to Section 2527.55 filed 8-27-86; ef- 
fective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 



Article 56. Motors, Motor Circuits and 
Controllers 

GENERAL 

§ 2530.4. In Sight From. 

If specified that one equipment shall be "in sight from" another piece 
of equipment, one shall be visible and not more than 50 feet from the oth- 
er. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83. No. 45). 

2. Repealer and new section filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth dav thereafter ( Reg- 
ister 86, No. 37). 

3. Amendment of NOTE filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL 
for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008. No. 19). 

§ 2530.36. Fuses— In Which Conductor. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Repealer filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86. No. 37). 

§ 2530.43. Automatic Restarting. 

(a) A motor-running overload device that can restart a motor automat- 
ically after overload tripping shall not be installed unless approved for 
use with the motor it protects. 

(b) A motor that can restart automatically after shutdown shall not be 
installed if its automatic restarting can result in injury to persons. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 430-43.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3. LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

3. Change without regulatory effect amending section filed 1 1-15-99 pursuant to 
section 100, title 1, California Code of Regulations (Register 99, No. 47). 

§ 2530.74. Disconnection. 

(a) General. Control circuits shall be so arranged that they will be dis- 
connected from all sources of supply when the disconnecting means is 
in the "Open" position. The disconnecting means shall be permitted to 
consist of two or more separate devices, one of which disconnects the 
motor and the controller from the source(s) of power supply for the mo- 
tor, and the other(s), the control circuit(s) from its power supply. Where 
separate devices are used, they shall be located immediately adjacent to 
each other. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 430-74(a) without exceptions.) 

(b) Control Transformer in Controller. Where a transformer or other 
device is used to obtain a reduced voltage for the control circuit and is 
located in the controller, such transformer or other device shall be con- 
nected to the load side of the disconnecting means for the control circuit. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 430-74(b).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83. No. 45). 

2. Editorial correction of subsection (a) filed 1 1-3-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment of subsection (a) filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter 
(Register 86, No. 37). 

MOTOR CONTROLLERS 

§2530.81. General. 

This Section, "Motor Controllers," is intended to require suitable con- 
trollers for all motors. 

(a) Definition. For definition of "Controller," see Article 1 . For the 
purpose of this Article, the term "Controller" includes any switch or de- 
vice normally used to start and stop a motor. 



Page 335 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



§ 2530.82 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



. (b) Stationary Motor of 1/8 Horsepower or Less. For a stationary mo- 
tor rated at 1/8 horsepower or less that is normally left running and is so 
constructed that it cannot be damaged by overload or failure to start, such 
as clock motors and the like, the branch circuit protective device shall be 
permitted to serve as the controller. 

(c) Portable Motor of 1/3 Horsepower or Less. For a portable motor 
rated at 1/3 horsepower or less, the controller shall be permitted to be an 
attachment plug and receptacle. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 430-81.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1 . Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2530.82. Controller Design. 

(a) Starting and Stopping. Each controller shall be capable of starting 
and stopping the motor it controls, and shall be capable of interrupting 
the stalled-rotor current of the motor. 

(b) Autotransformer. An autotransformer starter shall provide an off 
position, a running position, and at least one starting position. It shall be 
so designed that it cannot rest in the starting position or in any position 
that will render the overload device in the circuit inoperative. 

(c) Rheostats. Rheostats shall be in compliance with the following: 

( 1 ) Motor-starting rheostats shall be so designed that the contact arm 
cannot be left on intermediate segments. The point or plate on which the 
arm rests when in the starting position shall have no electrical connection 
with the resistor. 

(2) Motor-starting rheostats for direct current motors operated from 
a constant voltage supply shall be equipped with automatic devices that 
will interrupt the supply before the speed of the motor has fallen to less 
than 1/3 its normal value. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 430-82.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2530.83. Rating. 

The controller shall have a horsepower rating not lower than the horse- 
power rating of the motor. 

EXCEPTION: No. 1 : For a stationary motor rated at 2 horsepower or less, and 300 
volts or less, the controller shall be permitted to be a general-use switch having 
an ampere rating not less than twice the full load current rating of the motor. 
On AC circuits, general-use snap switches suitable only for use on AC (not gener- 
al-use AC-DC snap switches) shall be permitted to control a motor rated at 2 
horsepower or less and 300 volts or less having a full load current rating not more 
than 80 percent of the ampere rating of the switch. 

EXCEPTION: No. 2: A branch circuit inverse time circuit breaker rated in amperes 
only shall be permitted as a controller. Where this circuit breaker is also used for 
overload protection, it shall conform to the appropriate provisions of this Article 
governing overload protection. 

EXCEPTION: No. 3: The motor controller for a torque motor shall have a continu- 
ous-duty full load current rating not less than the nameplate current rating of the 
motor. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 430-83.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

3. Editorial correction of Exception No. 1 (Register 92, No. 15). 

§ 2530.84. Need Not Open All Conductors. 

The controller shall not be required to open all conductors to the motor. 
EXCEPTION: Where the controller serves also as a disconnecting means, it shall 
open all ungrounded conductors to the motor. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 430-84.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86. No. 37). 

§ 2530.86. Motor Not in Sight from Controller. 

(a) If a motor and the driven machinery are not in sight from the con- 
troller location, the installation shall comply with one of the following 
conditions: 

(1) The controller disconnecting means shall be capable of being 
locked in the open position. 

(2) A manually operable switch that will disconnect the motor from its 
source of supply shall be placed in sight from the motor location. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 430-86.)" 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c). Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Repealer and new section filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Reg- 
ister 86, No. 37). 

DISCONNECTING MEANS 

§ 2530.102. In Sight from Controller Location. 

An individual disconnecting means shall be provided for each control- 
ler. A disconnecting means shall be located in sight from the controller 
location. 

EXCEPTION: A single disconnecting means may be located adjacent to a group of 
coordinated controllers mounted adjacent to each other on a multi-motor continu- 
ous process machine. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

3. Amendment of section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 

§ 2530.1 03. To Disconnect Both Motor and Controller. 

The disconnecting means shall disconnect the motor and the controller 
from all ungrounded supply conductors and shall be so designed that no 
pole can be operated independently. The disconnecting means shall be 
permitted in the same enclosure with the controller. (See Section 
2530.1 13 for equipment receiving energy from more than one source.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

3. Amendment of section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 

§ 2530.1 04. To Be Indicating. 

The disconnecting means shall plainly indicate whether it is in the 
"open" (off) or "closed" (on) position. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

3. Amendment of section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 

§ 2530.105. Grounded Conductors. 

One pole of the disconnecting means shall be permitted to disconnect 
a permanently grounded conductor, provided the disconnecting means is 
so designed that the pole in the grounded conductor cannot be opened 
without simultaneously disconnecting all conductors of the circuit. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 430-105.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 



Page 336 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2533.2 



History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83. No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-8 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 



r, effective 



§ 2530.106. Service Switch as Disconnecting Means. 

Where an installation consists of a single motor, the service switch 
may serve as the disconnecting means if it complies with this Article and 
is within sight from the controller location. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 430-106.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2530.1 07. Readily Accessible. 

The disconnecting means shall be readily accessible. If more than one 

disconnect is provided for the same equipment, only one need be readily 

accessible. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

3. Amendment of section and Notk filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 

§ 2530.1 12. Motors Served by Single Disconnecting 
Means. 

(a) Each motor shall be provided with an individual disconnecting 
means. 

EXCEPTION: A single disconnecting means shall be permitted to serve a group of 
motors under any one of the following conditions: 

( 1 ) Where a number of motors drive several parts of a single machine 
or piece of apparatus, such as metal or woodworking machines, cranes, 
and hoists. 

(2) Where a group of motors is in a single room within sight from the 
location of the disconnecting means. 

(3) Where a group of motors is under the protection of one set of 
branch-circuit protective devices. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment of subsections (a)(1) and (a)(2), new subsection (a)(3) and amend- 
ment of Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2530.1 13. Energy from More Than One Source. 

Equipment receiving electrical energy from more than one source 
shall be provided with disconnecting means from each source of electri- 
cal energy immediately adjacent to the equipment served. Each source 
shall be permitted to have a separate disconnecting means. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 430-1 13 without the Exceptions.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 

37). 

§2530.120. 

Motors, motor-control apparatus, and motor branch-circuit conduc- 
tors shall be protected against overheating due to motor overloads or fail- 
ure to start, and against short-circuits or ground faults. These provisions 
do not require overload protection that will stop a motor where a shut- 
down is likely to introduce additional or increased hazards, as in the case 



of fire pumps, or where continued operation of a motor is necessary for 
a safe shutdown of equipment or process and motor overload sensing de- 
vices are connected to a supervised alarm. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008. No. 19). 

§2530.121. 

Where live parts of motors or controllers operating at over 1 50 volts 
to ground are guarded against accidental contact only by location, and 
where adjustment or other attendance may be necessary during the opera- 
tion of the apparatus, suitable insulating mats or platforms shall be pro- 
vided so that the attendant cannot readily touch live parts unless standing 
on the mats or platforms. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 



Article 57. Transformers and Transformer 

Vaults 

(Including Secondary Ties) 

§2533.1. Scope. 

This Article covers the installation of all transformers. 
EXCEPTION: No: 1: Current transformers. 

EXCEPTION: No: 2: Dry-type transformers that constitute a component part of 
other apparatus and comply with the requirements for such apparatus. 

EXCEPTION: No: 3: Transformers which are an integral part of an X-ray, high-fre- 
quency, or electrostatic-coating apparatus. 

EXCEPTION: No: 4: Transformers for sign and outline lighting that comply with 
Article 73. 

EXCEPTION: No: 5: Transformers for electric-discharge lighting that comply with 
Article 51. 

EXCEPTION: No: 6: Transformers used for power limited fire protective signaling 
circuits. 

EXCEPTION: No: 7: Transformers used with Class 2 and Class 3 circuits. 

EXCEPTION: No: 8: Liquid-filled or dry-type transformers used for research, de- 
velopment, or testing, where effective arrangements are provided to safeguard un- 
qualified persons from contacting high-voltage terminals or energized conduc- 
tors. 

This Article also covers the installation of transformers in hazardous 

locations as modified by Article 59. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3. LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Editorial correction filed 1 1-3-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

4. Amendment of section and Notk filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 

GENERAL PROVISIONS 

§ 2533.2. Location. 

Transformers and transformer vaults shall be readily accessible to qu- 
alified personnel for inspection and maintenance. 

EXCEPTION: Dry-type transformers located in the open on walls, columns, or 
structures, shall not be required to be readily accessible. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 450-2.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 



Page 336.1 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



§ 2534.2 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



Article 58. Capacitors 

§ 2534.2. Enclosing and Guarding. 

(a) Capacitors containing more than 3 gallons of flammable liquid 
shall be enclosed in vaults or outdoor fenced enclosures. 

(b) Capacitors shall be enclosed, located, or guarded so that persons 
cannot come into accidental contact or bring conducting materials into 
accidental contact with exposed energized parts, terminals, or buses as- 
sociated with them. 

EXCEPTION: No additional guarding is required for enclosures accessible only to 
authorized and qualified persons. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 460-2.) 
NOTE. Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2534.6. Drainage of Stored Charge. 

Capacitors shall be provided with an automatic means of draining the 
stored charge after the capacitor is disconnected from its source of sup- 
ply. 

(a) Time of Discharge. The residual voltage of a capacitor shall be re- 
duced to 50 volts or less within one minute after the capacitor is discon- 
nected from the source of supply. 

(b) Means of Discharge. The discharge circuit shall be either perma- 
nently connected to the terminals of the capacitor or capacitor bank, or 
provided with automatic means of connecting it to the terminals of the 
capacitor bank on removal of voltage from the line. Manual means of 
switching or connecting the discharge circuit shall not be used. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment of section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 

§ 2534.8. Disconnecting Means. 

(a) A disconnecting means shall be provided in each ungrounded con- 
ductor for each capacitor bank. 

EXCEPTION: Where a capacitor is connected on the load side of a motor-running 
overcurrent device. 

(b) The disconnecting means shall not be required to open all un- 
grounded conductors simultaneously. 

(c) The disconnecting means shall be permitted to disconnect the ca- 
pacitor from the line as a regular operating procedure. 

(d) The rating of the disconnecting means shall not be less than 135 
percent of the rated current of the capacitor. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment of Title 24 cross reference filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day 
thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

3. Amendment of section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 



History 

1. New article 58.1 (section 2535.1) and section filed 5-5-2008; operative 
5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 
142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 



Article 59. 



Article 58.1 . Storage Batteries 

§ 2535.1 . Storage Batteries. 

Provisions shall be made for sufficient diffusion and ventilation of 
gases from storage batteries to prevent the accumulation of explosive 
mixtures. See General Industry Safety Orders, Section 5 1 85 for addition- 
al requirements. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 



Hazardous (Classified) 
Locations 



§2540.1. Scope. 

(a) Applicability. This Article covers the requirements for electric 
equipment and wiring for all voltages in locations that are classified de- 
pending on the properties of the flammable vapors, liquids or gases, or 
combustible dusts or fibers which may be present therein and the likeli- 
hood that a flammable or combustible concentration or quantity is pres- 
ent. Hazardous (classified) locations may be found in occupancies such 
as, but not limited to, the following: Aircraft hangers, gasoline dispens- 
ing and service stations, bulk storage plants for gasoline or other volatile 
flammable liquids, paint-finishing process plants, health care facilities, 
agricultural or other facilities where excessive combustible dusts may be 
present, marinas, boat yards, and petroleum and chemical processing 
plants. Each room, section or area shall be considered individually in de- 
termining its classification. 

( 1 ) These hazardous (classified) locations are assigned the following 
designations: 

Class I, Division 1 
Class I, Division 2 
Class I, Zone 
Class I, Zone 1 
Class I, Zone 2 
Class II, Division 1 
Class II, Division 2 
Class III, Division 1 
Class III, Division 2 

(b) Classifications. 

(1) Class I locations. Class I locations are those in which flammable 
gases or vapors are or may be present in the air in quantities sufficient to 
produce explosive or igni table mixtures. Class I locations include the fol- 
lowing: 

(A) Class I, Division 1. A Class I, Division 1 location is a location: 

1 . In which ignitable concentrations of flammable gases or vapors may 
exist under normal operating conditions; or 

2. In which ignitable concentrations of such gases or vapors may exist 
frequently because of repair or maintenance operations or because of 
leakage; or 

3. In which breakdown or faulty operation of equipment or processes 
might release ignitable concentrations of flammable gases or vapors, and 
might also cause simultaneous failure of electric equipment. 

NOTE: This classification usually includes locations where volatile flammable 
liquids or liquefied flammable gases are transferred from one container to another, 
interiors of spray booths and areas in the vicinity of spraying and painting opera- 
tions where volatile flammable solvents are used: locations containing open tanks 
or vats of volatile flammable liquids ; drying rooms or compartments for the evapo- 
ration of flammable solvents; locations containing fat and oil extraction equipment 
using volatile flammable solvents; portions of cleaning and dyeing plants where 
flammable liquids are used; gas generator rooms and other portions of gas man- 
ufacturing plants where flammable gas may escape; inadequately ventilated pump 
rooms for flammable gas or for volatile flammable liquids; the interiors of refriger- 
ators and freezers in which volatile flammable materials are stored in open, lightly 
stoppered, or easily ruptured containers; and all other locations where ignitable 
concentrations of flammable vapors or gases are likely to occur in the course of 
normal operations. 

(B) Class I, Division 2. A Class I, Division 2 location is a location: 

1 . In which volatile flammable liquids or flammable gases are handled, 
processed, or used, but in which the hazardous liquids, vapors, or gases 
will normally be confined within closed containers or closed systems 
from which they can escape only in the event of accidental rupture or 
breakdown of such containers or systems, or as a result of abnormal op- 
eration of equipment; or 



Page 336.2 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§2540.1 



2. in which ignitable concentrations of gases or vapors are normally 
prevented by positive mechanical ventilation, and which might become 
hazardous through failure or abnormal operations of the ventilating 
equipment; or 

3. that is adjacent to a Class I, Division 1 location, and to which ignit- 
able concentrations of gases or vapors might occasionally be communi- 
cated unless such communication is prevented by adequate positive- 
pressure ventilation from a source of clean air, and effective safeguards 
against ventilation failure are provided. 

NOTE: This classification usually includes locations where volatile flammable 
liquids or flammable gases or vapors arc used, but which would become hazardous 
only in case of an accident or of some unusual operating condition. The quantity 
of flammable materials that might escape in case of accident, the adequacy of ven- 
tilating equipment, the total area involved, and the record of the industry or busi- 
ness with respect to explosions or fires are all factors that merit consideration in 
determining the classification and extent of each location. 
Piping without valves, checks, meters, and similar devices would not ordinarily 
introduce a hazardous condition even though used for flammable liquids or gases. 
Locations used for the storage of flammable liquids or of liquefied or compressed 
gases in sealed containers would not normally be considered hazardous unless also 
subject to other hazardous conditions. 

Hlectrical conduits and their associated enclosures separated from process fluids 
by a single seal or barrier are classed as a Division 2 location if the outside of the 
conduit and enclosures is a non-hazardous location. 

(C) Class I. Zone 0. A Class I, Zone location is a location in which 
one of the following conditions exists: 

1 . Ignitable concentrations of flammable gases or vapors are present 
continuously; or 

2. Ignitable concentrations of flammable gases or vapors are present 

for long periods of time. 

Noth: As a guide in determining when flammable gases or vapors are present con- 
tinuously or for long periods of time, refer to Recommended Practice for Classifi- 
cation of Locations for Electrical Installations of Petroleum Facilities Classified 
as Class I, Zone 0, Zone 1 or Zone 2, API RP 505-1997; Electrical Apparatus for 
Explosive Gas Atmospheres, Classifications of Hazardous Areas, IEC 
79-10-1995: Area Classification Code for Petroleum Installations, Model 
Code — Part 15, Institute for Petroleum; and Electrical Apparatus for Explosive 
Gas Atmospheres, Classifications of Hazardous (Classified) Locations, ISA 
S12.24.01-1997. 

(D) Class I, Zone 1. A Class I, Zone 1 location is a location in which 
one of the following conditions exists: 

1 . Ignitable concentrations of flammable gases or vapors are likely to 
exist under normal operating conditions; or 

2. Ignitable concentrations of flammable gases or vapors may exist 
frequently because of repair or maintenance operations or because of 
leakage; or 

3. Equipment is operated or processes are carried on of such a nature 
that equipment breakdown or faulty operations could result in the release 
of ignitable concentrations of flammable gases or vapors and also cause 
simultaneous failure of electric equipment in a manner that would cause 
the electric equipment to become a source of ignition; or 

4. A location that is adjacent to a Class I, Zone location from which 
ignitable concentrations of vapors could be communicated, unless com- 
munication is prevented by adequate positive pressure ventilation from 
a source of clean air and effective safeguards against ventilation failure 
are provided. 

(E) Class I, Zone 2. A Class I, Zone 2 location is a location in which 
one of the following conditions exists: 

1 . Ignitable concentrations of flammable gases or vapors are not likely 
to occur in normal operation and if they do occur will exist only for a short 
period; or 

2. Volatile flammable liquids, flammable gases, or flammable vapors 
are handled, processed, or used, but in which the liquids, gases, or vapors 
are normally confined within closed containers or closed systems from 
which they can escape only as a result of accidental rupture or breakdown 
of the containers or system or as the result of the abnormal operation of 
the equipment with which the liquids or gases are handled, processed, or 
used; or 

3. Ignitable concentrations of flammable gases or vapors normally are 
prevented by positive mechanical ventilation, but which may become 



hazardous as the result of failure or abnormal operation of the ventilation 
equipment; or 

4. A location that is adjacent to a Class I, Zone 1 location, from which 
ignitable concentrations of flammable gases or vapors could be commu- 
nicated, unless such communication is prevented by adequate pusilhc- 
pressure ventilation from a source of clean air, and effective safeguards 
against ventilation failure are provided. 

(2) Class II Locations. Class II locations are those that are ha/ardous 
because of the presence of combustible dust. Class II locations include 
the following: 

(A) Class II, Division 1. A Class II. Division 1 location is a location: 

1 . In which combustible dust is or may be in suspension in the air under 
normal operating conditions, in quantities sufficient to produce explo- 
sive or ignitable mixtures; or 

2. Where mechanical failure or abnormal operation of machinery or 
equipment might cause such explosive or ignitable mixtures to he pro- 
duced, and might also provide a source of ignition through simultaneous 
failure of electric equipment, through operation of protection de\ ices, or 
from other causes; or 

3. In which combustible dusts of an electrically conductive nature may 

be present. 

Noth: This classification may include areas of grain handling and processing 
plants, starch plants, sugar-pulverizing plants, malting plants, hay-grinding 
plants, coal pulverizing plants, areas where metal dusts and powders are produced 
or processed, and other similar locations that contain dust producing machinery 
and equipment (except where the equipment is dust-tight or vented to the outside). 
These areas would have combustible dust in the air, under normal operating condi- 
tions, in quantities sufficient to produce explosive or ignitable mixtures. Combus- 
tible dusts which are electrically nonconductive include dusts produced in the han- 
dling and processing of grain and grain products, pulverized sugar and cocoa, 
dried egg and milk powders, pulverized spices, starch and pastes, potato and wood 
flour, oil meal from beans and seed, dried hay, and other organic materials which 
may produce combustible dusts when processed or handled. Dusts containing 
magnesium or aluminum are particularly hazardous and the use of extreme caution 
is necessary to avoid ignition and explosion. 

(B) Class II, Division 2. A Class II, Division 2 location is a location 
where: 

1 . Combustible dust will not normally be in suspension in the air in 
quantities sufficient to produce explosive or ignitable mixtures, and dust 
accumulations will normally be insufficient to interfere with the normal 
operation of electric equipment or other apparatus, but combustible dust 
may be in suspension in the air as a result of infrequent malfunctioning 
of handling or processing equipment; and 

2. Resulting combustible dust accumulations on, in, or in the vicinity 
of the electric equipment may be sufficient to interfere with the safe dis- 
sipation of heat from electric equipment or may be ignitable by abnormal 
operation or failure of electric equipment. 

Note: This classification includes locations where dangerous concentrations of 
suspended dust would not be likely, but where dust accumulations might form on 
or in the vicinity of electric equipment. These areas may contain equipment from 
which appreciable quantities of dust would escape under abnormal operating 
conditions or be adjacent to a Class II Division 1 location, as described above, into 
which an explosive or ignitable concentration of dust may be put into suspension 
under abnormal operating conditions. 

(3) Class HI Locations. Class III locations are those that are ha/ardous 
because of the presence of easily ignitable fibers or flyings but in which 
such fibers or flyings are not likely to be in suspension in the air in quanti- 
ties sufficient to produce ignitable mixtures. Class III locations include 
the following: 

(A) Class III, Division 1. A Class III, Division 1 location is a location 
in which easily ignitable fibers or materials producing combustible fly- 
ings are handled, manufactured, or used. 

Note: Such locations usually include some parts of rayon, cotton, and other textile 
mills; combustible fiber manufacturing and processing plants: cotton gins and cot- 
ton-seed mills; flax-processing plants; clothing manufacturing plants; wood- 
working plants, and establishments and industries involving similar hazardous 
processes or conditions. 

Easily ignitable fibers and flyings include rayon, cotton (including 
cotton linters and cotton waste), sisal or henequen, istle, jute, hemp, tow . 



Page 336.3 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



§ 2540.2 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



cocoa fiber, oakum, baled waste kapok, Spanish moss, excelsior, and 
other materials of similar nature. 

(B) Class III, Division 2. A Class III, Division 2 location is a location 
in which easily ignitable fibers are stored or handled, other than in the 
process of manufacture. 

(c) Other sections of these Safety Orders. All applicable requirements 
in these Safety Orders apply to hazardous (classified) locations unless 
modified by provisions of this Article. 

(d) Division and zone classification. In Class I locations, an installa- 
tion must be classified as using the division classification system meeting 
Sections 2540.3 and 2540.4 of this Article or using the zone classification 
system meeting Section 2540.1 1. In Class II and Class III locations, an 
installation must be classified using the division classification system 
meeting Sections 2540.3 and 2540.4. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Repealer of article 59 (sections 2540.1-2540.6) and new article 59 (sections 
2540. 1 , 2540.2 and 2540.4-2540.9) filed 2-1-83, effective thirtieth day there- 
after ( Register 83, No. 6). For prior history, see Register 75, No. 42. 

2. Editorial correction of Note filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Editorial correction filed 1 1-3-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

4. Amendment of title 24 cross references filed 8-27-86: effective thirtieth day 
thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

5. Change without regulatory effect amending (a)(2)(C) Note filed 7-6-93; op- 
erative 8-5-93 (Register 93, No. 28). 

6. Amendment of section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 

§ 2540.2. General. 

(a) Documentation. All areas designated as hazardous (classified) 
locations under the Class and Zone system and areas designated under 
the Class and Division system established after May 5, 2008 shall be 
properly documented. This documentation shall be available to those au- 
thorized to design, install, inspect, maintain, or operate electric equip- 
ment at the location. 

(b) Intrinsically safe equipment. Equipment and associated wiring ap- 
proved as intrinsically safe shall be permitted in any hazardous (classi- 
fied) location for which it is approved. Intrinsically safe equipment and 
wiring shall not be capable of releasing sufficient electrical or thermal en- 
ergy under normal or abnormal conditions to cause ignition of a specific 
hazardous atmospheric mixture in its most easily ignited concentration. 
Abnormal conditions shall include accidental damage to any field-ins- 
talled wiring, failure of electrical components, application of over-vol- 
tage, adjustment and maintenance operations, and other similar condi- 
tions. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction of NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment of Title 24 cross references filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day 
thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

3. Amendment of section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 

§ 2540.3. Electrical Installations. 

(a) Equipment, wiring methods and installations of equipment in haz- 
ardous (classified) locations shall be one or more of the following: 

(1) Intrinsically safe. 

(2) Approved for the hazardous (classified) location. 

(3) Safe for the hazardous (classified) location. 

(b) Requirements for each of these options are as follows: 

(1 ) Intrinsically safe equipment. Equipment and associated wiring ap- 
proved as intrinsically safe shall be permitted in any hazardous (classi- 
fied) location for which it is approved. 

(2) Approved for the hazardous (classified) location. 



(A) Equipment shall be approved not only for the class of location, but 

also for the ignitable or combustible properties of the specific gas. vapor. 

dust, or fiber that will be present. 

Note-;: NFPA 70, the National Electrical Code, lists or defines hazardous gases, va- 
pors, and dusts by "Groups" characterized by their ignitable or combustible prop- 
erties. 

(B) Equipment shall be marked to show the class, group, and operating 
temperature or temperature range, based on operation in a 40-degree C 
ambient, for which it is approved. The temperature marking may not ex- 
ceed the ignition temperature of the specific gas or vapor to be encoun- 
tered. However, the following provisions modify this marking require- 
ment for specific equipment: 

1. Equipment of the nonheat-producing type, such as junction boxes, 
conduit, and fittings, and equipment of the heat-producing type having 
a maximum temperature not more than 100 degrees C (212 degrees F) 
need not have a marked operating temperature or temperature range. 

2. Fixed lighting fixtures marked for use in Class I, Division 2 or Class 
II, Division 2 locations only need not be marked to indicate the group. 

3. Fixed general-purpose equipment in Class I locations, other than 
lighting fixtures, that is acceptable for use in Class I, Division 2 locations 
need not be marked with the class, group, division, or operating tempera- 
ture. 

4. Fixed dust-tight equipment, other than lighting fixtures, that is ac- 
ceptable for use in Class II. Division 2 and Class III locations need not 
be marked with the class, group, division, or operating temperature. 

5. Electric equipment suitable for ambient temperatures exceeding 40 
degrees C ( 1 04 degrees F) shall be marked with both the maximum ambi- 
ent temperature and the operating temperature or temperature range at 
that ambient temperature. 

(3) Safe for the hazardous (classified) location. Equipment that is safe 
for the location shall be of a type and design that the employer demon- 
strates will provide protection from the hazards arising from the combus- 
tibility and flammability of vapors, liquids, gases, dusts, or fibers in- 
volved. 

Note: The National Electrical Code, NFPA 70, contains guidelines for determin- 
ing the type and design of equipment and installations that will meet this require- 
ment. Those guidelines address electric wiring, equipment, and systems installed 
in hazardous (classified) locations and contain specific provisions for the follow- 
ing: wiring" methods, wiring connections; conductor insulation, flexible cords, 
sealing and drainage, transformers, capacitors, switches, circuit breakers, fuses, 
motor controllers, receptacles, attachment plugs, meters, relays, instruments, re- 
sistors, generators, motors, lighting fixtures, storage battery charging equipment, 
electric cranes, electric hoists and similar equipment, utilization equipment, 
signaling systems, alarm systems, remote control systems, local loud speaker and 
communication systems, ventilation piping, live parts, lightning surge protection, 
and grounding. 

(c) Conduits. All conduits shall be threaded and shall be made 
wrench-tight. Where it is impractical to make a threaded joint tight, a 
bonding jumper shall be utilized. 

(d) Equipment in Division 2 Locations. Equipment that has been ap- 
proved for a Division 1 location may be installed in a Division 2 location 
of the same class and group. General-purpose equipment or equipment 
in general-purpose enclosures may be installed in Division 2 locations 
if the employer can demonstrate that the equipment does not constitute 
a source of ignition under normal operating conditions. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . New section filed 2-1-83; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 83, No. 6). 

2. Amendment filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2540.4. Protection Techniques. 

(a) The following are acceptable protection techniques for electric and 
electronic equipment in hazardous (classified) locations. 

(1) Explosion-proof apparatus. This protection technique is permitted 
for equipment in the Class I, Division 1 and 2 locations for which it is ap- 
proved. 

(2) Dust ignition-proof. This protection technique is permitted for 
equipment in the Class II, Division 1 and 2 locations for which it is ap- 
proved. 



Page 336.4 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2540.6 



(3) Dust-tight. This protection technique is permitted for equipment 
in the Class II, Division 2 and Class III locations for which it is approved. 

(4) Purged and pressurized. This protection technique is permitted for 
equipment in any hazardous (classified) location for which it is approved. 

(5) Nonincendive circuit. This protection technique is permitted for 
equipment in Class I, Division 2; Class II, Division 2; or Class III, Divi- 
sion lor 2 locations. 

(6) Nonincendive equipment. This protection technique is permitted 
for equipment in Class I, Division 2; Class II, Division 2; or Class III, Di- 
vision 1 or 2 locations. 

(7) Nonincendive component. This protection technique is permitted 
for equipment in Class I, Division 2; Class II, Division 2; or Class III, Di- 
vision 1 or 2 locations. 

(8) Oil immersion. This protection technique is permitted for current- 
interrupting contacts in Class I, Division 2 locations as described in these 
Orders. 

(9) Hermetically sealed. This protection technique is permitted for 
equipment in Class I, Division 2; Class II, Division 2; and Class III, Divi- 
sion 1 or 2 locations. 

(10) Other protection techniques. Any other protection technique that 
meets Section 2540.3 of these Orders is acceptable in any hazardous 
(classified) location. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . Editorial correction of NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Editorial correction filed 1 1-3-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment filed 8-27-86: effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 

37). 

4. Amendment of section heading, repealer and new section and amendment of 
Notk filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only 
pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2540.5. Commercial Garages, Repair and Storage. 

(a) Scope. These occupancies shall include locations used for service 
and repair operations in connection with self-propelled vehicles (includ- 
ing passenger automobiles, buses, trucks, tractors, etc.) in which volatile 
flammable liquids are used for fuel or power. Areas in which flammable 
fuel is transferred to vehicle fuel tanks shall conform to Section 2540.8. 
Parking garages used for parking or storage and where no repair work is 
done except exchange of parts and routine maintenance requiring no use 
of electrical equipment, open flames, welding, or the use of volatile flam- 
mable liquids are not classified as hazardous areas, but they shall be ade- 
quately ventilated to carry off the exhaust fumes of the engines. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 511-1.) 

(b) Hazardous Areas. 

( 1 ) Up to a Level of 1 8 Inches Above the Floor. For each floor the en- 
tire area up to a level of 1 8 inches above the floor shall be considered to 
be a Class I, Division 2 location except where there is mechanical ventila- 
tion providing a minimum of four air changes per hour. 

(2) Any Pit or Depression Below Floor Level. Any pit or depression 
below floor level shall be considered to be a Class I, Division 1 location 
which shall extend up to said floor level, except that any pit or depression 
in which six air changes per hour are exhausted at the floor level of the 
pit shall be permitted to be a Class I, Division 2 location. 

(3) Areas Adjacent to Defined Locations with Positive Pressure Venti- 
lation. Areas adjacent to defined locations in which hazardous vapors are 
not likely to be released such as stock rooms, switchboard rooms and oth- 
er similar locations shall not be classed as hazardous when mechanically 
ventilated at a rate of four or more air changes per hour or when effective- 
ly cut off by walls or partitions. 

(4) Adjacent Areas by Special Permission. Adjacent areas which, by 
reason of ventilation, air pressure differentials or physical spacing, are 
such that no hazard exists, shall be classified as nonhazardous. 

(5) Fuel Dispensing Units. When fuel dispensing units (other than liq- 
uid petroleum gas which is prohibited) are located within buildings, the 
requirements of Section 2540.8 shall govern. 



When mechanical ventilation is provided in the dispensing area, the con- 
trols shall be interlocked so that the dispenser cannot operate without 
ventilation as prescribed in Section 2540.1(a)(2). 

(6) Portable Lamps. Portable lamps shall be equipped with handle, 
lampholder, hook and substantial guard attached to the lampholder or 
handle. All exterior surfaces which might come in contact with battery 
terminals, wiring terminals, or other objects shall be of nonconducting 
material or shall be effectively protected with insulation. Lampholders 
shall be of unswitched type and shall not provide means for plug-in of 
attachment plugs. Outer shell shall be of molded composition or other 
material approved for the purpose. Unless the lamp and its cord are sup- 
ported or arranged in such a manner that they cannot be used in the haz- 
ardous areas classified in this section, they shall be of a type appnn ed for 
such hazardous locations. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 511-2.) 

(c) Battery Charging Equipment. Battery chargers and their control 
equipment, and batteries being charged shall not be located within haz- 
ardous areas. 

(Title 24, Part 3. Section 511-7.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3. LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c). Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction of NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2540.6. Aircraft Hangars. 

(a) Definition. An aircraft hangar is a location used for storage or serv- 
icing of aircraft in which gasoline, jet fuels, or other volatile flammable 
liquids or flammable gases are used. It shall not include locations used 
exclusively for aircraft that have never contained such liquids or gases, 
or that have been drained and properly purged. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 513-1.) 

(b) Classification of Locations. 

(1) Below Floor Level. Any pit or depression below the level of the 
hangar floor shall be classified as a Class I, Division 1 location that shall 
extend up to said floor level. 

(2) Areas Not Cut Off or Ventilated. The entire area of the hangar, in- 
cluding any adjacent and communicating areas not suitably cut off from 
the hangar, shall be classified as a Class I, Division 2 location up to a level 
1 8 inches above the floor. 

(3) Vicinity of Aircraft. The area within 5 feet horizontally from air- 
craft power plants or aircraft fuel tanks shall be classified as a Class I, Di- 
vision 2 location that shall extend upward from the floor to a level 5 feet 
above the upper surface of wings and of engine enclosures. 

(4) Areas Suitably Cut Off and Ventilated. Adjacent areas in which 
flammable liquids or vapors are not likely to be released, such as stock 
rooms, electrical control rooms, and other similar locations, shall not be 
classified as hazardous where adequately ventilated and where effective- 
ly cut off from the hangar itself by walls or partitions. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 513-2.) 

(c) Mobile Stanchions. Mobile stanchions with electric equipment 
which is not approved for a hazardous location shall carry at least one 
permanently affixed warning sign essentially reading: 

"WARNING— KEEP 5 FEET CLEAR OF AIRCRAFT ENGINES 
AND FUEL TANK AREAS." 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 513-6.) 

(d) Aircraft Electrical Systems. Aircraft electrical systems shall be de- 
energized when the aircraft is stored in a hangar, and whenever possible, 
while the aircraft is undergoing maintenance. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 513-6.) 

(e) Aircraft Battery — Charging and Equipment. Aircraft batteries 
shall not be charged when installed in an aircraft located inside or partial- 
ly inside a hangar. 

Battery charges and their control equipment shall not be located or oper- 
ated within any of the hazardous areas. Mobile chargers shall carry at 
least one permanently affixed warning sign essentially reading: 



Page 336.5 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



§ 2540.7 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



"WARNING— KEEP 5 FEET CLEAR OF AIRCRAFT ENGINES 

AND FUEL TANK AREAS." 
Tables, racks, trays, and wiring shall not be located within a hazardous 
location. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 513-9.) 

(0 External Power Sources for Energizing Aircraft. 

(1) Not Less than 18 inches Above Floor. Aircraft energizers shall be 
so designed and mounted that all electric equipment and fixed wiring will 
be at least 1 8 inches above floor level and shall not be operated in a haz- 
ardous location. 

(2) Marking for Mobile Units. Mobile energizers shall carry at least 
one permanently affixed warning sign essentially reading: 

'WARNING— KEEP 5 FEETCLEAR OF AIRCRAFT ENGINES 

AND FUEL TANK AREAS." 
(Title 24, Part 3, Section 513-10.) 
(g) Mobile Servicing Equipment with Electric Components. 

(1) General. Mobile servicing equipment (such as vacuum cleaners, 
air compressors, air movers, etc.) having electric wiring and equipment 
not suitable for Class I, Division 2 locations shall be so designed and 
mounted that all such fixed wiring and equipment will be at least 18 in- 
ches above the floor. Such mobile equipment shall not be operated within 
the hazardous location and shall carry at least one permanently affixed 
warning sign essentially reading: 

' WARNING— KEEP 5 FEET CLEAR OF AIRCRAFT ENGINES 
AND FUEL TANK AREAS." 

(2) Restricted Use. Mobile equipment not suitable for Class I, Division 
2 locations shall not be operated in locations where maintenance opera- 
tions likely to release flammable liquids or vapors are in progress. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 513-1 1(a), (c).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction of NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2540.7. Gasoline Dispensing and Service Stations. 

(a) Definition. A gasoline dispensing and service station is a location 
where gasoline or other volatile flammable liquids or liquefied flam- 
mable gases are transferred to the fuel tanks (including auxiliary fuel 
tanks) of self-propelled vehicles. 

Other areas used as lubritoriums, service rooms, repair rooms, offices, 
salesrooms, compressor rooms, and similar locations shall comply with 
Section 2540.6 with respect to electric wiring and equipment. 
Where it can be determined that flammable liquids having a flashpoint 
below 38°C ( 100°F), such as gasoline, will not be handled, such a loca- 
tion may be classified as nonhazardous. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 514-1.) 

(b) Hazardous Locations. 

( 1 ) Vicinity of Dispenser. The space within the dispenser up to 4 feet 
from its base and the space within 18 inches extending horizontally from 
the dispenser up to 4 feet from its base shall be considered a Class I, Divi- 
sion 1 location. This classification shall also apply to any space below the 
dispenser that may contain electric wiring or equipment. 

(2) Within 20 Feet of Dispenser. In an outside location, any area (ex- 
cluding Class I, Division 1 , but including buildings not suitably cut off) 
within 20 feet horizontally from the exterior enclosure of any dispensing 
pump shall be classified as a Class I, Division 2 location, which shall ex- 
tend to a level 18 inches above driveway or ground level. 

(3) Vicinity of Tank Fill-Pipe. In an outside location, any area (ex- 
cluding Class I, Division 1, but including buildings not suitably cut off) 
within 10 feet horizontally from any tank fill-pipe shall be classified as 
a Class I, Division 2 location, which shall extend upward to a level 18 in- 
ches above driveway or ground level. 

(4) Below Surface. Electric wiring and equipment, any portion of 
which is below the surface grade of locations defined as Class I, Division 
1 or Division 2 in ( 1 ), (2) or (3) above, shall be classified as a Class I, Di- 
vision 1 location, which shall extend at least to the point of emergency 
above grade. 



(5) Overhead Dispensing Units. Where the dispensing unit, including 
the hose and hose nozzle valve, is suspended from a canopy, ceiling, or 
structural support, the Class 1, Division 1 location shall include the vol- 
ume within the enclosure and shall also extend 18 inches in all directions 
from the enclosure where not suitably cut off by a ceiling or wall. The 
Class I, Division 2 locations shall extend 2 feet horizontally in all direc- 
tions beyond the Division I classified location and extend to grade below 
this classified location. In addition, the horizontal area 18 inches above 
grade for a distance of 20 feet, measured from a point vertically below 
the edge of any dispenser enclosure, shall be classified as a Division 2 
location. All electric equipment integral with the dispensing hose or 
nozzle shall be approved for Class I locations. 

(6) Vicinity of Tank Vent-Pipe. The spherical volume within a 3-foot 
radius from point of discharge of any tank vent-pipe shall be classified 
as a Class I, Division 1 location, and the volume between 3-foot to 5-foot 
radius from point of discharge of a vent shall be classified as a Class I, 
Division 2 location. For any vent that does not discharge upward, the cy- 
lindrical volume below both the Division 1 and 2 locations extending to 
the ground shall be classified as a Class I, Division 2 location. The haz- 
ardous location shall not extend beyond an unpierced wall. 

(7) Pits Below Grade. In addition to the requirements of Section 
2540.8(a) (Definition), the space within any pit, or space below grade in 
lubrication rooms, shall be classified as a Class I, Di vision 1 location. The 
area within the entire lubrication room up to 18 inches above the floor or 
grade, and the space within 3 feet measured in any direction from the dis- 
pensing point of a hand-operated unit dispensing Class I liquids, shall be 
classified as a Class I, Division 2 location. 

(8) Vapor Processing (Recovery) System. 

(A) Pits. Any pit, box or space below grade level, any part of which 
is within a Division 1 or 2 classified area or which houses any equipment 
used to transport or process vapors shall be classified as a Class I, Divi- 
sion 1 location. 

(B) Vapor Processing Equipment Located Within Protective Enclo- 
sures. The space within any protective enclosure housing vapor process- 
ing equipment shall be classified as a Class I, Division 2 location. 

(C) Vapor Processing Equipment Not Within Protective Enclosures 
(excluding piping and combustion device). The space within 18 inches 
in all directions of equipment containing flammable vapor or liquid ex- 
tending to grade level and up to 1 8 inches above grade level within 1 feet 
horizontally of the vapor processing equipment shall be classified as a 
Class I, Division 2 location. 

(D) Equipment Enclosures. Any area within the enclosure where va- 
por or liquid is present under normal operating conditions shall be classi- 
fied as a Class I, Division 2 location. The entire area within the enclosure, 
other than Division 1 , shall be classified as a Class I, Division 2 location. 

(E) Vacuum Assist Blowers. The space within 1 8 inches in all direc- 
tions extending to grade level and up to 1 8 inches above grade level with- 
in 10 feet horizontally shall be classified as a Class I, Division 2 location. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 514-2.) 

(c) Circuit Disconnects. Each circuit leading to or through a dispens- 
ing pump shall be provided with a switch or other acceptable means to 
disconnect simultaneously from the source of supply all conductors of 
the circuit, including the grounded neutral, if any. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 514-5.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction of NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment of subsection (b) Title 24 cross references only filed 8-27-86; ef- 
fective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2540.8. Bulk-Storage Plants. 

(a) Definition. A bulk-storage plant is a location where gasoline or 
other volatile flammable liquids are stored in tanks having an aggregate 
capacity of one carload or more, and from which such products are dis- 
tributed (usually by tank truck). This shall also include locations where 
volatile flammable liquids are loaded or unloaded from tanker ships. 



Page 336.6 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2540.8 



(Title 24. Part 3, Sections 515-1) 
(b) Hazardous Locations. 

( 1 ) Pumps, Bleeders, Withdrawal Fittings, Meters and Similar De- 
vices. 

(A) Adequately ventilated indoor locations containing pumps, bleed- 
ers, withdrawal fittings, meters and similar devices that are located in 
pipe lines handling flammable liquids under pressure shall be classified 
as a Class 1, Division 2 location with a 5-foot distance extending in all 
directions from the exterior surface of such devices. The Class I, Division 
2 location shall also extend 25 feet horizontally from any surface of these 
devices and extend up to 3 feet above the floor or grade level. 

(B) Inadequately ventilated indoor locations containing pumps, bleed- 
ers, withdrawal fittings, meters and similar devices that are located in 
pipe lines handling flammable liquids under pressure shall be classified 
as a Class I, Division 1 location within a 5-foot distance extending in all 
directions from the exterior surface of such devices. The Class I, Division 

1 location shall also extend 25 feet horizontally from any surface of the 
devices and extend upward to 3 feet above floor or grade level. 

(C) Outdoor locations containing pumps, bleeders, withdrawal fit- 
tings, meters, and similar devices that are located in pipe lines handling 
flammable liquids under pressure shall be classified as Class I, Division 

2 locations within a 3-foot distance extending in all directions from the 
exterior surfaces of such devices. The Class I, Division 2 location shall 
also extend up to 18 inches above grade level within 10 feet horizontally 
from any surface of the devices. 

(Title 24. Part 3, Section 515-2.) 

(2) Transfer of Flammable Liquids to Individual Containers. 

(A) In outdoor locations or wherever positive and reliable mechanical 
ventilation is provided in indoor locations in which flammable liquids are 
transferred to individual containers, such locations shall be classified as 
a Class I, Division 1 location within 3 feet of the vent or fill opening ex- 
tending in all directions. A Class I, Division 2 location shall be within the 
space extending between 3-foot and 5-foot radius from the vent or fill 
opening extending in all directions, and including the area within a hori- 
zontal radius of 10 feet from the vent or fill opening and extending to a 
height of 1 8 inches above floor or grade levels. 

(B) Indoor locations in which flammable liquids are transferred to con- 
tainers and where positive and reliable mechanical ventilation is not pro- 
vided shall be classified as Class I, Division 1 locations. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 515-2.) 

(3) Loading and Unloading of Tank Vehicles and Tank Cars in Outside 
Locations. 

(A) The space extending 3 feet in all directions from the dome when 
loading through an open dome or from the vent when loading through a 
closed dome with atmospheric venting shall be classified as a Class I, Di- 
vision 1 location. 

(B) The space extending between a 3-foot and 1 5-foot radius from the 
dome when loading through an open dome or from the vent when loading 
through a closed dome with atmospheric venting shall be classified as a 
Class I, Division 2 location. 

(C) The space extending within 3 feet in all directions from a fixed 
connection used in bottom loading or unloading, loading through a 
closed dome with atmospheric venting, or loading through a closed dome 



with a vapor recovery system, shall be classified as a Class I. Di\ ision 2 
location. In the case of bottom loading or unloading, this classification 
shall also be applied to the area within a 10-foot radius from the point of 
connection and extending 1 8 inches above grade. 
(Title 24. Part 3. Section 515-2.) 

(4) Aboveground Tanks. 

(A) The space above the roof and within the shell of a floating roof type 
tank shall be classified as a Class I, Division 1 location. 

(B) For all types of aboveground tanks, the space within 10 feet from 
the shell, ends, and roof of other than a floating roof shall be classified 
as a Class I, Division 2 location. Where dikes are provided, the space in- 
side the dike and extending upward to the top of the dike shall be classi- 
fied as a Class I, Division 2 location. 

(C) The space within 5 feet of a vent opening and extending in all di- 
rections shall be classified as a Class I. Division 1 location. 

(D) The space between 5 and 10 feet of a vent opening and extending 
in all directions shall be classified as a Class I, Division 2 location. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 515-2.) 

(5) Pits. 

(A) Any pit or depression, any part of which lies within a Division 1 
or Division 2 location as defined herein, shall be classified as a Class I, 
Division 1 location unless provided with positive and reliable mechani- 
cal ventilation. 

(B) Any such location that is provided with positive and reliable me- 
chanical ventilation shall be classified as a Class I, Division 2 location. 

(C) Any pit or depression not within a Division 1 or Division 2 location 
as defined herein, but that contains piping, valves, or fittings, shall be 
classified as a Class I, Division 2 location. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 515-2.) 

(6) Docks for Loading and Unloading of Tanker Ships. Docks used for 
loading and unloading of tanker ships shall conform to Figure 1 , "Marine 
Terminal Handling Flammable Liquids". 

(Title 24, Part 3. Section 515-1 (a).) 

(A) The interior of a building, any portion of which is located in such 

Class I, Division 2 locations shall also be classified as a Class I, Division 

2 location. 

EXCEPTION: Buildings which are provided with satisfactory positive ventilation, 
and safeguards, with air taken from a clean air source may be considered to be a 
nonhazardous location. 

(B) All electrical power driven pumps and transfer apparatus for flam- 
mable liquids shall be provided with an identified 'STOP' or normal con- 
trol switch readily accessible to the person operating the equipment. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 515-(a).) 

(7) Garages for Tank Vehicles. Storage and repair garages for tank ve- 
hicles shall be classified as a Class I, Division 2 location up to 18 inches 
above the floor or grade level. 

EXCEPTION: Where conditions warrant, a more severe classification or greater ex- 
tent of the hazardous location may be required. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 515-2.) 

(c) Gasoline Dispensing. Where gasoline dispensing is carried on in 
conjunction with bulk station operations, the applicable provisions of 
Section 2540.8 shall apply. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 515-7.) 



Page 336.7 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



§ 2540.9 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



£. 




-* Shore 



ision 1 ry/M Diviiion 2 I I Nonclassified 



Division 



Notes: 

( 1 ) The "source of vapor" shall be the operating envelope and stored postion of 
the outboard flange connection of the loading arm (or hose). 

(2) The berth area adjacent to tanker and barge cargo tanks is to be Division 2 of 
the following extent: 

a. 25 ft. (7.6 m) horizontally in all directions on the pier side from that portion 
of the hull containing cargo tanks. 

b. From the water level to 25 ft. (7.6 m) above the cargo tanks at their highest 
position. 

(3) Additional locations may have to be classified as required by the presence of 
other sources of flammable liquids on the berth, or by Coast Guard or other regula- 
tions. 

Figure 1. Marine Terminal Handling Flammable Liquids. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 515-l(a)) 



NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(b), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction of Note filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 

37). 

3. Change without regulatory effect amending subsection (b)(6)(D) filed 7-9-92 
pursuant to section 1 00, title 1 , California Code of Regulations (Register 92, No. 
28). 

4. Amendment of subsections (a) and (b)(6), repealer of subsections (b)(6)(A) and 
(b)(6)(D), subsection relettering, new Figure 1, and amendment of Note filed 
8-28-95; operative 9-27-95 (Register 95, No. 35). 

§ 2540.9. Finishing Processes. 

(a) Definition. This section covers locations where paints, lacquers, or 
other flammable finishes are regularly or frequently applied by spraying, 
dipping, brushing, or by other means; where volatile flammable solvents 
or thinners are used; and where readily ignitable deposits or residues 
from such paints, lacquers, or finishes may occur. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 516-1.) 



(b) Hazardous Locations. Classification is with respect to the effects 
of an exposure to flammable vapors, and in some cases deposits of paint 
spray residue. 

(1) Class I, Division 1 Locations. The following spaces shall be con- 
sidered Class I, Division 1 locations. 

(A) The interiors of spray booths and their exhaust ducts. 

(B) Any space in the direct path of spray or any space containing dan- 
gerous quantities of air-suspended combustible residue, deposits, vapor 
or mists as a result of spraying operations more extensive than touch-up 
spraying and not conducted within spray booths. 

(C) For dipping operations, all space within 5 feet in any direction 
from the vapor source. The vapor source shall be the liquid surface in the 
dip tank, the wetted surface of the drain board and the surface of the 
dipped object over either the liquid surface or the wetted surface of the 
drain board and extending from these surfaces to the floor. 

(D) Pits having an opening within Class I, Division 1 and Division 2 
locations. 

(2) Class I, Division 2 locations. The following spaces shall be consid- 
ered Class 1, Division 2 locations. 



Page 336.8 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2540.9 



(A) For extensive open spraying, all space outside of, but within 20 
feet horizontally and 10 feet vertically of the Class I, Division 1 location 
as defined in Section 2540.9(b)( 1 ) and not separated from it by partitions. 
See Figure 1 . 

(B) For spraying operations conducted within a closed top, open face 
or front spray booth, the space shown in Figures 2 and 3, and the space 
within 3 feet in all directions from openings other than the open face of 
front. 

The Class I, Division 2 location shown in Figures 2 and 3 shall extend 
from the open face or front of the spray booth in accordance with the fol- 
lowing: 

1 . If the ventilation system is interlocked with the spraying equipment 
so as to make the spraying equipment inoperable when the ventilation 
system is not in operation, the space shall extend 5 feet from the open face 
or front of the spray booth, and as otherwise shown in Figure 2. 

2. If the ventilation system is not interlocked with the spraying equip- 
ment so as to make the spraying equipment inoperable when the ventila- 
tion system is not in operation, the space shall extend 10 feet from the 
open face or front of the spray booth, and as otherwise shown in Figure 
3. 

(C) For spraying operations conducted within an open top spray booth, 
the space 5 feet above the booth and within the space shown in Figure 3 
as a Class I, Division 2 location adjacent to openings. 

(D) For spraying operations confined to an enclosed spray booth, the 
space within 3 feet in all directions from any openings in the spray booth. 

(E) For dip tanks and drain boards, and for other hazardous operations, 
all space beyond the limits for Class I, Division 1 and within 8 feet of the 
vapor source as defined in (b)( 1 )(C). In addition, all space from the door 
to 3 feet above the floor, and extending 20 feet horizontally from the va- 
por source as defined in (b)(1)(C). 

(3) Nonhazardous Locations. Locations utilizing drying, curing, or fu- 
sion apparatus and provided with positive mechanical ventilation ade- 
quate to prevent formation of flammable concentrations of vapors, and 
provided with effective interlocks to de-energize all electric equipment 
(other than equipment approved for Class I locations) in case the ventilat- 
ing equipment is inoperative, may be classified as nonhazardous. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 516-2.) 

(c) Fixed and Hand-held Electrostatic Spraying Equipment and Pow- 
der Coating. 

The installation and/or use of fixed and hand-held electrostatic spray- 
ing equipment and powder coating shall comply with the applicable pro- 
visions of Title 24, Part 3. 

NOTE: The National Electrical Code, 1984 Edition, contains guidelines that are 
appropriate for determining the type and design of equipment and installations 
with respect to fixed and hand-held electrostatic spraying and powder coating. 
The guidelines f this referenced document address electric wiring, equipment and 
systems installed in hazardous (classified) locations and contains specific provi- 
sions for the following: Location of power and control equipment, ventilation, pro- 
tection from electric shock, protection of high voltage conductors and leads, prop- 
er separation of spray heads from materials being sprayed, proper support of 
materials, proper grounding, guarding and isolation, warning signs and labels, and 
automatic controls to assure adequate ventilation, minimize shock hazard and pre- 
clude arcing in the hazardous location. 

NOTK: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1 . Editorial correction of NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment of subsections (b)(3) and (c) filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day 
thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 



FIGURE 



Spraying 

Area 

Class I 

Division 1 




Extent of Class I 

Division 2 

hazardous 

location 



fZCtKOMW 



Elevation 



(Title 24, Part 3, Section 516-2, Figure 1.) 



Page 336.9 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



§ 2540.10 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



FIGURE 2 



^K\ 




Extent of Class I 
Division 2 hazardous 
location 



Elevation 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 516-2, Figure 2.) 
FIGURE 3 




Extent of Class I 
Division 2 hazardous 
location 



ELEVATION 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 516-2, Figure 3.) 

§ 2540.1 0. Wastewater Wells. 

(a) Definition. 

(1) Sewage Wastewater Well (wet or dry types): A physical structure, 
usually underground, the prime function of which is to lift wastewater. 

(2) Sewage Dry well: A sewage well which does not incorporate a res- 
ervoir in addition to the pump(s). 

(3) Sewage Wetwell: A sewage well which incorporates a reservoir in 
addition to the pump(s). 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-512-9.) 

(b) Hazardous Locations. Sewage wells, and the surrounding enclo- 
sure shall be classified in accordance with Section 2540. 1 and the follow- 
ing: 

( 1 ) Sewage Dry Well. The interior of sewage dry wells shall be classi- 
fied as a Class I, Division 2 location. 

EXCEPTION: A sewage dry well shall be permitted to be unclassified provided the 
following conditions are met: 

(A) The well and the surrounding enclosure is treated in accordance 
with the provisions of the General Industry Safety Orders, Article 108, 
as a potential confined space; and 



(B) The well and surrounding area are provided with a suitable, contin- 
uously operating ventilation system to maintain the flammability of the 
interior atmosphere below 20% of the lower explosive limit (LED. The 
air for the ventilation systems shall be supplied from a non-hazardous 
source. Means shall be provided to automatically de-energize all electri- 
cal sources of ignition in the well in the event of ventilation system fail- 
ure, which would result in the interior atmosphere of the well reading 
20% of the lower explosive limit (LEL). 

(2) Sewage Wet Well. The interior of sewage wet wells shall be classi- 
fied as a Class I, Division 1, location. 

EXCEPTION: No. 1 : A sewage wet well shall be permitted to be classified as Class 
I, Division 2, location provided the following conditions are met: 

(A) The well and surrounding area are treated in accordance with the 
provisions of the General Industry Safety Orders, Article 108, as a poten- 
tial confined space; and 

(B) The well and surrounding area are provided with a suitable, contin- 
uously operating ventilation system to maintain the flammability of the 
interior atmosphere below 20 c /c of the lower explosive limit (LEL). The 
air for the ventilation system shall be supplied from a non-hazardous 
source. Means shall be provided to automatically de-energize all electri- 
cal sources of ignition in the well in the event of ventilation system fail- 
ure, which would result in the interior atmosphere of the well reaching 
20% of the lower explosive limit (LEL). 

EXCEPTION: No. 2: A sewage wet well shall be permitted to be classified as a Class 
I, Division 2, location provided the following conditions are met: 

(A) The well and surrounding area are treated in accordance with the 
provisions of the General Industry Safety Orders, Article 108, as a con- 
fined space, and 

(B) The pump motor(s) is completely submerged in the water whenev- 
er the motor is running, and 

(C) The motor controller(s) is identified for use in a Class I location 
or is located outside the classified location, and 

(D) The sensors-transducers are identified as intrinsically safe or for 
use in a Class I location. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-521-10.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. New section filed 8-1 1-83; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 83, No. 

45). 

§ 2540.1 1 . Class I, Zone 0, 1 , and 2 Locations. 

(a) Scope. Employers may use the zone classification system as an al- 
ternative to the division classification system for electric and electronic 
equipment and wiring for all voltages in Class I, Zone 0, Zone 1 , and Zone 
2 hazardous (classified) locations where fire or explosion hazards may 
exist due to flammable gases, vapors, or liquids. 

(b) Location and General Requirements. 

(1) Locations shall be classified depending on the properties of the 
flammable vapors, liquids, or gases that may be present and the likeli- 
hood that a flammable or combustible concentration or quantity is pres- 
ent. Where pyrophoric materials are the only materials used or handled, 
these locations need not be classified. 

(2) Each room, section, or area shall be considered individually in de- 
termining its classification. 

(c) Threading. All threaded conduit shall be threaded with an NPT 
[National (American) Standard Pipe Taper] standard conduit cutting die 
that provides 3/4-in. taper per foot. The conduit shall be made wrench 
tight to prevent sparking when fault current flows through the conduit 
system and to ensure the explosion-proof or flame-proof integrity of the 
conduit system where applicable. 

Equipment provided with threaded entries for field wiring connection 
shall be installed in accordance with subsection (1) or (2) as follows: 

(1) For equipment provided with threaded entries for NPT threaded 
conduit or fittings, listed conduit, conduit fittings, or cable fittings shall 
be used. 

(2) For equipment with metric threaded entries, such entries shall be 
identified as being metric, or listed adaptors to permit connection to con- 



Page 336.10 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2548.22 



• 



duit of NPT-threaded fittings shall be provided with the equipment. 
Adapters shall be used for connection to conduit or NPT-threaded fit- 
tings. 

(d) Protection Techniques. One or more of the following protection 
techniques shall be used for electric and electronic equipment in hazard- 
ous (classified) locations classified under the zone classification system. 

( 1 ) Flameproof "d." This protection technique is permitted for equip- 
ment in the Class I, Zone 1 locations for which it is approved. 

(2) Purged and pressurized. This protection technique is permitted for 
equipment in the Class I, Zone 1 or Zone 2 locations for which it is ap- 
proved. 

(3) Intrinsic safety. This protection technique is permitted for equip- 
ment in the Class I, Zone or Zone 1 locations for which it is approved. 

(4) Type of protection "n." This protection technique is permitted for 
equipment in the Class I, Zone 2 locations for which it is approved. Type 
of protection "n" is further subdivided into nA, nC, and nR. 

(5) Oil Immersion "o." This protection technique is permitted for 
equipment in the Class I, Zone 1 locations for which it is approved. 

(6) Increased safety "e." This protection technique is permitted for 
equipment in the Class I, Zone 1 locations for which it is approved. 

(7) Encapsulation "m." This protection technique is permitted for 
equipment in the Class I, Zone 1 locations for which it is approved. 

(8) Powder Filling "q." This protection technique is permitted for 
equipment in the Class I, Zone 1 locations for which it is approved. 

(e) Special Precaution. This Article (Article 59) requires equipment 
construction and installation that will ensure safe performance under 
conditions of proper use and maintenance. 

( 1 ) Classification of areas and selection of equipment and wiring 
methods shall be under the supervision of a qualified registered profes- 
sional engineer. 

(2) In instances of areas within the same facility classified separately, 
Class I, Zone 2 locations may abut, but not overlap, Class I, Division 2 
locations. Class I, Zone or Zone 1 locations shall not abut Class I, Divi- 
sion 1 or Division 2 locations. 

(3) A Class I, Division 1 or Division 2 location may be reclassified as 
a Class I, Zone 0, Zone 1 , or Zone 2 location only if all of the space that 
is classified because of a single flammable gas or vapor source is reclassi- 
fied. 

Note to subsection (e): Low ambient conditions require special consideration. 
Electric equipment depending on the protection techniques described by subsec- 
tion (d)(1) of this section may not be suitable for use at temperatures lower than 
-20 degrees C (-4 degrees F) unless they are approved for use at lower tempera- 
tures. However, at low ambient temperatures, flammable concentrations of vapors 
may not exist in a location classified Class I, Zone 0, 1 , or 2 at normal ambient tem- 
perature. 

(f) Listing and Marking. 

(1) Equipment that is listed for a Zone location may be installed in 
a Zone 1 or Zone 2 location of the same gas or vapor. Equipment that is 
listed for a Zone 1 location may be installed in a Zone 2 location of the 
same gas or vapor. 

(2) Equipment shall be marked in accordance with subsections 
(f)(2)(A) or (f)(2)(B) as follows: 

(A) Division equipment. Equipment approved for Class I, Division 1 
or Class 1 , Division 2 shall, in addition to being marked in accordance 
with Section 2540.3(b)(2)(B), be marked with the following: 

1. Class I, Zone 1 or Class 1, Zone 2 (as applicable); 

2. Applicable gas classification groups; and 

3. Temperature classification; or 

(B) Zone equipment. Equipment meeting one or more of the protection 
techniques described in subsection (d) of this section shall be marked 
with the following in the order shown: 

1. Class, except for intrinsically safe apparatus; 

2. Zone, except for intrinsically safe apparatus; 

3. Symbol "AEx;" 

4. Protection techniques; 

5. Applicable gas classification groups; and 

6. Temperature classification, except for intrinsically safe apparatus. 



Note to subsection (f)(2)(B): An example of such a required marking is "Class 1, 
Zone 0. AEx ia IIC T6." See Figure S-l for an explanation of this marking. 
EXCEPTION: to (f)(2): Equipment that the employer demonstrates will punidc 
protection from the hazards arising from the flammability of the gas or \ apor and 
the zone of location involved and will be recognized as providing such protection 
by employees need not be marked. 

Note for Exception: The National Electrical Code, NFPA 70, contains guidelines 
for determining the type and design of equipment and installations that will meet 
this provision. 
Figure S-l — Example Marking for Class I, Zone 0, AEx ia IIC To 



Example: 



Class I Zone AEx ia IIC To 



Area classification ■ 



Symbol for equipment built to American specifications - 

Type of protection designations ~~~ 

Gas classification group (as required) 

Temperature classification 



NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. New section fded 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

Article 60. Oil and Gas Wells 

§2548.21. General. 

(a) Other Orders. The requirements of this Section shall be deemed to 
be additional to, or amendatory of, those prescribed in Articles 1 through 
59. 

(b) Scope. This section shall be applicable to oil or gas wells located 
over water, on man-made islands offshore, or at land-based locations. 
Areas adjacent to oil or gas wells shall be classified as Class I Locations 
as outlined below, and installations shall comply with the requirements 
for such locations. 

(c) Definitions. Adequate Ventilation. (As applied to enclosed areas) 
a mechanical ventilation system supplied from a nonhazardous source 
that provides for a minimum of 12 air changes per hour. 

Enclosed Area. Roofed areas having at least three (3) walls, or open 
sumps or pits into which highly volatile liquids are run, or areas sur- 
rounded by buildings or walls in which flammable vapors may accumu- 
late. 

Locomotive Cable. Cable having the physical property of being oil re- 
sistant and constructed as to be suitable for application on power and con- 
trol circuits in diesel or electric locomotives and suitable for oil rigging 
applications. 

Positive Pressure Ventilation. A mechanical ventilation system capa- 
ble of providing a minimum outward air velocity of 60 feet per minute 
through all openings. 

Hazardous Location. See Section 5416 of the General Industry Safety 
Orders, Title 8, CAC. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1 . Repealer of Article 60 (Sections 2541 .1-2541 . 16) and renumbering and amend- 
ment of Article 67.1 (Sections 2548.21-2548.26) to Article 60 (Sections 
2548.21-2548.26) filed 2-1-83; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 83, 
No. 6). For prior history, see Registers 78, No. 13, and 75, No. 42. 

2. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Editorial correction of subsection (a) filed 1 1-3-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

4. Amendment of subsections (b) and (c) filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day 
thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2548.22. Drilling Wells. 

(a) The following areas shall be classified as Class I, Division I Loca- 
tions: 

(1) Below grade well cellars, sumps or ditches (see Figures 2 and 6). 

(2) Enclosed and inadequately ventilated areas below the derrick floor 
(see Figure 1). 



Page 336.11 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



§ 2548.23 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



(3) Enclosed areas containing mud tanks or shale shakers (see Figures 
3, 4, 5 and 6). 

EXCEPTION: Adequately enclosed areas shall be permitted to be classified as Class 
I, Division 2 Locations. 

(b) The following areas shall be classified as Class I, Division 2 Loca- 
tions: 

(1 ) Within 10 feet horizontally and 18 inches vertically from the edge 
of well cellars or other below grade. Class I, Division I Locations. 

(2) Within 10 feet radially of the center of the bell nipple in open der- 
ricks. 

(3) The entire area above the derrick floor in enclosed derricks. (4) 
Areas adjacent to mud tanks as required in Figures 3 and 4; pits as re- 
quired in Figure 2; shale shakers as required in Figure 5; or openings as 
required in Figure 2; in enclosures classified Class I. Division I Location 
in subsection (a) above. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 118943(c Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction of NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment of subsection (b) filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter 
(Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2548.23. Producing Wells. 

(a) The following areas shall be classified as Class I, Division I Loca- 
tions: 

(1) Below grade well cellars (see Figures 7 and 9). 

(2) Enclosed areas; such as, wellhead, compressor or pump rooms 
where volatile flammable liquids or gases may be present in concentra- 



tions sufficient to render the area a hazardous location (see Figures 8, 9 

and 10). 

EXCEPTION: Adequately ventilated enclosed areas shall be permitted to be classi- 
fied as Class I, Division 2 Locations (see Figure 7). 

(b) The following areas shall be classified as Class I, Division 2 Loca- 
tions: 

(1) Within 10 feet horizontally and 18 inches vertically from the well 
casing and 3 feet radially from the stuffing box of all producing wells 
equipped with beam pumping units (see Figures 8 and 9). 

(2) Within 10 feet horizontally and 18 inches vertically above grade 
from the edge of well cellars or other below grade Class I, Division I Lo- 
cations. 

(3) Within 10 feet horizontally and vertically from openings in en- 
closed areas classified as Class 1, Division I Locations in Subsection (a) 
above (see Figures 3, 4, 5 and 10). 

(c) Areas within a 10-foot radius of oil field auxiliary equipment, such 
as gas vents, oil-gas separator vessels, tanks, pumps, compressors and 
similar equipment, shall be classified in accordance with Figures 1 1 
through 19. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 1 8943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction of NOTE filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Editorial correction of subsection (c) filed 1 1-3-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment of subsection (c) filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter 
(Register 86, No. 37). 



[The next page is 337. 



Page 336.12 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2548.23 



FIGURE 1 

DRILLING RIC ENCLOSED 

Dr.ftMCit (OPEN 

TOP) INADEQUATELY 

VENTILATED 

SURSTRUCTURE 




\ 

GROUND LEVEL 
Oft WELL DECK 

or platform 



FIGURE 2 

DRILLING RIC. UNRESTRICTED 

VENTILATION 
IN SUBSTRUCTURE, ADEQUATE 

VENTILATION 

tNttOC DERRICK ENCLOSURE 

(OPEN TOT AND 

VDOOR AREA) 




E3 DIVISION t 



CROUND LEVEL 
OR WELL DECK 
OP PLATFORM 

8S DIVISION I 



INADEQUATELY 

VENTILATED CELLAR 

lIPAPPUCASLEt 



E3 DIVISION f 



FIGURE 4 



• 



FIGURE 3 

MUD TANK Oil OMEN SUMP IN 

UNRESTRICTED 

VENTILATED AREA 




MUD TANK OH OPEN SUMP IN AN 
ENCLOSURE 







} 


waa 


MB 




*Rx 










J 


22, 










J 












r\ 


MU» 


utm 







^VATOaTKMT 



^ CBOUNO LEVEL 
OR DECK LEVEL ON PLATFORM 
BS DIVISION | E23 DIVISION * 



MOCKT Of roan* Of 
nuc-rn ««i-nni« o» 
vara* no*» *«ii 



^onmwi 



FIGURE 5 

VIBRATING TYPE SHALE SNAKE* 

IN 

OPEN AREA 



FIGURE 6 

DESaNDER-DESILTER IN PRtKLT 
VENTILATED AREA 





DIVISION I 



E3 DIVISION S 



DIVISION I E23 DIVISION t 



• 



Page 337 



(4-1-90) 



§ 2548.23 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



FIGURE 7 

FLOWING WCU. WITH CKROTMAS TREE 
(LAND INSTALLATION) 



FIGURE 8 
•cam rvunttc well and 

TTTICAL WELLHEAD EQUIPMENT 







•OBMCMRV 
tMUJkM 



ffisw.<ss 




==Al 



P tWM orvratOH i 



EZZ3 



Cj5*a dwmw I 



FIGURE 9 

BEAM PUMPINC WCU. WITH CELLAR ANO 
TYPICAL WELLHEAD EQUIPMENT 



FIGURE 10 

FLOWINC WELL IN AN ENCLOSURE 



nwnMCtoi 




OONCICTC CELL** 



CZB8 DtvaiOM I 



J777771 (MvatoNi 



EXTENT OF ENCLOSURE 
/ 




IIL1CM7 OK POROUS 
OR PIERCED SECTION 
OK VAPOR TIGHT WALL 



DIVISION I 



i frft3 DIVISION 1 



NOW PIERCED 

VAPOR T1CHT 

WALL 



FIGURE 11 

COMPRESSOR OR PUMP IN AN 
ADEQUATELY VENTILATED 
BUILDINC OR ENCLOSURE 



PIERCED OR POROUS WALL 



NON PIERCED 
VAPOR-TIGHT WALL 




MKICHT Of fOHOCS 
OR PIERCED SECTION 

or wall 



FIGURE 12 

COMPRESSOR OR PUMP IN AN 

INADEQUATELY VENTILATED 

■U1LDINC OR ENCLOSURE 



BELOW CRAO 
SUMP OR THEN 




POSSIBLE SOURCE OF RELEASE 



M)N IMKRLfD 

VAPOR-TIGHT 

WALL 



E5S3 DIVISION t 



Page 338 



(4-1-90) 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2548.23 



FIGURE 13 

CAf VENT 




5 \cRADE 
DIVISION I S3 DIVISION I 



FIGURE 14 

OIL-CAS SEPARATION VESSEL Oil 
PROTECTED 
fired VESSEL 



IELOWCRADI 
SUMP OR TRENCH 




DIVISION t 



CKADE 
S3 DIVISION I 



FIGURE 15 

VOLATILE FLAMMABLE LIQUID 
STORAGE TANK 



TANK WITHIN DIKE 



S'R AROUND 
THIEF HATCH 



TANK IN OPEN. NO DIKE 




.BELOW GRADE LOCATION 
SUMP OR TRENCH 



DIVISION I 



FIGURE 16 

PTAMMASLC CAS OPERATED 

CONTROLS OR HEADER OR 

MANIFOLDS in a 0UILDINC 

OR ENCLOSURE 



VENT- 



DIVISION t 



BELOW CRADE 
SUMP OR TRENCH 




DIVISION I 



RES DIVISION t 



Page 339 



(4-1-90) 



§ 2548.23 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



Figure 17 

FLAMMABLE CAS-BLANKETED 
WATER-HANDLING EQUIPMENT 
IN FREELY VENTILATED AREA 




/'/*s'/Aot 



CRADE-/ 
DIVISION I S5J DIVISION 2 



FIGURE 18 
RELIEF VALVE 




DIVISION 2 



Figure 19 

COMPRESSOR OR PUMP IN AN OPEN AREA OR FREELY 

VENTILATED SHED TYPE 



rossitix source or release 




•clow ciUDe-cuMr or 

TRENCH 



fc#a orvistoN t 



Page 340 



(4-1-90) 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2548.26 



NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . Amendment deleting Title 24 cross reference filed 8-27-86: effective thirtieth 
day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2548.24. Overload Protection. 

No overload protection will be required for drilling rigs using railroad 
locomotive power systems for the draw works, rotary table and mud 
pumps. 

NOTE: In this electrical system, generators, generator power leads, and DC motors 
are automatically protected against overload by inherent characteristics of com- 
pound and differential field windings in the DC motor and generator, respectively. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction of NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 

37). 

§ 2548.25. Wiring Methods. 

(a) Where drilling platforms are not enclosed around the drilling oper- 
ation, all wiring and equipment within 25 feet of the casing of the well 
being drilled shall be of the type required for Class I, Division 2, or be 
installed in enclosed areas supplied with adequate ventilation. The elec- 
trical power supply to wiring and equipment within positive pressure 
ventilated areas shall be arranged to prevent energizing the electrical wir- 
ing and apparatus until air pressure has been established, for not less than 
2 minutes, and arranged to automatically actuate an audible and visual 
alarm with a 5-minute shut-down time delay to allow safe operational 
shutdown prior to de-energizing the wiring and apparatus when the ven- 
tilation fails. 

Enclosed areas supplied with positive pressure ventilation from a non- 
hazardous area shall be permitted to be classified as nonhazardous areas, 
provided no flammable vapor source exists within the enclosed areas. 

(b) Special locomotive cables and other equivalent portable cables 
may be run in cable trays under the following conditions in all locations: 

( 1 ) Open cable trays may be run horizontally under floors or ceilings. 

(2) In all locations, solid covers shall be installed on horizontal runs 
where persons or materials may accidentally contact the conductors. 

(3) Vertical runs of trays shall be totally enclosed. 

(4) Where the rig moves over a series of wellholes and a transverse sec- 
tion of cable tray drops trailing cables in a long fixed runway tray, cleats 
or other means shall be used to secure the cable against shifting in the 
moving section of the tray. 

(5) For single hole setups onshore, cables may be buried in the earth 
or run in covered, wooden troughs between outdoor units of equipment. 
A substantial nominal 2-inch thick wooden cover, or equivalent, shall be 
installed over the trough. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction of NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting Title 24 cross reference filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth 
day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2548.26. Lighting. 

Lighting systems for oil or gas well drilling rigs, production hoists, 
derricks or masts shall be permitted to be wired using an approved pre- 
fabricated assembly of flexible cables with vulcanized, molded or other 
approved terminating receptacle devices so designed that electric arcs 
will be confined within the receptacle enclosure which shall be of the 
concealed contact-type. The lighting fixture shall be of the type per- 
mitted for Class I, Division 1 Locations, or of the enclosed gasketed- 
type. Such assemblies shall be securely fastened to the drilling rig or hoist 
structure and so located that they will be protected from physical damage. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 



History 
Editorial correction of NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 
Editorial correction filed 1 1-3-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

Amendment deleting Title 24 cross reference filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth 
day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 



Article 61. Class II Locations 

NOTE: Authority and reference cited: Section 142.3. Labor Code. 

History 
l. Repealer of Article 61 (Sections 2542.1-2542.16) filed 2-1 -83; effective thir- 
tieth day thereafter (Register 83. No. 6). 



Article 62. Class III Locations 

NOTE: Authority and reference cited: Section 142.3. Labor Code. 

History 
1. Repealer of Article 62 (Sections 2543.1-2543.16) filed 2-1 - 83; effective thir- 
tieth day thereafter (Register 83, No. 6). 



Article 63. Hazardous (Classified) 
Locations Specific 

NOTE: Authority and reference cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. 

History 
1 . Repealer of Article 63 (Sections 2544. 1 and 2544.2) filed 2-1-83; effective thir- 
tieth day thereafter (Register 83, No. 6). 



Article 64. Commercial Garages, Repair 
and Storage 

NOTE: Authority and reference cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. 

History 
1. Repealer of Article 64 (Sections 2545.1-2545.8) filed 2-1-83: effective thir- 
tieth day thereafter (Register 83, No. 6). 



Article 65. Aircraft Hangars 

NOTE: Authority and reference cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. 

History 
1. Repealer of Article 65 (Sections 2546.1-2546.12) filed 2-1-83; effective thir- 
tieth day thereafter (Register 83, No. 6). 



Article 66. Gasoline Dispensing and 
Service Stations 

NOTE: Authority and reference cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. 

History 
1. Repealer of Article 66 (Sections 2547.1-2547.8) filed 2-1-83; effective thir- 
tieth day thereafter (Register 83, No. 6). 



Article 67. Bulk Storage Plants 

NOTE: Authority and reference cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. 

History 
1. Repealer of Article 67 (Sections 2548.1-2548.8) filed 2-1-83; effective thir- 
tieth day thereafter (Register 83, No. 6). 



Article 67.1 . Oil and Gas Wells 

NOTE: Authority and reference cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. 

History 

1. Renumbering and amendment of Article 67.1 (Sections 2548.21-2548.26) to 
Article 60 (Sections 2548.21-2548.26) filed 2-1-83; effective thirtieth day 
thereafter (Register 83, No. 6). Eor prior history, sec Register 78, No. 13. 



Article 68. Finishing Processes 

NOTE: Authority and reference cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. 



Page 341 



(4-1-9(1) 



§ 2551.1 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



History 
1. Repealer of Article 68 (Sections 2549.1-2549.8) filed 2-1-83; effective thir- 
tieth day thereafter (Register 83. No. 6). 



Article 69. Places of Assembly 



§2551.1. Scope. 

This Article covers all buildings or that part of a building or structure 
designed or intended for use by 100 or more persons for assembly pur- 
poses, such as dining, meetings, entertainment, lectures, bowling, wor- 
ship, dancing or exhibition, and includes museums, gymnasiums, armo- 
ries, group rooms, mortuaries, skating rinks, pool rooms, places of 
awaiting transportation, places for deliberation (court rooms), places for 
sporting events, and similar purposes. 

When any such building structures or portion thereof contain a projec- 
tion booth or stage platform or area for the presentation of theatrical or 
musical production, either fixed or portable, the wiring for that area shall 
comply with all applicable provisions of Article 70. (For methods of de- 
termining population capacity, see local building code or in its absence 
Life Safety Code (NFPA No. 101-1981). 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 518-1.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

§2551.2. Other Articles. 

(a) Hazardous areas located in any assemblage occupancy shall be in- 
stalled in accordance with Article 59. 

(b) In exhibition halls used for display booths, as in trade shows, the 
temporary wiring shall be installed in accordance with Article 13, except 
that approved portable cables and cords shall be permitted to be laid on 
floors where protected from contact by the general public. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 518-2.) 

(c) Control of emergency systems shall comply with Article 80, Emer- 
gency Systems. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1 . Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Editorial correction filed 11-3-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. New subsection (c) filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, 

No. 37). 

§ 2551 .3. Wiring Methods. 

The fixed wiring methods shall be metal raceways, nonmetallic race- 
ways encased in not less than 2 inches of concrete. Type ALS cable, Type 
CS cable, mineral-insulated metal-sheathed cable, or Type MC cable. 
EXCEPTION: No. 1 : Nonmetallic-sheathed cable. Type AC metal-clad cable, and 
rigid nonmetallic conduit shall be permitted to be installed in those buildings or 
portions thereof that are not required to be fire rated construction by the applicable 
building code. 

EXCEPTION: No. 2: As provided in Article 76, Sound Recording and Similar 
Equipment, and for communication circuits, remote control and signaling circuits, 
and for fire protective signaling circuits. 

(Fire rated construction is the fire-resistive classification used in 
building codes.) 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 518-3.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 



Article 70. Theaters and Similar Locations 

GENERAL 

§2552.1. Scope. 

This Article covers all buildings or that part of a building or structure 
designed or intended to be used for dramatic, musical, motion picture 
projection, or similar purposes and to areas of motion picture and televi- 
sion studios which incorporate assembly areas. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 520-1.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3. Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2552.2. Motion Picture Projectors. 

Motion picture equipment and its installation and use shall comply 
with Article 72. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 520-2.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45.) 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2552.3. Sound Reproduction. 

Sound reproducing equipment and its installation shall comply with 
Article 76. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 520-3.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1 . Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45.) 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

FIXED STAGE SWITCHBOARD 

§2552.21. Dead Front. 

Stage switchboards shall be of the dead-front type. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 520-21.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

§ 2552.22. Guarding Back of Switchboard. 

Stage switchboards having exposed live parts on the back of such 
boards shall be enclosed by the building walls, wire mesh grills, or by oth- 
er methods approved for the purpose. The entrance to this enclosure shall 
be by means of a self-closing door. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 520-22.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2552.47. Lamps in Scene Docks. 

Lamps installed in scene docks shall be so located and guarded as to 
be free from physical damage and shall provide an air space of not less 
than 2 inches between such lamps and any combustible material. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 520-47.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 



Page 342 



(4-1-90) 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2552.62 



• 



History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86: effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

PORTABLE SWITCHBOARDS ON STAGE 



§2552.51. Supply. 

Portable switchboards shall be supplied only from outlets of sufficient 
voltage and ampere rating. Such outlets shall include only externally op- 
erable, enclosed fused switches or circuit breakers mounted on stage or 
at the permanent switchboard in locations readily accessible from the 
stage floor. Provisions for connection of an equipment grounding con- 
ductor shall be provided. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 520-51.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3. Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 

37). 

§ 2552.52. Overcurrent Protection. 

Circuits from portable switchboards directly supplying equipment 
containing incandescent lamps of not over 300 watts shall be protected 
by overcurrent devices having a rating or setting of not over 20 amperes. 
Circuits for lampholders over 300 watts shall be permitted where over- 
current protection complies with Article 10. Other circuits shall be pro- 
vided with overcurrent devices with a rating or setting not higher than the 
current required for the connected load. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 520-52.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2552.53. Construction. 

Portable switchboards for use on stages shall comply with (a) through 
(j) below: 

(a) Enclosure. Portable switchboards shall be placed within an enclo- 
sure of substantial construction, which shall be permitted to be so ar- 
ranged that the enclosure is open during operation. Enclosures of wood 
shall be completely lined with sheet metal of not less than No. 24 MSG 
and shall be well galvanized, enameled, or otherwise properly coated to 
prevent corrosion or be of a corrosion-resistant material. 

(b) Live Parts. There shall be no exposed live parts within the enclo- 
sure. 

EXCEPTION: For dimmer faceplates as provided in (e) below. 

(c) Switches and Circuit Breakers. All switches and circuit breakers 
shall be of the externally operable, enclosed-type. 

(d) Circuit Protection. Overcurrent devices shall be provided in each 
ungrounded conductor of every circuit supplied through the switch- 
board. Enclosures shall be provided for all overcurrent devices in addi- 
tion to the switchboard enclosure. 

(e) Dimmers. The terminals of dimmers shall be provided with enclo- 
sures, and dimmer faceplates shall be so arranged that accidental contact 
cannot be readily made with the faceplate contacts. 

(0 Interior Conductors. All conductors within the switchboard enclo- 
sure shall be stranded and approved for an operating temperature of 
200°C (392°F). 

Each conductor shall have an ampacity at least equal to the rating of 
the circuit breaker, switch, or fuse which it supplies. 
EXCEPTION: Conductors for incandescent lamp circuits having overcurrent pro- 
tection of not over 20 amperes. 

Conductors shall be enclosed in metal wireways or be securely fas- 
tened in position and shall be bushed where they pass through metal. 



(g) Pilot Light. A pilot light shall be provided within the enclosure and 
shall be so connected to the circuit supplying the board that the opening 
of the master switch will not cut off the supply to the lamp. This lamp 
shall be on an independent circuit having overcurrent protection rated or 
set at not over 15 amperes. 

(h) Supply Connections. The supply to a portable switchboard shall be 
by means of Type S, SO, ST, or STO flexible cord terminating within the 
switchboard enclosure or in an externally operable fused master switch 
or circuit breaker. The supply cable shall have sufficient ampacity to 
carry the total load connected to the switchboard and shall be protected 
by overcurrent devices. 

EXCEPTION: No. 1: Supply Conductors Not Over 10 Feet Long. In cases where 
supply conductors do not exceed 1 feet in length between supply and switchboard 
or supply and a subsequent overcurrent device, the ampacity of the supply conduc- 
tors shall be at least one-quarter of the ampacity of the supply overcurrent protec- 
tion device where all of the following conditions arc met: 

a. The supply conductors shall terminate in a single overcurrent protection de\ ice 
that will limit the load to the ampacity of the supply conductors. This single over- 
current device shall be permitted to supply additional overcurrent devices on its 
load side. 

b. The supply conductors shall not penetrate walls, floors, or ceilings, or be run 
through doors or traffic areas. The supply conductors shall be adequately protected 
from physical damage. 

c. The supply conductors shall be suitably terminated in an approved manner. 

d. Conductors shall be continuous without splices or connectors. 

e. Conductors shall not be bundled. 

f. Conductors shall be supported above the floor in an approved manner. 

EXCEPTION: No. 2: Supply Conductors Not Over 20 Feet Long. In cases where 
supply conductors do not exceed 20 feet in length between supply and switchboard 
or supply and a subsequent overcurrent protection device, the ampacity of the sup- 
ply conductors shall be at least one-half the rating of the supply overcurrent pro- 
tection device where all of the following conditions are met: 

a. The supply conductors shall terminate in a single overcurrent protection device 
that will limit the load to the ampacity of the supply conductors. This single over- 
current device shall be permitted to supply additional overcurrent devices on its 
load side. 

b. The supply conductors shall not penetrate walls, floors, or ceilings, or be run 
through doors or traffic areas. The supply conductors shall be adequately protected 
from physical damage. 

c. The supply conductors shall be suitably terminated in an approved manner. 

d. The supply conductors shall be supported in an approved manner at least 7 feet 
above the floor except at terminations. 

e. The supply conductors shall not be bundled. 

f. Tap conductors shall be in unbroken lengths. 

(i) Cable Arrangement. Cables shall be protected by bushings where 
they pass through enclosures and shall be so arranged that tension on the 
cable will not be transmitted to the connections. 

(j) Terminals. Terminals to which stage cables are connected shall be 
so located as to permit convenient access to the terminals. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 520-53.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 

37). 

STAGE EQUIPMENT— PORTABLE 

§ 2552.61. Arc Lamps. 

Arc lamps shall be approved. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 520-61.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
3). 

§ 2552.62. Portable Plugging Boxes. 

Portable plugging boxes shall comply with (a) through (d) below. 

(a) Enclosure. The construction shall be such that no current-carrying 
part will be exposed. 

(b) Receptacles and Overcurrent Protection. Each receptacle shall 
have a rating of not less than 30 amperes, and shall have overcurrent pro- 
tection installed in an enclosure equipped with self-closing doors. 



Page 343 



(4-1-90) 



§ 2552.63 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



(c) Busbars and Terminals. Busbars shall have an ampacity equal to 
the sum of the ampere ratings of all the receptacles. Lugs shall be pro- 
vided for the connection of the master cable. 

(d) Flanged Surface Inlets. Flanged surface inlets (recessed plugs) that 
are used to accept the power shall be rated in amperes. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 520-62.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 

37). 

§ 2552.63. Bracket Fixture Wiring. 

(a) Bracket Wiring. Brackets for use on scenery shall be wired inter- 
nally, and the fixture stem shall be carried through to the back of the scen- 
ery where a bushing shall be placed on the end of the stem. 
EXCEPTION: Externally wired brackets or other fixtures shall be permitted where 
wired with cords designed for hard usage that extend through scenery and without 
joint or splice in canopy of fixture back and terminate in an approved type stage 
connector located, where practicable, within 18 inches of the fixture. 

(b) Mounting. Fixtures shall be securely fastened in place. 
(Title 24, Part 3, Section 520-63.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2552.64. Portable Strips. 

The supply cable shall be protected by bushings where it passes 
through metal and shall be so arranged that tension on the cable will not 
be transmitted to the connections. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 520-64.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 

37). 

§ 2552.65. Festoons. 

Joints in festoon wiring shall be staggered where practicable. Lamps 
enclosed in lanterns or similar devices of combustible material shall be 
equipped with guards. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 520-65.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2552.66. Special Effects. 

Electrical devices used for simulating lightning, waterfalls, and the 
like shall be so constructed and located that flames, sparks, or hot par- 
ticles cannot come in contact with combustible material. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 520-66.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2552.67. Cable Connectors. 

Cable connectors, male and female, for flexible conductors shall be so 
constructed that tension on the cord or cable will not be transmitted to the 
connections. The female half of the connector shall be attached to the 
load end of the power cord or cable. The connector shall be rated in am- 
peres and designed so that differently rated devices cannot be connected 
together. (See Section 2500.10 for pull at terminals.) 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 520-67.) 



NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1 . Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 

37). 

§ 2552.68. Conductors for Portables. 

Flexible conductors used to supply portable stage equipment shall be 
Type S, SO, ST, or STO. 

EXCEPTION: Reinforced cord shall be permitted to supply stand lamps where the 
cord is not subject to severe physical damage and is protected by an overcurrenl 
device rated at not over 20 amperes. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 520-68.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 1 8943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1 . Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

DRESSING ROOMS 

§2552.71. Pendant Lampholders. 

Pendant lampholders shall not be installed in dressing rooms. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 520-71.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2552.72. Lamp Guards. 

All incandescent lamps in dressing rooms, where less than 8 feet from 
the floor, shall be equipped with open-end guards riveted to the outlet 
box cover or otherwise sealed or locked in place. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 520-72.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 



Article 71 . Motion-Picture Studios and 
Similar Locations 

§2553.1. Scope. 

The requirements of this Article shall apply to television studios and 
motion picture studios using either film or electronic cameras (except as 
covered in Section 2552.1), and exchanges, factories, laboratories, 
stages, or a portion of the building in which motion-picture films more 
than 7/8-inch in width are manufactured, exposed, developed, printed, 
cut, edited, rewound, repaired, or stored. 

Note: For methods of protecting against cellulose nitrate film hazards, see Stan- 
dard for the Storage and Handling of Cellulose Nitrate Motion Picture Film (NFPA 
No. 40-1982). 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 530-1.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

§ 2553.1 2. Portable Wiring. 

The wiring for stage set lighting, stage effects, electric equipment used 
as stage properties, and other wiring not fixed as to location shall be done 
with approved flexible cords and cables. Splices or taps shall be permitted 
in flexible cords used to supply stage properties when such are made with 
approved devices and the circuit is protected at not more than 20 amperes. 
Such cables and cords shall not be fastened by staples or nailing. 



Page 344 



(4-1-90) 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§2553.19 



• 



• 



• 



NOTH: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Repealer and new section filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Reg- 
ister 86, No. 37). 

§ 2553.13. Stage Lighting and Effects Control. 

Switches used for studio stage set lighting and effects (on the stages 
and lots and on location) shall be of the externally operable type. Where 
contactors are used as the disconnecting means for fuses, an individual 
externally operable switch, such as a tumbler switch, for the control of 
each contactor shall be located at a distance of not more than 6 feet from 
the contactor, in addition to remote-control switches. 

EXCEPTION: A single externally operable switch shall be permitted to simulta- 
neously disconnect all the contactors on any one location board, where located at 
a distance of not more than 6 feet from the location board. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 530-13.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 

37). 

§ 2553.14. Plugging Boxes. 

Each receptacle of plugging boxes shall be rated at not less than 30 am- 
peres. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 530-14.) 
NOTI-:: Authority cited: Section 142.3. LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2553.15. Enclosing and Guarding Live Parts. 

(a) Live parts shall be enclosed or guarded to prevent accidental con- 
tact by persons and objects. 

(b) All switches shall be of the externally operable type. 

(c) Rheostats shall be placed in approved cases or cabinets that enclose 
all live parts, having only the operating handles exposed. 

(d) Current-carrying parts of "bull-switches," "location boards," 
"spiders," and plugging boxes shall be so enclosed, guarded, or located 
that persons cannot accidentally come into contact with them or bring 
conductive material into contact with them. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 530-15.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2553.16. Portable Lamps. 

Portable lamps and work lights shall be equipped with portable cords, 
composition or metal-sheathed porcelain sockets, and substantial 
guards. 

EXCEPTION: Portable lamps used as properties in a motion picture set or television 
stage set, on a studio stage or lot, or on location. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

§ 2553.1 7. Portable Arc Lamps. 

Portable arc lamps shall be substantially constructed. The arc shall be 
provided with an enclosure designed to retain sparks and carbons and to 
prevent persons or materials from coming into contact with the arc or 
bare live parts. The enclosures shall be ventilated. All switches shall be 
of the externally operable type. 



NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

§ 2553.18. Overcurrent Protection — Short-Time Rating. 

Automatic overcurrent protective devices (circuit breakers or fuses) 
for motion picture studio stage set lighting and the stage cables for such 
stage set lighting shall be as given in (a) through (c) below. 
NOTE: Special consideration is given to motion picture studios and similar loca- 
tions because filming periods are of short duration. 

(a) Stage Cables. Stage cables for stage set lighting shall be protected 
by means of overcurrent devices. 

(b) Feeders. In buildings used primarily for motion picture production, 
the feeders from the substations to the stages shall be protected by means 
of overcurrent devices (generally located in the substation) having suit- 
able ampere rating. The overcurrent devices shall be permitted to be mul- 
tipole or single-pole gang-operated. No pole or overcurrent device shall 
be required in the neutral conductor. The overcurrent device setting for 
each feeder shall not exceed 400 percent of the ampacity of the feeder. 

(c) Location Boards. Overcurrent protection (fuses or circuit breakers) 
shall be provided at the "location boards." Fuses in the "location boards" 
shall have an ampere rating of not over 400 percent of the ampacity of 
the cables between the "location boards" and the plugging boxes. 

(d) Plugging Boxes. Where plugging boxes are not provided with 
overcurrent devices, each cable or cord smaller than No. 8 supplied 
through a plugging box shall be attached to the plugging box by means 
of a plug containing two cartridge fuses or a circuit breaker. The rating 
of the fuses or the setting of the circuit breaker shall not be over 400 per- 
cent of the safe ampacity of the cables or cords. 

(e) Lighting. Work lights, stand lamps, and fixtures shall be connected 
to plugging boxes by means of plugs containing two cartridge fuses not 
larger than 20 amperes, or they shall be permitted to be connected to spe- 
cial outlets on circuits protected by fuses or circuit breakers rated at not 
over amperes. Plug fuses shall not be used unless they are on the load 
side of the fuse or circuit breakers on the "location boards." 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 530-18.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment of subsection (e) filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter 
(Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2553.1 9. Sizing of Feeder Conductors for Television 
Studio Sets. 

(a) General. It shall be permissible to apply the demand factors listed 
in Table 2553.19(a) to that portion of the maximum possible connected 
load for studio or stage set lighting for all permanently installed feeders 
between substations and stages and to all permanently installed subfeed- 
ers between the main stage switchboard and stage distribution centers or 
location boards. 

TABLE 2553.19(a) 
DEMAND FACTORS FOR STAGE SET LIGHTING 
Total Stage Set Lighting Feeder Demand 

Load ( Wattage) Fui. -tors 

First 50,000 or less at l()()',r 

Next 50,001 to 100,000 at IS'A 

Next 100,001 to 200,000 at 60% 

All over 200,000 50% 

(b) Portable Feeders. A demand factor of 50 percent of maximum pos- 
sible connected load shall be permitted for all portable feeders. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 530-19.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



Page 345 



(4-1-90) 



§ 2553.20 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



2. Amendment of Table 2553.19(a) filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereaf- 
ter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2553.20. Grounding. 

Metal-clad cable, metal raceways, and all noncurrent-carrying metal 
parts of appliances, devices, and equipment shall be grounded as speci- 
fied in Article 1 1. This shall not apply to pendant and portable lamps, to 
stage lighting and stage sound equipment, nor to other portable or semi- 
portable special stage equipment operating at not over 150 volts to 
ground. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 530-20.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Recister 86, No. 
37). 

VIEWING, CUTTING, AND PATCHING TABLES 

§ 2553.41 . Lamps at Tables. 

Only composition or metal-sheathed, porcelain, keyless lampholders 
equipped with suitable means to guard lamps from physical damage and 
from film and film scrap shall be used at patching, viewing, and cutting 
tables. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 

37). 

FILM STORAGE VAULTS 

§ 2553.51. Lamps in Cellulose Nitrate Film Storage Vaults. 

Lamps in cellulose nitrate film storage vaults shall be rigid fixtures of 
the glass enclosed and gasketed type. Lamps shall be controlled by a 
switch having a pole in each ungrounded conductor. This switch shall be 
located outside of the vault and provided with a pilot light to indicate 
whether the switch is on or off. This switch shall disconnect from all 
sources of supply all ungrounded conductors terminating in any outlet in 
the vault. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 530-51.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2553.52. Motors and Other Equipment in Cellulose 
Nitrate Film Storage Vaults. 

No receptacles, outlets, electric motors, heaters, portable lights, or oth- 
er portable electric equipment shall be located in film storage vaults. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

SUBSTATIONS 

§ 2553.64. Working Space and Guarding. 

Working space and guarding in permanent fixed substations shall 
comply with Section 2340.16 and 2340.17. 

EXCEPTION: Switchboards of not over 250 volts DC between conductors, when 
located in substations or switchboard rooms accessible to qualified persons only, 
shall not be required to be dead-front. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 530-64.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 



History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2553.65. Portable Substations. 

Wiring and equipment in portable substations shall conform to the sec- 
tions applying to installations in permanent fixed substations; but, due to 
the limited space available, the working spaces shall be permitted to be 
reduced, provided that the equipment shall be so arranged that the opera- 
tor can do his work safely, and so that other persons in the vicinity cannot 
accidentally come into contact with current-carrying parts or bring con- 
ducting objects into contact with them while they are energized. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Cod. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

§ 2553.66. Grounding at Substations. 

Noncurrent-carrying metal parts shall be grounded. 
EXCEPTION: Frames of DC circuit breakers installed on switchboards. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 530-66.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 



• 



Article 72. Motion Picture Projectors 

GENERAL 

§ 2554.1 . Scope. 

This article covers motion picture projectors and associated equip- 
ment of the professional and nonprofessional types. 

For further information, see Storage and Handling of Cellulose Nitrate 
Motion Picture Film (NFPA No. 40-1982). 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

EQUIPMENT AND PROJECTORS OF THE 
PROFESSIONAL TYPE 

§ 2554.2. Professional Projector — Definition. 

The professional projector is a type employing 35- or 70-millimeter 
film which has a minimum width of 1 3/8 inches (35 mm) and has on each 
edge 5.4 perforations per inch, or a type using carbon arc. Xenon, or other 
light source equipment which develops hazardous gases, dust, or radi- 
ation. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Renumbering and amendment of former Section 2554.10 to Section 2554.2 
filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). For histo- 
ry of former section, see Register 83, No. 45. 

§2554.10. Location of Equipment. 

Motor generator sets, transformers, rectifiers, rheostats, and similar 
equipment for the supply or control of current to arc lamps on projectors 
shall, if practicable, be located in separate rooms. Where placed in the 
projector room, they shall be so located or guarded that arcs or sparks 
cannot come in contact with film, and motor generator sets shall have the 
commutator end or ends protected. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 



• 



Page 346 



(4-1-90) 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2554.31 



• 



History 

1 . Renumbering and amendment of former Section 2554. 1 to Section 2554.2. and 
renumbering and amendment of former Section 2554.17 to Section 2554.10 
filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). For histo- 
ry of former section, see Register 83, No. 45. 

§ 2554.1 1 . Equipment Prohibited. 

Switches, overcurrent devices, or other equipment not normally re- 
quired or used for projectors, sound reproduction, flood, or other special 
effect lamps or other equipment shall not be installed in such booths or 
rooms. 

EXCEPTION: Remote control switches for the control of auditorium lights or a 
switch for the motor operating the curtain at the motion picture screen. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 540-1 1(b) without Exception 2.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Renumbering and amendment of former Section 2554.19 to Section 2554.1 1 
filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). For histo- 
ry of former section, see Register 83, No. 45. 

§2554.12. Motor-Driven Projectors. 

Motor-driven projectors shall be approved for the purpose as an as- 
sembly or shall comply with all of the following conditions: 

(a) A listed projector shall be used. 

(b) A listed projector lamp shall be used. 

(c) Motors shall be so designed or guarded as to prevent ignition of 
film by sparks or arcs. 

(d) Projectors shall be in charge of a qualified operator. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code, and Section 1 8943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1 . Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment of subsection (c) filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter 
(Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2554.1 3. Conductors Size. 

Conductors supplying outlets for arc projectors of the professional 
type shall not be smaller than No. 8 and shall be of sufficient size for the 
projector employed. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 540-13.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 



§ 2554.16. Lamp Guards. 

Incandescent lamps in projection rooms or booths shall be proxided 
with an approved lamp guard unless otherwise protected by noncombus- 
tible shades or other enclosures. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27 86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No 37). 

§2554.17. Location of Equipment. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code: and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Renumbering and amendment of Section 2554.17 to Section 2554.10 filed 
8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§2554.19. Equipment Prohibited. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3. LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code, and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Renumbering and amendment of Section 2554.19 to Section 2554.11 filed 
8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2554.20. Approval. 

Projectors and enclosures for arc. Xenon and incandescent lamps and 
rectifiers, transformers, rheostats and similar equipment shall be ap- 
proved. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 540-20.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Repealer and new section filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Reg- 
ister 86, No. 37). 

§2554.21. Marking. 

Projectors and other equipment as set forth in Section 2554.20 shall be 
marked with the name or trademark of the maker and with the voltage and 
current for which they are designed. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 540-21.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 



§ 2554.14. Conductors on Lamps and Hot Equipment. 

Insulated conductors having a maximum operating temperature of 
200°C (392°F) shall be used on all lamps or other equipment where the 
ambient temperature at the conductors as installed will exceed 50°C 
(122°F). 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

§2554.15. Flexible Cords. 

Cords approved for hard service shall be used on portable equipment. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 



EQUIPMENT AND PROJECTORS OF THE 
NONPROFESSIONAL TYPE 

§ 2554.30. Nonprofessional Projector — Definition. 

The nonprofessional projector is a type employing film other than that 
used on professional-type projectors. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3. LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

§ 2554.31 . Booth Not Required. 

Projectors of the nonprofessional or miniature type, when employing 
only approved slow-burning (cellulose acetate or equivalent) film, shall 
be permitted to be operated without a booth. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3. LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



Page 347 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



§ 2554.32 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effeetive thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 1 . A disconnecting means is not required for an exit directional sign located within 

37). a building. 

2. A disconnecting means is not required for cord-connected signs with an attach- 

§2554.32. Approval. mentplug. 

Projectors, lamp enclosures, and current-controlling devices and sim- (b) Each outline lighting installation, and each sign of other than the 

ilar devices shall be listed as component parts of the projector equipment, portable type, shall be controlled by an externally operable switch or 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- breaker which will open all ungrounded conductors, 

bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. The disconnecting means shall be within sight of the sign or outline 

History lighting which it controls. 

1 . Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). EXCEPTION: Signs operated by electronic or electromechanical controllers lo- 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. cated external to the sign shall have a disconnecting means located within sight 
37). from the controller location. The disconnecting means shall disconnect the sign 

and the controller from all ungrounded supply conductors and shall be so designed 

& OK^A 11 Cm ir/»o ni llh iminatirtn tnat no P°' e can b e operated independently. The disconnecting means shall be per- 

§ ^ooh.jj. source ot iiiummauon. mjtted tQ be in the same enclosure with the contro n er . The disconnecting means 

The source of illumination shall be a lamp or a type listed for stereop- shall be capable of being locked in the "open" position, 

ticon use or for motion picture projection. (c) For installations built on or after May 5, 2008 signs and outline 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- lighting systems located within fountains shall have the" disconnect lo- 

bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. . , . , t ^ n f wr d \ *■ m t u ■ a n ft i e 

TT J cated at least 5.0 feet (l. 52 m) from the inside walls of the fountain. 

History 

, ,-.,., . , ,.. c ., ... , o /r> ■< o-i M ki NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142. 3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 1 42.3, La- 

1 . Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). , „ , J 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. HISTORY 

37) ' I . Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2554 34 Markina -• Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 

(a) Projectors shall be marked with: 

( I \ The mme or trarlemirk of the rmker 3 - Re P ealer of subheading and amendment of section heading, section and Note 

( 1 ) 1 he name or trademark ot me maker, filed 5 _ 5 _ 2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pur- 

(2) The current and voltage for which they are designed; and S uant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

(3) For projectors of this type using the standard 35-millimeter film, 

the wording "For use with slow-burning films only." o 056O 3 Location 

NOTE: Authority cited. Section 142.3 Labor Code Reference: Section 142.3, La- The disconnecting means shall be within sight of the sign or outline 

bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. v ' . b b fr 

History lighting system that it controls. Where the disconnecting means is out of 

1 . Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). the line of sight from any section that may be energized, the disconnect- 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. in § means sha11 be ca P able of bein S locked in the °P en position. 

37). (b) Signs or outline lighting systems operated by electronic or electro- 
mechanical controllers located external to the sign or outline lighting sys- 

§ 2554.35. Nonprofessional Film Marking. tem may have a disconnecting means located within sight of the control- 

The slow-burning (cellulose acetate or equivalent) film shall have a ler or in the same enclosure with the controller. The disconnecting means 

permanent distinctive marker for its entire length identifying the man- shall disconnect the sign or outline lighting system and the controller 

ufacturer and the slow-burning character of the film stock. from all ungrounded supply conductors. It shall be designed so no pole 

Note. Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference; Section 142.3, La- can be operated independently and shall be capable of being locked in the 

bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. open position. 

HISTORY NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). ^or £ 0( j e 

2. Editorial correction filed 1 1-3-83 (Register 83, No. 45). HISTORY 

3. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
37). ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

SOUND RECORDING AND REPRODUCTION 

§2560.10. Clearances. 

§ 2554.50. Sound Recording and Reproduction. ( a ) Vertical and Horizontal. Signs and outline system enclosures shall 

Sound recording and reproduction equipment shall comply with Ar- hav e not le ss than the vertical and horizontal clearances from open con- 

ticle 76 ductors specified in the following table; 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- TA 5H=J ?SL 

bor Code; and Section 1 8943(c), Health and Safety Code. CLEARANCES 

,. . . fi j 1 1 o o? /t> • oik. ,r. Vertical clearance above all signs upon which persons can walk 8 feet 

1 . Editorial correction tiled 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). Vertical clearance above all signs upon which persons cannot walk .... 3 feet 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. Vertical clearance under signs 3 feet 

37). Horizontal clearance from signs 3 feet 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-600-10(a).) 

Article 73. Electric Signs and Outline (b) Elevation. The bottom of sign and outline lighting enclosures shall 

Liahtina not ^ e ^ ess tnan ^ ^ eet arx)ve areas accessible to vehicles. 

EXCEPTION: The bottom of such enclosures may be less than 16 feet above areas 
accessible to vehicles where such enclosures are protected from physical damage. 

§ 2560.2. Disconnecting Means. (Title 24, Part 3, Section 600-1 0(b).) 

(a) Each sign and outline lighting system, or feeder circuit or branch n 0TE: Authority cited; Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
circuit supplying a sign or outline lighting system, shall be controlled by bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code, 
an externally operable switch or circuit breaker that will open all un- History 
grounded conductors. 1 ■ Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 
EXCEPTIONS: 2. Editorial correction of subsection (a) filed 1 1-3-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

Page 348 Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



• 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2561.32 



Article 74. Cranes and Hoists 

§2561.1. Scope. 

This Article applies to the installation of electric equipment and wiring 
used in connection with cranes, monorail hoists, hoists, and all runways. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Repealer of Article 74 (Sections 2561.1-2561.55 not consecutive) and new Ar- 
ticle 74 (Sections 2561.1-2561.55, not consecutive) filed 1 1-16-79; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 79, No. 46). 

2. Amendment filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2561.2. Special Requirements for Particular Locations. 

Combustible Materials. Where a crane or hoist operates over readily 
combustible material, the resistors shall be placed in a well ventilated 
cabinet composed of noncombustible material so constaicted that it will 
not emit flames or molten metal. 

EXCEPTION: Resistors shall be permitted to be located in a cage or cab constructed 
of noncombustible material which encloses the sides of the cage or cab from the 
floor to a point at least 6 inches above the top of the resistors. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 

37). 

§2561.3. Clearance. 

(a) On every new installation, major replacement, modification or re- 
pair made after March 15, 1972, the dimension of the working space in 
the direction of access to energized parts which may require examination, 
adjustment, servicing, or maintenance while energized shall be a mini- 
mum of 2.5 feet (762 mm). Where controls are enclosed in cabinets, the 
doors shall either open at least 90 degrees or be removable. 

NOTE: For the purpose of this section, a major replacement, modification, or re- 
pair shall mean 50 percent or more of the current replacement value of the crane 
or hoist. 

(b) On floor operated overhead cranes a suitable work platform with 

means of access shall be provided, attached to the building structure, or 

on the overhead crane bridge, giving ready and safe access to electrical 

control cabinets for service, maintenance or repair. 

EXCEPTION: Floor operated porta-lift type platforms, rolling scaffolds or similar 
type platforms may be used. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting Title 24 cross reference filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth 
day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

3. Amendment of section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 

§ 2561.7. Lifting Magnets. 

All cranes using a lifting magnet shall have a magnet circuit switch of 
the enclosed type with provision for locking in the "open" position. A 
separate means for discharging the inductive load of the magnet shall be 
provided. 

NOTI-;: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

§ 2561 .8. Remote Control Circuits. 

Switching devices shall not be placed in the grounded conductor of re- 
mote control circuits. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-610-16.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 



History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§2561.11. Wiring Method. 

Conductors shall be enclosed in a raceway or shall be Type MC or MI 
cable. 

EXCEPTION: No. 1 : Contact conductors so located or arranged that persons cannot 
inadvertently touch energized parts or bring conducting material into contact w itii 
them. 

EXCEPTION: No. 2: Short lengths of open conductors at resistors, collectors. DC 
motors and other equipment so located or arranged that persons cannot inad\cr 
tently touch energized parts or bring conducting material into contact with them. 
EXCEPTION: No. 3: Where flexibility is necessary, multi-conductor cable may be 
used. 

EXCEPTION: No. 4: Where multi-conductor cable is used with a suspended push 
button station, the station shall be supported in some suitable manner that protects 
the electrical connections against strain. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 610-11.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

§ 2561 .31 . Runway Conductor Disconnecting Means. 

(a) A disconnecting means shall be provided between the runway con- 
tact conductors and the power supply. Such disconnecting means shall 
consist of a motor-circuit switch, circuit breaker, or molded case switch. 
The disconnecting means shall open all ungrounded conductors simulta- 
neously and shall be: 

(1) Readily accessible and operable from the ground or floor level; 

(2) Arranged to be locked in the open position; and 

(3) Placed within view of the ainway contact conductors. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

3. Amendment of section heading, section and Noth filed 8-25-2003; operative 
9-24-2003 (Register 2003, No. 35). 

4. Amendment of section heading and repealer and new section filed 5-5-2008; 
operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor 
Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2561 .32. Disconnecting Means for Cranes and Monorail 
Hoists. 

(a) A motor-circuit switch, molded case switch, or circuit breaker 
shall be provided in the leads from the runway contact conductors or oth- 
er power supply on all cranes and monorail hoists. 

EXCEPTION: The disconnecting means may be omitted where a monorail hoist or 
hand-propelled crane bridge installation meets all of the following conditions: 

(1) The unit is controlled from the ground or floor level; 

(2) The unit is within view of the power supply disconnecting means; and 

(3) No fixed work platform has been provided for servicing the unit. 

(b) The disconnecting means shall be capable of being locked in the 
open position. 

(c) Means shall be provided at the operating station to open the power 
circuit to all motors of the crane or monorail hoist where the disconnect- 
ing means is not readily accessible from the crane or monorail hoist oper- 
ating station. 

NOTE. Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

3. Editorial correction of printing error in Exception 3 (Register 94, No. 26). 

4. Amendment of section and Note filed 8-25-2003; operative 9-24-2003 (Reg- 
ister 2003, No. 35). 

5. Amendment of section heading and repealer and new section filed 5-5-2008; 
operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor 
Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 



Page 349 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



§ 2561.50 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



§ 2561.50. Controls. [Repealed] 

NOTE. Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83. No. 45). 

2. Amendment of subsections (h) and (i) filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day 
thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

3. Repealer of section and amendment of Note; filed 5-5-2008; operative 
5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 
142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2561 .51 . Separate Controls. 

Each motor shall be provided with an individual controller. 
EXCEPTION: No. 1 : Where two or more motors drive a single hoist, carriage, truck, 
or bridge, they shall be permitted to be controlled by a single controller. 

EXCEPTION: No. 2: One controller shall be permitted to be switched between mo- 
tors provided: 

(a) The controller's horsepower rating is not lower than the horsepower rating 
of the largest motor. 

(b) Only one motor is operated at one time. 
(Title 24, Part 3, Section 610-51.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 

37). 

§2561.55. Limit Switch. 

A limit switch or other device shall be provided to prevent the load 
block from passing the safe upper limit of travel of any hoisting mecha- 
nism. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3,La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

Article 74.1. Elevators, Dumbwaiters, 

Escalators, Moving Walks, Wheelchair Lifts, 

and Stairway Chair Lifts 

§2562.1. Scope. 

The following requirements apply to elevators, dumbwaiters, escala- 
tors, moving walks, wheelchair lifts, and stairway chair lifts. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. New article 74.1 (sections 2562.1-2562.7) and section filed 5-5-2008; opera- 
tive 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 
142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2562.2. Disconnecting Means. 

Elevators, dumbwaiters, escalators, moving walks, wheelchair lifts, 
and stairway chair lifts shall have a single means for disconnecting all un- 
grounded main power supply conductors for each unit. 

(a) Control Panels. Control panels not located in the same space as the 
drive machine shall be located in cabinets with doors or panels capable 
of being locked closed. 

(b) Type. The disconnecting means shall be an enclosed externally op- 
erable fused motor circuit switch or circuit breaker capable of being 
locked in the open position. The disconnecting means shall be a listed de- 
vice. 

(c) Operation. For installations built on or after May 5, 2008 no provi- 
sion may be made to open or close this disconnecting means from any 
other part of the premises. If sprinklers are installed in hoistways, ma- 
chine rooms, or machinery spaces, the disconnecting means may auto- 
matically open the power supply to the affected elevators prior to the ap- 
plication of water. No provision may be made to close this disconnecting 



means automatically (that is, power may only be restored by manual 
means). 

(d) Location. For installations built on or after May 5, 2008 the discon- 
necting means shall be located where it is readily accessible to qualified 
persons. 

(1 ) Elevators Without Generator Field Control. On elevators without 
generator field control, the disconnecting means shall be located within 
sight of the motor controller. Driving machines or motion and operation 
controllers not within sight of the disconnecting means shall be provided 
with a manually operated switch installed in the control circuit adjacent 
to the equipment in order to prevent starting. Where the driving machine 
is located in a remote machinery space, a single disconnecting means for 
disconnecting all ungrounded main power supply conductors shall be 
provided and be capable of being locked in the open position. 

(2) Elevators With Generator Field Control. On elevators with genera- 
tor field control, the disconnecting means shall be located within sight of 
the motor controller for the driving motor of the motor-generator set. 
Driving machines, motor-generator sets, or motion and operation con- 
trollers not within sight of the disconnecting means shall be provided 
with a manually operated switch installed in the control circuit to prevent 
starting. The manually operated switch shall be installed adjacent to this 
equipment. Where the driving machine or the motor-generator set is lo- 
cated in a remote machinery space, a single means for disconnecting all 
ungrounded main power supply conductors shall be provided and be ca- 
pable of being locked in the open position. 

(3) Escalators And Moving Walks. On escalators and moving walks, 
the disconnecting means shall be installed in the space where the control- 
ler is located. 

(4) Wheelchair Lifts And Stairway Chair Lifts. On wheelchair lifts and 
stairway chair lifts, the disconnecting means shall be located within sight 
of the motor controller. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2562.3. Identification and Signs. 

For installations built on or after May 5, 2008: 

(a) Where there is more than one driving machine in a machine room, 
the disconnecting means shall be numbered to correspond to the identify- 
ing number of the driving machine that they control. 

(b) The disconnecting means shall be provided with a sign to identify 
the location of the supply-side overcurrent protective device. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2562.4. Single-Car and Multicar Installations. 

For installations built on or after May 5, 2008 on single-car and multi- 
car installations, equipment receiving electrical power from more than 
one source shall be provided with a disconnecting means for each source 
of electrical power. The disconnecting means shall be within sight of the 
equipment served. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2562.5. Warning Sign for Multiple Disconnecting Means. 

A warning sign shall be mounted on or next to the disconnecting 
means where multiple disconnecting means are used and parts of the con- 
trollers remain energized from a source other than the one disconnected. 
The sign shall be clearly legible and shall read: "WARNING— PARTS 
OF THE CONTROLLER ARE NOT DEENERGIZED BY THIS 
SWITCH." 



• 



• 



Page 350 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2565.2 



• 



NOTH: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2562.6. Interconnection Between Multicar Controllers. 

A warning sign worded as required in Section 2562.5 shall be mounted 
on or next to the disconnecting means where interconnections between 
controllers are necessary for the operation of the system on multicar 
installations that remain energized from a source other than the one dis- 
connected. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2562.7. Motor Controllers. 

Motor controllers may be located outside the spaces otherwise re- 
quired by this Article, provided they are in enclosures with doors or re- 
movable panels capable of being locked closed and the disconnecting 
means is located adjacent to or is an integral part of the motor controller. 
Motor controller enclosures for escalators or moving walks may be lo- 
cated in the balustrade on the side located away from the moving steps 
or moving treadway. If the disconnecting means is an integral part of the 
motor controller, it shall be operable without opening the enclosure. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 



Article 75. Electric Welders 

§ 2563.22. Overcurrent Protection. 

Overcurrent protection for motor generator arc welders shall be as pro- 
vided in (a) below. Where the nearest standard rating of the overcurrent 
device used is under the value specified in this Section, or where the rat- 
ing or setting specified results in unnecessary opening of the overcurrent 
device, the next higher rating or setting shall be permitted. 

(a) Each welder shall have overcurrent protection rated or set at not 
more than 200 percent of the rated primary current of the welder. 
EXCEPTION: An overcurrent device shall not be required for a welder having sup- 
ply conductors protected by an overcurrent device rated or set at not more than 200 
percent of the rated primary current of the welder. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 630-22.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment of subsection (a) filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter 
(Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2563.23. Disconnecting Means — Arc Welders. 

(a) A disconnecting means shall be provided in the supply circuit for 
each arc welder that is not equipped with a disconnect mounted as an inte- 
gral part of the welder. The disconnecting means shall be a switch or cir- 
cuit breaker, and its rating shall not be less than that necessary to accom- 
modate overcurrent protection. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Repealer and new section filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Reg- 
ister 86, No. 37). 

3. Amendment of section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 



§ 2563.33. Disconnecting Means — Resistance Welders. 

(a) A switch or circuit breaker shall be provided by which each resis- 
tance welder and its control equipment can be disconnected from the sup- 
ply circuit. The ampere rating of this disconnecting means may not be 
less than the supply conductor ampacity. The supply circuit switch may 
be used as the welder disconnecting means where the circuit supplies 
only one welder. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

HrSTORY 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83. No. 45). 

2. Repealer and new section filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter ( Reg- 
ister 86, No. 37). 

3. Amendment of section and Noth filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 



Article 76. 



Sound Recording and Similar 
Equipment 



§ 2564.1 . Scope. 

This Article covers equipment and wiring for sound recording and re- 
production, centralized distribution of sound, public address, speech-in- 
put systems, and electronic organs. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 640-1.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Sectionl42.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2564.6. Grouping of Conductors. 

Conductors of different systems grouped in the same conduit or other 
metal enclosure or in portable cords or cables shall comply with (a) 
through (c) below. 

(a) Power-Supply Conductors. Power-supply conductors shall be 
properly identified and shall be used solely for supplying power to the 
equipment to which the other conductors are connected. 

(b) Leads to Motor Generator or Rotary Converter. Input leads to a mo- 
tor generator or rotary converter shall be run separately from the output 
leads. 

(c) Conductor Insulation. The conductors shall be insulated individu- 
ally, or collectively in groups, by insulation at least equivalent to that on 
the power supply and other conductors. 

EXCEPTION: Where the power supply and other conductors are separated by a lead 
sheath or other continuous metallic covering. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 640-6.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

Article 77. Information Technology 
Equipment 

§ 2565.1. Disconnecting Means. [Repealed] 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1 . New section filed 2-1-83; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 83, No. 6). 

2. Editorial correction of NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Repealer filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86. No. 37). 

4. Amendment of article heading filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted 
to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, 
No. 19). 

§ 2565.2. Supply Circuits and Interconnecting Cables. 

(a) Branch-Circuit Conductors. The branch-circuit conductors to 
which one or more units of a data processing system are connected to a 



Page 351 



Register 2008, No. 29; 7-18-2008 



§ 2565.3 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



source of supply shall have an ampacity not less than 125 percent of the 
total connected load. 

(b) Connecting Cables. The data processing system shall be permitted 
to be connected by means of computer or data processing cable or flex- 
ible cord and an attachment plug cap or cord-set assembly specifically 
approved as a part of the data processing system. Separate units shall be 
permitted to be interconnected by means of flexible cords and cables spe- 
cifically approved as part of the data processing system. When run on the 
surface of the floor, they shall be protected against physical damage. 

(c) Under Raised Floors. Power cables, communications cables and 
interconnecting cables associated with the data processing equipment 
shall be permitted under a raised floor provided: 

( 1 ) The raised floor is of suitable construction. 

(2) The branch-circuit supply conductors to receptacles are in rigid 
metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit, electrical metallic tubing, 
metal wireway, metal surface raceway with metal cover, flexible metal 
conduit, liquidtight flexible metal conduit, mineral-insulated, metal- 
sheathed cable, metal-clad cable, or Type AC cable. 

(3) Ventilation in the underfloor area is used for the data processing 
equipment and data processing area only. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 645.2.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1 . Amendment filed 2-1-83; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 83, No. 6). 

2. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45) 

3. Repealer and new section filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Reg- 
ister 86, No. 37). 

4. Editorial correction redesignating erroneous subsection (e) as subsection (c)(3) 
(Register 2008, No. 29). 

§ 2565.3. Disconnecting Means. 

(a) A disconnecting means shall be provided to disconnect the power 
to all electronic equipment in an information technology equipment 
room. There shall also be a similar means to disconnect the power to all 
dedicated heating, ventilating and air conditioning (HVAC) systems 
serving the room and to cause all required fire/smoke dampers to close. 
EXCEPTION: Integrated electrical systems covered by Article 89 need not have the 
disconnecting means required by this section. 

(b) Grouping. The control for these disconnecting means shall be 
grouped and identified and shall be readily accessible at the principal exit 
doors. A single means to control both the electronic equipment and 
HVAC system is permitted. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. New section filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

2. Amendment of section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 



Article 77.1. X-Ray Equipment 

§2566.1. Scope. 

This Article applies to X-ray equipment. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. New article 77.1 (sections 2566.1-2566.3) and section filed 5-5-2008; opera- 
tive 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 
142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2566.2. Disconnecting Means. 

(a) A disconnecting means shall be provided in the supply circuit. The 
disconnecting means shall be operable from a location readily accessible 
from the X-ray control. For equipment connected to a 120-volt branch 
circuit of 30 amperes or less, a grounding-type attachment plug cap and 
receptacle of proper rating may serve as a disconnecting means. 



(b) If more than one piece of equipment is operated from the same 
high-voltage circuit, each piece or each group of equipment as a unit 
shall be provided with a high-voltage switch or equivalent disconnecting 
means. The disconnecting means shall be constructed, enclosed, or lo- 
cated so as to avoid contact by employees with its live parts. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2566.3. Control. 

The following requirements apply to industrial and commercial labo- 
ratory equipment. 

(a) Radiographic and fluoroscopic-type equipment shall be effective- 
ly enclosed or shall have interlocks that deenergize the equipment auto- 
matically to prevent ready access to live current-carrying parts. 

(b) Diffraction- and irradiation-type equipment shall have a pilot 
light, readable meter deflection, or equivalent means to indicate when the 
equipment is energized, unless the equipment or installation is effective- 
ly enclosed or is provided with interlocks to prevent access to live cur- 
rent-carrying parts during operation. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

Article 77.2. Induction and Dielectric 
Heating Equipment 

§ 2567.1 . Scope. 

This Article applies to induction and dielectric heating equipment and 
accessories for industrial and scientific applications, but not for medical 
or dental applications or for appliances. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. New article 77.2 (sections 2567.1-2567.3) and section filed 5-5-2008; opera- 
tive 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 
142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2567.2. Guarding and Grounding. 

(a) The converting apparatus (including the dc line) and high-frequen- 
cy electric circuits (excluding the output circuits and remote-control cir- 
cuits) shall be completely contained within enclosures of noncombus- 
tible material. 

(b) All panel controls shall be of dead-front construction. 

(c) Doors or detachable panels shall be employed for internal access. 
Where doors are used giving access to voltages from 500 to 600 volts ac 
or dc, either door locks shall be provided or interlocks shall be installed. 
Detachable panels not normally used for access to such parts shall be fas- 
tened in a manner that will make them difficult to remove (for example, 
by requiring the use of tools). 

(d) Warning labels or signs that read "DANGER— HIGH VOLT- 
AGE — KEEP OUT" shall be attached to the equipment and shall be 
plainly visible where persons might contact energized parts when doors 
are opened or closed or when panels are removed from compartments 
containing over 250 volts ac or dc. 

(e) Induction and dielectric heating equipment shall be protected as 
follows: 

( 1 ) Protective cages or adequate shielding shall be used to guard work 
applicators other than induction heating coils. 

(2) Induction heating coils shall be protected by insulation or refracto- 
ry materials or both. 

(3) Interlock switches shall be used on all hinged access doors, sliding 
panels, or other such means of access to the applicator, unless the applica- 
tor is an induction heating coil at dc ground potential or operating at less 
than 150 volts ac. 



Page 352 



Register 2008, No. 29; 7-18-2008 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§2569.1 



• 



• 



(4) Interlock switches shall be connected in such a manner as to re- 
move all power from the applicator when any one of the access doors or 
panels is open. 

(f) A readily accessible disconnecting means shall be provided by 
which each heating equipment can be isolated from its supply circuit. The 
ampere rating of this disconnecting means shall not be less than the 
nameplate current rating of the equipment. The supply circuit discon- 
necting means is permitted as a heating equipment disconnecting means 
where the circuit supplies only one piece of equipment. 
N()Th: Authority cited: Section 142.3. Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2567.3. Remote Control. 

(a) If remote controls are used for applying power, a selector switch 
shall be provided and interlocked to provide power from only one control 
point at a time. 

(b) Switches operated by foot pressure shall be provided with a shield 
over the contact button to avoid accidental closing of the switch. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 1 42.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 



Article 78. 



Electrically Driven or Controlled 
Irrigation Machines 



GENERAL 

§ 2568.2. Definitions. 

Irrigation Machines. An irrigation machine is an electrically driven or 
controlled machine, with one or more motors, not hand portable, and 
used primarily to transport and distribute water for agricultural purposes. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register86, No. 

37). 

§ 2568.4. Irrigation Cable. 

(a) Supports. Irrigation cable shall be secured by approved straps, 
hangers or similar fittings so designed and installed as not to injure the 
cable. Cable shall be supported at intervals not exceeding 4 feet. 

(b) Fittings. Fittings shall be used at all points where irrigation cable 
terminates. The fittings shall be designed for use with the cable and shall 
be suitable for the conditions of service. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment of subsection (b) filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter 
(Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2568.8. Disconnecting Means. 

(a) The main disconnecting means for a center pivot irrigation ma- 
chine shall be located at the point of connection of electrical power to the 
machine or shall be visible and not more than 50 feet (15.2 m) from the 
machine. 

(b) The disconnecting means shall be readily accessible and capable 
of being locked in the open position. 

(c) A disconnecting means shall be provided for each motor and con- 
troller. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 



HJ STORY 

1 . Renumbering and amendment of former Section 2568.8 to Section 2568. 12. and 
new Section 2568.8 filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter I Register 
86, No. 37). For prior history, see Register 83, No. 45. 

2. Amendment of section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 5 5 2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3 ) ( Register 
2008, No. 19). 

§2568.12. Grounding. 

The following equipment shall be grounded: 

(a) All electrical equipment on the irrigation machine. 

(b) All electrical equipment associated with the irrigation machine. 

(c) Metallic junction boxes and enclosures. 

(d) Control panels or control equipment that supply or control electri- 
cal equipment to the irrigation machine. 

EXCEPTION: Grounding shall not be required on machines where all 
of the following provisions are met: 

(1) The machine is electrically controlled but not electrically driven. 

(2) The control voltage is 30 volts or less. 

(3) The control or signal circuits are current limited. 
(Title 24, Part 3, Section 675-12.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Renumbering and amendment of former Section 2568.12 to Section 2568.16. 
and renumbering and amendment of former Section 2568.8 to Section 2568.12 
filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§2568.15. Lightning Protection. 

If an irrigation machine has a stationary point, a grounding electrode 
system shall be connected to the machine at the stationary point for light- 
ning protection. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. New section filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

2. Amendment of section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 

§ 2568.16. Energy from More Than One Source. 

Equipment within an enclosure receiving electrical energy from more 
than one source shall not be required to have a disconnecting means for 
the additional source, provided that its voltage is 30 volts or less. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 675-16). 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Renumbering and amendment of former Section 2568.12 to Section 2568.16 

filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2568.23. Disconnecting Means. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83. No 45). 

2. Repealer filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter ( Register 86. No. 37). 



Article 79. 



Swimming Pools, Fountains and 
Similar Installations 



GENERAL 



§ 2569.1 . Scope. 

The provisions of this Article apply to electric wiring for and equip- 
ment in or adjacent to all swimming, wading, therapeutic, and decorative 
pools and fountains, and hydro-massage bathtubs, whether permanently 
installed or storable, and to metallic auxiliary equipment, such as pumps, 
filters, and similar equipment. Therapeutic pools in health care facilities 
are exempt from these provisions. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code. 



Page 353 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



§ 2569.5 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Repealer and new section filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Reg- 
ister 86. No. 37). 

3. Amendment of section and Noth filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Resistcr 
2008, No. 19). 



§ 2569.5. Receptacles. 

(a) Receptacles. A single receptacle of the locking and grounding type 
that provides power for a permanently installed swimming pool recircu- 
lating pump motor may be located not less than 5 feet (1.52 m) from the 
inside walls of a pool. All other receptacles on the property shall be lo- 
cated at least 10 feet (3.05 m) from the inside walls of a pool. 

(b) Receptacles which are located within 15 feet (4.57 m) or 20 feet 
(6.08 m) if the installation was built after May 5, 2008, of the inside walls 
of the pool shall be protected by ground-fault circuit interrupters. 

(c) For installations built on or after May 5, 2008 where a pool is 
installed permanently at a dwelling unit, at least one 125— volt, 15- or 
20-ampere receptacle on a general-purpose branch circuit shall be lo- 
cated a minimum of 10 feet (3.05 m) and not more than 20 feet (6.08 m) 
from the inside wall of the pool. This receptacle shall be located not more 
than 6.5 feet ( 1 .98 m) above the floor, platform, or grade level serving the 
pool. 

Noth: In determining these dimensions, the distance to be measured is the shortest 
path the supply cord of an appliance connected to the receptacle would follow 
without piercing a floor, wall, or ceiling of a building or other effective permanent 
barrier. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2569.6. Lighting Fixtures, Lighting Outlets, and Ceiling 
Suspended (Paddle) Fans. 

(a) In outdoor pool areas, lighting fixtures, lighting outlets, and ceil- 
ing-suspended (paddle) fans may not be installed over the pool or over 
the area extending 5 feet (1.52 m) horizontally from the inside walls of 
a pool unless no part of the lighting fixture of a ceiling-suspended 
(paddle) fan is less than 12 feet (3.66 m) above the maximum water level. 
However, a lighting fixture or lighting outlet that was installed before 
April 16, 1981, may be located less than 5 feet (1.52 m) measured hori- 
zontally from the inside walls of a pool if it is at least 5 feet ( 1 .52 m) above 
the surface of the maximum water level and is rigidly attached to the ex- 
isting structure. It shall also be protected by a ground-fault circuit inter- 
rupter installed in the branch circuit supplying the fixture. 

(b) Lighting fixtures and lighting outlets installed in the area extending 
between 5 feet ( 1 .52 m) and 10 feet (3.05 m) horizontally from the inside 
walls of a pool shall be protected by a ground-fault circuit interrupter un- 
less installed 5 feet ( 1 .52 m) above the maximum water level and rigidly 
attached to the structure adjacent to or enclosing the pool. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. New section filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 

37). 

2. Amendment of section heading, repealer and new section and amendment of 
Noth filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only 
pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2569.7. Cord- and Plug-Connected Equipment. 

(a) Flexible cords used with the following equipment may not exceed 
3 feet (0.9 m) in length and shall have a copper equipment grounding con- 
ductor with a grounding-type attachment plug. 

( 1 ) Cord- and plug-connected lighting fixtures installed within 1 6 feet 
(4.88 m) of the water surface of permanently installed pools. 



(2) Other cord- and plug-connected, fixed or stationary equipment 
used with permanently installed pools. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3. Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . New section filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

2. Amendment of section and Note: filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 

PERMANENTLY INSTALLED POOLS 

§ 2569.20. Underwater Equipment. 

(a) A ground-fault circuit interrupter shall be installed in the branch 
circuit supplying underwater fixtures operating at more than 15 volts. 
Equipment installed underwater shall be identified for the purpose. 

(b) No underwater lighting fixtures may be installed for operation at 
over 150 volts between conductors. 

(c) A lighting fixture facing upward shall have the lens adequately 
guarded to prevent contact by any person. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . New section filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

2. Amendment of section heading, section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 
5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 
142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

STORABLE POOLS 

§ 2569.30. Pumps. 

A cord-connected swimming pool filter pump shall incorporate an ap- 
proved system of double insulation or its equivalent, and shall be pro- 
vided with means of grounding only the internal and nonaccessible non- 
current-carrying metal parts of the appliance. 

The means for grounding shall be an equipment grounding conductor 
run with the power-supply conductors in the flexible cord that is properly 
terminated in a grounding-type attachment plug having a fixed ground- 
ing contact member. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

§ 2569.31 . Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupters Required. 

All electric equipment, including power-supply cords, used with stor- 
able swimming pools shall be protected by ground-fault circuit interrupt- 
ers. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 680-31.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment deleting subsection (a) designation only filed 8-27-86; effective 
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

FOUNTAINS 

§2569.51. Fountains. 

All electric equipment, including power supply cords, operating at 
more than 1 5 volts, and used with fountains shall be protected by ground- 
fault circuit interrupters. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . New section filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

2. Amendment of section heading, section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 
5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 
142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 



Page 354 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§2575.10 



Article 80. Emergency Power Systems 

§2571.1. Scope. 

The provisions for emergency power systems apply to circuits, sys- 
tems, and equipment intended to supply power for illumination and spe- 
cial loads, in the event of failure of the normal supply. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Repealer and new section filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Reg- 
ister 86, No. 37). 

3. Amendment of article heading, section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 
5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 
142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2571.4. Tests and Maintenance. 

(a) Systems shall be tested periodically on a schedule acceptable to the 
authority having jurisdiction to assure their maintenance in proper oper- 
ating condition. 

(b) Where battery systems or unit equipments are involved, including 
batteries used for starting or ignition in auxiliary engines, the authority 
having jurisdiction shall require periodic maintenance. 

(c) A written record shall be kept of such tests and maintenance. 

(d) Means for testing all emergency lighting and power systems during 

maximum anticipated load conditions shall be provided. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment of subsection (d) filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter 
(Register 86, No. 37). 

§2571.9. Wiring Methods. 

Emergency circuit wiring shall be kept entirely independent of all oth- 
er wiring and equipment and may not enter the same raceway, cable, box, 
or cabinet or other wiring except either where common circuit elements 
suitable for the purpose are required, or for transferring power from the 
normal to the emergency source. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2571 .1 4. Emergency Illumination. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Repealer filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2571 .1 6. Emergency Illumination. 

(a) Emergency illumination shall include all required means of egress 
lighting, illuminated exit signs, and all other lights necessary to provide 
illumination. 

(b) Where emergency lighting is necessary, the system shall be so ar- 
ranged that the failure of any individual lighting element, such as the 
burning out of a light bulb, cannot leave any space in total darkness. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. New section filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 
37). 

2. Amendment of section and Note filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Sub- 
mitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 
2008, No. 19). 



§ 2571 .1 9. Switch Location. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Renumbering and amendment of Section 2571.19 to Section 2571.21 filed 
8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2571 .21 . Switch Location. 

(a) All manual switches for controlling emergency circuits shall be in 
locations convenient to authorized persons responsible for their actua- 
tion. In places of assembly, such as theaters, a switch for controlling 
emergency lighting systems shall be located in the lobby or at a place 
conveniently accessible thereto. 

(b) In no case shall a control switch for emergency lighting in a theater 
or motion picture theater or place of assembly be placed in a motion pic- 
ture projection booth or on a stage. 

EXCEPTION: Where multiple switches are provided, one such switch shall be per- 
mitted in such locations where so arranged that it can energize but not disconnect 
the circuit. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 700-21.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Renumbering and amendment of former Section 2571.21 to Section 2571.25, 
and renumbering and amendment of former Section 257 1 . 19 to Section 257 1 .2 1 
filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§2571.25. Accessibility. 

The branch circuit overcurrent devices in emergency circuits shall be 

accessible to authorized persons only. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 700-25.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Renumbering and amendment of former Section 2571.21 to Section 2571.25 
filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§2571.30. Signs. 

For installations built on or after May 5, 2008: 

(a) A sign shall be placed at the service entrance equipment indicating 
the type and location of on-site emergency power sources. However, a 
sign is not required for individual unit equipment. 

(b) Where the grounded circuit conductor connected to the emergency 
source is connected to a grounding electrode conductor at a location re- 
mote from the emergency source, there shall be a sign at the grounding 
location that shall identify all emergency and normal sources connected 
at that location. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

Article 81 . Stand-By Power Generation 
Systems 

§2575.1. Scope. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Repealer filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86. No. 37). 

§ 2575.10. Legally Required Stand-By Power Generation 
Systems. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



Page 354.1 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



§ 2580.1 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



2. Repealer filed 8-27-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 



Article 82. Electrolytic Systems 

§2580.1. Scope. 

The provisions of this article shall apply to electroplating and electro- 
stripping processes. 

(Titte 24, Part 3, Section 3-669-1.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3. LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1 . Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2580.2. Wiring Methods. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Renumbering of Section 2580.2 to Section 2580.6 filed 8-27-86; effective thir- 
tieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2580.6. Wiring Methods. 

(a) Systems not exceeding 50 volts DC. Insulated open conductors on 
insulators or bare busbars shall be permitted for the supply of electrolytic 
installations not exceeding 50 volts DC. 

(b) Systems exceeding 50 volts DC. 

( 1 ) Insulated open conductors on insulators or bare busbars shall be 
permitted for the supply of electrolytic installations exceeding 50 volts 
DC, when guarded as required in Section 2340.17. 

EXCEPTION: Unguarded bare conductors or busbars shall be permitted at the 
tanks. 

(2) When access to the process while energized is necessary, the en- 
trance door guarding the electrolytic process shall be electrically inter- 
locked so that access by employees will be prevented when the voltage 
exceeds 50 volts DC. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-669-6.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Renumbering of former Section 2580.2 to Section 2580.6 filed 8-27-86; effec- 
tive thirtieth day thereafter (Register 86, No. 37). 

§ 2599. General. 

History 

1 . Amendment filed 2-9-55; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 55, No. 3). 

2. Amendment filed 1 1-27-62; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 62, No. 

24). 

3. Renumbering of Article 36 to Article 83 (Section 2599) filed 10-14-75; effec- 
tive thirtieth day thereafter (Register 75, No. 42). 

4. Repealer of Article 83 (Section 2599) filed 11-14-75; effective thirtieth day 
thereafter (Register 75, No. 46). 



Article 83. Electrolytic Cells 

§2583.1. Scope. 

This Article applies to the installation of the electrical components and 
accessory equipment of electrolytic cells, electrolytic cell lines, and pro- 
cess power supply for the production of aluminum, cadmium, chlorine, 
copper, fluorine, hydrogen peroxide, magnesium, sodium, sodium chlo- 
rate, and zinc. Cells used as a source of electric energy and for electroplat- 
ing processes and cells used for production of hydrogen are not covered 
by this Article. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . New article 83 (sections 2583.1-2583.8) and section filed 5-5-2008; operative 

5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 

142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 



§ 2583.2. Application. 

Installations covered by this Article shall comply with all applicable 
provisions of these Safety Orders, except as follows: 

(a) Overcurrent protection of electrolytic cell dc process power cir- 
cuits need not comply with the requirements of Article 10, Overcurrent 
Protection; 

(b) Equipment located or used within the cell line working zone or 
associated with the cell line dc power circuits need not comply with the 
provisions of Article 1 1 , Grounding; and 

(c) Electrolytic cells, cell line conductors, cell line attachments, and 
the wiring of auxiliary equipment and devices within the cell line work- 
ing zone need not comply with the provisions of Article 2. Administra- 
tion, Article 6, Branch Circuits, or Article 8, Outdoor Wiring. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2583.3. Disconnecting Means. 

If more than one dc cell line process power supply serves the same cell 
line, a disconnecting means shall be provided on the cell line circuit side 
of each power supply to disconnect it from the cell line circuit. Remov- 
able links or removable conductors may be used as the disconnecting 
means. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2583.4. Portable Electric Equipment. 

(a) The frames and enclosures of portable electric equipment used 
within the cell line working zone may not be grounded, unless the cell 
line circuit voltage does not exceed 200 volts DC or the frames are 
guarded. 

(b) Ungrounded portable electric equipment shall be distinctively 
marked and shall employ plugs and receptacles of a configuration that 
prevents connection of this equipment to grounding receptacles and that 
prevents inadvertent interchange of ungrounded and grounded portable 
electric equipment. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2583.5. Power Supply Circuits and Receptacles for 
Portable Electric Equipment. 

(a) Circuits supplying power to ungrounded receptacles for hand- 
held, cord- and plug-connected equipment shall meet the following re- 
quirements: 

( 1 ) The circuits shall be electrically isolated from any distribution sys- 
tem supplying areas other than the cell line working zone and shall be un- 
grounded; 

(2) The circuits shall be supplied through isolating transformers with 
primaries operating at not more than 600 volts between conductors and 
protected with proper overcurrent protection; 

(3) The secondary voltage of the isolating transformers may not ex- 
ceed 300 volts between conductors; and 

(4) All circuits supplied from the secondaries shall be ungrounded and 
shall have an approved overcurrent device of proper rating in each con- 
ductor. 

(b) Receptacles and their mating plugs for ungrounded equipment may 
not have provision for a grounding conductor and shall be of a configura- 
tion that prevents their use for equipment required to be grounded. 

(c) Receptacles on circuits supplied by an isolating transformer with 
an ungrounded secondary: 

(1) Shall have a distinctive configuration; 

(2) Shall be distinctively marked; and 



Page 354.2 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2584.5 



• 



• 



(3) Shall not be used in any other location in the facility. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 



§ 2583.6. Fixed and Portable Electric Equipment. 

(a) The following need not be grounded: 

( 1 ) AC systems supplying fixed and portable electric equipment with- 
in the cell line working zone; and 

(2) Exposed conductive surfaces, such as electric equipment housings, 
cabinets, boxes, motors, raceways and the like that are within the cell line 
working zone. 

(b) Auxiliary electric equipment, such as motors, transducers, sensors, 
control devices, and alarms, mounted on an electrolytic cell or other ener- 
gized surface shall be connected to the premises wiring systems by any 
of the following means: 

( 1 ) Multiconductor hard usage or extra hard usage flexible cord; 

(2) Wire or cable in suitable nonmetallic raceways or cable trays; or 

(3) Wire or cable in suitable metal raceways or metal cable trays 
installed with insulating breaks such that they will not cause a potentially 
hazardous electrical condition. 

(c) Fixed electric equipment may be bonded to the energized conduc- 
tive surfaces of the cell line, its attachments, or auxiliaries. If fixed elec- 
tric equipment is mounted on an energized conductive surface, it shall be 
bonded to that surface. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 



§ 2583.7. Auxiliary Nonelectrical Connections. 

Auxiliary nonelectrical connections such as air hoses, water hoses, 
and the like, to an electrolytic cell, its attachments, or auxiliary equip- 
ment may not have continuous conductive reinforcing wire, armor, 
braids, or the like. 

Hoses shall be of a nonconductive material. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 



§ 2583.8. Cranes and Hoists. 

(a) The conductive surfaces of cranes and hoists that enter the cell line 
working zone need not be grounded. The portion of an overhead crane 
or hoist that contacts an energized electrolytic cell or energized attach- 
ments shall be insulated from ground. 

(b) Remote crane or hoist controls that may introduce hazardous elec- 
trical conditions into the cell line working zone shall employ one or more 
of the following systems: 

(1) Isolated and ungrounded control circuit; 

(2) Nonconductive rope operator; 

(3) Pendant pushbutton with nonconductive supporting means and 
with nonconductive surfaces or ungrounded exposed conductive sur- 
faces; or 

(4) Radio. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 



Article 84. Carnivals, Circuses, Fairs, and 
Similar Events 

§2584.1. Scope. 

This Article covers the installation of portable wiring and equipment. 
including wiring in or on all structures, for carnivals, circuses, exhibi- 
tions, fairs, traveling attractions, and similar events installed on or alter 
May 5, 2008. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. New article 84 (sections 2584.1-2584.8) and section filed 5-5-2008: operative 
5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 
142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2584.2. Protection of Electric Equipment. 

Electric equipment and wiring methods in or on rides, concessions, or 
other units shall be provided with mechanical protection where such 
equipment or wiring methods are subject to physical damage. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2584.3. Services. 

(a) Services shall be installed in accordance with applicable require- 
ments of these Safety Orders, and, in addition, shall comply with the fol- 
lowing: 

( 1 ) Service equipment shall not be installed in a location that is accessi- 
ble to unqualified persons, unless the equipment is lockable; and 

(2) Service equipment shall be mounted on solid backing and installed 
so as to be protected from the weather, unless the equipment is of weath- 
erproof construction. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2584.4. Overhead Conductor Clearances. 

Amusement rides and amusement attractions shall be maintained not 
less than 15 feet (4.57 m) in any direction from overhead conductors op- 
erating at 600 volts or less, except for the conductors supplying the 
amusement ride or attraction. Amusement rides or attractions may not be 
located under or within 15 feet (4.57 m) horizontally of conductors oper- 
ating in excess of 600 volts. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2584.5. Wiring Methods. 

(a) Flexible cords and cables shall be listed for extra-hard usage. 
When used outdoors, flexible cords and cables shall also be listed for wet 
locations and shall be sunlight resistant. 

(b) Single conductor cable shall be size No. 2 or larger. 

(c) Open conductors are prohibited except as part of a listed assembly 
or festoon lighting installed in accordance with Article 8, Outdoor Wir- 
ing. 

(d) Flexible cords and cables shall be continuous without splice or tap 
between boxes or fittings. Cord connectors shall not be laid on the ground 
unless listed for wet locations. Connectors and cable connections shall 
not be placed in audience traffic paths or within areas accessible to the 
public unless guarded. 

(e) Wiring for an amusement ride, attraction, tent, or similar structure 
shall not be supported by another ride or structure unless specifically 
identified for the purpose. 



Page 354.3 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



§ 2584.6 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



(f) Flexible cords and cables run on the ground, where accessible to the 
public, shall be covered with approved nonconductive mats. Cables and 
mats shall be arranged so as not to present a tripping hazard. 

(g) A box or fitting shall be installed at each connection point, outlet, 
switch point, or junction point. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008. No. 19). 

§ 2584.6. Inside Tents and Concessions. 

Electrical wiring for temporary lighting, where installed inside of tents 
and concessions, shall be securely installed, and, where subject to physi- 
cal damage, shall be provided with mechanical protection. All temporary 
lamps for general illumination shall be protected from accidental break- 
age by a suitable fixture or lampholder with a guard. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2584.7. Portable Distribution and Termination Boxes. 

Employers shall only use portable distribution and termination boxes 
that meet the following requirements: 

(a) Boxes shall be designed so that no live parts are exposed to acciden- 
tal contact. Where installed outdoors, the box shall be of weatherproof 
construction and mounted so that the bottom of the enclosure is not less 
than 6 in. (152 mm) above the ground; 

(b) Busbars shall have an ampere rating not less than the overcurrent 
device supplying the feeder supplying the box. Busbar connectors shall 
be provided where conductors terminate directly on busbars; 

(c) Receptacles shall have overcurrent protection installed within the 
box. The overcurrent protection shall not exceed the ampere rating of the 
receptacle, except as permitted in Article 56 for motor loads; 

(d) Where single-pole connectors are used, they shall comply with the 
following: 

( 1 ) Where ac single-pole portable cable connectors are used, they 
shall be listed and of the locking type. Where paralleled sets of current- 
carrying single-pole separable connectors are provided as input devices, 
they shall be prominently labeled with a warning indicating the presence 
of internal parallel connections. The use of single-pole separable con- 
nectors shall comply with at least one of the following conditions: 

(A) Connection and disconnection of connectors are only possible 
where the supply connectors are interlocked to the source and it is not 
possible to connect or disconnect connectors when the supply is ener- 
gized; or 

(B) Line connectors are of the listed sequential-interlocking type so 
that load connectors are connected in the following sequence: 

1. Equipment grounding conductor connection; 

2. Grounded circuit-conductor connection, if provided; and 

3. Ungrounded conductor connection; and so that disconnection is in 
the reverse order; or 

(C) A caution notice is provided adjacent to the line connectors indi- 
cating that plug connection must be in the following sequence: 

1 . Equipment grounding conductor connection; 

2. Grounded circuit-conductor connection, if provided; and 

3. Ungrounded conductor connection; and indicating that disconnec- 
tion is in the reverse order; and 

(2) Single-pole separable connectors used in portable professional 
motion picture and television equipment may be interchangeable for ac 
or dc use or for different current ratings on the same premises only if they 
are listed for ac/dc use and marked to identify the system to which they 
are connected; 

(e) Overcurrent protection of equipment and conductors shall be pro- 
vided; and 



(f) The following equipment connected to the same source shall be 
bonded: 

(1) Metal raceways and metal sheathed cable; 

(2) Metal enclosures of electrical equipment; and 

(3) Metal frames and metal parts of rides, concessions, trailers, trucks, 
or other equipment that contain or support electrical equipment. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2584.8. Disconnecting Means. 

(a) Each ride and concession shall be provided with a fused disconnect 
switch or circuit breaker located within sight and within 6 feet ( 1 .83 m) 
of the operator's station. 

(b) The disconnecting means shall be readily accessible to the opera- 
tor, including when the ride is in operation. 

(c) Where accessible to unqualified persons, the enclosure for the 
switch or circuit breaker shall be of the lockable type. 

(d) A shunt trip device that opens the fused disconnect or circuit break- 
er when a switch located in the ride operator's console is closed is a per- 
missible method of opening the circuit. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

Article 85. Class 1, Class 2, and Class 3 

Remote Control, Signaling, and 

Power-Limited Circuits 

§ 2585.1 . Classification. 

Class 1, Class 2, and Class 3 remote control, signaling, or power-lim- 
ited circuits are characterized by their usage and electrical power limita- 
tion that differentiates them from light and power circuits. These circuits 
are classified in accordance with their respective voltage and power li- 
mitations as summarized in subsections (a)-(c) below: 

(a) A Class 1 power-limited circuit shall be supplied from a source 
having a rated output of not more than 30 volts and 1000 volt-amperes. 

(b) A Class 1 remote control circuit or a Class 1 signaling circuit shall 
have a voltage not exceeding 600 volts; however, the power output of the 
source need not be limited. 

(c) The power source for a Class 2 or Class 3 circuit shall be listed 
equipment marked as a Class 2 or Class 3 power source, except as fol- 
lows: 

(1) Thermocouples do not require listing as a Class 2 power source. 

(2) A dry cell battery is considered an inherently limited Class 2 power 
source, provided the voltage is 30 volts or less and the capacity is less 
than or equal to that available from series-connected No. 6 carbon zinc 
cells. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . New article 85 (sections 2585.1-2585.3) and section filed 5-5-2008; operative 

5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 

142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2585.2. Marking. 

A Class 2 or Class 3 power supply unit shall be durably marked where 
plainly visible to indicate the class of supply and its electrical rating. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2585.3. Separation from Conductors of Other Circuits. 

For installations built on or after May 5, 2008 cables and conductors 
of Class 2 and Class 3 circuits may not be placed in any cable, cable tray, 



• 



Page 354.4 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2587.4 



compartment, enclosure, manhole, outlet box, device box, raceway, or 
similar fitting with conductors of electric light, power, Class 1 , nonpow- 
er-limited fire alarm circuits, and medium power network-powered 
broadband communications cables unless a barrier or other equivalent 
form of protection against contact is employed. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008. No. 19). 

Article 86. Fire Alarm Systems 

§2586.1. Classifications. 

Fire alarm circuits shall be classified either as nonpower limited or 
power limited. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. New article 86 (sections 2586.1-2586.4) and section filed 5-5-2008; operative 

5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 

142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2586.2. Power Sources. 

The power sources for use with fire alarm circuits shall be either power 
limited or nonpower limited as follows: 

(a) The power source of nonpower-limited fire alarm (NPLFA) cir- 
cuits shall have an output voltage of not more than 600 volts, nominal; 
and 

(b) The power source for a power-limited fire alarm (PLFA) circuit 
shall be listed equipment marked as a PLFA power source. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2586.3. Separation from Conductors of Other Circuits. 

(a) Nonpower-limited fire alarm circuits and Class 1 circuits may 
occupy the same enclosure, cable, or raceway provided all conductors are 
insulated for maximum voltage of any conductor within the enclosure, 
cable, or raceway. Power supply and fire alarm circuit conductors are 
permitted in the same enclosure, cable, or raceway only if connected to 
the same equipment. 

(b) Power-limited circuit cables and conductors may not be placed in 
any cable, cable tray, compartment, enclosure, outlet box, raceway, or 
similar fitting with conductors of electric light, power, Class 1 , non-pow- 
er-limited fire alarm circuit conductors, or medium power network- 
powered broadband communications circuits. 

(c) Power-limited fire alarm circuit conductors shall be separated at 
least 2 in. (50.8 mm) from conductors of any electric light, power, Class 
1, nonpower-limited fire alarm, or medium power network-powered 
broadband communications circuits unless a special and equally protec- 
tive method of conductor separation is employed. 

(d) Conductors of one or more Class 2 circuits are permitted within the 
same cable, enclosure, or raceway with conductors of power-limited fire 
alarm circuits provided that the insulation of Class 2 circuit conductors 
in the cable, enclosure, or raceway is at least that needed for the power- 
limited fire alarm circuits. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2586.4. Identification. 

Fire alarm circuits shall be identified at terminal and junction locations 
in a manner that will prevent unintentional interference with the signal- 
ing circuit during testing and servicing. Power-limited fire alarm circuits 
shall be durably marked as such where plainly visible at terminations. 



NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 



Article 87. Communications Systems 

§2587.1. Scope. 

This Article applies to central-station-connected and non-central- 
station-connected telephone circuits, radio and television receiving and 
transmitting equipment, including community antenna television and ra- 
dio distribution systems, telegraph, district messenger, and outside wir- 
ing for fire and burglar alarm, and similar central station systems. These 
installations need not comply with the provisions of Article 2 through Ar- 
ticle 86 of these Low-Voltage Electrical Safety Orders, except for Sec- 
tion 2375.7 and Article 59. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. New article 87 (sections 2587.1-2586.5) and section filed 5-5-2008: operative 

5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 

142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2587.2. Protective Devices. 

(a) A listed primary protector shall be provided on each circuit run 
partly or entirely in aerial wire or aerial cable not confined within a block. 

(b) A listed primary protector shall be also provided on each aerial or 
underground circuit when the location of the circuit within the block con- 
taining the building served allows the circuit to be exposed to accidental 
contact with electric light or power conductors operating at over 300 
volts to ground. 

(c) In addition, where there exists a lightning exposure, each inter- 
building circuit on premises shall be protected by a listed primary protec- 
tor at each end of the interbuilding circuit. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2587.3. Conductor Location. 

(a) Lead-in or aerial-drop cables from a pole or other support, includ- 
ing the point of initial attachment to a building or structure, shall be kept 
away from electric light, power, Class 1 , or nonpower-limited lire alarm 
circuit conductors so as to avoid the possibility of accidental contact. 

(b) A separation of at least 6 feet ( 1 .83 m) shall be maintained between 
communications wires and cables on buildings and lightning conductors. 

(c) Where communications wires and cables and electric light or pow- 
er conductors are supported by the same pole or run parallel to each other 
in-span, the following conditions shall be met: 

( 1 ) Where practicable, communication wires and cables on poles shall 
be located below the electric light or power conductors; and 

(2) Communications wires and cables shall not be attached to a cross- 
arm that carries electric light or power conductors. 

(d) Indoor communications wires and cables shall be separated at least 
2 in. (50.8 mm.) from conductors of any electric light, power. Class 1, 
non-power-limited fire alarm, or medium power network-powered 
broadband communications circuits, unless a special and equally protec- 
tive method of conductor separation, identified for the purpose, is 
employed. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3. LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2587.4. Equipment Location. 

Outdoor metal structures supporting antennas, as well as self-support- 
ing antennas such as vertical rods or dipole structures, shall be located as 



Page 354.5 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



§ 2587.5 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



far away from overhead conductors of electric light and power circuits 
of over 150 volts to ground as necessary to prevent the antenna or struc- 
ture from falling into or making accidental contact with such circuits. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2587.5. Grounding. 

(a) If exposed to contact with electric light and power conductors, the 
metal sheath of aerial cables entering buildings shall be grounded or shall 
be interrupted close to the entrance to the building by an insulating joint 
or equivalent device. Where protective devices are used, they shall be 
grounded in an approved manner. 

(b) Masts and metal structures supporting antennas shall be perma- 
nently and effectively grounded without splice or connection in the 
grounding conductor. 

(c) Transmitters shall be enclosed in a metal frame or grill or separated 
from the operating space by a barrier, all metallic parts of which are effec- 
tively connected to ground. All external metal handles and controls ac- 
cessible to the operating personnel shall be effectively grounded. Un- 
powered equipment and enclosures are considered to be grounded where 
connected to an attached coaxial cable with an effectively grounded me- 
tallic shield. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 



History 

1 . New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 



Article 88. Solar Photovoltaic Systems 



§2588.1. Scope. 

This Article covers solar photovoltaic systems constructed or installed 
on or after May 5, 2008 that can be interactive with other electric power 
production sources or can stand alone with or without electrical energy 
storage such as batteries. These systems may have ac or dc output for uti- 
lization. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. New article 88 (sections 2588.1-2588.3) and section filed 5-5-2008; operative 
5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 
142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2588.2. Conductors of Different Systems. 

Photovoltaic source circuits and photovoltaic output circuits shall not 
be contained in the same raceway, cable tray, cable, outlet box, junction 
box, or similar fitting as feeders or branch circuits of other systems, un- 
less the conductors of the different systems are separated by a partition 
or are connected together. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2588.3. Disconnecting Means. 

Means shall be provided to disconnect all current-carrying conductors 
of a photovoltaic power source from all other conductors in a building or 
other structure. Where a circuit grounding connection is not designed to 
be automatically interrupted as part of the ground-fault protection sys- 
tem, a switch or circuit breaker used as disconnecting means shall not 
have a pole in the grounded conductor. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 



Article 89. Integrated Electrical Systems 

§2589.1. Scope. 

This Article covers integrated electrical systems, other than unit 
equipment, in which orderly shutdown is necessary to ensure safe opera- 
tion. An integrated electrical system as used in this section shall be a unit- 
ized segment of an industrial wiring system where all of the following 
conditions are met: 

(a) An orderly shutdown process minimizes employee hazard and 
equipment damage; 

(b) The conditions of maintenance and supervision ensure that only 
qualified persons will service the system; and 

(c) Effective safeguards are established and maintained. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . New article 89 (sections 2589.1-2589.2) and section filed 5-5-2008; operative 
5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for printing only pursuant to Labor Code 
142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 

§ 2589.2. Location of Overcurrent Devices in or on 
Premises. 

Overcurrent devices that are critical to integrated electrical systems 

need not be readily accessible to employees as required by Section 

2390.24 if they are located with mounting heights to ensure security from 

operation by unqualified persons. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. New section filed 5-5-2008; operative 5-5-2008. Submitted to OAL for print- 
ing only pursuant to Labor Code 142.3(a)(3) (Register 2008, No. 19). 



Group 2. 



High-Voltage Electrical Safety 
Orders 



Article 1. Definitions 

(Formerly Article 50) 

§ 2700. Definitions. 

The following definitions of frequently used terms shall be accepted 
as the intended meanings of these terms whenever used in these High- 
Voltage Electrical Safety Orders. 

NOTE: Definitions of other terms used in only one article are included in the front 
of that article. 

Accessible. 

(A) Accessible (as applied to equipment). Admitting close approach 
because not guarded by locked doors (unless keys are readily available 
to those requiring access), elevation or other effective means. (See 
"Readily Accessible.") 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

(B) Accessible (as applied to wiring methods). Not permanently 
closed in by the structure or finish of the building; capable of being re- 
moved without disturbing the building structure, finish, or fixed appurte- 
nance thereto. (See "Concealed" and "Exposed") 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

(C) Readily Accessible. Capable of being reached quickly for opera- 
tion, renewal, or inspections, without requiring those to whom ready ac- 
cess is requisite to climb over or remove obstacles or to resort to portable 
ladders, chairs, etc. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 



Page 354.6 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2700 



(D) Safely Accessible. Not exposing persons installing, operating, 
maintaining, or inspecting electrical apparatus to serious risks of tripping 
or falling or of coming in contact with energized electrical parts, moving 
machinery, surfaces or objects operating at high temperatures, or other 
hazardous equipment. 

Aerial Lift. A device used to raise workers to an elevated position. 

Ambient Temperature. The temperature of the cooling medium that 
comes in contact with the device or equipment. 

Ampacity. Current-carrying capacity of electric conductors ex- 
pressed in amperes. 

Apparatus Case. The case (or tank) of electrical apparatus is that part 
which serves as the container for the principal energized parts and insu- 
lating medium. 

Askarel. A generic term for a group of nonflammable synthetic chlori- 
nated hydrocarbons used as electrical insulating media. Askarels of vari- 
ous compositional types are used. Under arcing conditions the gases pro- 
duced, while consisting predominantly of noncombustible hydrogen 
chloride, can include varying amounts of combustible gases depending 
upon the askarel type. 

Atmosphere. 

(See Environment, also.) 

(A) Contaminated Atmosphere. An atmosphere containing contami- 
nants which tend to impair the effectiveness of electrical insulation. 

(B) Corrosive Atmosphere. An atmosphere containing contaminants 
which react chemically with the parts of an electrical installation so as to 
impair its electrical conductivity and/or its mechanical strength. 

(C) Explosive Atmosphere. (See Article 34.) 

(D) Flammable Atmosphere. (See Article 34.) 

Authorized Person. A qualified person delegated to perform specific 
duties under the conditions existing. 

Automatic Circuit Recloser. A self-controlled device for automatical- 
ly interrupting and reclosing an alternating current circuit, with a prede- 
termined sequence of opening and reclosing followed by resetting, hold 
closed, or lockout operation. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Automatic Opening. (Tripping). The opening of a switching device 
under predetermined conditions without the intervention of an attendant. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

AWG. American Wire Gauge. 

Barricade. Physical obstruction such as tapes, screens or cones in- 
tended to warn and limit access to a hazardous area. 

Barrier. Physical obstruction which is intended to prevent contact with 
energized lines or equipment. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Basic Impulse Level (BIL). (See Ratings.) 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Bonding. The permanent joining of metallic parts to form an electri- 
cally conductive path which will assure electrical continuity and the ca- 
pacity to conduct safely any current likely to be imposed. 

(Title 24, Part 3. Article 100.) 

Bonding Jumper. A reliable conductor to assure the required electrical 
conductivity between metal parts required to be electrically connected. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

Branch Circuit. That portion of a wiring system extending beyond the 
automatic overcurrent protective device, excluding any thermal cutout or 
motor running overload protective device that is not approved for short 
circuit duty. 

Bus. 

(A) Isolated Phase Bus. One in which each phase conductor is en- 
closed by an individual metal housing separated from adjacent conductor 
housings by an air space. 

(B) Non-Segregated Phase Bus. One in which all phase conductors are 
in a common metal enclosure without barriers between phases. 



(C) Segregated Phase Bus. One in which all phase conductors are in 
a common metal enclosure but are segregated by barriers between 
phases. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Bushing. An insulating structure including a through conductor, or 
providing a passageway for such a conductor, with provision for mount- 
ing on a barrier, conducting or otherwise, for the purpose of insulating 
the conductor from the barrier and conducting current from one side of 
the barrier to the other. 

(Title 24, Part 3. Article 3-100.) 

BWG. Birmingham Wire Gauge. 

Cable, Electrical. A stranded conductor (single-conductor cable) or a 
combination of conductors insulated from one another (multiple-con- 
ductor cable). 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Cable Riser. (See Riser.) 

Cable Sheath. A protective covering applied to cables. 
NOTE: A cable sheath shall be permitted consist of multiple layers of which one 
or more is conductive. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Cable Terminations. 

(A) Pothead. A device for the electrical and mechanical termination of 
an insulated electrical cable. 

(B) Stress Cone. Cable termination which provides electrical stress re- 
lief for an insulated electrical cable. 

(C) Terminal Chamber (Conduit Box). A separate compartment on 
electrical apparatus for terminating insulated electrical cables. 

(D) Wiping Sleeve. A hollow, cylindrical, metal attachment to the tank 
(or case) or terminal chamber of electrical apparatus which is used for the 
mechanical termination of lead-sheathed insulated electrical cable. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Case (Tank). (See Apparatus Case.) 

Circuit. A conductor or system of conductors through which an elec- 
tric current is intended to flow. 

Circuit Breaker. (See Switching Devices.) 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

Clearance (Authorization). Authorization to enter an area and/or to 
perform an ct restricted to authorized personnel. 

Clearing Time. The time elapsing from the beginning of an overcur- 
rent to the final circuit interruption. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Close and Hold. (See Ratings.) 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Collector Ring. An assembly of slip rings for transferring electrical en- 
ergy between a stationary and a rotating member. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Communication Lines. The conductors and their supporting or con- 
taining structures which are used for public or private signal or communi- 
cation service, and which operate at potentials not exceeding 400 volts 
to ground or 750 volts between any two points of the circuit, and the 
transmitted power of which does not exceed 150 watts. When operating 
at less than 150 volts no limit is placed on the capacity of the system. 
NOTE: Telephone, telegraph, railroad signal, data, clock, fire, police- alarm, com- 
munity television antenna, and other systems conforming with the above arc in- 
cluded. Lines used for signaling purposes, hut not included under the abo\ e defini- 
tion, are considered as supply lines of the same voltage and are to be so run. 

Concealed. Rendered inaccessible by enclosures, raceways, struc- 
tures, the finish of a building, etc. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Conductor. A wire, cable, or other conducting material suitable for 
carrying current. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Construction. The erection of new wiring and equipment, and the al- 
teration, conversion, and improvement of existing wiring and equipment. 



[The next page is 355.] 



Page 354.7 



Register 2008, No. 19; 5-9-2008 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2700 



Contactor. A device for repeatedly establishing and interrupting an 
electric power circuit. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 
Contaminated. (See Atmosphere.) 
Control. 

(A) Automatic Control. An arrangement of electrical controls that pro- 
vides for switching or otherwise controlling or both in an automatic se- 
quence and under predetermined conditions the necessary devices com- 
prising an equipment. These devices thereupon maintain the required 
character of service and provide adequate protection against all usual op- 
erating emergencies. 

(B) Manual Control. Control in which the main devices, whether man- 
ually or power operated, are controlled by an attendant. 

(C) Manual Operation. Operation by hand without using any other 
source of power. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Controller. A device, or group of devices, which serves to govern, in 
some predetermined manner, the electric power delivered to the appara- 
tus to which it is connected. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

Corrosive. (See Atmosphere.) 

Current. 

(A) Asymmetrical Current. The combination of the symmetrical and 
the direct current component of the current. 

(B) Available (Prospective) Short Circuit Current (at a given point in 
a circuit). The maximum current that the power system can deliver 
through a given circuit point to any negligible impedance short circuit 
applied at the given point, or at any other point that will cause the highest 
current to flow through the given point. 

(C) Excitation (Magnetizing) Current. The current supplied to un- 
loaded transformers or similar equipment. 

(D) Minimum Operating Current (of a relay or fuse). The minimum 
current that will cause a device to complete its intended operation. 

(E) Overcurrent. 

1 . Fault Current (Short Circuit). A current that flows from one conduc- 
tor to ground or to another conductor owing to an unintended connection 
(including an arc) between the two. 

2. Overload Current. Any current (exclusive of fault current) in excess 
of rated current. 

(F) Short-Time Current. (See Ratings.) 
Cutout. (See Switching Devices.) 
(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

Dead. Free from any electrical connection to a source of potential dif- 
ference and from electrical charges: Not having a potential difference 
from that of earth. 

Dead-Front. So designed, constructed, and installed that no energized 
parts are normally exposed on the front. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

De-energized Parts. Parts which have been previously energized and 
are now free from any electrical connection to a source of potential differ- 
ence and from electrical charges. 

Designated Employee. A qualified person delegated to perform spe- 
cific duties under the conditions existing. 

Dielectric Heating. The heating of a nominally insulating material due 
to its own dielectric losses when the material is placed in a varying elec- 
tric field. 

Discharge Device. A device intended for the dissipation of the energy 
stored in a disconnected inductive or capacitive device. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Disconnect (Isolator). (See Switching Devices.) 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Disconnected Position (of a switchgear assembly removable element). 
That position in which the primary and secondary disconnecting devices 
of the removable element are separated by a safe distance from the sta- 
tionary element contacts. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 



Disconnecting Means. (See Switching Devices.) 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

Division. Unless otherwise designated in this subchapter, the phrase 
"division" refers to the current Division of Occupational Safety and 
Health or any of its predecessors including the former Division of Indus- 
trial Safety or the Division of Occupational Safety and Health Adminis- 
tration. Reference to the former Division of Industrial Safety or Di\ ision 
of Occupational Safety and Health Administration in these orders is 
meant to refer to their successor, the Division of Occupational Safety and 
Health, or any subsequent successor agency. 

Drawout Mounted Device. One having disconnecting devices and in 
which the removable portion may be removed from the stationary portion 
without the necessity of unbolting connections or mounting supports. 

(Title 24. Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Dust-Proof. So constructed or protected that dust will not interfere 
with its successful operation. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Dust-Tight. So constructed that dust will not enter the enclosing case. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Duty. 

(A) Continuous. A requirement of service that demands operation at 
a substantially constant load for an indefinitely long time. 

(B) Intermittent. A requirement of service that demands operation for 
alternate intervals of ( 1 ) load and no load; or (2) load and rest; or (3) load, 
no load and rest. 

(C) Periodic. A type of intermittent duty in which the load conditions 
are regularly recurrent. 

(D) Short-Time. A requirement of service that demands operation at 
a substantially constant load for a short and definitely specified time. 

(E) Varying. A requirement of service that demands operation at loads, 
and for intervals of time, both of which may be subject to wide variation. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

Electric Line Truck. A truck used to transport workers, tools, and ma- 
terial, and to serve as a traveling workshop for electric power line con- 
struction and maintenance work. It is sometimes equipped with a boom 
and auxiliary equipment for setting poles, digging holes, and elevating 
material or workers. 

Electric Supply Lines. Those conductors used to transmit electric en- 
ergy and their necessary supporting or containing structures. Signal lines 
of more than 400 volts to ground are always supply lines within the mean- 
ing of the rules, and those of less than 400 volts to ground may be consid- 
ered as supply lines, if so run and operated throughout. 

Enclosed. Surrounded by a fence, wall, case, or housing which will 
prevent persons from accidentally contacting wiring, equipment, or ener- 
gized parts contained therein. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

Enclosure. The case or housing of apparatus, or the fence or walls sur- 
rounding an installation to prevent personnel from accidentally contact- 
ing energized parts, or to protect the equipment from physical damage. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

Energized Parts (Live Parts). Parts which are of a potential different 
from that of the earth, or some conducting body which serves in place of 
the earth. 

Environment. (See Atmosphere, also.) 

(A) Damp Location. Partially protected locations under canopies, 
marquees, roofed open porches, and like locations, and interior locations 
subject to moderate degrees of moisture, such as some basements, some 
barns, and some cold-storage warehouses. 

(B) Dry Location. A location not normally subject to dampness or wet- 
ness. A location classified as dry may be temporarily subject to dampness 
or wetness, as in the case of some buildings under construction. 

(C) Wet Location. Installations underground or in concrete slabs or 
masonry in direct contact with the earth, and locations subject to satura- 



Page 355 



(4-1-90) 



§2700 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



tion with water or other liquids, such as vehicle washing areas, and loca- 
tions exposed to weather and unprotected. 

Equipment. A general term which includes fittings, devices, 
appliances, fixtures, apparatus, and the like, used as part of, or in connec- 
tion with, an electrical power transmission and distribution system, or 
communication systems. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

Explosion-Proof Apparatus. Apparatus enclosed in a case which is ca- 
pable of withstanding an explosion of a specified gas or vapor which may 
occur within it and of preventing the ignition of a specified gas or vapor 
surrounding the enclosure by sparks, flashes, or explosion of the gas or 
vapor within, and which operates at such an external temperature that a 
surrounding flammable atmosphere will not be ignited thereby. 

(Title 24^ Part 3, Article 100.) 

Exposed (as applied to energized parts). Energized parts that can be 
inadvertently touched or approached nearer than a safe distance by a per- 
son. Parts not suitably guarded, isolated, or insulated. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

Fault. (See Current.) 

Feeder. Any conductors of a wiring system between the service equip- 
ment, or the generator switchboard of an isolated plant, and the branch 
circuit overcurrent device. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

Fuse. An overcurrent protective device with a circuit opening fusible 
member directly heated and destroyed by the passage of overcurrent 
through it. (Note: A fuse comprises all the parts that form a unit capable 
of performing the prescribed functions. It may or may not be the complete 
device necessary to connect it into an electrical circuit.) 

(A) Expulsion Fuse Unit (Expulsion Fuse). A vented fuse unit in which 
the expulsion effect of gases produced by the arc and lining of the fuse- 
holder, either alone or aided by a spring, extinguishes the arc. 

(B) Power Fuse Unit. A vented, non-vented, or controlled vented fuse 
unit in which the arc is extinguished by being drawn through solid materi- 
al, granular material, or liquid, either alone or aided by a spring. 

i . Vented Power Fuse. A fuse with provision for the escape of arc 
gases, liquids, or solid particles to the surrounding atmosphere during 
circuit interruption. 

2. Non-Vented Power Fuse. A fuse without intentional provision for 
the escape of arc gases, liquids, or solid particles to the atmosphere dur- 
ing circuit interruption. 

3. Controlled Vented Power Fuse. A fuse with provision for control- 
ling discharge during circuit interruption such that no solid material may 
be exhausted into the surrounding atmosphere. The discharge gases shall 
not ignite or damage insulation in the path of the discharge, nor shall 
these gases propagate a flashover to or between grounded members or 
conduction members in the path of the discharge when the distance be- 
tween the vent and such insulation or conduction members conforms to 
manufacturer's recommendations. 

Ground. A conducting connection, whether intentional or accidental, 
between an electrical circuit or equipment and earth, or to some conduct- 
ing body which serves in place of the earth. 

(A) Ground (Reference). That conducting body, usually earth, to 
which electric potential is referenced. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

Grounded Conductor. A system or circuit conductor which is inten- 
tionally grounded. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

Grounded, Effectively. Permanently connected to earth through a 
ground connection of sufficiently low impedance and having sufficient 
ampacity that ground fault current which may occur cannot build up to 
voltages dangerous to personnel. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

Grounded, Impedance. Connected to ground through a connection in 
which an impedance has been inserted intentionally. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 



Grounded, Solidly. Grounded through a grounding connection in 
which no impedance has been inserted intentionally. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Grounded System, Impedance. A system which has one conductor or 
point (usually the mid-tap or neutral point of a transformer or generator 
windings) connected to the reference ground through an impedance. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Grounded System, Solidly. A system which has one conductor or point 
(usually the mid-tap or neutral point of a transformer or generator wind- 
ings) connected to the reference ground with no intentional impedance 
imposed in the circuit. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Grounding Conductor, Electrode. The conductor used to connect the 
grounding electrode to the equipment grounding conductor and/or to the 
grounded conductor of the circuit at the service, or at the source of a sepa- 
rately derived system. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

Grounding Conductor, Equipment. The conductor used to connect 
noncurrent-carrying metal parts of equipment, raceways and other en- 
closures to the system grounded conductor at the service and/or the 
grounding electrode conductor or at the source of a separately derived 
system. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

Grounding Connection (Ground Connection). (See Ground.) 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

Grounding Electrode (Ground Electrode). A conductor imbedded in 
the earth, used for maintaining ground potential on conductors connected 
to it, and for dissipating into the earth current conducted to it. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Grounding Conductor. A conductor used to connect equipment or the 
grounded circuit of a wiring system to a grounding electrode. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

Grounding Electrode Resistance. The resistance of the grounding 
electrode to earth. 

Grounding Transformer. A transformer intended primarily for provid- 
ing a neutral point for system grounding purposes. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Group Operation. The essentially simultaneous operation of all poles 
of a multi-pole switching device by one operating mechanism. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Guarded. Covered, shielded, fenced, enclosed, or otherwise protected 
by means of suitable covers or casings, barriers, rails or screens, mats, or 
platforms intended to prevent or impede the approach of persons or ob- 
jects to a point of danger. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

High Voltage. A sustained voltage of more than 600 volts. (See Volt- 
age.) 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

High-Voltage System. Associated electrical conductors and equip- 
ment operating at or intended to operate at a sustained voltage of more 
than 600 volts between conductors. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Hook Stick. (See Switch Stick.) 

Hot Tools and Ropes. Tools and ropes which are especially designed 
for work on energized high voltage lines and equipment. Insulated aerial 
equipment especially designed for work on energized high voltage lines 
and equipment shall be considered hot line. 

Indoor. Indoor, as an adjective, describes a device or equipment 
which, because of its construction, must be protected from the weather, 
or be installed in a location which is protected from the weather. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Induction Heating. The heating of a nominally conductive material 
due to its own 1 2 R losses when the material is placed in a varying electro- 
magnetic held. 



Page 356 



(4-1-90) 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2700 



Insulated. Separated from other conducting surfaces by a dielectric 
substance (including air space) offering a high resistance to the passage 
of current. 

NOTE: When any object is said to be insulated, it is understood to be insulated in 
suitable manner for the conditions to which it is subjected. Otherwise, it is within 
the purpose of these orders, uninsulated. Insulating covering of conductors is one 
means of making the conductor insulated. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Insulation (As applied to Cable). That which is relied upon to insulate 
the conductor from other conductors or conducting parts or from ground. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Interlock. An electrical, mechanical, or key-locked device intended to 
prevent an undesired sequence of operations. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Interrupter Switch. (See Switching Devices.) 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

Interrupting Rating. (See Ratings.) 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Isolated. Not readily accessible to persons unless special means of ac- 
cess are used. 

Junction Box. (See Pull Box.) 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Lanyard. A flexible line to secure a wearer of a safety belt or harness 
to a drop line, lifeline, or fixed anchorage. 

Line Clearance Tree Trimming Operations. Operations which include 
the trimming, repairing, chemical treatment or removal of trees, brush 
and miscellaneous vegetation, performed in the vicinity of exposed ener- 
gized overhead conductors and equipment. 

Linemen' s Body Belt. A leather or web (cotton or nylon) belt designed 
specifically for employees working on poles or structures. It consists of 
a waist belt, generally cushioned, with a front buckle, two D rings for at- 
taching safety straps and a multiple-looped strap for holding rings, sna- 
phooks, holsters and other tool holding devices. 

Location. (See Environment.) 

Magnetizing Current. (See Current — Excitation.) 

Main Switch. (See Service Entrance Switch.) 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Make and Latch (or Close and Hold) Rating. (See Ratings.) 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Manhole. A chamber, in an underground system, containing working 
space large enough for a person o enter, which provides space and access 
for installation and maintenance of cables,transformers, or other equip- 
ment or apparatus. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Manhole Chimney. A vertical passageway for workers or equipment 
between the roof of the manhole and the surface (street) level. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Manual Control. (See Control.) 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Manual Operation. (See Control.) 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Maximum Voltage. (See Ratings.) 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Metal-Clad Cable. A fabricated assembly of insulated conductor(s) in 
a flexible metallic enclosure. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Metal-Enclosed. Metal-enclosed, as an adjective, refers to electrical 
apparatus surrounded by a metal case or housing, usually grounded. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Minimum Bending Radius. The minimum recommended radius to 
which a conduit or an insulated cable may be bent, measured from its in- 
ner surface. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Minimum Operating Current. (See Current.) 

Multiple Fuse. An assembly of two or more single-pole fuses. 

Nominal System Voltage. (See Voltage.) 



(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

Nonpropagating Liquid. A liquid which, when subjected to a source 
of ignition, may burn but the flame will not spread from the source of ig- 
nition. 

Oil (Filled) Cutout. (See Switching Devices.) 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

Open Wiring. Uninsulated conductors or insulated conductors without 
grounded metallic sheaths or shields installed above ground, but not in- 
side apparatus or wiring enclosures. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Outdoor. Outdoor, as an adjective, describes a device or equipment of 
weatherproof construction, or a location exposed to the weather. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Overcurrent. (See Current.) 

Overload. (See Current.) 

Overtemperature Protective Device. (See Thermal Protector.) 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Portable or Mobile Equipment. Electrical equipment mounted on 
skids, pads, legs, or vehicles, and capable of being moved to any required 
location. 

Pothead. (See Cable Terminations.) 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Power Fuse. (See Fuse.) 

Protective Device. A device or combination of devices capable of de- 
tecting and automatically interrupting a specific condition. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Pull Box. A box with a blank cover into which workers may reach but 
not enter which is inserted in one or more runs of raceway to facilitate 
pulling, joining, supporting, or inspecting conductors. The term "pull 
box" includes but is not limited to: junction boxes, splice boxes, conduc- 
tor support boxes, inspection boxes, and handholes. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Pulling Tension. The longitudinal force exerted on a cable during in- 
stallation. 

Qualified Electrical Worker. A qualified person who by reason of a 
minimum of two years of training and experience with high-voltage cir- 
cuits and equipment and who has demonstrated by performance familiar- 
ity with the work to be performed and the hazards involved. 

Qualified Line Clearance Tree Trimmer. A person who has completed 
a minimum of 18 months-related training and on-the-job experience 
and is familiar with the special techniques and hazards involved in line 
clearance tree trimming operations. 

Qualified Line Clearance Tree Trimmer Trainee. Any worker regular- 
ly assigned to a line clearance tree trimming crew and undergoing on- 
the-job training who, in the course of such training, has demonstrated the 
ability to perform the assigned duties safely at that level of training. 

Qualified Person. A person who by reason of experience or instruction 
is familiar with the operation to be performed and the hazards involved. 

Raceway. Any channel for holding wires, cables or bus bars, which is 
designed expressly for, and used solely for, this purpose. 
NOTE: Raceways shall be permitted to be of metal or insulating material and the 
term includes rigid metal conduit, rigid nonmetallic conduit, flexible metal con- 
duit, electrical metallic tubing, underfloor raceways, cellular concrete floor race- 
ways, cellular metal floor raceways, surface metal raceways, structural racew ays, 
wireways and busways. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

Rated. A designated value of an operating characteristic at which other 
characteristics are measured and specified. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Ratings. 

(A) Basic Impulse Level (BIL). A reference impulse insulation 
strength expressed in terms of the crest value of the withstand voltage of 
a standard full impulse voltage wave. 

(B) Interrupting Rating. Maximum interrupting capability under spe- 
cified conditions, expressed in amperes or MVA. 



Page 357 



(4-1-90) 



§2700 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



(C) Make and Latch (Close and Hold) Rating. The highest RMS cur- 
rent at which the device or equipment is designed to operate. 

(D) Short-Time Current Rating. The maximum RMS current a device, 
an assembly, or a bus is designed to carry for a specified short-time inter- 
val. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Readily Accessible. (See Accessible.) 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

Regulator Bypass Switch. (See Switching Devices.) 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

Release Free (Trip Free). A descriptive term indicating that the open- 
ing operation of a switching device can prevail over the closing operation 
during specified portions of the closing operation. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Riser (Cable Riser). A vertical run of insulate cable, associated race- 
way, and termination. 

Safely Accessible. (See Accessible.) 

Safety Strap. A web strap designed specifically for use in conjunction 
with a linemen's body belt to secure the employee to a pole or structure 
in a manner that permits work with both hands. 

Service. The conductors and equipment for delivering energy from the 
electricity supply system to the wiring system of the premises served. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

Service Conductors. That portion of the supply conductors which ex- 
tends from the supply main, duct, or from transformers of the serving 
agency to the service equipment of the premises supplied. For overhead 
conductors this includes the conductors from the last line pole to the ser- 
vice equipment. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

Service Entrance Conductors. The consumer-owned conductors ex- 
tending between the service point and the service entrance equipment. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

Service Entrance Switch (Main Switch). The disconnecting means and 
overcurrent protection installed at or near the service point. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

Service Equipment. The necessary equipment, usually consisting of 
circuit breaker or switch and fuses, and their accessories, intended to con- 
stitute the main control and means of cutoff for the supply to a building 
or structure. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

Service Factor. A multiplier which, applied to the rated output of an 
electric machine, indicates a permissible loading which may be carried 
continuously under the conditions for that service factor. 

Service Point. The point of connection between the facilities of the 
serving agency and those of the consumer. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Shielded Cable. A cable in which the insulated conductor(s) is en- 
closed in a conducting envelope(s), so constructed that substantially ev- 
ery point on the surface of the insulation is at ground potential or at some 
predetermined potential with respect to ground. 

Stored-Energy Operation. Operation by means of energy stored in the 
mechanism, sufficient to complete a specified operation. 

Stress Cone. (See Cable Terminations.) 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Submersible. Submersible, as an adjective, describes a device which 
is so constructed that it will operate satisfactorily when completely or 
partially submerged in a liquid under specified conditions. 

Suitable. Capable of performing with safety the particular function 
specified in these Orders. 

Supervised. Under continuous or intermittent surveillance by a local 
or remote operator or automatic data processing system. 

Switch (Hook) Stick. A device with an insulated handle and a hook or 
other means for performing stick operation of a switching device. 

Switching Device. A device designed to close and/or open an electric 
circuit. 



(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 
Switching Devices. 

(A) Circuit Breaker. A device designed to open and close a circuit by 
non-automatic means, and to open the circuit automatically on a prede- 
termined overload of current, without injury to itself when properly 
applied within its rating. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

(B) Cutout. An assembly of a fuse support with either a fuseholder, 
fuse carrier, or disconnecting blade. The fuseholder or fuse carrier may 
include a conducting element (fuse link), or may act as a disconnecting 
blade by the inclusion of a non-fusible member. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

(C) Disconnecting Means. A device, or group of devices, or other 
means whereby the conductors of a circuit can be disconnected from their 
source of supply. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

(D) Disconnecting (or Isolating) Switch (Disconnector, Isolator). A 
switch intended for isolating an electric circuit from the source of power. 
It has no interrupting rating and is intended to be operated only after the 
circuit has been opened by some other means. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

(E) Interrupter Switch. A switch, capable of making, carrying, and in- 
terrupting specified currents. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

(F) Oil Cutout (Oil-Filled Cutout). A cutout in which all or part of the 
fuse support and its fuse link or disconnecting blades are mounted in oil 
with complete immersion of the contacts and the fusible portion of the 
conducting element (fuse link), so that arc interruption by severing of the 
fuse link or by opening of the contacts will occur under oil. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

(G) Oil Switch. A switch having contacts which operate under oil (or 
askarel or other suitable liquid). 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

(H) Regulator Bypass Switch. A specific device or combination of de- 
vices designed to bypass a regulator. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

Tag. A system or method of identifying circuits, systems or equipment 
for the purpose of alerting persons that the circuit, system or equipment 
is being worked on. 

Terminal Chamber. (See Cable Terminations.) 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Test Position (of a switchgear assembly). That position in which the 
primary disconnecting devices of the removable element are separated 
by a safe distance from those in the housing and the secondary discon- 
necting devices are in operating contact. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Thermal Protector — General. An inherent protective device which is 
responsive to temperature or current, or both, and which, when properly 
applied, protects the equipment against overheating due to overload or 
failure to start. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Transformer Bank. A transformer installation consisting of two or 
more transformers. 

Transformer Installation. An electrical installation consisting of one 
or more transformers, including associated lead wires and interconnec- 
tions, which transforms electric energy from one or more alternating cur- 
rent circuits to one or more other alternating current circuits. 

Transformer Primary Winding. The winding on the energy input 
(source) side. 

Transformer Secondary Winding. The winding on the energy output 
(load) side. 

Vault. A room (including manholes) of fire-resistant construction, 
primarily used to house electrical equipment. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

Voltage. 



Page 358 



(4-1-90) 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§2706 



(A) Maximum Voltage. (See Ratings.) 
(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

(B) Nominal System Voltage. A nominal value assigned to designate 
a system of a given voltage class. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 3-100.) 

(C) Voltage (of a circuit). The greatest root-mean-square (effective) 
difference of potential between any two conductors of the circuit con- 
cerned. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 
NOTE: On various systems such as 3-phase, 4-wire, single phase 3-wire and 
3-wire direct current, there may be various circuits of various voltages. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

(D) Voltage to Ground. In grounded circuits the voltage between the 
given conductor and that point or conductor of the circuit which is 
grounded; in ungrounded circuits, the greatest voltage between the given 
conductor and any other conductor of the circuit. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 

Weatherproof. So constructed or protected that exposure to the weath- 
er will not interfere with successful operation. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Article 100.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. New Group 2 (Articles 50 through 86, Sections 2700 through 2949) filed 
7-27-73; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 73, No. 30). Approved by 
State Building Standards Commission 2-23-73. 

2. Amendment and deletion of numbers preceding definitions of subsection (b) 
filed 10-14-75 as an emergency; effective upon filing (Register 75, No. 42). Is- 
suing Agency: Occupational Safety and Health Standards Board. 

3. Certificate of Compliance filed 1-9-76 (Register 76, No. 2). 

4. Amendment of subsection (b) filed 7-6-79 as procedural and organizational; 
effective upon filing (Register 79, No. 27). 

5. Amendment of subsection (b) filed 8-9-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter 
(Register 79, No. 32). 

6. Amendment of subsection (b) filed 10-29-80; effective thirtieth day thereafter 
(Register 80, No. 44). 

7. Amendment filed 2-1-83; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 83, No. 6). 

8. Editorial correction including renumbering of former Article 50 to Article 1 
filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

9. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 



Article 2. Administration 

(Formerly Article 51) 

§ 2703. Special Requirements. 

Where these regulations contain special requirements for special 
classes of installations, or for installations under special conditions, such 
special requirements shall take precedence over the general requirements 
of the regulations in any point of apparent conflict or inconsistency. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction including renumbering of former Article 51 to Article 2 

filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2704. Titles and Subtitles. 

The titles and subtitles following each regulation number are intended 
to serve as a general guide and index to these regulations and are not nec- 
essarily to be considered as a part of any particular regulation. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction adding NOTE filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2705. Scope. 

These High-Voltage Electrical Safety Orders are intended to establish 
essential requirements and minimum standards for the installation, oper- 
ation, and maintenance of electrical installations and equipment to pro- 
vide practical safety and such freedom from danger to personnel as the 
employment reasonably permits. 



These orders are not to be regarded as a design specification or an in- 
struction manual for untrained personnel. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 90-1.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction adding NOTE filed 11-2-83 (Register 83. No. 45). 2. 
Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1 ). 

§ 2706. Application. 

(a) These High-Voltage Electrical Safety Orders, apply to all electri- 
cal installations and electrical equipment operating or intended to operate 
on systems of more than 600 volts between conductors and to all work 
performed directly on or in proximity to such electrical installations, 
equipment or systems in all places of employment in the State of Califor- 
nia as defined in Labor Code Section 6303. These orders do not apply to: 

( 1 ) Installations or conductors and equipment in ships, watercraft, rail- 
way rolling stock, or aircraft. 

(2) Installations of conductors, equipment, and associated enclosures 
subject to the jurisdiction of the California Public Utilities Commission, 
that are owned, operated and maintained by an electric, communication 
or electric railway utility. 

EXCEPTION: No. 1 . These orders apply to conduit, vaults, and other like enclo- 
sures containing the conductors and equipment of such a utility when located in- 
doors on premises not used exclusively for utility purposes, but do not apply to the 
utilities conductors and the equipment therein. 

EXCEPTION: No. 2. Article 36, Work and Operating Procedures; and Article 38, 
Line Clearance Tree Trimming Operations apply to all work performed by electric 
utilities and electric railways. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Sections 3-089-3 and 3-089-4.) 

(b) After the date on which these orders become effective, all installa- 
tions and equipment shall conform to these orders. 

EXCEPTION: Existing installations and equipment which were in compliance with 
safety orders, or variances therefrom, in effect prior to the effective date of these 
safety orders, unless the hazard presented by the installation or equipment is, in the 
judgment of the Chief of the Division, of such severity as to warrant control by the 
application of the applicable sections of these orders. 

(c) Regulations herein which may affect building standards apply to 
all buildings, or building alteration, or building modification for which 
construction is commenced after the effective date of the regulations. 
Date of commencement of construction for the purpose of this section, 
shall be: 

(1) The advertising date for invitation of bids for State and local gov- 
ernment projects: 

(2) The building construction permit issuance date for other than gov- 
ernment projects. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-089-14.) 

(d) For installation requirements not specifically contained herein, in- 
stallations in compliance with Title 24, Part 3, in effect at the time of con- 
struction, will be considered as complying with the intent of these orders. 

(e) Nothing contained in these regulations shall be considered as abro- 
gating the provisions relating to public safety of any ordinance, rule or 
regulation of any governmental agency, providing such local ordinance, 
rule or regulation does not lessen the provisions for safety contained in 
these regulations. 

(f) These orders take precedence over any other orders in the Califor- 
nia Administrative Code, Title 8, relating to high-voltage facilities or 
work procedures that are inconsistent with them. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Repealer and new section filed 10-14-75 as an emergency; effective upon filing 
(Register 75, No. 42). 

2. Certificate of Compliance filed 1-9-76 (Register 76, No. 2). 

3. Repealer and new section filed 8-9-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Regis- 
ter 79, No. 32). 

4. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

5. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 



Page 359 



(4-1-90) 



§2707 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



§ 2707. Approvals. 

Approved means acceptable to the Division of Occupational Safety 
and Health which has the responsibility and authority to grant the approv- 
al for the specified condition or application. 

The Division of Occupational Safety and Health will approve materi- 
als, devices, appliances, installations, arrangement or methods of con- 
struction intended for use under these orders, provided necessary safety 
requirements are met for quality, strength, effectiveness, fire resistance, 
durability, and the protection of life and health. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 110-2.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Amendment filed 10-18-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 79, No. 
42). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88. No. 1). 

§ 2708. New Installations: Additions, Alterations, and 
Renewals of Existing Installations. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Repealer filed 8-9-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 79, No. 32). 

§ 2709. Variances from These Orders. 

(a) Any employer may apply to the Division for a temporary order 
granting a variance from an occupational safety and health standard. 
Such temporary order shall be granted only if the employer files an appli- 
cation which meets the requirements of Sections 6450 through 6457, in- 
clusive, of the California Labor Code. 

(b) Any employer may apply to the Occupational Safety and Health 
Standards Board for a permanent variance from an occupational safety 
and health standard, order, special order, or portion thereof upon a show- 
ing of an alternative program, method, practice, means, device or process 
which will provide equal or superior safety for employees. Such applica- 
tion shall conform to the requirements of the California Administrative 
Code, Title 8, Chapter 3.5. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Repealer filed 10-14-75 as an emergency; effective upon filing (Register 75, 
No. 42). 

2. Certificate of Compliance filed 1-9-76 (Register 76, No. 2). 

3. New section filed 8-9-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 79, No. 
32). 



Article 3. General 

(Formerly Article 52) 

§ 2710. Mounting Requirements. 

Electrical apparatus and equipment shall be firmly secured to surfaces 
upon which it is mounted. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . Editorial correction including renumbering of former Article 52 to Article 3 

filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 271 1 . Readily and Safely Accessible. 

Switches, circuit breakers, contactors, relays, and other control equip- 
ment requiring operation, examination, adjustment, maintenance, or re- 
pair shall be readily and safely accessible. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction adding NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



§ 2712. Atmospheric and Environmental Protection. 

Electrical installations and equipment shall be constructed or pro- 
tected to withstand the atmospheric and environmental conditions to 
which they will be subjected. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 110-11.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction adding NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2713. Protection Against Physical Damage. 

Electrical equipment installed in locations where it is exposed to phys- 
ical damage shall be suitably protected. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 1 10-1 7(b).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction adding NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2714. Installation and Maintenance. 

(a) All electrical installations shall be made in a workmanlike manner 
and shall be so designed, constructed, and installed that the hazard to per- 
sonnel will be reduced, as far as it is reasonably possible. Installations of 
new equipment and conductors, and extensions, repairs, and changes in 
existing installations shall be made only by, or under the supervision or 
direction of, qualified electrical workers. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-1 10-41.) 

(b) All electrical installations shall be maintained in a safe operating 
condition. If any unsafe condition develops, it shall be promptly cor- 
rected. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction adding NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§2715. Identification. 

All switches, circuit breakers, and other control devices shall be lo- 
cated or marked to indicate clearly the equipment controlled by them. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-1 10-42.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction adding NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§2716. Ampacities. 

All conductors shall have ampacities to carry safely the normal load 
which they supply in accordance with the requirements of Section 2821. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction adding NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2717. Energized Parts. 

Energized parts shall be so located or enclosed as to prevent accidental 
contact by persons or objects. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 110-31.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction adding NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 



Page 360 



(4-1-90) 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§2724 



Article 4. Service and Service Entrance 
Equipment 

(Formerly Article 53) 

§2719. Application. 

This article applies to all equipment and wiring from the service point 
to and including the service equipment. (See Diagram 2719.) 

Diagram 2719 











A 


I 


\ 












„ 










>- 


> 










z 


\ 


7 






Utility System 


y 

















■0 



Service Point 

Where the service is 
extended to the service 
entrance equipment, the 
service point will be the 
point of connect ion between 
the utility's conductors 
and l he terminal of tne 
vervtcfc entrance equipment. 



Service Entrance Switch 
and Overcurrenl Protection 






(Title 24, Part 3. Section 3-230-200(e).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18953(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1 . Editorial correction renumbering former Article 53 to Article 4 and adding 
NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2720. General. 

No building or premises shall be supplied at more than one service 
point except when one or more of the following conditions apply: 

(a) Capacity Requirements. Where the load requirements of the instal- 
lation are greater than the serving agency will supply through one set of 
service conductors, or where the capacity of available equipment is ex- 
ceeded. 

(b) Continuity of Service. Where the installation is of such a character 
as to require alternate or multiple sources of supply from the serving 
agency to ensure service continuity. 

(c ) Character of Load. Where the character of the load is of such a na- 
ture as to require isolation from other loads. 

(d) Location of Load. Where the load is distributed so that more than 
one service point is desirable. 

(Title 24. Part 3, Section 230-200.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 



§ 2721 . Service Raceways. 

Service conductors within buildings shall be installed in suitable race- 
ways or be of approved meta-clad cable. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 230-202.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1 ). 

§ 2722. Service Through Buildings. 

Overhead or underground services or service entrance conductors 

shall not supply one building through another. 

EXCEPTION: This requirement does not apply to conductors in conduit or duct 
placed under or encased in at least 3 inches of concrete or equivalent fire resistant 
material. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-230-202(i).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2723. Service Entrance Conductors and Clearances. 

Service entrance conductors to buildings or enclosures (including 
transformer vaults and enclosures, and substations, indoor and outdoor) 
shall be installed to conform to one of the following methods: 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-230-202.) 

(a) Overhead service entrance conductors shall be permitted to be run 
open and unguarded, in which case they shall be supported and main- 
tained at clearances not less than the minimum required by General Order 
No. 95, Rules for Overhead Electric Line Construction of the California 
Public Utilities Commission, 1981 Edition. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-230-202(c).) 

(b) Open service entrance conductors shall be attached to the building 
at one point only, and shall be suitably guarded against accidental con- 
tact. The length of open conductor between such point of attachment and 
the point where the conductors enter the building or the raceway shall be 
as short as practicable, but in no case greater than 3 feet. There shall be 
a conspicuous and permanent "HIGH VOLTAGE" sign placed on the 
outside immediately adjacent to the point of attachment. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Sections 3-230-202(e) and 3-230-203.) 

(c) Where service entrance conductors are installed in or on a building 
other than a substation or transformer vault or transformer enclosure, the 
conductors within and upon the building shall have an approved insula- 
tion and shall be installed in rigid conduit or in other approved raceways, 
or as metal-clad cable approved for the application. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-230-202(j).) 

(d) Suitably insulated service entrance conductors shall be permitted 
to be installed underground in conduit, raceway, pre-assembled flexible 
conduit, or shall be permitted to be direct buried at a depth of at least 36 
inches. A grounded neutral conductor or an equipment grounding con- 
ductor, either bare or insulated, shall be permitted to be installed in the 
service entrance conduit or raceway or shall be permitted to be direct bu- 
ried immediately adjacent to the associated service entrance conduit, 
raceway, or direct buried ungrounded conductors. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-230-202(b).) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3. Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2724. Conductors in Service Entrance Raceway. 

Conductors other than service entrance conductors and grounding 
conductors shall not be installed in service entrance raceways. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-230-212.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 



Page 361 



(4-1-90) 



§2725 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



History 
1 . Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2725. Location of Switching Devices and Other Service 
Entrance Equipment. 

(a) The service switching device(s) shall simultaneously disconnect 
all ungrounded conductors supplied through the service entrance con- 
ductors. 

EXCEPTION: No. 1: Metering equipment shall be permitted to be placed on the 
source side of the service switching device and fuses, provided the metering is suit- 
ably enclosed and no energized parts or wiring are exposed or accessible to other 
than employees of the serving agency. 

EXCEPTION: No. 2: Current transformers for protection of service equipment or 
current indication. 

EXCEPTION: No. 3: When suitable overcurrent protection and disconnecting 
means are provided, a circuit used for an of the following purposes shall be per- 
mitted to also be connected on the source side of the service entrance switching 
device: (a) Fire pumps; and (b) Potential or control transformers for electrical op- 
eration or protection of the service equipment, or for voltage indication. If voltage 
indication is provided, it shall be on all phases. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-230-205.) 

(b) Surge and lightning protection equipment shall be connected to the 
source side of switching devices. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-230-209.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2726. Enclosure. 

Energized parts of service entrance equipment, including instrument 
transformers, shall be enclosed so that they will not be exposed to acci- 
dental contact. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-230-213.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor ode. Reference: Section 142.3, Labor 
Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2727. Ampacity. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Editorial correction filed 1 1-3-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Repealer filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2728. Overcurrent Protection Requirements. 

Service entrance conductors shall have a protective device in each un- 
grounded conductor, on the load side of, or as an integral part of the ser- 
vice entrance switch. The protective device shall be capable of detecting 
and interrupting all values of current in excess of its minimum trip setting 
or minimum melting point which can occur at its location. A fuse rated 
in continuous amperes not to exceed three times the nominal current rat- 
ing of the conductors, or a circuit breaker with a minimum trip setting of 
not more than six times the nominal current rating of the conductors, will 
be considered as providing the required protection. The nominal current 
rating of the conductors shall be as required by Section 2821. 
EXCEPTION: Where the serving agency agrees to provide overcurrent protection 
in accordance with the above requirement, no further overcurrent protection is re- 
quired. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 230-208.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2729. Switching Requirements. 

Each set of service entrance conductors shall have a service entrance 
switch meeting the requirements of Article 20 or 21. 



The service entrance switch shall be group operated to open each set 
of ungrounded service entrance conductors and shall be capable of being 
padlocked in the open position. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-230-74.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3. LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c). Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2730. Switches in Parallel (Multiple). 

When the load of an existing service entrance switch increases beyond 
its continuous current rating or continuity of service requires, a second 
service entrance switch of identical rating shall be permitted to be con- 
nected in parallel with it. provided: 

(a) Each switch has interrupting capacity equal to or greater than the 
maximum fault current that can occur at its location. 

(b) Each switch has its own overcurrent protection arranged to trip 
both switches automatically. 

(c) Both switches have a common electrical or mechanical tripping ar- 
rangement. 

EXCEPTION: Both switches need not have a common tripping arrangement if con- 
tinuity of service requires that both switches not be tripped together, under fault 
conditions, and a suitable relay protection scheme is employed to separate faulted 
portions from the system. 

(d) Both switches can be padlocked in the open position. 
(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-230-214.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2731. Isolation Requirements. 

A means conforming to Article 20 or 21 shall be provided to isolate 
the load and each overcurrent protective device in the service entrance 
conductors from all sources of supply. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-230-215.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference:Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1 . Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2732. Paralleling and Isolating Switches. 

(a) Two or more sets of service entrance conductors which can be op- 
erated in parallel shall be provided with a suitable means to isolate each 
set from all other sets of service entrance conductors. 

(b) The paralleling switch or switches intended to make and break par- 
allel shall conform to Article 20 or 21. 

(c) Operation of paralleling switches shall be restricted to qualified 
and authorized persons only. A written switching procedure shall be 
made available to and followed by such personnel. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-230-216.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87: operative 1-9-88 (Register 8, No. 1). 



Article 5. Feeders and Branch Circuits 

(Formerly Article 54) 

§ 2734. Ampacity. 

Feeder and branch circuit conductors shall meet the requirements of 
Section 2821. 



Page 362 



(4-1-90) 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2740 



NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 1 42.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction including renumbering of former Article 54 to Article 5 
filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Editorial correction filed 1 1-3-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2735. Overcurrent Protection. 

Feeders and branch circuits shall have a fault protective device in each 
ungrounded conductor. The protective device(s) shall be capable of de- 
lecting and interrupting all values of current in excess of their minimum 
trip setting or minimum melting point which can occur at their location. 
A fuse rated in continuous amperes not to exceed three times the nominal 
rating of the conductor or a breaker with relay having a minimum trip set- 
ting of not more than six times the nominal rating of the conductor will 
be considered as providing the required protection. The nominal rating 
of the cables will be as required by Section 282 1 . 

EXCEPTION: Taps need not have separate fault protective devices, provided that 
the conductors are capable of withstanding the maximum short circuit current that 
can occur for the time necessary for a fault protective device on the source side of 
the conductors to operate. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-240-100 and 3-240-101.) 
NOTK: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83. No. 45). 

§ 2736. Switching Requirements. 

A switch meeting the requirements of these regulations shall be in- 
stalled on the source end of each feeder or branch circuit, 
(a) Paralleling Switches. 

( 1 ) Two or more feeders which can be operated in a parallel shall be 
provided with a suitable switch(es) to isolate each feeder from all other 
feeders. 

(2) The switch(es) intended to make and break parallel shall conform 
to Article 20 or 21. 

(3) Operation of paralleling switches shall be restricted to qualified 
and authorized persons only. A written switching procedure shall be 
made available to and followed by such personnel. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-710-24(r).) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83. No. 45). 

§ 2737. isolation Requirements. 

Each feeder shall be arranged so that it can be isolated from all sources 
of supply except that isolating switches are not required for taps. Isolat- 
ing switches shall meet the requirements of Articles 20 or 21. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-710-24(r).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



Article 6. Grounding 

(Formerly Article 55) 

§ 2739. Grounding of Systems and Circuits — General. 

(a) Grounding of high-voltage systems and circuits is permitted, but 
is not mandatory unless specifically required elsewhere in these regula- 



tions. Where high-voltage systems are grounded, the applicable require- 
ments of this Article 6 shall apply. 

(b) If the system is to be grounded, a grounding connection shall he 
made to the system neutral if available. This connection shall be made at 
or on the source side of the service entrance equipment. 

(c) Grounding connections shall be arranged to prevent objectionable 
current in the equipment grounding conductor during normal system op- 
eration. The temporary current carried by the equipment grounding con- 
ductor during fault conditions, while the grounding system is performing 
its intended protective function, is not objectionable. 

(d) Grounding equipment and connections shall have ample thermal 
capacity to carry safely any current which may he imposed on them by 
the system. 

(e) Grounding connections shall be clamp type, pressure type, welded, 
or other approved type. 

(f) Grounding electrodes shall be of corrosion-resistant material and 
of adequate size, number, and location to effectively ground the system. 

(g) Local piping systems, well casings, building frames, and the like 
shall not be used as system grounding electrodes unless their resistance 
to ground will be maintained low enough to insure effective grounding. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-250-1 50(a)-(g).) 

(h) A system neutral derived from an adequately rated grounding 
transformer shall be permitted to be used for grounding a high-voltage 
system. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-250-151.) 

(i) High-voltage systems supplying portable high-voltage equipment 
covered by Section 2743 shall be grounded. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction including renumbering of former Article 55 to Article 6 
filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88. No. 1 ). 

§ 2740. Solidly Grounded Neutral Systems. 

(a) Grounding of solidly grounded neutral systems shall be accom- 
plished in a manner illustrated by Diagram 2740 if the system neutral is 
available at the service entrance equipment. 

(b) If the grounded neutral conductor is carried into the premises, it 
shall be identified as the grounded conductor. The minimum insulation 
level for neutral conductors of solidly grounded systems shall be 600 
volts. 

EXCEPTION: Bare conductors be used for the neutral of direct buried portions of 
solidly grounded systems. 

(c) The neutral grounding conductor shall be permitted to be a bare 
conductor if properly isolated from phase conductors and protected from 
physical damage. 

(d) Equipment grounding circuit conductors shall be permitted to be 
bare and shall be connected to the ground bus and grounding electrode 
conductor at the service entrance equipment. (See Diagram 2740.) 

(e) Multiple grounding of the equipment grounding conductor is per- 
mitted. 

(f) The use of multiple neutral grounds on exterior wiring systems is 
permitted. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 250-152.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1 ). 



Page 363 



(4-1-90) 



§2741 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



Syst em 
Source 



DiaQrtm 2740 
SOLIDLY GROUNDED SYSTEM 

Service Entrance Equipment 



f^l 



i"^<3 Neutral Point of System 



Solidly Grounded Conductor 



A 



r^ 



J 



"\ 



To Loads 
► on Premi $e$ 
Phase Conductors 



J 



Load 
Equipment 

l 1 



Neutral (if used for load) 
Solidly Grounded Conductor 
Identified and Insulated i 



Other Grounds Permitted 
on Exterior wiring System 



l/"!^^: 



■Equipment G round ino' Pnnrltirt nr 



Ground Bus (Ground Connector) 
^ ' ' ' Grounding Electrode Conductor 
~ < Grounding Electrode at Premises 



i I 



NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1 . Repealer of Diagram 2740(a) and new Diagram 2740 filed 1 2-10-87; operative 
1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2741. Impedance Grounded Neutral Systems. 

(a) Grounding of impedance grounded neutral systems shall be ac- 
complished in a manner illustrated by Diagram 2741, if practicable. 

(b) If the impedance grounded neutral conductor is carried into the 
premises, it shall be identified, as well as fully insulated with the same 
insulation as the phase conductors. 



(c) The system neutral shall not be connected to ground except through 
the neutral grounding impedance. 

(d) Equipment grounding conductors shall be permitted to be bare and 
shall be connected to the ground bus and grounding electrode conductor 
at the service entrance equipment. (See Diagram 2741.) 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 250-153.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 1 8943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 



System 
Source 



Diegram 2741 
IMPEDANCE GROUNDED SYSTEM 

Service Entrance Equipment 




•Neutral Point of System 



Ground ing 
Impedance 



I 

I 
I 



i-i^ 



To loads 
on Premises 
Phase Conductors 



/"L^K 



Other Grounds Permitted 
on Equipment G round i ng Conduct or 



Load 
Equ ipment 

I 1 



Equipment Grounding Conductor | 



- <y 



Ground Bus (Ground Connector) 
-Grounding Electrode Conductor 
•Grounding Electrode at Premises 



I I 



Note: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- HISTORY 

bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 1. Repealer of Diagram 2741 (a) and new Diagram 2741 filed 12-10-87; operative 

1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 



Page 364 



(4-1-90) 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§2748 



• 



• 



§ 2742. Grounding of Equipment. 

(a) The following shall be permanently and effectively grounded be- 
fore the associated high-voltage equipment is energized. 

( 1 ) Metal conduit, cable armor, and other metal raceways or enclo- 
sures for wire and cable. 

(2) Lightning arrester ground terminals and such other equipment. 

(3) Non-energized metal parts of all fixed equipment and associated 
fences, housings, enclosures, and supporting structures. 

(b) Effective grounding of all equipment shall be assured by the use 
of an equipment grounding conductor, where feasible, such that the path 
to ground will: 

( 1 ) Be permanent and continuous. 

(2) Have ample ampacity to conduct safely any currents liable to be 
imposed upon it. 

(3) Have impedance sufficiently low to limit the potential above 
ground, and to facilitate the operation of the overcurrent or ground fault 
detecting devices in the system. Where the conduit is intended to function 
as the equipment grounding conductor, approved threaded couplings, 
hubs, and joints, or double locknuts and bushings with bonding jumpers 
are required. 

(c) Unless grounding conductors are an integral part of the cable, they 
shall be no smaller than No. 6 AWG for mechanical strength. Grounding 
conductors shall be of corrosion-resistant approved material, or shall be 
suitably protected against corrosion, and shall have thermal capacity for 
the conditions imposed on them by the system. 

(d) Grounding connections shall be clamp type, pressure type, welded, 
or other approved types. Solder-type connections shall not be used for 
grounding. 

(e) Grounding electrodes shall be of corrosion-resistant material, and 
the size number, and the location shall be adequate to provide effective 
grounding of the equipment. 

(f) Local piping systems, well casings, building frames, and the like 
shall not be used as grounding electrodes unless their resistance to 
ground will be maintained low enough to insure effective grounding. 

(g) Noncurrent-carrying metal parts of all portable equipment shall be 
grounded. 

(h) Specific Exceptions. 

(1) Grounding of equipment mounted on poles shall comply with 
Rules 58.3-C and 58.4-C, General Order No. 95, 1981 Edition Rules for 
Overhead Electric Line Construction of the California Public Utilities 
Commission, which are hereby incorporated by reference. 

(2) Where high-voltage equipment and associated metal enclosures or 
structures are intentionally isolated from ground, provision shall be made 
to prevent any person who can make contact with ground from contacting 
the isolated equipment and associated metal enclosures or structures 
when such equipment is energized. Intentional grounds shall be applied 
after such equipment is de-energized and before access is permitted, in 
accordance with Work Procedures, Article 36. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 250-155.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment of subsections (c) and (h) filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Reg- 
ister 88, No. 1). 

§ 2743. Grounding of Systems Supplying Portable 
High-Voltage Equipment. 

(a) Portable high-voltage equipment shall be supplied from a system 
having its neutral grounded through an impedance. 

Where a delta-connected high-voltage system is used to supply porta- 
ble equipment, a system neutral shall be derived. 

(b) Exposed non-energized metal parts of portable equipment shall be 
connected by a continuous ground return conductor to the point at which 
the system neutral impedance is connected to earth. 

(c) The product of the maximum ground fault current and the imped- 
ance of the ground return conductor shall be such as to limit the voltage 



developed between the portable equipment frame and ground (by the 
flow of ground fault current) to not more than 100 volts. 

(d) Ground fault detection and relaying shall be provided to automati- 
cally de-energize any high-voltage system component which has de\ el- 
oped a ground fault. The continuity of the equipment ground return con- 
ductor shall be continuously monitored so as to de-energi/e 
automatically the high-voltage feeder to the portable equipment upon 
loss of continuity of the ground return conductor. 

(e) The grounding electrode to which the portable equipment system 
neutral impedance is connected shall be isolated from and separated in 
the ground by at least 20 feet from any other system or equipment 
grounding electrode, and there shall be no direct connection betw ecu the 
grounding electrodes, such as buried pipe, fence, etc. 

(f) High-voltage trailing cables and couplers for interconnection of 
portable equipment shall be the type approved for the purpose. See Ar- 
ticle 14. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La 
bor Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



Article 7. 



-Wiring 



General Requirements- 
Methods 

(Formerly Article 56) 



§ 2745. Covers Required. 

Suitable covers shall be installed on all boxes, fittings, and enclosures 
to prevent accidental contact with live parts or physical damage to parts 
or insulation. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 300-31.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction including renumbering of former Article 56 to Article 7 

filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2746. Conductors of Different Systems. 

Conductors of high-voltage and low-voltage systems shall not 
occupy the same wiring enclosure or pull and junction boxes except in 
approved switchgear and control assemblies. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 300-32.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3. LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2747. Inserting Conductors in Raceways. 

Raceways, except those used for exposed work and having a remov- 
able cover, shall first be installed as a complete raceway system without 
the conductors. Pull wires, if used, shall not be installed until the raceway 
system is in place. 

Approved pulling compound shall be permitted to be used as a lubri- 
cant in inserting conductors in raceways. Cleaning agents or lubricants 
having a deleterious effect on conductor coverings shall not be used. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3. LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1 ). 

§ 2748. Conductor Bending Radius. 

The conductor shall not be bent to a radius less than eight times the 
overall diameter for non-shielded conductors or twelve times the diame- 
ter for shielded or lead-covered conductors during or after installation. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Sections 300-34.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 



Page 365 



(4-1-90) 



§2749 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2749. Protection Against Induction Heating. 

History 
1 . Repealer filed 7-25-75; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 75, No. 30). 

§ 2750. Grounding. 

Wiring and equipment installations shall be grounded to conform with 
the applicable provisions of Article 6. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 300-36.) 
NOTH: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1 . Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2751 . Overcurrent Devices in Grounded Conductors. 

No overcurrent device shall be placed in any permanently grounded 
conductor, except where the overcurrent device simultaneously opens all 
conductors of the circuit or for motor running protection. 
NOTK: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. New section filed 10-14-75 as an emergency; effective upon filing (Register 
75. No. 42). 

2. Certificate of Compliance filed 1-9-76 (Register 76, No. 2). 

3. Editorial correction of NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



Article 8. Pull and Junction Boxes 

(Formerly Article 57) 

§ 2752. Size of Pull Boxes and Raceway Entrance 
Locations. 

(a) Pull boxes shall be of sufficient size and design to accommodate 
the installation and maintenance of all conductors installed in them with- 
out damaging the insulation on any conductor. 

(Title 24, Part 3. Section 3-370-5 1(a).) 

(b) Where permanent barriers are installed in a box, each section shall 
be considered as a separate box. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-370-5 1(d).) 

(c) One or more sides of a pull box shall be removable. 
(Title 24, Part 3, Section 370-5 1(c).) 

(d) Horizontal conductors of 6 feet or more in length inside the box 
shall be supported. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-370-5 1(e).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction including renumbering of former Article 57 to Article 8 

filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2753. Construction and Installation Requirements. 

(a) Pull boxes shall be made of material inherently resistant to corro- 
sion or shall be suitably protected, both internally and externally, by 
enameling, galvanizing, plating, or other equivalent means. 

(b) Suitable bushings, shields, or fittings having smooth rounded 
edges shall be provided where conductors pass through partitions and at 
other locations where necessary. 

(c) Pull boxes shall provide a complete enclosure for the contained 
conductors. 

(d) Pull boxes shall be so installed that the wiring is accessible without 
removing any part of the building. Working space shall be provided in 
accordance with Article 35. 

(e) Pull boxes shall be of a type approved for the respective location 
in which they are installed. 

(f) Pull and junction boxes shall be effectively closed by suitable cov- 
ers secured against unauthorized entry. Underground pull box covers that 



weigh over 100 pounds shall be considered secured against unauthorized 
entry. 

(g) Pull boxes and their covers shall be able to withstand the loading 
to which they may be subjected. 

(h) Pull boxes shall be securely fastened or set in place. 

(i) Covers for pull and junction boxes used in high-voltage raceway 
systems shall be labeled "HIGH VOLTAGE." The label shall be on the 
outside of the box cover and readily visible. Letter shall be block letters 
at least 1/2 inch in height. 

(j) For grounding, see Article 6. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Sections 370-52(a)-(e) and 3-370-52(g), (h).) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



Article 9. Open Wiring (Bare) 

(Formerly Article 58) 

§ 2755. Scope. 

Bare open wiring is permitted in enclosed areas which are accessible 
only to qualified and authorized persons. Such areas shall be restricted 
to electrical use only and shall be enclosed in accordance with Article 17. 
This article shall not apply to the internal wiring of enclosed equipment. 

See Article 19 for requirements for overhead lines. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-710-35.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1 . Editorial correction including renumbering of former Article 58 to Article 9 
filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83. No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2756. Spacing Between Bare Energized Parts and 
Adjacent Surfaces. 

Minimum spacing for bare conductors shall be in accordance with 
Table 2756, although greater spacing may be required by unusual atmo- 
spheric or other special conditions. 

Table 2756 

Minimum Spacing in Inches Between Bare Energized Parts 

and Adjacent Surfaces 



Voltage 


Outdoor 




Indoor 




Phase 


Phase 


Phase 


Phase 


Phase 


to 


to 


to 


to 


to 


Phase 


Ground 


Phase 


Ground 


Phase 


601 


31/2 


5 


3/4 


3/4 


750 


31/2 


5 


3/4 


3/4 


1200 


31/2 


5 


1 1/4 


1 1/4 


2500 


31/2 


5 


1 


2 1/2 


5000 


6 


7 


2 1/2 


4 


7500 


6 


7 


4 


5 


15000 


7 


12 


6 


7 


23000 


10 


15 


10 


15 


35000 


13 


18 


13 


18 


Above 35 KV 


.37/KV 


.455 /KV 


36 /KV 


.455 /KV 



NOTES: 

(1) Spacings shown are minimum for energized parts to energized 
parts or energized parts to ground for elevations up to 3,300 feet above 
sea level. From 3,301 to 10,000 feet elevations, increase spacings by 10 
percent, and above 10,000 feet elevation, increase spacings by 20 per- 
cent. For voltages above 230 KV, spacings shall be as required for the 
BIL of the system. 

(2) For intermediate values of system voltage, use next higher voltage 
in table. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-710-33.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 



Page 366 



(4-1-90) 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§2762 



• 



History 

1. Kditorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 1210-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

g 2757. Insulators. 

Insulators and insulator supports shall have sufficient mechanical 
strength to withstand the maximum stress to which they may be subjected 
by a fault on the system to which they are applied. Insulators for bare con- 
ductors shall have a minimum voltage rating equal to the nominal system 
voltage. 

(Title 24, Part 3. Section 3— 710-84(b).) 
NOTH: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2758. Clearances. 

Clearances over driveways within outdoor transformer or switching 
enclosures shall conform to Rule 37, General Order No. 95, Rules for 
Overhead Electric Line Construction, State of California Public Utilities 
Commission, 1 98 1 Edition, which is hereby incorporated by reference. 
EXCEPTION: These clearances will not be required for wiring protected by barri- 
ers, or screens, or for wiring located so as to prevent accidental contact. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-710-85.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88. No. 1). 



Article 10. Conduit 

(Formerly Article 59) 

§ 2760. General. 

(a) Types and Sizes. Rigid metallic conduit and rigid nonmetallic con- 
duit are approved for general use. Flexible metal conduit shall be per- 
mitted to be used as permitted by Section 288 1 (c). Electrical metallic tub- 
ing is not approved for high-voltage installations. 

(Title 24. Part 3, Section 3-71 0-1 0(a).) 

(b) Circuit in a Conduit. The conductors in a conduit shall be only 
those of a single circuit or feeder with the associated neutral and ground- 
ing conductor(s) if used. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-710-10(b).) 

(c) Reaming. All ends of conduit shall be reamed to remove rough 
edges. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-710-10(c).) 

(d) Fittings. 

( 1 ) Conduit fittings shall be of a size and type which will permit at least 
the minimum radius cable bend as required by Section 2748 for the size, 
type, and voltage to be installed. No splices or taps shall be made within 
conduit fittings. 

(2) The conduit shall be secured to each enclosure by locknuts on the 
inside and outside of the enclosure, by threaded hubs, or by other ap- 
proved fittings. 

EXCEPTION : Locknuts are not required where conduit is stubbed through a con- 
crete surface which forms a side of the enclosure. 

(3 ) A bushing shall be installed where cables enter a conduit unless the 
design of the equipment is such as to afford equal protection. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-710-10(d).) 

(e) Conduit Bends. Conduit bends shall be so made that the cable will 
not be injured and the internal diameter of the conduit is not reduced. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-7 10- 10(e).) 

(f) Continuity of System. Conduit shall be installed as a complete con- 
tinuous system so connected to all boxes, fittings, and enclosures as to 
provide effective enclosure for the conductors. 



(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-710-10(0.) 

(g) Support. The entire system shall be securely fastened in place. 
Conduits to be encased in concrete shall be secured in place to maintain 
spacing and alignment during placing and curing of the concrete. 
(TiUe 24, Part 3, Section 3-710-10(g).) 

(h) Conduit Fill. The conduit shall be of such size that the sum of the 
cross-sectional areas of the individual conductors will not he more than 
the percentage of the interior cross-sectional area of the conduit as show n 
in Table 2760. 

Table 2760 

Percent Area of Conduit 
Number of C (inductors 
1 2 ' 3 4 

All types of conductors ... 60 40 45 50 



Over 4 
50 



(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-710-1 0(h).) 

(i) Grounding. Conduit systems shall be grounded as required by Ar- 
ticle 6 of these regulations. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-710-7.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction including renumbering of former Article 59 to Article 10 
filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Editorial correction of subsection (a) filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 3. 
Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1 ). 

§ 2761 . Rigid Metal Conduit. 

(a) Use. Rigid metal conduit shall be permitted to be used under all at- 
mospheric conditions and occupancies, provided conduits and fittings 
exposed to the weather or to severe corrosive influences are of corrosion- 
resistant material or have coatings inside and outside suitable for the con- 
ditions. Where dissimilar metals are used, they shall be joined by an ap- 
proved device or method. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-346-1.) 

(b) Running Threads. Running threads shall not be used. 
(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-346-9(b).) 

(c) Support. Conduit shall be supported at least every 10 feet. Howev- 
er, rigid metallic runs of conduit made up with approved threaded cou- 
plings and uninterrupted by pull boxes shall be permitted to be secured 
in accordance with Table 2, provided such fastening prevents transmis- 
sion of stresses to terminus when conduit is deflected between supports. 

Table 2761 

Maximum Distance Between 
Conduit Size Conduit Supports 

1/2 inch 10 feet 

3/4 inch 10 feet 

1 inch 12 feet 

1 1/4 inch 14 feet 
11/2 inch 14 feet 

2 inch 1 6 feet 



2 1/2 inch 

3 inch and larger 



16 feet 
20 feet 



(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-346-12.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83. No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1 ). 

§ 2762. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit. 

(a) Description. Nonmetallic conduit shall be resistant to moisture, 
chemical atmospheres, impact and crushing, and distortion due to heat 
where such conditions are likely to be encountered in service. It shall be 
weather resistant where installed out of doors. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-347-1.) 

(b) Use. Rigid nonmetallic conduit and fittings approved for the pur- 
pose shall be permitted to be used for exposed work if properly protected 
where exposed to severe mechanical damage. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-347-2(b).) 



Page 367 



(4-i-yo) 



§2764 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



(c) Support. Conduit shall be supported within 4 feet of each box, cabi- 
net, or other conduit termination and shall be adequately supported else- 
where as required in Table 2762. 

Table 2762 

Maximum Distance Between 

Conduit Size Conduit Supports 

1/2 inch 4 feet 

3/4 inch 4 feet 

1 inch 5 feet 

1 1/4 inch 5 feet 

1 1/2 inch 5 feet 

2 inch .1 feet 

2 1/2 inch 6 feet 

3 inch 6 feet 

3 1/2 inch 7 feet 

4 inch 7 feet 

5 inch 7 feet 

6 inch 8 feet 

Rigid nonmetallic conduit and fittings approved for the purpose shall 
be permitted to be used underground if properly protected where exposed 
to severe mechanical damage. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-347-8.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 



Article 1 1 . Metal-Enclosed Bus 

(Formerly Article 60) 

§ 2764. Grounding. 

Metal-enclosed bus shall be grounded in accordance with Article 6. 
(Title 24, Part 3, Section 364-22.) 

NOTK: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction including renumbering of former Article 60 to Article 1 1 
filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2765. Adjacent and Supporting Structures. 

Metal-enclosed busways shall be installed so that temperature rise 
from induced circulating currents in any adjacent metallic parts will not 
be hazardous to personnel or constitute a fire hazard. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 364-23.) 
NOTK: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2766. Neutral. 

Neutral bus, where required, shall be sized to carry neutral load current 
and shall have adequate momentary and short circuit rating consistent 
with system requirements. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 364-24.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2767. Barriers and Seals. 

Bus runs having sections located both inside and outside of building 
shall provide a vapor seal at the building wall to prevent interchange of 
air between indoor and outdoor sections unless forced cooled. Fire barri- 
ers shall be provided at walls where fire separation is required. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 364-25.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



§ 2768. Perforated Enclosures. 

Where perforated enclosures are used, bus shall be installed in accor- 
dance with Article 9, Open Wiring. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-364^27.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2769. Terminations and Connections. 

Flexible or expansion connections shall be provided in long, straight 
runs of bus to allow for temperature expansion or contraction, or where 
the bus run crosses building vibration insulation joints. 

All conductor termination and connection hardware shall be accessi- 
ble for installation, connection, and maintenance. 

Where bus enclosures terminate at machines cooled by flammable at- 
mospheres, seal-off bushings, baffles, or other means shall be provided 
to prevent accumulation of flammable gas in the bus enclosure. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 364-28.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2770. Switches. 

Switching devices or disconnecting links provided in the bus run shall 
have the same momentary rating as the bus. 

Disconnecting links shall be plainly marked to be removable only 
when bus is de-energized. Switching devices which are not load break 
shall be interlocked to prevent operation under load and disconnecting 
link enclosures shall be interlocked to prevent access to energized parts. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 364-29.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3. LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2771 . Identification. 

Each bus run shall be provided with a permanent nameplate on which 
the following information shall be provided: 

(a) Rated voltage. 

(b) Rated continuous current; if bus is forced cooled, both the normal 
forced cooled rating and the self-cooled (not forced cooled) rating for the 
same temperature rise shall be given. 

(c) Rated frequency. 

(d) Rated impulse withstand voltage. 

(e) Rated 60-cycle withstand voltage (dry). 

(f) Rated momentary current. 

(g) Manufacturer's name and address. 

NOTE: Metal-enclosed buses shall be constructed and tested in accordance with 
ANSI C37.20— 1969. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 364-21.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Editorial correction filed 1 1-3-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2772. Drain Facilities. 

Drain plugs, filter drains, or similar methods shall be provided to re- 
move condensed moisture from low points in bus run. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 364-26.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 1 8943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2773. Low-Voltage Wiring. 

Secondary control devices and wiring which are provided as part of the 
metal-enclosed bus run shall be isolated by grounded metal barriers from 
all primary circuit elements with the exception of short lengths of wire, 
such as at instrument transformer terminals. 



Page 368 



(4-1-90) 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§2781 



• 



(Title 24, Part 3, Section 364-30.) 
NOTE: Authority died: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



Article 12. Continuous Rigid Cable 
Supports 

(Formerly Article 61) 

§ 2775. Definition. 

A continuous rigid cable support is a unit or an assembly of units or 
sections, and associated fittings, made of metal or other fire-resistant 
materials forming a continuous rigid structure used to support cables. 
Continuous rigid cable supports include ladders, troughs, trays, chan- 
nels, and other similar stmctures. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 318-1.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction including renumbering of former Article 61 to Article 12 
filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2776. Use. 

Continuous rigid cable supports shall be permitted to be used as the 
mechanical support for metal-clad cables in fire-resistive building con- 
structions as permitted in Section 2783, but shall not be used in hoist- 
ways, or where subjected to severe physical damage. Continuous rigid 
cable supports shall be permitted to be used to support metal-clad cables 
in flammable atmospheres as permitted in Article 34. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Sections 3-318-2(a) and 318-3.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Editorial correction filed 1 1-3-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2777. Installation. 

(a) Continuous rigid cable supports shall be installed as a complete 
support system. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-318-5(a).) 

(b) Each run of continuous rigid cable support shall be complete before 
the installation of cables. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3 18-5(b).) 

(c) Where cables may be subjected to physical damage, noncombus- 
tible covers or enclosures providing the required protection shall be used. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-318-5(d).) 

(d) Continuous rigid cable supports shall be permitted to extend trans- 
versely through partitions or walls, other than fire walls, provided the 
section of the support within the wall is continuous and unventilated. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 318-5(g).) 

(e) Continuous rigid cable supports shall be permitted to extend verti- 
cally through floors and platforms, provided the continuous rigid cable 
support is totally enclosed where it passes through the floor or platform 
opening and for a distance of 6 feet above the floor or platform to provide 
protection from physical damage. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 318-5(g).) 

(0 Continuous rigid cable supports shall be permitted to extend verti- 
cally through floors and platforms in wet locations where there are curbs 
or other suitable means to prevent water flow through the floor or plat- 
form opening, and the continuous rigid cable support is totally enclosed 
where it passes through the floor or platform to provide protection from 
physical damage. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 318-5(g).) 



(g) In other than horizontal runs, the cables shall be fastened securely 
to transverse members of the continuous rigid cable support. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 318-7(t».) 

(h) A working space of 24 inches minimum shall be maintained on one 
side of each rigid cable support. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-318-5(i).) 

(i) A minimum vertical clearance of 6 inches shall be maintained from 
the top of the rigid cable support to all ceilings, beams, and other similar 
obstructions exceeding 24 inches, measured along the length of the cable 
support. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-318-5(k).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment of subsections (c)-(g) filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 
88, No. 1). 

§ 2778. Grounding. 

All metal sections of continuous rigid cable supports and fittings shall 
be electrically continuous and effectively grounded to provide a continu- 
ous circuit for fault current. A continuous rigid cable support system shall 
not be used either as a grounded circuit conductor or as an equipment 
grounding conductor. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-318-6.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2779. Construction. 

Continuous rigid cable supports shall comply with the following: 

(a) Shall have suitable strength and rigidity to provide adequate sup- 
port for all contained wiring. 

(b) Shall not present sharp edges, burrs, or projections injurious to the 
insulation or jackets of the wiring. 

(c) If made of metal, shall be adequately protected against corrosion 
or shall be made of corrosion-resistant material. 

(d) Shall have side rails or equivalent structural members. 

(e) Shall include fittings for changes in direction and elevation of runs. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 318-4.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 



Article 13. Metal-Clad Cable 

(Formerly Article 62) 

§2781. Use. 

(a) Metal-clad cable shall be permitted to be used in dry locations. 

(b) Metal-clad cable shall be permitted to be used in wet locations, 
provided the insulated conductors and grounding conductors under the 
metallic covering are suitable for use in wet locations, and 

(1) The metallic covering is impervious to moisture, or 

(2) A moisture-resistant jacket is provided over the metallic covering. 

(c) Metal-clad cable installed in corrosive locations shall be of a type 
which is corrosion-resistant or be protected with a covering of corro- 
sion-resistant material. 

(d) Metal-clad cable shall be permitted to be used in locations contain- 
ing flammable atmospheres as permitted in Article 34. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-334-3(d).) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1 . Editorial correction including renumbering of former Article 62 to Article 1 3 
filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



Page 369 



(4-1-90) 



§2782 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88. No. 1). 

§ 2782. Grounding. Grounding Conductor. 

An internal grounding conductor or conductors, either copper or alu- 
minum, shall be provided in each cable and shall be grounded in accor- 
dance with Article 6. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-334-23.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3. LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83. No. 45). 

§ 2783. Supports. 

Metal-clad cable shall be permitted to be installed on metal racks, 
trays, troughs, or continuous rigid cable supports which are effectively 
grounded. Each cable shall be supported at intervals not exceeding 6 feet 
and within 2 feet of every box or fitting, and each cable shall be attached 
to the support at intervals of not more than 1 feet horizontally and 2 feet 
vertically. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-334-25.) 
NOTIi: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2784. Bends. 

All bends shall be so made that the cable will not be injured. (See Sec- 
tion 2748.) 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 334-1 1.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1 . Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83. No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2785. Fittings. 

At all points where metal-clad cable terminates, suitable fittings for 
use with the particular type of cable and the conditions of service shall 
be used. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-334-12.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2786. Elevation. 

Metal-clad cable shall not be installed below an elevation of 8 fee 
above working platform or grade without additional mechanical protec- 
tion. 

EXCEPTION: Where the cable terminates in the top of metal-enclosed switchgear, 
transformers, rotating equipment, and other enclosed equipment, the cable may be 
extended vertically down to the top of the enclosure if adequate mechanical sup- 
port is provided. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-334-26.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2787. Strength. 

The flexible metal enclosure shall provide the equivalent mechanical 
strength of not less than .025 inch of steel. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-334-27.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3. LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2787.1 . Splices and Terminations of Metal-Clad Cable. 

(a) Metal-clad cable splices or terminations shall be electrically and 
mechanically suitable for the conditions. 



(b) Bonding shall be provided across splices to maintain the electrical 
continuity of the metal sheath. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-1 10-14(c).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1 . New section filed 1 0-29-80; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Redster 80. No. 
44). 

2. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



Article 14. Portable (Flexible) Cable 

(Formerly Article 63) 

§ 2789. Scope. 

This article applies to multi-conductor portable cables, size 8 AWG 
or larger. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction including renumbering of former Article 63 to Article 14 
filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2790. Use. 

Cable supplying energy to mobile equipment or machinery shall be IP- 
CEA Type SHD-GC or other approved portable type. 
EXCEPTION: Portable-type cable is not required to supply mobile equipment that 
is not frequently moved, provided the cable is suitably protected and will not be 
moved while energized. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§2791. Shielding. 

All high-voltage portable cables shall be operated with grounded 
shielding. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2792. Grounding. 

Connection of grounding conductors shall be in accordance with Ar- 
ticle 6. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2793. Minimum Bending Radii. 

The minimum bending radii for portable cables during installation and 
handling in service shall be adequate to prevent damage to the cable. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2794. Fittings. 

Connectors used to connect lengths of cable in a run shall be of an ap- 
proved type which lock firmly together. Provisions shall be made to pre- 
vent opening or closing these connectors while energized. Suitable 
means shall be used to eliminate tension at connectors and terminations. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2795. Splices and Terminations. 

Flexible cables shall not be operated with splices unless the splices are 
of the permanent molded or vulcanized type. Terminations on high-vol- 
tage flexible cables shall be accessible only to authorized and qualified 
personnel. 



Page 370 



(4-1-90) 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2806 



NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



Article 15. Temporary Wiring 

(Formerly Article 64) 

§ 2797. Use. 

During periods of construction, test, experiment, or emergencies, a 
less permanent class of wiring and equipment shall be permitted to be 
used than would be required for permanent installations. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction including renumbering of former Article 64 to Article 15 
filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2798. Guarding. 

Suitable fencing, barriers, or other means shall be provided to prevent 
access of other than authorized and qualified personnel to temporary wir- 
ing. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2799. Time Limit. 

(a) Temporary wiring as permitted in this section shall not be used for 
a period exceeding 90 days, except for construction purpose in which 
case it may be used for not to exceed one year. If necessary to exceed the 
above time limitation, special permission shall be obtained from the en- 
forcing authority. 

(b) All temporary wiring shall be removed immediately upon the com- 
pletion of construction or purpose for which the wiring was installed; or 
upon the expiration of the time limit specified above. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



Article 16. Vertical Suspension of Cables 

(Formerly Article 65) 

§ 2801 . Cable Suspended by Its Conductor(s). 

When a cable is suspended by its conductor(s), the total suspended 
weight shall not be greater than one-seventh of the ultimate tensile 
strength of the supporting conductor(s). Cable supports shall be designed 
to carry adequately the weight of the cable. 

Separate supports shall be provided for the sheath of unarmored lead- 
sheathed cable. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-300-37(a).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction including renumbering of former Article 65 to Article 16 

filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2802. Cable Suspended by Wire or Messenger. 

When a cable is suspended by wire armor or messenger, the total sus- 
pended weight shall not be greater than one-fifth of the ultimate tensile 
strength of the armor or messenger. 

(Title 24, Part 3. Section 3-300-37(b).) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1 . Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



§ 2803. Wire Mesh Holding Devices. 

When wire mesh mechanical holding devices are used, either as the 
sole means of support or in conjunction with other means of support, the 
total suspended weight on each device and the distance between de\ ices 
shall not exceed recommendations of the cable and wire mesh manufac- 
turers. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-300-37(c).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 1 42.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



Article 17. Vaults and Enclosures 

(Formerly Article 66) 

§ 2805. Vaults— General. 

(a) Strength. Vault structures shall have sufficient strength to with- 
stand the loading to which they may be subjected and to support the 
equipment mounted therein. 

(b) Wall Material. Vault interior walls shall be of assemblies of materi- 
als approved for not less than one-hour, non-combustible fire-resistive 
construction. 

(c) Doors. Door openings to vaults shall be protected by approved 
one-hor rated fire door and frame assemblies. 

(d) Ceiling Access. Vault ceiling access opening covers or grates 
weighing less than 100 pounds shall be securely fastened in place.Open- 
ings must be minimum of 26 inches diameter or 24 inches by 26 inches 
in size. Safe access shall be provided from the opening to the floor or oth- 
er working surface. 

(e) Ventilating Ducts. All ventilating flues or ducts shall be of non- 
combustible construction. 

(0 Ventilating Openings. Ventilating openings shall not be through 
the vault door, except where door opens to outdoors. 

(g) Adequate Ventilation. Vaults shall be provided with means for 
ventilation adequate to prevent equipment temperatures in excess of 
those at which the equipment may be safely operated. 

(h) Drainage. Where drainage from sumps in vaults is to a sewage sys- 
tem, a suitable trap shall be installed capable of preventing the entrance 
of sewer gas into the vault. 

(i) Foreign Pipes and Accessories. Pipelines such as sewer, water, gas, 
oil, etc., in as far as is practicable, shall be installed outside the vault en- 
closure unless they constitute an integral part of operation of the equip- 
ment installed in the vault. Where it is impracticable for such lines to be 
installed outside the vault, they shall contain no appurtenances (such as 
valves, faucets, or fittings) inside the vault that require maintenance. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-1 10-35.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction including renumbering of former Article 66 to Article 17 

filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2806. Vaults Containing Oil-Filled Equipment. 

Vaults containing oil-filled equipment shall conform to the following 
in addition to Section 2805: 

(a) Construction. Walls, roofs, and floors (other than when laid on 
earth) shall be of assemblies of materials approved for three-hour non- 
combustible fire-resistive construction. 

(b) Doors. Door openings to vaults shall be protected by approved 
three-hour rated fire doors and frame assemblies. 

(c) Sills or Curbs. A door sill or curb of sufficient height to confine 
within the vault the oil from the largest oil-filled equipment shall be pro- 
vided, and in no case shall the height be less than 4 inches. 

(d) Ventilating Openings. Ventilating openings shall be located as far 
away as practicable from building doors, windows, fire escapes, and 
combustible material. All openings from vaults into buildings, except ap- 
proved fire door openings and viewing ports, shall be connected to u non- 



Page 371 



(4-1-90) 



§2807 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



combustible duct or flue leading directly to the exterior, or shall be 
equipped with approved three-hour rated fire doors or fire dampers. 

(e) Vents. Ducts and flues shall not be connected with any other venti- 
lating or air distribution system, except that ventilation may be supplied 
from conditioned air systems into the vault, provided approved three- 
hour rated fire doors or fire dampers are installed in each opening. 

(f) Sprinkler Systems. Water-type fire sprinkler systems shall be pro- 
hibited. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-1 10-36.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Labor Code. 

History 

1 . New subsection (f) filed 1 -23-8 1 ; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 81 , 
No. 4). 

2. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2807. Separate Buildings. 

Electrical equipment containing flammable gas or more than 10 gal- 
lons of flammable oil per unit shall not be installed indoors except in a 
vault or a separate building meeting the following requirements: 

(a) Neither the building nor its contents present a fire hazard to any oth- 
er building or property. 

(b) The building is used only for supplying electrical service. 

(c) The interior is accessible only to qualified persons. 
(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-1 10-38.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2808. Roof Installations. 

Electrical equipment shall be permitted to be installed on the roof of 
a building, provided: 

(a) The building structure has sufficient strength to support the entire 
installation. 

(b) Where oil-insulated equipment is used, the roof shall be of two- 
hour, non-combustible fire resistive construction, and a curb high 
enough to contain the oil from the largest oil-filled equipment shall be 
provided. In no case shall the height of the curb be less than 6 inches. A 
drain shall be provided from the curbed enclosure to carry any oil which 
it may contain well away from the building. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-1 10-39.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2809. Metal Enclosures. 

No additional enclosure is required for equipment, provided (a) all en- 
ergized parts and conductors are protected by metallic enclosures from 
accidental contact, and (b) such enclosures are bonded together and ef- 
fectively grounded in accordance with Article 6. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-1 10-40.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2810. Locked Rooms, Vaults, or Enclosures. 

The entrances to enclosures containing exposed high-voltage ener- 
gized parts shall be kept locked, except where such entrances are at all 
times under the observation of a qualified attendant. Access doors or 
gates to rooms, vaults, or fenced enclosures containing electrical equip- 
ment shall be readily opened from the inside without the use of a key. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-1 10-34(c).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



§2811. Warning Signs. 

Permanent and conspicuous warning signs shall be posted on all doors 
or gates that provide access to enclosures containing exposed energized 
parts and conductors. Such signs shall be legible at 12 feet and shall read 
substantially as follows: 

"WARNING— HIGH VOLTAGE— KEEP OUT." 

(Title 24, Part 3. Section 1 10-34(c).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§2812. Fenced or Walled Enclosures. 

(a) The height of enclosures shall be 8 feet minimum, or floor to ceiling 
if the ceiling is less than 8 feet. 

EXCEPTION: The height of the enclosure shall be not less than 10 feet where any 
exposed energized part is more than 8 feet above the ground, unless the energized 
part is located more than 5 feet horizontally from the enclosure. 

(b) The enclosure shall be so constructed that it cannot be readily 
climbed. 

(c) The size and location of openings in fences or similar enclosures 
shall be such that persons are not liable to come into accidental contact 
with energized parts, or to bring conducting objects into contact with 
them. 

(d) The gate or door in the enclosure shall have minimum dimensions 
of 2 feet 6 inches wide and 6 feet 6 inches high, and shall be readily oper- 
able. No reduction in enclosure height at the door or gate is permitted. 

(e) Metal gates or doors shall be grounded or bonded to a grounded 
metal enclosure. Metal fences shall be grounded as required by Article 
6. 

(f) If buildings form a part of an enclosure, there shall be no unguarded 
doors or windows which permit unintentional access to the enclosure. 
Where the enclosure is adjacent to and below stairways, fire escapes, bal- 
conies, or windows, suitable guards shall be installed to prevent persons 
from making accidental contact with energized parts. 

(g) Where oil-filled apparatus is installed within an enclosure adjacent 
to combustible material or combustible buildings, provision shall be 
made to confine within the enclosure the largest amount of oil contained 
in a single piece of apparatus. 

(h) Pressure relief devices of oil-filled apparatus shall be designed and 
located to minimize the hazard to persons from escaping oil. 

(i) Materials other than those required for operation of the facilities 
shall not be stored in vaults or fenced enclosures. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-1 10-31(e)-(m).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§2813. Underground Vaults. 

Manholes or underground rooms in which it may be necessary for per- 
sons to work shall comply with Division 4, Sections 805 1 through 8057 
of the California Public Utilities Code, which is hereby incorporated by 
reference. The following requirements relating to the minimum size of 
any manhole, subway, chamber, or underground room containing any 
electrical wiring or equipment are extracted from these statutes: 

(a) The inside measurement shall be not less than 4 feet between the 
end walls and between the side walls thereof, or if circular in shape, not 
less than 4 feet in diameter inside measurement, and not less than 6 1/2 
feet at all points between the floor and the top or ceiling. 

(b) Any access opening to outer air shall be not less than 26 inches if 
circular in shape, or not less than 24 inches by 26 inches clear measure- 
ment if rectangular in shape. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-1 10-37.) 



Page 372 



(4-1-90) 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2823 



• 



NOTK: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943, Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 



• 



Article 18. Conductors 

(Formerly Article 67) 

§2815. General. 

Conductors shall have mechanical strength, insulation, and ampacity 
adequate for the particular conditions under which they are to be used. 
These provisions are not intended to apply to conductors which form an 
integral part of equipment, such as the windings of a motor, a motor con- 
troller, and the like, or which are provided for elsewhere in these regula- 
tions. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction including renumbering of former Article 67 to Article 18 
filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§2816. Insulation. 

Conductors shall be insulated, except where uninsulated conductors 
are specifically permitted by these orders, and shall have a voltage rating 
not less than the operating voltage of the circuit. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-310-2(a).) 

(a) Wet Locations. Conductors installed in wet locations either above 
or below ground shall be moisture-resistant or of a type approved for use 
under wet conditions. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-310-7.) 

(b) Corrosive Conditions. Conductors exposed to oils, greases, vapors, 
gases, fumes, liquids, or other substances having a deleterious effect 
upon the conductor or the insulation shall be of a type approved for the 
use. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-310-8.) 
NOTH: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, N. 1). 

§2817. Conductors in Multiple. 

Conductors in size 1/0 or larger shall be permitted to be run in multiple. 
Where conductors are run in multiple, they shall be so installed and termi- 
nated to prevent overloading of any conductor. Where conductors are run 
in multiple, the conductors shall be connected together at each end. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-310-4.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2818. Neutral Conductors. 

(a) Size. Neutral conductors shall be of sufficient size to carry the cur- 
rent to which they may be subjected. 

(b) Insulation. The insulation level of neutral conductors of un- 
grounded systems shall be the same as that of the phase conductors of ser- 
vices, feeders, and branch circuits. For insulation levels of grounded con- 
ductors, see Article 6. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-310-62.) 
NOTh: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 



§ 2819. Conductor Terminations. 

Where insulated conductors are terminated or spliced, suitable termi- 
nations or stress cones shall be installed unless other effective means are 
used to reduce voltage stress. The metallic shielding or any other \ oltage 
shields on cables shall be stripped back to a safe distance according to the 
circuit voltage, at all terminations of the shielding, as in potheads and 
joints. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-7 1 0-6. ) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3. La 
bor Code: and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operalive 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1 ). 

§ 2820. Grounding of Shielding. 

Metallic shielding tape shall be grounded in accordance with Article 
6. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-710-6.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operalive 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§2821. Ampacities. 

The ampacities of conductors shall be as shown in IPCEA Publication 
No. P46-426, Volumes I and II, "Power Cable Ampacities," published 
September 1 , 1 966 by the Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association, 
which is hereby incorporated by reference. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 310-15.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operalive 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1 ). 



Article 19. Outdoor Wiring 

(Formerly Article 68) 

§ 2823. General. 

(a) Scope. The requirements of this article shall apply to electrical 
equipment or exposed wiring run between buildings or structures. Equip- 
ment and wiring for service entrance conductors shall comply with Ar- 
ticle 4. Equipment and wiring located in flammable atmospheres shall 
comply with Article 34. 

Section V, General Order No. 95, 1981 Edition, Rules for Overhead 
Electric Line Construction of the California Public Utilities Commission, 
which is hereby incorporated by reference, shall be complied with in all 
features of line construction employed in outside wiring, except as modi- 
fied by this article. 

Section III, General Order No. 1 28, 1 974 Edition, Rules for Construc- 
tion of Underground Electric Supply and Communication Systems of the 
California Public Utilities Commission, which is hereby incorporated by 
reference, shall be complied with in all features of underground construc- 
tion employed in outside wiring, except as modified by this article. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-710-81.) 

(b) Wiring Methods. Exposed outside wiring shall be permitted to be 
installed as: 

(1) multiple conductor cable suitable for the purpose, or 

(2) bare, covered, or insulated conductors in insulating supports suit- 
ably protected by isolation, screening, or guarding. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-710-82.) 

(c) Conductors. Overhead conductors shall conform to the require- 
ments of Article 18. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-710-83.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 



Page 373 



(4-1-90) 



§2824 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



History 

1 . Editorial correction including renumbering of former Article 68 to Article 19 
filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2824. Overhead Lines. 

(a) Supports. Open conductors shall be supported on insulators of suf- 
ficient mechanical and dielectric strength for the application. 

(Title 24, Part 3. Section 3-710-84(a).) 

(b) Vertical Clearances. All conductors of outside wiring shall comply 
with clearances specified in Rule 37, General Order No. 95, 1981 Edi- 
tion. Rules for Overhead Electric Line Construction of the California 
Public Utilities Commission, which is hereby incorporated by reference. 
The following table for overhead conductors and sign clearances is ex- 
tracted from Tables 1 and 2A of these rules: 

Minimum Clearance 

Overhead Conductors 750- Over 

Nature of Vertical Clearance 20,000 volts 20,000 volts 

1 . Above tracks of railroads which 
transport freight cars where not operated 
by overhead 

contact wires 28 feet 34 feet 

2. Above tracks of railroads operated by 
overhead contact wires 30 feet 34 feet 3. 
Above and along thoroughfares in urban areas 

and above thoroughfares in rural areas 25 feet 30 feet 

4. Above areas (other than thoroughfares) 

where it is possible to drive vehicles 25 feet 30 feet 

5. Above areas accessible to pedestrians 

only 17 feet 25 feet 

6. Above structures 12 feet 12 feet 

7. Vertical clearance above all signs upon 

which men can walk 12 feet 12 feet 

8. Vertical clearance above all signs upon 

which men cannot walk 8 feet 8 feet 

9. Vertical clearance under signs Prohibited Prohibited 

10. Horizontal clearance from signs 6 feet 6 feet 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-710-85(a).) 

(c) Clearance from Buildings. Open high-voltage conductors shall be 
substantially supported independently of buildings or structures and 
shall have a clearance from buildings or structures as follows: 

( 1 ) They shall be maintained not less than 6 feet horizontally from 
buildings or other structures or any portion thereof. Where the vertical 
distance above ground of conductors of 7,500 volts or less is in excess 
of 35 feet, this horizontal clearance from buildings shall be permitted to 
be less than 6 feet, but shall be not less than 4 feet. 

(2) They shall be kept not less than 12 feet vertically above any part 
of buildings or structures over which they pass. 

(3) High-voltage conductors shall be permitted to be attached to a 
building at only one point, and shall be suitably guarded against acciden- 
tal contact. There shall be not more than 3 feet of open conductor between 
the point of attachment and the point where the conductor enters the con- 
duit or is connected to a bushing. 

(4) A conspicuous and permanent "HIGH VOLTAGE" sign shall be 
placed on the outside at the point where a high-voltage conductor enters 
the building. Where the conductors are not in conduit, a similar sign shall 
be placed on the inside of the building also, at the point of entrance. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-710-85(b).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment of subsections (b) and (c) filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Reg- 
ister 88, No. 1). 

§ 2825. Outdoor Lighting. 

Location of Lamps. Lamps for outdoor lighting shall, where practica- 
ble, be located below all energized high-voltage conductors, transform- 
ers, or other electrical equipment. Adequate clearance shall be provided 
for relamping operations. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-710-86(b).) 



NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code: and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2826. Raceways Above Ground. 

(a) Protection Against Corrosion. Raceways and equipment, unless 
constructed of corrosion-resistant material, shall be suitably protected 
against corrosion inside and outside (except threads at joints). 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 300-6.) 

(b) Secured in Place. Raceways shall enter and be secured to pull 
boxes, terminal enclosures and to cases, shields or enclosures of appara- 
tus, except in vaults, substations or the space under high-voltage switch- 
boards. Raceways shall be securely supported. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 300-1 1.) 

(c) Protection Against Weather. Raceways exposed to the weather 
shall be weatherproof. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 110-11.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2827. Raceways (or Ducts) Below Ground. 

(a) Protection Against Physical Damage. Underground ducts of rigid 
metallic steel conduit. Schedule 80 PVC conduit, or equivalent, contain- 
ing cables operating at a potential above 35,000 volts, shall be installed 
at a depth of at least 36 inches. A lesser depth is permitted for ducts con- 
taining cables operating at 35,000 volts or less, if the duct is rigid metallic 
conduit. Schedule 80 PVC conduit, or equivalent, or if the duct has a layer 
of concrete at least 3 inches thick above the duct. 

EXCEPTION: No. 1 : Direct buried conduits to contain cables for series street light- 
ing circuits operating at less than 7,500 volts shall be installed at a depth of at least 
24 inches below the surface under which they are located. 
EXCEPTION: No. 2: Where it is impractical to obtain the depth of cover specified, 
the depth shall be permitted to be reduced, provided that the duct has sufficient 
strength itself or adequate protection is installed above the duct to prevent damage 
to the duct system by any surface traffic. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-710-3(b).) 

(b) Protection Against Corrosion. Metallic underground ducts shall be 
suitably protected from corrosion. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 300-6.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2828. Risers. 

(a) Pole-Supported Risers. Conductors installed in the form of lateral 
or vertical runs or risers supported by poles shall conform to the provi- 
sions of Rule 54.6, General Order No. 95, 1981 Edition, Rules for Over- 
head Electric Line Construction of the California Public Utilities Com- 
mission, wherein such conductors are specifically treated, and which is 
hereby incorporated by reference 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-710-3(b)5A.) 

(b) Structure-Supported Risers (Risers Not Covered in (a) above.) 
Risers installed outdoors on structures other than poles or installed in- 
doors shall comply with the following: 

(1) Riser conductors shall be protected from physical damage by 
grounded rigid metallic conduit, Schedule 80 PVC conduit, or U-shaped 
moldings, or equivalent, from the ground line to a minimum height of 8 
feet. Suitable protection shall be continued to within 2 feet of the termi- 
nal. 

(2) The riser terminal and exposed cables at the terminal shall be suit- 
ably guarded or isolated. 

(3) Risers and protective covering shall be securely supported by 
means of corrosion-resistant straps at intervals not exceeding 3 feet. 



Page 374 



(4-1-90) 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§2833 



(4) Metallic conduit risers shall be effectively grounded. Adjacent me- 
tallic conduit risers shall be bonded together. 

(Title 24, Part 3. Section 3-710-3(b)5B.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88. No. 1). 

§ 2829. Terminal Enclosures. 

(a) Accessible. Terminal enclosures shall be so installed that the wir- 
ing within is readily accessible. 

(b) Covers. Terminal enclosures shall be effectively closed by suitable 
covers, mechanically secured against unauthorized entry. 

(c) Size. The dimensions of terminal enclosures shall be adequate to 
permit the minimum bending radii of the cables installed therein. 

(d) Protection. Terminal enclosures shall be of corrosion-resistant and 
fire-resistant material. Terminal enclosures and their covers must be able 
to withstand the structural loading to which they may be subjected. 

(e) Number of Conductors. The number of conductors installed in any 
terminal enclosure shall be compatible with safe working practice. 

(f) Identification. The covers of all terminal enclosures shall be posted 
with a permanent "HIGH VOLTAGE" warning sign having letters at 
least 1/2 inch high. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-710-87.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83. No. 45). 

§ 2830. Insulated Conductors. 

(a) General. Insulated cables shall be of a type suitable for the voltage 
and service conditions. All cables installed underground shall have a 
grounded metallic sheath, shield, or a bare concentric grounded conduc- 
tor, or shall be installed in grounded metallic conduit. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-710-88(a).) 

(b) Cable Installed in Buildings. Where installed in buildings, cables 
energized above 35,000 volts shall be encased in at least 3 inches of con- 
crete or equivalent fire-resistant material. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-710-88(c).) 

(c) Direct Buried Cables. Direct buried cables or cables in flexible 
nonmetallic enclosures shall be installed at a depth of at least 36 inches. 
Lesser depths shall be permitted to be employed if the cable is armored 
with a minimum of No. 12 BWG steel wire closely wound or two layers 
of steel tape each at least 0.020 inch thick, or if the cable is protected by 
a layer of concrete at least 3 inches thick above the cable. 
EXCEPTION: Lesser depths than those listed are permitted where cables rise for 
terminations and splices or where access is otherwise required. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-710-88(c).) 

(d) Identification. Cables shall be labeled at all circuit terminals, sec- 
tionalizing points, vaults, rooms, etc. The labels shall, as a minimum, 
show phase and circuit designation and nearest sectionalizing points. 

( 1 ) Changes in labeling shall be made concurrently with changes in 
circuit. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-710-88(d).) 

(e) Neutral Conductor. The size and insulation of neutral conductors 
shall be in accordance with Section 2818. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-710-88(e).) 

(f) Shielding. All cables normally operated above 5,000 volts shall 
have insulation shielding, except that shielding shall not be required for 
series street lighting circuits operating at less than 7,500 volts. Metallic 
shielding at terminations shall be effectively grounded. If shielding is 
sectionalized, each section shall be effectively grounded. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-310-61.) 

(g) Terminations. Cable terminations shall be suitable for the voltage 
and service conditions. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-710-3(c).) 



NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 1 42.3, La~ 
bor Code: and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Editorial correction of subsection (e) filed 1 1-3-83 (Register 83. No. 45). 

3. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1 ). 

§ 2831 . Circuit Feedback. 

(a) Identification. Circuits shall be labeled at all accessible points with 
suitable warning signs stating the locations from which feedback may oc- 
cur because of: 

(1) Circuits energized by manually or automatically operated equip- 
ment, or 

(2) Circuit configurations or connections, or 

(3) Circuits feeding a load which can be connected to auxiliary gener- 
ating equipment, or 

(4) Circuits feeding synchronous motor-driven generator sets which 
can be energized by reverse power flow from batteries or other sources. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-710-89.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3. LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



Article 20. Switches 

(Formerly Article 69) 

§ 2833. Interrupter Switches. 

(a) Rating. 

( 1 ) Continuous Current Rating. The continuous current rating of inter- 
rupter switches shall equal or exceed the maximum continuous current 
at the point of installation. 

(2) Interrupting Rating. The current interrupting rating of interrupter 
switches shall equal or exceed the maximum current which the switch 
will be required to interrupt. 

(3) Momentary Rating. The momentary rating of interrupter switches 
shall equal or exceed the asymmetrical short circuit current available at 
the switch location. The asymmetrical short circuit current shall include 
contributions from all connected sources of energy, such as other lines, 
generators, large motors, etc. 

(4) Fault Closing Rating. Interrupter switches shall have a fault closing 
rating equal to or greater than the asymmetrical short circuit current 
which can occur at the switch location, unless suitable interlocks or oper- 
ating procedures preclude the possibility of closing into a fault. 

(5) Voltage Rating. The maximum voltage rating of interrupter 
switches shall equal or exceed the maximum circuit voltage. 

(b) Enclosure. Interrupter switches installed indoors shall have a metal 
enclosure, or shall be installed in a room of at least 2-hour fire-resistive 
construction, or in a transformer vault. 

(c) Installation Requirements. Interrupter switches shall be so installed 
that the center of the grip of the operating handle of the switch, when in 
its uppermost position, will be not more than 6 1/2 feet above the floor 
or working platform. 

(d) Enclosures as Raceways. Switch enclosures shall not be used as 
raceways for conductors feeding through, or tapping off, to other 
switches, unless adequate space is provided for this purpose. 

(e) Switching of Conductors. The switching mechanism shall be ar- 
ranged to be operated from a location where the operator is not exposed 
to energized parts and shall be arranged to open all ungrounded conduc- 
tors of the circuit simultaneously with one operation. Switches shall be 
arranged to be locked in the open position. Metal-enclosed switches shall 
be operable from outside the enclosure. 

(f) Knife Switches. All knife switch blades shall be de-energi/ed 
when the switch is in the open position. 

EXCEPTION: The blades of switches used to connect a load to more than one source 
of supply shall be permitted to be energized when in the open position if ( 1 ) suit- 
able barriers or enclosures are installed over the switches to prevent accidental 



Page 375 



(4-1-90) 



§2834 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



contact with the energized switch blades: and (2) a conspicuous permanent sign 
is placed on the outside of the barrier or enclosure warning that the switch blades 
may be energized in any position. 

(g) Fuses. Fuses installed with interrupter switches shall comply with 
the requirements of Article 24. 

(h) Readily and Safely Accessible. Interrupter switches, except those 
installed on poles or structures, shall be so located that they may be oper- 
ated or maintained from a readily and safely accessible place. 

(i) Identification. Interrupter switches shall have a permanent and leg- 
ible nameplate including the following information: manufacturer's type 
or designation, continuous current rating, interrupting current rating, mo- 
mentary current rating, fault closing rating, and maximum voltage rating. 

(j) Stored Energy for Opening. The stored energy operator shall be per- 
mitted to be left in the uncharged position after the switch has been closed 
if a single movement of the operating handle charges the operator and 
opens the switch. 

(Title 24, Part 3. Section 3-710-21 (e).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3.La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Editorial correction of subsection (c) filed 1 1-3-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2834. Fused Interrupter Switches. 

(a) Fused interrupter switches shall be so installed that all supply ter- 
minals shall be at the top of the switch enclosure. 

EXCEPTION: Supply terminals are not required to be at the top of the switch enclo- 
sure if barriers are installed to prevent persons from accidentally contacting ener- 
gized parts or dropping tools or fuses into energized arts. 

(b) Where fuses can be energized by backfeed, a sign shall be placed 
on the enclosure door reading, "WARNING— FUSES MAY BE 
ENERGIZED BY BACKFEED." 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 710-24(o).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Editorial correction of subsection (c) filed 1 1-3-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2835. Disconnecting (Isolating) Switches. 

(a) General. Disconnecting switches shall be permitted to be single- 
pole or multiple-pole. 

(b) Isolating Means. A suitable air break switching device shall be in- 
stalled to isolate each oil switch or group of oil switches from all sources 
of supply unless automatic disconnecting switchgear equipment of the 
metal-clad draw-out type is used. 

EXCEPTION: In highly corrosive or flammable atmospheres, suitable isolating 
means other than air break shall be used, or the isolating means shall be installed 
in an enclosure approved for use in such locations of the particular hazard in- 
volved. 

(c) Accessible to Qualified Persons Only. Disconnecting switches in- 
stalled in locations where only qualified persons are permitted access 
shall be installed in suitable enclosures, or shall be elevated above the 
floor not less than clearances shown in Section 2934. 

(d) Accessible to Other Than Qualified Persons. Disconnecting 
switches installed in any location where other than qualified persons 
have access shall be installed in suitable enclosures. 

The door or cover of the enclosure shall be kept closed, except when 
opened for operation or inspection. If installed so that the bottom of the 
enclosure is less than 8 feet above the floor, the door or cover shall be kept 
locked. 

When disconnecting switches are operable from outside the enclosure 
by a remote control mechanism, the operating handle or lever shall be 
kept locked when in either the open or closed position. 

(e) Operation. Isolating switches shall be provided with suitable 
means for safe normal operation. This operating means shall be permitted 
to be an insulated hookstick, an insulated external operating handle, or 



remote control mechanism. Disconnecting switches shall provide a vis- 
ible gap in the circuit adequate for the operating voltage. 

Provision shall be made to observe the position of the blades of discon- 
necting switches. If viewing windows are provided, they shall be shatter- 
proof, of adequate size, and suitably located to permit viewing of all con- 
tacts. Metal-enclosed switches other than those designed for hookstick 
operation shall be arranged to be locked in the open position. Multiple 
switches in the same enclosure shall be equipped with a connection dia- 
gram. 

(f) Rating. Disconnecting switches shall have current and voltage rat- 
ings not less than the full-load current and operating voltage of the cir- 
cuit. The momentary rating of disconnecting switches shall equal or ex- 
ceed the asymmetrical short circuit current available at the switch 
location. The asymmetrical short circuit current shall include contribu- 
tions from all connected sources of energy, such as other lines, genera- 
tors, large motors, etc. 

(g) Identification. The disconnecting switches shall have a permanent 
and legible nameplate including the following information: continuous 
current rating, maximum voltage rating, momentary current rating. 

(h) Warning Signs. Unless so interlocked that they cannot be opened 
under load, disconnecting switches shall be provided with permanent 
warning signs having letters at least 2 inches high and reading as follows: 
"Warning — Disconnecting Switch — Do Not Open Under Load." When 
a group of disconnecting switches is installed in one room or enclosure, 
a single sign may be sufficient. 

(i) Barriers. Suitable barriers shall be installed on both sides of each 
pole of disconnecting switches mounted indoors. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-710-22.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Amendment of subsection (b) filed 2-9-78; effective thirtieth day thereafter 
(Register 78, No. 6). 

2. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment of subsections (a) and (e) filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Reg- 
ister 88, No. 1). 



Article 21. Circuit Breakers 

(Formerly Article 70) 

§ 2837. Ratings. 

(a) The continuous current rating of a circuit breaker shall equal or ex- 
ceed the maximum continuous current at the point of installation. 

(b) The interrupting rating of a circuit breaker shall equal or exceed the 
maximum fault current the circuit breaker will be required to interrupt, 
including contributions from all connected sources of energy. 

(c) The closing rating of a circuit breaker shall equal or exceed the 
maximum asymmetrical fault current into which the circuit breaker can 
be closed. 

(d) The momentary rating of a circuit breaker shall equal or exceed the 
maximum asymmetrical fault current at the point of installation. 

(e) The rated maximum voltage of a circuit breaker shall equal or 
exceed the maximum circuit voltage. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 710-21 (a)(5)-(a)(9).) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1 . Editorial correction including renumbering of former Article 70 to Article 2 1 
filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2838. Grounding. 

Metallic enclosures for circuit breakers shall be grounded as required 
by Article 6. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-710-21(a)(10).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 



Page 376 



(4-1-90) 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§2845 



History 
1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2839. General. 

Circuit breakers shall comply with all the provisions of American Na- 
tional Standard ANSI/IEEE C37.04— 1979, Rating Structure for AC 
High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis, 
which is hereby incorporated by reference, and shall be permitted to be 
single pole or multi-pole. They shall: 

(a) Have an accessible mechanical or other approved means for manu- 
al tripping, independent of control power. 

(b) Be release free (trip free). 

(c) Have positive means to prevent unintended operation during in- 
spection or maintenance. 

(d) When operated manually while energized, open and close the main 
contacts independent of the speed of the manual operation. 

(e) Be equipped with a mechanical position indicator to show the open 
or closed position of the main contacts. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 710-21 (a) (4) a-e.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3. Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1 . Amendment filed 2-1-83; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 83, No. 6). 

2. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2840. Identification. 

(a) Circuit breakers shall have a permanent and legible nameplate in- 
cluding the following information: manufacturer's name or trademark, 
manufacturer's type or identification number, continuous current rating, 
interrupting rating in MVA or amperes, and maximum voltage rating. 

(b) Modifications of a circuit breaker affecting its rating(s) shall be ac- 
companied by an appropriate change in the identification data on the 
nameplate. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 710-21(a)(4)f.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§2841. Isolation. 

(a) Means shall be provided to isolate each circuit breaker or circuit 
breaker installation from all sources of potential. 

(b) The isolating means shall provide a visible gap in the electrical cir- 
cuit adequate for the operating voltage. 

(c) Isolating or disconnecting switches (with no interrupting rating) 
shall be mechanically interlocked with the circuit breaker or shall be pro- 
vided with prominently displayed caution signs in accordance with Sec- 
tion 2835 to prevent switching load current. 

(d) The isolating means shall be permitted to be individually or group 
operated. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-71 0-2 l(a)(l 1).) 
NOTK: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Editorial correction of subsection (c) filed 11-3-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment of subsection (d) filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, 
No. 1). 



cuit Reclosers and Fault Interrupters for AC Systems, which is hereby in- 
corporated by reference, and with all the requirements of Article 21, ex- 
cept that the provisions of ANSI/IEEE C37.04-1979 referenced in 
Article 21 do not apply to circuit reclosers. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-7 10-2 1(d)(9).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code: and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1 . Amendment filed 2-1-83; effective thirtieth day thereafter ( Register 83. No. d). 

2. Editorial correction including renumbering of former Article 71 to Article 22 
filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1 -9-88 (Register 88, No. 1 ). 



Article 22. Automatic Circuit Reclosers 

(Formerly Article 71) 

§ 2843. General. 

Automatic circuit reclosers shall comply with all the provisions of 
American National Standard ANSI/IEEE C37.60-1981, Requirements 
for Overhead, Pad Mounted, Dry Vault, and Submersible Automatic Cir- 



Article 23. Power Fuses 

(Formerly Article 72) 

§ 2845. Power Fuses. 

(a) Use. Where fuses are used to protect conductors and equipment, a 
fuse shall be placed in each ungrounded conductor. 

(1) Parallel (Multiple) Power Fuses. Two power fuses shall be per- 
mitted to be used in parallel (multiple) to protect the same load, provided: 

(A) Both fuses have identical ratings, and 

(B) Both fuses are installed in a common mounting with electrical con- 
nections that will divide the current equally. 

(b) Vented Power Fuses. Power fuses of the vented type shall not be 
used indoors, underground or in metal enclosures unless identified for the 
use. 

(c) Interrupting Rating. The interrupting rating of power fuses shall 
equal or exceed the maximum fault current the fuse will be required to 
interrupt, including contributions from all connected sources of energy. 

(d) Voltage Rating. The maximum voltage rating of power fuses shall 
equal or exceed the maximum circuit voltage. Fuses having a minimum 
recommended operating voltage shall not be applied below this voltage. 

(e) Installation. Fuses shall be installed in suitable metal cnclo- 
sures.Exception: Fuses shall be permitted to be installed without metal 
enclosures in substations, vaults, or outdoor locations. 

(f) Structure Mounted Indoor or Outdoor. The height of fuse mount- 
ings on structures shall provide safe clearance between lowest energized 
part (open or closed position) and standing surface. For mounting 
heights, see Article 35. 

(g) Disconnecting Means. A suitable means shall be installed to isolate 
each fuse from all sources of potential. Provision for installation and re- 
moval of the fuse by suitable live line tools meets this requirement. 

(h) Identification of Fuse Mountings and Fuse Units. The fuse mount- 
ings and fuse units shall be permanently and legibly identified to include 
the following information: manufacturer's type or designation, continu- 
ous current rating, interrupting current rating, and maximum voltage rat- 
ing. 

(i) Clear Workspace. Space shall be provided for fuse handling in ac- 
cordance with Article 35. 

(j) Door Interlock. Means shall be provided to prevent access to fuses 
installed in metal enclosures until all sources of energy are disconnected. 

(k) Enclosed Fuse Types. Fuses installed in metal enclosures shall be 
of the non-vented or controlled-vented type. Adequate volume or other 
means shall be provided to prevent the operation of fuses from causing 
dangerous pressures in enclosures. 

(/) Fused cutouts installed in buildings or transformer vaults shall be 
of a type approved for the purpose. They shall be readily accessible for 
fuse replacement. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . New subsection (k) filed 2-1-83; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Resistor 83. 
No. 6). 

2. Editorial correction including renumbering of former article 72 to article 23 
filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



Page 377 



Register 91, No. 7:2-15-91 



§2847 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



3. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1.) 

4. Change without regulatory affect redesignating subsections (b) through (k) as 
(c) through (/) filed pursuant to section 1 00. Title 1 , California Code of Regula- 
tions (Register 91, No. 7). 



Article 24. Distribution Cutouts and Fuse 
Links — Expulsion Type 

(Formerly Article 73) 

§ 2847. Distribution Cutouts and Fuse Links — Expulsion 
Type. 

(a) Installation. The cutouts shall be so located that they may be readily 
and safely operated and refused, and so that the exhaust of the fuses will 
not endanger persons. Distribution cutouts shall not be used indoors, un- 
derground, or in metal enclosures. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 7 10-2 1(c)(1).) 

(b) Interrupting Rating. The interrupting rating of distribution cutouts 
shall equal or exceed the maximum fault current which can occur at the 
fuse location. The available fault current at the fuse location shall include 
contributions from all connected sources of energy, such as the other 
lines, generators, large motors, etc. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 710-21(c)(3).) 

(c) Voltage Rating. The maximum voltage rating of cutouts shall equal 
or exceed the maximum circuit voltage. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 710-21 (c)(4).) 

(d) Operation. Where fused cutouts are not suitable to interrupt the cir- 
cuit manually while carrying full load, an approved means shall be in- 
stalled to interrupt the entire load. 

Unless the fused cutouts are interlocked with the switch to prevent 
opening of the cutouts under load, a conspicuous sign shall be placed at 
such cutouts reading, "Warning — Do Not Open Under Load." 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 7 10-2 1(c)(2).) 

(e) Identification. Distribution cutouts and fuse links shall have a per- 
manent and legible nameplate or identification including the following 
information: 

( 1 ) Cutout Body, Door, or Fuse Tube. Manufacturer's type or designa- 
tion, continuous current rating, maximum voltage rating, interrupting 
rating. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 710-21 (c)(5).) 

(2) Fuse Links. Continuous current rating, type identification follow- 
ing the continuous current rating. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 7 10-2 1(c)(6).) 

(0 Structure Mounted Outdoors. The height of cutouts mounted out- 
doors on structures shall provide safe clearance between lowest ener- 
gized parts (open or closed position) and standing surfaces. For mounting 
heights, see Articles 19 and 35. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 710-21(c)(7).) 

(g) Clear Workspace. Space shall be provided for fuse handling in ac- 
cordance with Article 35. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-7 10-2 1(c)(8).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction including renumbering of former Article 73 to Article 24 
filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment of subsections (a)-(d) and (f) filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 
(Register 88, No. 1). 



Article 25. Oil-Filled Cutouts 

(Formerly Article 74) 

§ 2849. Continuous Current Rating. 

The continuous current rating of oil-filled cutouts shall equal or ex- 
ceed the maximum continuous current at the point of installation. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 710-21(d)(l). 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 



History 

1 . Editorial correction includins renumbering of former Article 74 to Article 25 
filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2850. Interrupting Rating. 

The interrupting rating of oil-filled cutouts shall equal or exceed the 
maximum fault current available at the cutout location, including contri- 
butions from all connected sources of energy, such as other lines, genera- 
tors, large motors, etc. 

(Title" 24, Part 3, Section 7 10-2 1(d)(2).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code; and Section 189243(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction adding NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§2851. Voltage Rating. 

The maximum voltage rating of oil-filled cutouts shall equal or exceed 
the maximum circuit voltage. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 710-21 (d)(3).) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3. LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction adding NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83. No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2852. Fault Closing Rating. 

Oil-filled cutouts shall have a fault closing rating equal to or greater 
than the available fault current which can occur at the cutout location, un- 
less suitable interlocks or operating procedures preclude the possibility 
of closing into a fault. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 710-2 1(d)(4).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 1 8943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction adding NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2853. Location. 

The cutouts shall be so located that they will be readily and safely ac- 
cessible for refusing, with the top of the cutout not more than 5 feet above 
the floor or platform. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 7 10-2 1(d)(7).) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1 . Editorial correction adding NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2854. Identification. 

Oil-Filled Cutouts. Oil-filled cutouts shall have a permanent and leg- 
ible nameplate showing the rated continuous current, rated maximum 
voltage, and rated interrupting current. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 710-21 (d)(5).) 

(b) Fuses. Fuse links shall have a permanent and legible identification 
showing the rated continuous current. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 7 10-2 1(d)(6).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction adding NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2855. Enclosure. 

Suitable barriers or enclosures shall be provided to prevent contact 
with non-shielded cables or energized parts of oil-filled cutouts. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 7 10-2 1(d)(8).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction adding NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 



• 



Page 378 



Register 91, No. 7; 2-15-91 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§2866 



• 



Article 26. Metal-Enclosed Power 

Switchgear and Industrial Control 

Assemblies 

(Formerly Article 75) 



§ 2857. Scope. 

This article covers assemblies of metal-enclosed power switchgear 
and industrial control, including but not limited to switches, interrupting 
devices and their control, metering, protection and regulating equipment, 
when an integral part of the assembly, with associated interconnections 
and supporting structures. This article also includes metal-enclosed 
power switchgear assemblies which form a part of unit substations, pow- 
er centers, or similar equipment. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 710-24(a).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction including renumbering of former Article 75 to Article 26 
filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2858. Metal-Enclosed Power Switchgear. 

(a) Metal-enclosed power switchgear assemblies shall be constructed 
in accordance with American National Standard ANSI/IEEE 
C.37.20-1969 and supplements to and including C37.20d-1978, 
Switchgear Assemblies Including Metal-Enclosed Bus, which is hereby 
incorporated by reference. 

(b) Metal-enclosed industrial control assemblies shall be constructed 
in accordance with American National Standard ANSI/NEMA ICS 
2-1978, Standards for Industrial Control Devices, Controllers and As- 
semblies, which is hereby incorporated by reference. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-710-24(q).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Editorial correction filed 1 1-3-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2859. Arrangement of Devices in Assemblies. 

Arrangement of devices in assemblies shall be such that individual 
components can safely perform their intended function without adverse- 
ly affecting the safe operation of other components in the assembly. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 710-24(b).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2860. Guarding of High-Voltage Energized Parts Within 
a Compartment. 

When access for other than visual inspection is required to a compart- 
ment which contains energized high-voltage parts, barriers shall be pro- 
vided (a) to prevent accidental contact with energized parts, and (b) to 
prevent tools or other equipment from being dropped on energized parts. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 710-24(c).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83. No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 



§ 2861 . Guarding of Low-Voltage Energized Parts Within a 
Compartment. 

Energized bare parts mounted on doors shall be effectively guarded or 
enclosed where the door must be opened for maintenance of equipment 
or removal of drawout equipment. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 71 0-24(d).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3. LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code: and Section 18943(c). Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83. No. 45). 

§ 2862. Clearance for Cable Conductors Entering 
Enclosure. 

The unobstructed space opposite terminals or opposite conduits or 
other raceways entering a switchgear or control assembly shall be ade- 
quate for the type of conductor and method ol' termination. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 710-24(e).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3. LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c). Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 i Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2863. Accessibility of Energized Parts. 

(a) Doors or removable panels which could provide non-qualified per- 
sons access to high-voltage energized parts shall be locked or secured by 
other approved means. When high-voltage metal-enclosed switchgear 
or control assemblies are accessible only to qualified persons, bolted-on 
or hinged and bolted cover plates shall be permitted to be used. 

(b) Low-voltage control equipment, relays, motors, and the like (ex- 
cept instrument or control transformers which are connected to the high 
voltage) shall not be installed in compartments with exposed high-vol- 
tage energized parts or high-voltage wiring unless the access door or 
cover is interlocked with the high-voltage switch or disconnecting 
means to prevent the door or cover from being opened or removed unless 
the switch or disconnecting means is in the open position. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 710-24 (f).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2864. Grounding. 

Frames of switchgear and control assemblies shall be grounded in ac- 
cordance with Article 6. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 710-24(g).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1 . Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2865. Grounding of Devices. 

Devices with metal cases and/or frames, such as instruments, relays, 
meters, and instrument and control transformers, located in or on switch- 
gear or control, shall have the frame or case effectively grounded. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 710-24(h).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2866. Door Stops and Cover Plates. 

External hinged doors or covers for outdoor equipment shall be pro- 
vided with stops to hold them in the open position. Cover plates intended 
to be removed for inspection of energized parts or wiring shall be locked 
or secured by other approved means and equipped with lifting handles 
and shall notexceed 12 square feet in urea or 60 pounds in weight. If they 
exceed 1 2 square feet in area or 60 pounds in weight, they shall be hinged 
and bolted or locked. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 710-24(i).) 



Page 379 



(4-1-W) 



§2867 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



NOTK: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83. No. 45). 



Article 27. Transformers 

(Formerly Article 76) 



§ 2867. Gas Discharge from Interrupting Devices. 

Gas discharged during operation of interrupting devices shall be so di- 
rected as not to endanger personnel. 

(Title 24, Part 3. Section 710-24(j).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3. LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2868. Inspection Windows. 

Windows intended for inspection of disconnecting switches or other 
devices shall be of suitable transparent material. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 710-24(k).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



§ 2869. Location of Devices. 

Control and instrument transfer switch handles or push buttons shall 

be located in a readily accessible location at an elevation not in excess of 

78 inches. 

EXCEPTION: NO. 1: Operating handles requiring more than 50 pounds of force 
shall not be higher than 66 inches in either the open or closed position. 

EXCEPTION: NO. 2: Operating handles for infrequently operated devices, such as 
drawout fuses, fused potential or control transformers and their primary discon- 
nects, and bus transfer switches, need not be readily accessible, provided they are 
otherwise safely operable and serviceable from a portable platform. 

(Title 24, Part 3. Section 710-24(1 ).) 

NOTE. Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1 . Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



§ 2870. Interlocks — Interrupter Switches. 

Interrupter switches equipped with stored energy mechanisms shall 
have mechanical interlocks to prevent access to the switch compartment 
unless the stored energy mechanism is in the discharged or blocked posi- 
tion. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 710-24(m).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1 . Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2871. Interlocks — Circuit Breakers. 

(a) Circuit breakers equipped with stored energy mechanisms shall be 
designed to prevent the release of the stored energy unless the mecha- 
nism has been fully charged. 

(b) Mechanical interlocks shall be provided in the housing to prevent 
the complete withdrawal of the circuit breaker from the housing when the 
stored energy mechanism is in the fully charged position. In lieu of the 
above interlock, a suitable device may be provided which prevents the 
complete withdrawal of the circuit breaker until the closing function is 
blocked. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 710-24(p).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



§ 2873. Scope. 

This article applies to the installation of all transformers, including 
voltage and current regulators or regulating transformers. 

EXCEPTION: Control, instrument, and other transformers which constitute an inte- 
gral part of other apparatus (test equipment. X-ray, diathermic, welders, rectifiers, 
mobile equipment, etc.) and conform to the requirements of such other apparatus. 
(Title 24, Part 3. Section 3-450-1.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction including renumbering of former Article 76 to Article 27 
filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2874. General. 

(a) Ventilation. Adequate ventilation shall be provided to assure safe 
operating temperature of apparatus. 

(Title 24. Part 3, Section 3-450-9.) 

(b) Protection from Physical Damage. Transformers and attachments, 
such as conductors and externally mounted devices, shall be protected 
from physical damage by suitable barriers, guards, or location. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-450-8(a).) 

(c) Identification. Each transformer shall be identified by a permanent 
nameplate which includes the following information: 

( 1 ) The word(s) "Transformer," "Voltage Regulating Transformer," 
or "Voltage Regulator." 

(2) Manufacturer's name, type, and serial designation. 

(3) Rated KVA, phases, and frequency. 

(4) Voltage ratings and tap voltages. 

(5) Connection diagram. 

(6) Polarity (single phase). 

(7) Impedance. 

(8) Rated temperature rise in degrees centigrade. 

(9) Identification of insulating medium. 

(10) Amount of insulating liquid (not required for sizes 167 KVA and 
smaller). 

(11) Approximate total weight (not required for sizes 25 KVA and 
smaller). 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-450-1 1.) 

(d) Access Openings. Access openings to transformer enclosures shall 
be provided with a means for locking or otherwise preventing unautho- 
rized access. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-450-13.) 

(e) Signs. A permanent, legible, and clearly visible "HIGH VOLT- 
AGE" warning sign, having letters at least 2 inches high, shall be located 
on the access opening of each transformer enclosure. These signs shall 
read substantially as follows: "Danger — High Voltage — Keep Out." 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-450-14.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2875. Requirements Applicable to Specific Types and 
Locations of Transformers. 

(a) Indoor Installations. Oil-insulated transformers shall not be in- 
stalled indoors except in a vault constructed in accordance with Sections 
2805 and 2806, or a separate building meeting the requirements of Sec- 
tion 2807. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-450-26(a).) 

(b) High Fire Point Liquid-Insulated Transformers. Transformers in- 
sulated with a listed, less flammable liquid (high fire point) shall be per- 



Page 380 



(4-1-90) 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



8 2880 



mitted to be installed without a vault in a non-combustible occupancy 
area of non-combustible buildings, provided there is a liquid confine- 
ment area and the liquid is listed as having a fire point of not less than 300 
degrees C. Such transformers installed indoors and rated over 35,000 
volts shall be installed in a vault. 
(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-450-23.) 

(c) Protection from Flooding. Transformers and associated equipment 
subject to flooding shall be submersible. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-450-29.) 

(d) Protection Against Toxic Gases. Precautions shall be taken to pre- 
vent transformers from venting toxic or explosive gases into an inade- 
quately ventilated space. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-450-30.) 

(e) Outdoor Installations. Transformers shall be permitted to be in- 
stalled in outdoor enclosures meeting the requirements of Section 2812 
or on roofs in accordance with Section 2808. Transformers installed on 
poles or structures shall conform to Rule 58.3, General Order No. 95, 
1981 Edition. Rules for Overhead Electric Line Construction of the Cali- 
fornia Public Utilities Commission, which is hereby incorporated by ref- 
erence. Transformers installed underground shall conform to Rule 
34.2C. General Order No. 1 28, 1974 Edition, Rules for Construction of 
Underground Electric Supply and Communications Systems of the Cali- 
fornia Public Utilities Commission which is hereby incorporated by ref- 
erence 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-450-27.) 

NOTK: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1 . Amendment filed 10-29-80; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 80, No. 

44). 

2. Amendment of subsection (b) filed 3-2-83; effective thirtieth day thereafter 
(Register 83, No. 10). 

3. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

4. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2876. Switching. 

Means shall be provided for interrupting the load and magnetizing cur- 
rents and for isolation of each transformer, transformer bank, or trans- 
former installation. Switches used for these purposes shall be capable of 
carrying the maximum load current at the point of installation and shall 
meet the requirements of Article 20. 

(a) Load Current. Means shall be installed on either the supply or load 
side to interrupt the maximum load current of each transformer, trans- 
former bank, or transformer installation that will be switched as a unit. 
If the load break means is installed on the load side, it may consist of a 
main transformer switching device or a combination of two or more 
switching devices carrying the entire transformer load. 

(b) Magnetizing Current. Means shall be installed to interrupt the mag- 
netizing current of each voltage regulator, transformer, transformer 
bank, or transformer installation that will be switched as a unit. Interrupt- 
er switches that are not rated to interrupt the maximum load current at the 
point of installation shall be mechanically interlocked with the load break 
device required by subsection (a) above. 

(c) Isolation. Means shall be installed to isolate from all sources of po- 
tential each transformer, transformer bank, or transformer installation 
that will be removed from service as a unit. Isolating or disconnecting 
switches that are not rated to interrupt the maximum load current at the 
point of installation shall be mechanically interlocked with the load break 
device required by subsection (a) above. If not rated to interrupt magne- 
tizing current,they shall also be interlocked with any separate magnetiz- 
ing current interrupting switch(es) that may be provided. 
EXCHPTION: Where such interrupter switches or disconnects are mounted out of 
doors, a permanent warning sign meeting the requirements of Section 2835 (h) 
shall be permitted to be provided in lieu of interlocking. 

(d) Additional Requirements for Voltage Regulators. Proper switch- 
ing sequence for regulators shall be assured by use of one of the follow- 
ing: 



(1) Mechanically sequenced regulator bypass switch(es). 

(2) Mechanical interlocks. 

(3) Switching procedure prominently displayed at the switching loca- 
tion. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-450-51.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88. No. 1 ). 

§ 2877. Overcurrent Protection. 

Each transformer or bank of transformers operating as a unit shall be 
protected against fault and overload currents by an overcurrent device in 
each ungrounded conductor in the primary connection. The pioteclhe 
device shall be permitted to be integral with or external to a transformer. 

EXCEPTION: No. 1 : On grounded systems, a relay in each of two phases, in con- 
junction with a ground relay, meets this requirement. 

EXCEPTION: No. 2: More than one transformer or transformer bank shall be per- 
mitted to be protected by the same overcurrent device, provided the protection for 
each transformer meets the requirements of Section 2877 (b). 

(a) Internal protective devices supplied integrally with a transformer 
shall be rated or adjusted in accordance with the specifications of the 
manufacturer. 

(b) External protective means shall prevent the flow of current through 

the transformer in excess of the magnitudes and limes in the following 

table: 

Multiples of Transformer Maximum Time 

Self-cooled Rating in Seconds 

8 Times 300 Sec. 

14.3 Times 5 Sec. 

25 Times 2 Sec. 

50Times 0.5 Sec. 

100 Times 0.125 Sec. 

(Title 24. Part 3, Section 450-3.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 1 42.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83. No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1 ). 

§ 2878. Grounding. 

Transformer windings, if grounded, and metallic cases or enclosures 
for transformers shall be grounded in accordance with Article 6. 
EXCEPTION: Cases of pole-mounted transformers need not be grounded, unless 
grounding is required by General Order No. 95. Rule 58.3C3, Rules for Overhead 
Electric Line Construction of the California Public Utilities Commission. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-^50-10.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88. No. 1 ). 



Article 28. Rotating Machinery and Its 
Control Apparatus 

(Formerly Article 77) 

§ 2880. Scope. 

The provisions of this article apply to any rotating machine with nor- 
mal rated operating voltages in excess of 600 volts between conductors 
or conductors to ground and to the control apparatus directly associated 
with such a machine. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction including renumbering of former Article 77 to Article 28 
filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1 ). 



Page 381 



(4-1-90) 



§2880 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



Diagram 2880 (a) 
TYPICAL MOTOR BRANCH CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 



Source 



r 



I solat ing Means 

Fault Prot ect ion 
(fuses) 



Contactor 



Overcurrent — ^ 
Protect ion C_/~ 
(it used) 



Control Equipment 
Housing 



*E 



i — 



r 



Source 






) 



$ 



CH-E 



A It ernot e 



Overload Thermal 
Prot ect ion From 
Oev 

Wi 



rot ect ion From ^~> 
evice Inteqral (j~ 
1 * t r» nolo' (if ur>eo) 



Motor Frame 



~f> L _ 



a 



Page 382 



(4-1-90) 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§2882 



Diagram 2880 (b) 
TYPICAL GENERATOR CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 



I 



Neutral Grounding 
Resistor or Reactor 
(if used) ^ , 
Q (h 
Neutral Ground 
( )vercurrcn t Protection 



Overtemperature 
Protection (if used) 

Differential 
Protection (if used) 



Enclosure Fram 




Single-Conductor 
Circuit Diagram 



One-Line Diagram of 
Three Conductor 
Three Phase Circuit 
and Excitation Circuit 



Surge Protection 
(if used) 



Excitation Power Source 



Overcurrent Protection 

Isolating Means 
Switching Device 
Isolating Means 

Generator Bus 



§2881. Conductors. 

(a) General. Conductors for use on rotating equipment and its control 
shall be of the proper voltage classification for the application as de- 
scribed in Article 18. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-430-121.) 

(b) Size of Conductors. Conductors supplying motors and the load 
conductors of generators shall have ampacities to carry safely the maxi- 
mum load current and shall meet the requirements of Article 18. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-430-124.) 

(c) Conductor Enclosures Adjacent to Rotating Machinery. When 
making raceway connections to the terminal enclosures of rotating ma- 
chines, flexible metallic conduit shall be permitted to be used if the flex- 
ible conduit is properly bonded at both ends or otherwise properly 
grounded. The maximum length of flexible conduit shall not be more 
than 6 feet. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 430-123.) 

(d) Terminations. Terminations of conductors at the motor or genera- 
tor shall be in terminal enclosures or in a pit or limited access enclosure 
and shall be adequately braced and protected from physical damage. If 
terminal enclosures are used, they shall provide adequate room to allow 
proper terminations of the conductors without sharp bends. 

(Title 24. Part 3, Section 3-430-128.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2882. Control of Motors and Generators. 

(a) Motors. 

(1) Controls. Each motor shall be provided with a means for starting 



and stopping. The switching means shall meet the requirements of Sec- 
tions 2833 and 2837. A properly coordinated and rated combination of 
current-limiting fuses and contactor will meet these requirements. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-430-129(a).) 

The controller disconnecting means for motor branch circuits over 600 
volts, nominal, shall be permitted to be out of sight of the controller, if 
the controller is marked with a warning label giving the location and 
identification of the disconnecting means which is to be locked in the 
open position. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 430-102.) 

(2) Isolation. A means shall be installed to isolate each motor and its 
controller from all sources of potential. The isolating means shall meet 
requirements of Section 2835 (b). 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-430. 129(b).) 

(b) Generators. 

(1) Each generator shall be provided with a load switching device 
meeting the requirements of Section 2833 or 2837. A properly coordi- 
nated and rated combination of current-limiting fuses and contactor will 
meet this requirement. 

(2) Isolation. A means shall be installed to isolate each generator from 
all sources of potential. The isolating means shall meet the requirements 
of Section 2835 (b). 

(3) Excitation Control. The generator excitation system shall include 
a means for safely interrupting excitation current. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-445-9.) 

(c) General Application — Motors. 

(1) Several Motors Served by a Single Disconnecting Means. A single 
disconnecting means can serve a group of motors driving the several 
parts of a single machine, where the construction or use of the machine 
is such that it would be impractical to attempt to repair the motor, control- 
ler, or machine while any part of the machine is in operation. 



Page 383 



(4-1-90) 



§2883 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



(2) Undervoltage Protection. Means shall be provided to prevent auto- 
matic restarting of motors after undervoltage tripping if automatic start- 
ing would constitute a hazard to persons. 

(3) Control Circuits. High-voltage portions of control circuits shall be 
protected against fault currents as provided in Section 2883. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-430-1 29(c).) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1 . Amendment of subsection (a) ( 1 ) filed 2-1-83; effective thirtieth day thereafter 
(Register 83, No. 6). 

2. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Editorial correction of subsections (a) and (b) filed 1 1-3-83 (Register 83, No. 

45). 

4. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 



§ 2883. Motor Circuit Protection. 

(a) General. The high-voltage circuit for each motor shall include 
coordinated protection to detect and automatically interrupt motor run- 
ning overcurrent (overload) and fault currents in the motor, the motor cir- 
cuit conductors, and the motor controller. - 

EXCEPTION: Where there is a motor which is vital to operation of the plant and the 
motor should operate to failure if necessary to prevent a greater hazard to persons, 
the sensing device shall be permitted to be connected to a supervised annunciator 
or alarm instead of interrupting the motor circuit. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 430- 125(a).) 

(b) Grounding. Motor frames shall be grounded in accordance with 
Article 6. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-430-145.) 

(c) Fault Current Protection. 

( 1 ) Fault current protection shall be provided by one or more of the fol- 
lowing: 

(A) A circuit breaker, contactor, or other device meeting the require- 
ments of Article 21. 

(B) Fuses meeting the requirements of Article 23. 

(2) Fuses used for fault interruption shall be placed in each un- 
grounded conductor. Circuit breakers or contactors and their associated 
fault sensing devices shall provide protection for, and shall simulta- 
neously disconnect, all ungrounded conductors. 

(3) Fault interrupting devices in motor circuits shall not automatically 
reclose after trip. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 430-1 25(c).) 

(d) Overload Protection. 

( 1 ) Each motor shall be protected against dangerous overheating by 
one, or both, of the following means: 

(A) A thermal protector integral with the motor. 

(B) An external current sensing device. 

(2) The secondary circuits of wound rotor alternating current motors, 
including conductors, controllers, and resistors rated for the application, 
shall be considered as protected against overcurrent by the motor over- 
load protection means. 

(3) Synchronous motor rotors in addition shall be protected by a motor 
shutdown device matched to the squirrel-cage winding short time ther- 
mal rating for starting. 

(4) Operation of the overload interrupting device shall simultaneously 
disconnect all ungrounded conductors. 

(5) Resetting of Overload Sensing Devices. 

(A) Overload sensing devices shall not be automatically reset after trip 
unless: 

1. Resetting of the overload sensing device does not cause automatic 
restarting of the motor. 

2. No hazard to persons is created by automatic restarting of the motor 
and its connected machinery. 

(B) When the reset for the overload sensing device is manually oper- 
ated, it shall be so located as to be safely and readily accessible. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-430-1 25(b).) 



(e) Combination Protection. Combination fault interruption and over- 
load protection shall be permitted to be provided by the same device. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 430-1 25(c)(3).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2884. Generator Circuit Protection. 

(a) Generator Grounding. Generator windings, if grounded, and 
frames shall be grounded in accordance with Article 6. 

(b) General. The high-voltage circuit of each generator shall include 
coordinated protection capable of detecting and automatically interrupt- 
ing overload and fault currents in the generator, the generator circuit con- 
ductors, and the generator control. 

EXCEPTION: The overload protection for generators in supervised locations need 
not automatically trip the switching device, provided it initiates an alarm for the 
operator to take appropriate action. 

(c) Fault Current Protection. 

( 1 ) Fault current protection shall be provided by one or more of the fol- 
lowing: 

(A) A circuit breaker, contactor, or other device meeting the require- 
ments of Article 21. 

(B) Fuses meeting the requirements of Article 23. 

(2) Fuses used for fault interaction shall be placed in each un- 
grounded conductor. Circuit breakers or contacts and their associated 
fault sensing devices shall provide protection for, and shall simulta- 
neously disconnect, all ungrounded conductors. 

(3) For faults on the generator side of the generator switching device, 
the fault protection system shall automatically remove excitation from 
the generator. 

(4) Fault interrupting devices in generator circuits shall not automati- 
cally reclose after trip. 

(d) Overload Protection. 

( 1 ) Each generator shall be protected against dangerous overheating 
by one of the following means: 

(A) A thermal protector integral with the generator. 

(B) An external current sensing device. 

(2) Overcurrent devices shall not be automatically reset if any hazard 
results. 

(e) Combination Protection. Combination fault interruption and over- 
load protection shall be permitted to be provided by the same device. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-445-10.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Editorial correction of section heading filed 1 1-3-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2885. Identification. 

(a) General. Each motor, generator, and controller shall be provided 
with a prominently displayed permanent nameplate. 

(b) Motors (A.C. or D.C.). Each motor nameplate shall include the fol- 
lowing: manufacturer's name and identification numbers; horsepower (if 
horsepower rated); voltage, full-load current, phase, frequency, and 
speed; insulation class or temperature rise; if equipped with integral ther- 
mal protective device, it shall be so marked; if motor has a wound rotor, 
it shall show open circuit voltage and full-load current of the rotor wind- 
ing; if motor is synchronous, it shall also show the input supply voltage 
and current required for excitation. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 430-7.) 

(c) Generators (A.C. or D.C.). Each generator nameplate shall include 
the following: manufacturer's name and identification numbers; kilovolt 
amperes (or kilowatts and power factor); voltage, current, phase, fre- 
quency, and speed; insulation class or temperature rise. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 445-3.) 



• 



Page 384 



(4-1-90) 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2893 



• 



(d) Control Apparatus. The nameplate of each major piece of control 
apparatus shall include the following: manufacturer's name; type, class, 
or other suitable identification; current or horsepower rating; rated volt- 
age and control voltage. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 430-8.) 

(e) Terminals. Terminals of motors, generators, and control apparatus 
shall be suitably identified. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 430-9.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83. No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 



Article 29. Capacitors 

(Formerly Article 78) 

§ 2887. General. 

This article covers the installation of capacitors on electric circuits. 
Surge capacitors or capacitors included as a component part of other ap- 
paratus and conforming with the requirements of such apparatus are ex- 
cluded from these requirements. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 460-1.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction including renumbering of former Article 78 to Article 29 
filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2888. Enclosing and Guarding. 

(a) Capacitors containing more than 3 gallons of a flammable liquid 
shall be enclosed in vaults or outdoor fenced enclosures complying with 
Article 17. 

(b) Capacitors shall be enclosed, located, or guarded so that persons 
cannot come into accidental contact or bring conducting materials into 
accidental contact with exposed energized parts, terminals, or buses as- 
sociated with them. 

EXCEPTION: No additional guarding is required for enclosures accessible only to 
authorized and qualified persons. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 460-2.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1 . Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2889. Grounding. 

Capacitor neutrals and cases, if grounded, shall be grounded in accor- 
dance with Article 6. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 460-27.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2890. Switching. 

(a) Load Current. Single-pole individually operated or multi-pole 
group-operated switches used for capacitor switching shall be capable 
of ( 1 ) carrying continuously not less than 1 35 percent of the rated current 
of the capacitor installation; 

(2) interrupting the maximum continuous load current of each capaci- 
tor, capacitor bank, or capacitor installation that will be switched as a 
unit; and 

(3) withstanding the maximum inrush current, including contributions 
from adjacent capacitor installations. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 460-24 (a).) 

(b) Isolation. 



(1) A means shall be installed to isolate from all sources of potential 
each capacitor, capacitor bank, or capacitor installation that will be re- 
moved from service as a unit. 

(2) The isolating means shall provide a visible gap in the electrical cir- 
cuit adequate for the operating voltage. 

(3) Isolating or disconnecting switches (with no interrupting rating) 
shall be mechanically interlocked with the load interrupting device or 
shall be provided with prominently displayed caution signs in accor- 
dance with Section 2835 (h) to prevent switching load current. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 460-24 (b).) 

(c) Additional Requirements for Series Capacitors. The proper s\\ itch- 
ing sequence shall be assured by use of one of the following: 

(1) Mechanically sequenced isolating and bypass switches. 

(2) Interlocks. 

(3) Switching procedure prominently displayed at the switching loca- 
tion. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 460-24(c).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1 . Amendment filed 2-1-83; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 83, No. 6). 

2. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2891 . Overcurrent Protection. 

(a) A means shall be provided to detect and interrupt fault current li- 
able to cause dangerous pressure within an individual capacitor. 

(b) Single-phase or multi-phase devices shall be permitted to be used 
for this purpose. 

(c) Capacitors shall be permitted to be protected individually or in 
groups. 

(d) Protective devices supplied integrally with a capacitor equipment 
shall be rated or adjusted in accordance with the recommendations of the 
manufacturer. 

(e) Protective devices installed external to capacitor equipment shall 
be rated or adjusted to operate in accordance with the requirements of 
Section 5 of American National Standard ANSI/IEEE Std. 18-1980, 
IEEE Standard for Shunt Power Capacitors, which is hereby incorpo- 
rated by reference. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 460-25.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Editorial correction of subsection (e) filed 1 1-3-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2892. Identification. 

Each capacitor shall be provided with a permanent nameplate giving 
the maker's name, rated voltage, frequency, kvar or amperes, number of 
phases, and the amount of liquid in gallons identified as flammable, if 
such is the case. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 460-26.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2893. Means for Discharge. 

(a) A means shall be provided to reduce the residual voltage of a capac- 
itor to 50 volts or less within 5 minutes after the capacitor is disconnected 
from the source of supply. 

(b) A discharge circuit shall be either permanently connected to the 
terminals of the capacitor or provided with automatic means of connect- 
ing it to the terminals of the capacitor bank after disconnection of the ca- 
pacitor from the source of supply. The windings of motors, or transform- 
ers, or of other equipment directly connected to capacitors without a 
switch or overcurrent device interposed must meet the requirements of 
subsection (a) above. 



Page 385 



(4-1-90) 



§2894 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



(c) Capacitors shall not be worked on until after they have been short 
circuited and grounded. The internal discharge device provided in capac- 
itors shall not be used as a substitute for externally short circuiting and 
grounding capacitors. 

(Title 24. Part 3, Section 460-28.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83. No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2894. Special Handling Precautions. 

Care shall be exercised in handling and disposing of failed capacitors 
because of possible internal pressure and residual energy. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



Article 30. Resistors and Reactors 

(Formerly Article 79) 

§ 2896. General. 

(a) Resistors and reactors shall not be installed in close enough prox- 
imity to combustible materials to constitute a fire hazard and in no case 
closer than within 1 foot of combustible materials. 

(b) Clearances from resistors and reactors to grounded surfaces shall 
be adequate for the voltage involved. See Article 9. 

(c) Metallic enclosures of reactors and adjacent metal parts shall be in- 
stalled so that the temperature rise from induced circulating currents will 
not be hazardous to personnel or constitute a fire hazard. 

(d) Resistors and reactors shall be protected against physical damage. 

(e) Resistors and reactors shall be isolated by enclosure or elevation 
to protect personnel from accidental contact with energized parts. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 470-18.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18953(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1 . Editorial correction including renumbering of former Article 79 to Article 30 
filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2897. Grounding. 

Resistor and reactor cases or enclosures shall be grounded in accor- 
dance with Article 6. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 470-19.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18953(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2898. Oil-Filled Reactors. 

Installation of oil-filled reactors, in addition to the above require- 
ments, shall comply with applicable requirements of Articles 17 and 27. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 470-20.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18953(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



Article 31. Lightning Arresters 

(Formerly Article 80) 

§ 2900. Flammable Atmospheres. 

Lightning arresters (e.g., expulsion arresters, valve arresters with ex- 
ternal series gap, etc.) that produce or expel ionized gases to the atmo- 
sphere during normal operation shall not be used in flammable atmo- 
sphere locations. (See Article 34.) 



(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-280-6.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1 . Editorial correction including renumbering of former Article 80 to Article 31 

filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83. No. 45). 

§ 2901 . Clearances. 

All parts of the arrester shall be at least 1 feet above ground, unless 
enclosed in such a way as to prevent access to unauthorized persons. For 
line terminal clearances to ground, see Article 9. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section "3-280-7.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2902. Connections. 

Connections to lightning arresters shall be adequate to carry the dis- 
charge current, but shall not be smaller than No. 6 AWG copper or equiv- 
alent. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-280-23.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 1 8943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1 . Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2903. Grounding. 

The arrester ground terminal shall be effectively grounded. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-280-25.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2904. Identification. 

Lightning arresters shall have a permanent and legible identification 
including the following information: name of the device; manufacturer's 
name and/or trademark; manufacturer's type and identification number; 
voltage rating of the arrester. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-280-5.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

Article 32. Mobile and Portable Equipment 

(Formerly Article 81) 

§ 2906. General. 

(a) Scope. The provisions of this article shall apply to installations and 
use of high-voltage power distribution and utilization equipment which 
is portable and/or mobile, such as substations and switch houses mounted 
on skids, trailers, or cars, mobile shovels, draglines, cranes, hoists, drills, 
dredges, compressors, pumps, conveyors, underground excavators, and 
the like. 

(b) Other Orders. The requirements of this article shall be additional 
to, or amendatory of, those prescribed in Group 2 of these orders. Special 
attention shall be paid to Article 6. 

(c) Protection. Adequate enclosures and/or guarding shall be provided 
to protect portable and mobile equipment from physical damage. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . Editorial correction including renumbering of former Article 8 1 to Article 32 
filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2907. Overcurrent Protection. 

Motors driving single or multiple d.c. generators supplying a system 
operating on a cyclic load basis do not require running overcurrent pro- 



Page 386 



(4-1-90) 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§2918 



tection, provided that the thermal rating of the a.c. drive motor cannot be 
exceeded under any operating condition. However, the branch circuit 
protective device(s), which may be external to the motor, must provide 
short circuit and locked rotor protection. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction adding NOTE filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



§ 2908. Enclosures. 

All energized switching and control parts shall be enclosed in effec- 
tively grounded metal cabinets or enclosures. These cabinets or enclo- 
sures shall be marked "DANGER— HIGH VOLTAGE" and shall be 
locked so that only authorized and qualified persons can enter. Circuit 
breakers and protective equipment shall have the operating means proj- 
ecting through the metal cabinet or enclosure so these units can be reset 
without opening locked doors. With doors closed, reasonable safe access 
for normal operation of these units shall be provided. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3. Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction adding NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2909. Collector Rings. 

The collector ring assembly on revolving-type machines (shovels, 
draglines, etc.) shall be guarded to prevent accidental contact with ener- 
gized parts by personnel on or off the machine. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction adding NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2910. Power Cable Connections to Mobile Machines. 

A metallic enclosure shall be provided on the mobile machine for en- 
closing the terminals of the power cable. The enclosure shall include pro- 
visions for a solid connection for the ground wire(s) terminal to effective- 
ly ground the machine frame. Ungrounded conductors shall be attached 
to insulators or terminated in approved high-voltage cable couplers 
(which include ground wire connectors) of proper voltage and ampere 
rating. The method of cable termination used shall prevent any strain or 
pull on the cable from stressing the electrical connections. The enclosure 
shall have provision for locking so only authorized and qualified persons 
may open, and shall be marked "DANGER— HIGH VOLTAGE." 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction adding NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 291 1 . High-Voltage Portable Cable for Main Power 
Supply. 

Flexible high-voltage cable supplying power to portable or mobile 
equipment shall comply with Article 1 4. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Editorial correction filed 11-3-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



§2912. Grounding. 

Mobile equipment shall be grounded in accordance with Section 2743. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



Article 33. Mine and Tunnel Installations 

(Formerly Article 82) 

§2914. General. 

(a) Scope. The provisions of this article shall apply to installation and 
use of high-voltage power distribution and utilization equipment which 
is portable and/or mobile, such as substations, trailers, or cars, mobile 
shovels, draglines, hoists, drills, dredges, compressors, pumps, con\cv- 
ors, underground excavators, and the like. 

(b) Other Orders. The requirements of this article shall be additional 
to, or amendatory of, those prescribed in Group 2 of these orders. Special 
attention shall be paid to Article 6. 

(c) Protection Against Physical Damage. Conductors and cables in 
tunnels shall be located above the tunnel floor and so placed or guarded 
to protect them from physical damage. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction including renumbering of former Article 82 to Article 33 
filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2915. Overcurrent Protection. 

Motor-operated equipment shall be protected from overcurrent in ac- 
cordance with Section 2883. Transformers shall be protected from over- 
current in accordance with Section 2877. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction adding NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§2916. Conductors. 

(a) High-voltage conductors in tunnels shall be installed in: 

(1) metal conduit or other metal raceway, 

(2) metal-armored or steel-taped cable, or 

(3) other approved multi-conductor cable. 

(b) Multi-conductor portable cable shall be permitted to be used to 
supply mobile equipment. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction adding NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2917. Bonding and Equipment Grounding Conductor. 

(a) All non-energized metal parts of electrical equipment and all metal 
raceways or cable sheaths shall be effectively grounded and bonded to 
all metal pipes and rails at the portal and at intervals not exceeding 1 ,000 
feet throughout the tunnel. 

(b) An equipment grounding conductor shall be run with circuit con- 
ductors inside the metal raceway or inside the multi-conductor cable 
jacket. The equipment grounding conductor shall be permitted to be insu- 
lated or bare. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction adding NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1 ). 

§ 2918. Transformers, Switches, and Electrical Equipment. 

All transformers, switches, motor controllers, motors, rectifiers, and 
other equipment installed below ground shall be protected from physical 
damage by location or guarding. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction adding NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



Page 387 



(4-1-90) 



§2919 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



§ 2919. Energized Parts. 

Bare terminals of transformers, switches, motor controllers, and other 
equipment shall be enclosed to prevent accidental contact with energized 
parts. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction adding NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2920. Ventilation System Controls. 

Electrical controls for the ventilation system shall be so arranged that 
the air flow can be reversed. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction adding NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§2921. Disconnecting Means. 

A switch meeting the requirements of Article 20 or 2 1 shall be installed 
at each transformer or motor location for disconnecting the transformer 
or motor. The switch shall open all ungrounded conductors of a circuit 
simultaneously. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3. Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2922. Enclosures. 

Enclosures for use in tunnels shall be drip-proof, weatherproof, or 
submersible as required by the environmental conditions. Switch or con- 
tactor enclosures shall not be used as junction boxes or raceways for con- 
ductors feeding through or tapping off to other switches, unless special 
designs are used to provide adequate space for this purpose. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

§ 2923. Grounding. 

Mining and tunnel equipment, both above and below ground, shall be 
grounded in accordance with Section 2743. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



Article 34. Hazardous (Classified) 
Locations 

(Formerly Article 83) 

§ 2925. General. 

(a) Other Regulations. 

( 1 ) The requirements of this article shall be deemed to be additional 
to, or amendatory of, those prescribed in Group 2, inclusive, of these reg- 
ulations. 

(2) All provisions of Articles 59 and 60 of the Low-Voltage Electrical 
Safety Orders shall apply to high-voltage installations in hazardous 
(classifieds) locations. 

(b) Scope. The provisions of this article shall apply to locations (except 
where otherwise provided for by statute) in which the apparatus and wir- 
ing are subject to the conditions indicated by the classifications in Section 
2540. 1 of the Low-Voltage Electrical Safety Orders. Where the appara- 
tus and wiring are installed in rooms or sections of the building in which 
the particular flammable atmospheres do not prevail, such wiring and ap- 
paratus shall be permitted to be of the type approved for such locations. 

(c) Enclosed areas supplied with positive pressure ventilation from a 
source free of flammable atmospheres shall be permitted to be classed as 



nonhazardous areas for the purpose of this Article if the following provi- 
sions are met: 

(1) Division 1 Locations. Wiring and apparatus within this area shall 
be so arranged to prevent energizing the wiring and apparatus until venti- 
lation has been established, and arranged to de-energize automatically 
the wiring and apparatus when the ventilation fails; provided, however, 
that where the process is such that a hazard would result from de-energiz- 
ing wiring and apparatus, ventilation shall be permitted to be assured in 
this area through a separate source of supply for the ventilating equip- 
ment. Suitable devices shall be provided to transfer automatically from 
the normal supply to the emergency system in case of failure or damage 
to the normal supply. Audible and visual signal devices shall be pro- 
vided, where feasible, to give warning of derangement of emergency 
supply system. 

(2) Division 2 Locations. Wiring and apparatus within this area shall 
meet the requirements for Division 1 or as a minimum shall be arranged 
to energize an audible, as well as a visual, alarm on loss of pressurization. 
Removal of power in the latter case is not mandatory on loss of enclosure 
pressure except remedial action must be undertaken immediately. The 
enclosure shall be purged by ten air changes before electrical equipment 
is energized. 

(d) Locations where open flames are ordinarily used will not be con- 
sidered as being exposed to flammable atmospheres under this article. 

(e) Special care shall be exercised in the layout of electrical installation 
to locate as much of the equipment as practicable in areas free of flam- 
mable atmospheres. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-710-90.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction including renumbering of former Article 83 to Article 34 
filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2926. Class I Locations. 

NOTE. Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Amendment of subsections (a) and (c) filed 1-23-81; effective thirtieth day 
thereafter (Register 81, No. 4). 

2. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Repealer filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2927. Class II Locations. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Repealer filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2928. Class III Locations. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Repealer filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 



Article 35. Workspace and Guarding 

(Formerly Article 84) 

§ 2930. Enclosure and Guarding. 

(a) Equipment shall be of the enclosed type, or shall be installed in 
locked electrical rooms or enclosures. Parts of equipment requiring ac- 
cess for maintenance or operation shall be so located that they will be 
readily and safely accessible. 

EXCEPTION: Equipment installed in accordance with Rule 54.7B of General Order 
95 and Rule 34 of General Order 128 of the California Public Utilities Commission 
need not be enclosed. 

(b) Suitable enclosures, fences, or partitions shall be provided to pre- 
vent accidental contact with exposed energized high-voltage parts. 



Page 388 



(4-1-90) 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§2940 



(Title 24, Part 3. Section 110-31.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Repealer of Article 84 (Sections 2930-2938) and new Article 84 (Sections 
2930-2936) filed 8-9-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 79, No. 
32.) 

2. Editorial correction including renumbering of former Article 84 to Article 35 
filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2931 . Entrance and Access to Workspace. 

(a) At least one entrance not less than 24 inches wide and 6 1/2 feet 
high shall be provided to give access to the working space about electrical 
equipment. On switchboard and control panels exceeding 48 inches in 
width, there shall be one entrance at each end of such board where reason- 
ably practicable. Where bare energized parts at any voltage, or insulated 
energized parts above 600 volts, are located adjacent to such entrance, 
they shall be suitably guarded. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 1 10-33(a).) 

(b) Permanent or portable ladders, stairways, or other suitable means 
shall be provided to give safe access to the working space around electri- 
cal equipment installed on platforms, balconies, mezzanine floors, or in 
attic or roof rooms or spaces. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-1 10-33(b).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3. LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2932. Workspace. 

(a) The minimum depth of clear working space about electrical equip- 
ment, such as switchgear, motor controllers, etc., shall not be less than 
set forth in the following table unless otherwise specified in these orders. 
Clearances shall be measured from the energized parts if parts are ex- 
posed or from the enclosure front if parts are enclosed. 

CONDITIONS 
Voltage to Ground I 2 3 

601-2500 3 feet 4 feet 5 feet 

2501-7500 4 feet 5 feet 6 feet 

7501-25,000 5 feet 6 feet 9 feet 

25,00 l-75kv 6 feet 8 feet 10 feet 

Above 75kv 8 feet 10 feet 12 feet 

Where the conditions are as follows: 

( 1 ) Exposed energized parts on one side and nonconducting surfaces 
on the opposite side of the workspace. Non-shielded insulated conduc- 
tors shall be considered as exposed energized parts. 

(2) Exposed energized parts on one side and grounded surfaces on the 
opposite side. Concrete, brick, plaster, or tile walls will be considered as 
grounded surfaces. 

(3) Exposed energized parts on both sides of the workspace. 
EXCEPTION: Workspace will not be required behind enclosed equipment, pro- 
vided there are no renewable or adjustable parts; such as fuses, switches, etc., on 
the back, and provided all connections are accessible from other locations. If work 
is to be performed on de-energized parts on the back of enclosed equipment, a 
minimum workspace of 30 inches is required. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 1 10-34(a).) 

(b) Suitable space shall be provided and maintained about electrical 
equipment to permit ready and safe operation and maintenance of such 
equipment. Where energized parts are exposed, the minimum clear 
workspace shall not be less than 6 1/2 feet high (measured vertically from 
the floor or platform), nor less than 3 feet wide (measured parallel to the 
equipment). In all cases, the workspace shall be adequate to permit at 
least a 90-degree opening of doors or hinged panels. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 1 10-32.) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1 . Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 



§ 2933. Illumination. 

Adequate illumination shall be provided for all working spaces about 
electrical equipment. Light outlets shall be so arranged that persons 
changing lamps or making repairs on the lighting system will not be en- 
dangered by live parts or other equipment. 

The points of control shall be so located that persons are not likely to 
come in contact with any live part or moving part of the equipment while 
turning on the lights. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 3-1 10-34(d).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3. LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1 ). 

§ 2934. Elevation of Unguarded Live Parts. 

Exposed energized parts above workspace and above areas where per- 
sons may normally walk or stand shall be maintained at elevations not 
less than that required by the following table: 
VOLTAGE BETWEEN 

PHASES ELEVATION 

601-7500 8 feet 6 inches 

7501-35,000 9 feet 

over 35kv 9 feet + 0.37 inch/kv 

above 35kv 
(Title 24, Part 3, Section 1 10-34(e).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2935. Installation of Electrical Equipment in an Outdoor 
Enclosure. 

If exposed energized parts of electrical equipment are installed in an 
outdoor enclosure, the enclosure shall meet the requirements of Section 
2812. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 1 10-3 1(b).) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2936. Passageway and Open Spaces. 

Suitable barriers or other means shall be provided to ensure that the 
work-space for electrical equipment will not be used as a passageway 
during periods when energized parts of electrical equipment are exposed. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 



Article 36. 



Work Procedures and Operating 
Procedures 

(Formerly Article 85) 



§ 2940. General Provisions. 

(a) Safe Access. All work locations shall be safely accessible whenev- 
er work is to be performed. 

(b) Employer's Responsibility. The employer shall furnish such safety 
devices and safeguards as may be necessary to make the employment or 
place of employment as free from danger to the safety and health of em- 
ployees as the nature of the employment reasonably permits. The em- 
ployer shall examine or test each safety device at such intervals as may 
be reasonably necessary to ensure that it is in good condition and ade- 
quate to perform .the function for which it is intended. Any device fur- 
nished by the employer found to be unsafe shall be repaired or replaced. 

Employees shall be instructed to inspect each safety device, tool or 
piece of equipment, each time it is used and to use only those in good con- 



Page 389 



Register 2000, No. 30; 7-28-2000 



§ 2940.1 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



dition. The employer shall require the use of safety devices and safe- 
guards where applicable. 

(c) Qualified Electrical Workers. Only qualified electrical workers 
shall work on energized conductors or equipment connected to energized 
high-voltage systems. Except for replacing fuses, operating switches, or 
other operations that do not require the employee to contact energized 
high-voltage conductors or energized parts of equipment, clearing 
"trouble" or in emergencies involving hazard to life or property, no such 
employee shall be assigned to work alone. Employees in training, who 
are qualified by experience and training, shall be permitted to work on 
energized conductors or equipment connected to high-voltage systems 
while under the supervision or instruction of a qualified electrical work- 
er. 

(d) Observers. During the time work is being done on any exposed 
conductors or exposed parts of equipment connected to high-voltage 
systems, a qualified electrical worker, or an employee in training, shall 
be in close proximity at each work location to: 

( 1 ) act primarily as an observer for the purpose of preventing an acci- 
dent, and 

(2) render immediate assistance in the event of an accident. Such ob- 
server will not be required in connection with work on overhead trolley 
distribution circuits not exceeding 1,500 volts D.C. where there is no 
conductor of opposite polarity less than 4 feet there from, or where such 
work is performed from suitable tower platforms or other similar struc- 
tures. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Repealer of Article 85 (Sections 2940-2944) and new Article 85 (Sections 
2940-2945 and Appendices A, B and C) filed 8-9-79; effective thirtieth day 
thereafter (Register 79, No. 32). 

2. Editorial correction renumbering former Article 85 to Article 36 filed 1 1-2-83 
(Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2940.1. Voltage Determination. 

(a) Operating voltage of equipment or conductors shall be determined 
before working on or near energized parts. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

§ 2940.2. Clearances. 

(a) No employee shall be permitted to approach or take any conductive 
object without an approved insulating handle closer to exposed ener- 
gized parts than shown in Table 2940.2 unless: 

(1) The employee is insulated or guarded from the energized part 
(gloves or gloves with sleeves rated for the voltage involved shall be con- 
sidered insulation of the employee from the energized part), or 

(2) The energized part is insulated or guarded from the employee and 
any other conductive object at a different potential. 

(b) When performing work with live line tools, minimum clear dis- 
tances in Table 2940.2 shall be maintained. Conductor support tools, 
such as link sticks, strain carriers, and insulator cradles, shall be per- 
mitted to be used provided that the clear insulation is at least as long as 
the insulator string or the minimum distance specified in Table 2940.2 for 
the operating voltage. 

TABLE 2940.2-1 

ALTERNATING CURRENT— MINIMUM 

APPROACH DISTANCE 

Nominal Voltage Range 

(Phase to Phase) Minimum Approach Distance 

Kilovolt Phase to Ground Exposure 

Above 0.6 to 15 2 ft. 1 in. 

Above 15 to 36 2 ft. 4 in. 

Above 36 to 46 2 ft. 7 in. 

Above 46 to 72.5 3 ft. in. 

Above 72.5 to 121 3 ft. 4 in. 

Above 121 to 145 3 ft. 7 in. 

Above 145 to 169 4 ft. in. 

Above 169 to 242 5 ft. 3 in. 

Above 242 to 362 8 ft. 6 in. 

Above 362 to 552 1 1 ft. 3 in. 

Above 552 to 765 15 ft. in. 



NOTE: Above 242 K V the minimum working distance and the minimum approach 

distance shall be permitted to be reduced provided that such distances are not less 

than the shortest distance between the energized part and a grounded surface. 

TABLE 2940.2-2 

DC LIVE-LINE WORK MINIMUM 

APPROACH DISTANCE 
WITH OVERVOLTAGE FACTOR 



Distance in feet-inches 

Maximum anticipated Maximum line-to-ground 
per-unit transient voltage in kilovolts 

overvoltage 

250 400 500 600 750 

1.5 or lower 3-8 5-3 6-9 8-7 11-10 

1 .6 3-10 5-7 7-4 9-5 13-1 

1.7 4-1 6-0 7-11 10-3 14-4 

1.8 4-3 6-5 8-7 11-2 15-9 

Note 1 : The distances specified in this table may be applied only where the maxi- 
mum anticipated per-unit transient overvoltage has been determined by engineer- 
ing analysis and has been supplied by the employer. However, if the transient over- 
voltage factor is not known, a factor of 1 .8 shall be assumed. 
Note 2: The distances specified in this table are the air, bare-hand, and live-line 
tool distances. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

2. Amendment of subsection (b) and Table filed 12-12-94; operative 1-1 1-95 
(Register 94, No. 50). 

3. Editorial correction of Table (Register 95, No. 32). 

4. Amendment of subsection (a)( 1 ), table and table note filed 1 1-25-97; operative 
12-25-97 (Register 97, No. 48). 

5. Amendment filed 7-26-2000; operative 8-25-2000 (Register 2000, No. 30). 



§ 2940.3. Inclement Weather. 

Work on or from structures shall be discontinued when adverse weath- 
er, such as high winds, ice on structures, or the progress of an electrical 
storm in the immediate vicinity, makes the work hazardous, except dur- 
ing emergency restoration procedures. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . Amendment of section filed 7-1 1-96; operative 8-10-96 (Register 96, No. 28). 

§ 2940.4. Illumination. 

Illumination shall be provided as needed to perform the work safely. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

§ 2940.5. Work over or near Water. 

When work is performed over or near water and when danger of 

drowning exists, suitable protection shall be provided. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

§ 2940.6. Tools and Protective Equipment. 

(a) Insulating Equipment 

( 1 ) Insulating equipment designed for the voltage levels to be encoun- 
tered shall be provided and the employer shall ensure that they are used 
by employees as required by this section. This equipment shall meet the 
electrical and physical requirements contained in the standards shown in 
Appendix C. 

(2) Whenever rubber gloves are used, they shall be protected by outer 
canvas or leather gloves. This equipment shall meet the electrical physi- 
cal requirements contained in the standards shown in Appendix C. 

(3) Insulating equipment fabricated of material other than rubber shall 
provide electrical and mechanical protection at least equal to that of rub- 
ber equipment. 

(4) The employer is responsible for the periodic visual and electrical 
re-testing of all insulating gloves, sleeves and blankets. The following 
maximum re-testing intervals in accordance with the listed ASTM stan- 
dards, which are hereby incorporated by reference, shall apply: 



Page 390 



Register 2000, No. 30; 7-28-2000 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2940.7 



GLOVES, SLEEVES, BLANKETS, 
AND OTHER INSULATING EQUIPMENT 

(In-sen'ice care) 
ASTM STANDARD MONTHS 

Standard Specification for In-Service Care of 
Insulating Gloves and Sleeves, ASTM F 496-97 6 

Standard Specification for In-Service Care of 
Insulating Blankets, ASTM F 479-95 1 2 

Standard Specification for In-Service Care of 
Insulating Line Hose and Covers. ASTM F 478-92 (When found 

to be damaged 
or defective) 

(5) Gloves, sleeves and blankets shall be marked to indicate com- 
pliance with the re-test schedule and shall be marked with either the date 
tested, or the date the next test is due. 

(6) When not being used, insulating gloves and sleeves shall be stored 
in glove bags or suitable containers. Insulating blankets shall be stored 
in a canister or other means that offers equivalent protection. 

(7) Insulating equipment shall be stored away from direct sunlight, 
steampipes, radiators and other sources of excessive heat and shall be 
protected from physical damage. Gloves, sleeves and blankets shall not 
be folded while in storage; however, blankets shall be permitted to be 
rolled for storage. 

(8) Insulating equipment shall be visually inspected for defects and 
damage, and shall be cleaned prior to use each day. 

(9) Rubber gloves shall be air and water tested at the beginning of each 
work period and at any other time when the glove's condition is in doubt. 
The gloves shall: 

(A) Be visually examined over their entire inner and outer surface for 
any defects, i.e., burns, cuts, cracks, punctures and weak spots; and 

(B) Have the cuff stretched to detect abrasions and weak spots. 

(10) Insulating equipment found to be defective or damaged shall be 
immediately removed from service. 

(b) Fall Protection. When work is performed at elevated locations 
more than 4 feet ( 1 .2 meters) above the ground on poles, towers or similar 
structures, the employer shall require the employees to use either fall ar- 
rest equipment, work positioning equipment, or travel restricting equip- 
ment, if other fall protection methods have not been provided (e.g., 
guardrails, safety nets, etc.). The use of body belts for fall arrest systems 
is prohibited. 

EXCEPTION: Point to point travel by a qualified person, unless conditions such as 
ice, high winds, design of the structure, or other condition (e.g., chemical contami- 
nants) prevents the employee from gaining a firm hand or foothold while traveling. 

(c) Linemen's Body Belts, Safety Straps and Lanyards. 

(1) Linemen's body belts and safety straps purchased after January 1, 
1993, shall be labeled as meeting the requirements contained in ASTM 
F 887-9 1 , Standard Specifications for Personal Climbing Equipment. 
EXCEPTION: Linemen's body belts and safety straps purchased before January 1, 
1 993 which are labeled/tagged as meeting either the ANSI A 10. 14 or ASTM F 887 
Standard in effect at the time of purchase. 

(2) Body belts, safety straps, and lanyards shall be inspected by a qual- 
ified person each day before use to determine that they are safe. Those 
determined to be unsafe shall be immediately removed from service. 

(3) Safety straps shall not be used when any portion of the red safety 
marker strip in the strap is exposed. 

(4) Leather shall not be used for safety straps. 

(d) Ladders. 

( 1 ) Portable conductive ladders shall not be used near energized con- 
ductors or exposed energized parts of equipment except as may be neces- 
sary in specialized work such as in high voltage substations where non- 
conductive ladders might present a greater hazard than conductive 
ladders. 



(2) Portable conductive ladders shall be legibly marked with signs 
reading "Caution — Do Not Use Near Energized Electrical Equipment" 
or equivalent wording. 

(3) Portable ladders used on structures shall be secured to prevent them 
from being accidentally displaced. 

(e) Live Line Tools. 

(1 ) Live line tools shall meet the requirements specified in Appendix 
"B." 

(2) Live line tools shall be visually inspected for defects before use 
each day. Tools to be used shall be wiped clean and if delects are indi- 
cated such tools shall not be used. 

(f) Conductive measuring tapes, ropes or similar measuring devices 
shall not be used when working on or near exposed energized conductors 
or parts of equipment. 

(g) Handtools. 

( 1 ) Hydraulic tools which are used on or near exposed energized con- 
ductors or equipment shall use non-conductive hoses having adequate 
strength for normal operating pressures. The provisions of Section 3556, 
General Industry Safety Orders, Title 8, California Code of Regulations, 
shall also apply. 

(2) Pneumatic tools which are used on or near exposed energized con- 
ductors or equipment shall: 

(A) have non-conductive hoses having adequate strength for the nor- 
mal operating pressures and 

(B) have an accumulator on the compressor to collect moisture. 
NOTE: For the purposes of subsections (f) and (g) energized conductors on which 
temporary insulating devices have been installed shall be considered "exposed." 

(3) Pressure shall be released before connections are broken, unless 
quick acting, self-closing connectors are used. Hoses shall not be kinked. 

(h) Conductive Objects. Conductive objects of a length capable of 
contacting energized conductors shall not be carried into the level of such 
conductors unless suitable means are taken to prevent accidental contact. 

(i) Lines used for emergency rescue such as lowering a person to the 
ground shall have a minimum breaking strength of 2650 pounds and shall 
be readily available on the job site. 

(j) Apparel. The employer shall ensure that each employee who is ex- 
posed to the hazards of flames or electric arcs does not wear clothing that, 
when exposed to flames or electric arcs, could increase the extent of inju- 
ry that would be sustained by the employee. This subsection prohibits 
clothing made from the following types of fabrics, either alone or in 
blends, unless the employee can demonstrate that the fabric has been 
treated with flame retardant: acetate, nylon, polyester, and rayon. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Amendment of subsection (c) and new subsection (i) filed 6-2-87; operative 
7-2-87 (Register 87, No. 24). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

3. Amendment of subsection (c)(1) filed 12-7-92; operative 1-6-93 (Register 92, 
No. 50). 

4. New subsection (g)(3) filed 12-12-94; operative 1-11-95 (Register 94, No. 
50). 

5. Change without regulatory effect amending subsection (a)(8) filed 12-18-95 
pursuant to section 100, title 1 , California Code of Regulations (Register 95, No. 
51). 

6. Amendment filed 11-25-97; operative 12-25-97 (Register 97, No. 48). 

7. Repealer of subsections (b)-(b)(l) and new subsections (b) and (j) filed 
9-10-99; operative 10-10-99 (Register 99, No. 37). 

8. Amendment filed 7-26-2000; operative 8-25-2000 (Register 2000. No. 30). 

§ 2940.7. Mechanical Equipment. 

(a) General. 

(1) Each day, prior to use, visual inspections and operational checks 
shall be made of equipment to determine that it is in safe operating condi- 
tion. 

(2) Truck warning devices shall comply with the provisions of Section 
3706, General Industry Safety Orders, Title 8, California Code of Regu- 
lations. 



Page 391 



Register 2000, No. 30; 7-28-2000 



§ 2940.7 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



(3) Hydraulic fluids used for the insulated sections of derrick trucks, 
aerial lifts, and hydraulic tools which are used on or near energized con- 
ductors or equipment shall be of the insulating type. 

(b) Aerial Lifts. 

(1 ) Except as otherwise required or permitted by these orders, person- 
nel aerial lift equipment used in the construction, operation or mainte- 
nance of electric power supply systems shall comply with the require- 
ments of the General Industry Safety Orders, Title 8, California Code of 
Regulations, Article 24, Elevating Work Platforms and Aerial Devices. 

(2)(A) When working near energized lines or equipment, aerial lift 
trucks shall be grounded or barricaded and considered as energized 
equipment, or the aerial lift taick boom shall be insulated for the voltage 
being worked on. 

(B) Aerial lifts/digger derricks used for aibber gloving high voltage 
conductors and equipment energized over 7,500 volts shall have both up- 
per and lower horizontal and vertical positioning controls. Both sets of 
controls shall be operational when high voltage work is being done. 

(C) A minimum distance that must be extended shall be marked on the 
insulated portion of the boom on digger derrick vehicles to meet the di- 
electric capabilities required for the voltages involved. The minimum 
distance that shall be maintained is three (3) feet. 

(D) When performing work on voltages above 7,500 volts, buckets of 
aerial lifts/digger derricks shall have insulating bucket liners with a liner 
bottom protector installed. 

(E) Effective Feb. 23, 1 998, insulating booms of aerial lifts/digger der- 
ricks used for work on energized high voltage conductors and equipment 
shall have a periodic dielectric test performed every 12 months in accor- 
dance with paragraph 5.4.3.2 of American National Standard Institute 
(ANSI) Standard A92.2 (1990), Vehicle-Mounted Elevating and Rotat- 
ing Aerial Devices, which is hereby incorporated by reference. 

(F) Effective Feb. 23, 1998, insulated bucket liners used for work on 
energized high voltage conductors and equipment shall have a periodic 
dielectric test performed every 1 2 months in accordance with paragraph 
5.4.3.5 of American National Standard Institute (ANSI) Standard A92.2 
(1990), Vehicle-Mounted Elevating and Rotating Aerial Devices, which 
is hereby incorporated by reference. 

NOTE: Newly purchased and placed in service aerial lifts/digger derricks labeled 
or certified by the manufacturer as meeting the requirements of ANSI 92.2 (1990) 
are exempt from field testing for one year. 

(3) Equipment or material shall not be passed between a pole or struc- 
ture and an aerial lift while an employee working from the aerial lift is 
within reaching distance of energized conductors or equipment that are 
not covered with insulating protective equipment. 

(4)(A) Employees in aerial lift equipment shall be secured to the lift 
equipment when in an elevated position by a lanyard attached to a safety 
belt, body belt or body harness. 

(B) Safety belts/body belts are prohibited for use in personal fall arrest 
systems, but may be used as part of a fall restraint or positioning device 
system. 

(C) Safety belts/body belts used as part of a positioning device system 
shall be rigged such that an employee cannot free fall more than 2 feet. 

(D) A body harness may be used in a personal fall restraint, positioning 
or fall arrest system. When a body harness is used in a fall arrest system, 
the lanyard shall be rigged with a deceleration device to limit maximum 
arresting force on an employee to 1,800 pounds and prevent the em- 
ployee from hitting any levels or objects below the basket or platform, 
and shall limit free fall to a maximum of 6 feet. 

(5)(A) Climbing on the edge of a basket or work platform railing of 
aerial lift equipment or using planks across a basket or work platform 
railing for added height shall be prohibited. Except in an emergency in- 
volving immediate hazard to life, no employee shall be permitted to 
climb in or out of a basket or work platform with railings, unless it is in 
the cradle position; at ground level; or is equipped with a self-closing 
gate so designed and constructed that it will not open outwardly nor inad- 
vertently. 

(B) When an employee is elevated in aerial lift equipment without full 
controls at the upper level, there shall be an employee in the immediate 



vicinity of the lower level controls which must be "readily accessible' 1 to 
that employee. 

(6) Clearances. Metal booms, metal baskets, or metal platforms of per- 
sonnel aerial lift equipment operated in accordance with Section 2949 
shall not be brought closer than the distances specified in Section 
2940.2(b) Table 2940.2 to any exposed energized conductors or equip- 
ment. 

(7) Visual Inspection. A visual inspection of personnel aerial lift 
equipment for defects and safe operating conditions shall be made daily, 
prior to use. Insulated sections of the boom shall be maintained in a clean 
condition. 

(8) Shop Inspection. A shop inspection of personnel aerial lift equip- 
ment shall be made at such intervals as may be reasonably necessary to 
maintain the equipment in a safe operating condition. Inspection infor- 
mation shall be recorded by the owner of the equipment. 

(9) Warning Lights. Approved-type flashing amber warning lights 
shall be installed and used on vehicles having personnel aerial lift equip- 
ment in use on a highway or when moving at a speed slower than the nor- 
mal flow of traffic. 

(10) Operating Controls. Articulating boom and extensible boom plat- 
forms, primarily designed as personnel carriers, shall have both platform 
(upper) and lower controls. Upper controls shall be in or beside the plat- 
form within easy reach of the operator. Lower controls shall provide for 
over-riding the upper controls. Controls shall be plainly marked as to 
their function. Lower level controls shall not be operated unless permis- 
sion has been obtained from the employee in the lift, except in case of 
emergency. 

(11) Stop Mechanism. Personnel aerial lift equipment shall be 
equipped with a stop mechanism readily available to the employee at the 
work platform in addition to controls at the truck level. 

(12) Aerial lift equipment shall be operated to check each of its func- 
tions prior to each day's use. Only equipment in proper operating condi- 
tion shall be used. 

(c) Derrick Trucks, Cranes and Other Lifting Equipment. 

( 1 ) Derrick trucks, cranes and other lifting equipment shall comply 
with Articles 9 1 through 1 00 of the General Industry Safety Orders ex- 
cept: 

(A) as stated in Section 2946 of these orders relating to clearance (for 
clearances in this section see Section 2940.2(b) Table 2940.2), and 

(B) derrick trucks (electric line trucks) shall not be required to comply 
with ANSI B30.5 and B30.6 as referenced in Section 4884, General In- 
dustry Safety Orders, Title 8, California Code of Regulations. 

(2) With the exception of equipment certified for work on the proper 
voltage, mechanical equipment shall not be operated closer to any ener- 
gized conductor or exposed energized parts of equipment than the clear- 
ances set forth in Section 2940.2(b) Table 2940.2 unless: 

(A) an insulated barrier is installed between the energized part and the 
mechanical equipment, or 

(B) the mechanical equipment is insulated. 

(3) When setting, moving, or removing poles using cranes, derricks, 
gin poles, A-frames, or other mechanized equipment near energized 
conductors or equipment, precautions shall be taken to avoid contact with 
energized conductors or exposed energized parts of equipment except 
where barriers or protective devices are used. 

(d) Hoisting Devices. 

(1) A crane, boom, derrick, hoist, or winch shall not be loaded beyond 
the rated capacity or safe working load, whichever is smaller. 

(A) Except as provided in (B) below, such devices shall not be left un- 
attended while a load is suspended, unless the load is suspended over wa- 
ter, a barricaded area, or is blocked up or otherwise supported from below 
during repairs or emergency. 

(B) While energized conductors are supported or suspended with an 
umbrella arm, auxiliary hot arm, or similar devices, and employees are 
working in an elevated position where the conductor movement could 



Page 392 



Register 2000, No. 30; 7-28-2000 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§2941 



present a hazard to them, there shall be an employee at ground level at 
the pole or structure where the conductors are supported. The boom oper- 
ating controls shall be readily accessible to such employee. 

(2) During construction, operation or maintenance of power transmis- 
sion and distribution systems, employees operating equipment such as 
cranes, booms, or derricks, shall not be permitted to stand on a grounded 
surface, other than the equipment itself, when such equipment is operated 
within 6 feet of exposed energized high voltage conductors or equip- 
ment. During movement of such cranes, booms, or derricks, employees 
on the ground shall be required to stay clear of the equipment. 

(e) Hoisting Cables. 

( 1 ) Chains, wire ropes, and fiber ropes used for hoisting purposes shall 
be of sufficient strength to safely lift or otherwise handle the loads. The 
maximum allowable working loads shall be based on manufacturer's 
specifications. 

(2) During construction, operation, or maintenance of power transmis- 
sion and distribution systems, wire rope or chains, except slings, shall not 
be used to raise or lower transformers, poles or any other material within 
6 feet of exposed energized high voltage conductors or equipment. 
EXCEPTION: No. 1 : When the cable is rigged below exposed energized conductors 
or equipment a sufficient distance (not less than specified in Section 2940.2(b) 
Table 2940.2) to prevent the possibility of electrical contact between such conduc- 
tors or equipment and the cable or conductive material being raised or lowered. 

EXCEPTION: No. 2: When the cable and any conductive material being raised or 
lowered are protected by insulating covering placed on such energized conductors 
or equipment. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . Amendment of subsection (d)(1) filed 3-7-80; effective thirtieth day thereafter 
(Register 80, No. 10). 

2. Editorial correction of subsection (c)(1)(A) filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

4. Amendment of subsection (b)(4)(A) filed 7-1 1-96; operative 8-10-96 (Regis- 
ter 96, No. 28). 

5. Redesignation of subsection (b)(2) as new (b)(2)(A) and new subsections 
(b)(2)(B)-(F) filed 11-25-97; operative 12-25-97 (Register 97, No. 48). 

6. Amendment of subsection (b)(4)(A), new subsections (b)(4)(B)-(D), amend- 
ment of newly designated subsection (b)(5)(A) and subsection renumbering 
filed 10-4-99; operative 1 1-3-99 (Register 99, No. 41). 

§ 2940.8. Material Handling. 

(a) Unloading. Prior to and during the unloading of poles, crossarms, 
and similar material, the load shall be thoroughly examined to ascertain 
if the load has shifted, binders or stakes have broken or the load is other- 
wise hazardous to employees. Where a hazardous condition is noted, 
positive means shall be taken to eliminate the hazard. Employees shall 
not stand on top or in the potential path of an unsecured load while un- 
loading poles from pole dollies or utility trailers. 

(b) Pole Hauling. 

(1) During pole hauling operations, all loads shall be secured to pre- 
vent displacement and a red flag shall be displayed at the trailing end of 
the load. 

(2) When hauling poles during the hours of darkness, illuminated 
warning devices shall be attached to the trailing end of the load. 

(c) Storage. When materials or equipment are stored under energized 
bus, energized conductors, or near exposed energized equipment, appli- 
cable clearances shall be maintained as stated in Section 2946 Table 1 , 
except when such work is performed by qualified electrical workers, or 
as provided in Section 2944(c)(3) and (c)(4). 

(d) Tag Lines. Tag lines used near energized conductors shall be of a 
non-conductive type. 

(e) Attaching the Load. Hoist ropes shall not be wrapped around the 

load. This provision shall not apply to electric construction crews when 

setting or removing poles. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 



History 

1. Amendment of subsection (c) filed 12-12-94; operative 1-1 1-95 (Register 94. 
No. 50). 

2. Amendment of subsection (a) filed 1 1-19-97; operative 12-19-97 (Register 
97, No. 47). 

§ 2940.9. Protection from Backfeed Voltages. 

Before contacting the high voltage side of deenergized transformer! s ). 
or conductor(s) connected thereto, all possible sources of backfeed shall 
be eliminated by: 

(a) disconnecting or grounding the high voltage side, or 

(b) disconnecting or short circuiting the low voltage side. 
EXCEPTION: System(s) worked as energized. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, LaborCode. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. New section filed 2-22-88: operative 3-23-88 (Register 88, No. 9). 

2. Editorial correction of first paragraph (Register 95, No. 32). 

§ 2941 . Work on or in Proximity to Overhead High Voltage 
Lines. 

Overhead High Voltage Lines. 

(a) Application. This section applies to all work on or in proximity to 
overhead high voltage lines. 

(b) Access to Insulators. The employer shall furnish suitable aerial lift 
equipment, portable platforms or other devices to permit employees to 
work on insulators attached to poles, towers, or structures, when such in- 
sulators are not otherwise safely accessible. 

Climbing of insulators as a means of access for the purpose of cleaning 
the insulators shall be prohibited except for those insulators on transmis- 
sion lines normally energized at or above 1 1 5 kv which are: 

( 1 ) On towers inaccessible by mobile washing equipment; or 

(2) Where conventional washing operations are inadequate to remove 
contamination from the insulators. 

Climbing of insulator strings is prohibited in all cases, including those 
where the tower is inaccessible or conventional washing operations are 
inadequate, where the insulator strings contain unsafe insulators. Unsafe 
insulators are those which are cracked, chipped, or otherwise damaged 
to the extent that an insulator would present an unsafe surface upon which 
to step. 

(c) Riding Span Wires. No employee shall be permitted to ride any sus- 
pended wire or cable until it has been determined by reasonably available 
means that such wire or cable is of sufficient strength for the purpose. No 
employee shall be permitted to ride any suspended wire or cable on other 
than a cable-riding device designed for the purpose. 

(d) Inspection. Prior to climbing poles or other elevated structures sup- 
porting overhead electrical lines or equipment, an inspection shall be 
made to assure that such poles or structures are in safe condition for the 
work to be performed. Where poles or structures are determined to be un- 
safe for climbing, they shall not be climbed until made safe by guying, 
bracing or other adequate means. 

(e) Pole Steps. Wood poles (such as poles equipped with risers, pot- 
heads, transformers, capacitors, switches where the switch is not oper- 
able from near ground level, or other line sectionalizing devices) which 
are expected to be frequently climbed for maintenance or operating pur- 
poses shall be stepped in accordance with Rule 5 1 .7. General Order No. 
95, 1981 Edition, Rules for Overhead Electric Line Construction of the 
California Public Utilities Commission, which is hereby incorporate by 
reference. 

(f) Working on Conductors or Equipment Energized at 600 Volts or 
More. 

(1) Employees shall not be permitted to touch or work on exposed en- 
ergized conductors or equipment except when wearing suitable insulat- 
ing gloves with protectors, or when using other suitable devices. Only 
rubber gloves labeled as being manufactured and tested to meet ASTM 
D 120-95, Standard Specification for Rubber Insulating Gloves, for the 
potential voltage exposure shall be used. Rubber gloves shall not be con- 
sidered suitable devices when working on conductors or equipment ener- 
gized in excess of 21 ,000 volts. 



Page 393 



Register 2003, No. 33; 8-15-2003 



§2941 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



(A) When working with rubber gloves on primary conductors or 
equipment energized in excess of 7,500 volts, insulate/isolate procedures 
shall be used. Working directly from wooden poles or grounded struc- 
tures shall not be permitted, unless working from an approved insulated 
platform. Documentation shall be maintained verifying that the em- 
ployee is trained in insulate/isolate work procedures. 

(B) All exposed energized high or low voltage conductors or equip- 
ment, communications conductors, grounded conductors, grounded 
structures, grounded guy wires and metallically grounded equipment, 
within reach of any part of the body, shall be covered with suitable pro- 
tective equipment or barricaded. 

EXCEPTION: Parts of the conductor or equipment and the supporting pole or tower 
on which work is to be performed. 

(C) Only approved devices shall be used for picking up or dropping 
load and when making or breaking parallel circuits. 

(D) When working with rubber gloves on primary conductors or 
equipment energized in excess of 7,500 volts from an aerial lift/digger 
derrick, a qualified person trained in first aid/CPR, radio procedures, use 
of aerial lift positioning controls and rescue procedures shall be present 
on the ground. The qualified person shall have access to the lower hori- 
zontal and vertical positioning controls of the aerial lift/digger derrick in 
case of an emergency. 

(g) Working on De-Energized Conductors or Equipment. When 
working on de-energized conductors or equipment, all exposed ener- 
gized conductors within reach of any part of the body, shall be covered 
with suitable protective equipment. 

(h) Grounding De-Energized Conductors or Equipment. Any exposed 
ungrounded conductors or equipment not worked upon in accordance 
with the provisions of subsections (f) above, shall not be worked upon 
until the following provisions are complied with: 

( 1 ) Conductors or equipment to be grounded are clearly identified and 
isolated from all sources of voltage. 

(2) Notification has been obtained from the designated employee that 
all switches or other points of isolation through which electric energy 
may be supplied to the conductors or equipment to be worked on have 
been opened and are plainly tagged indicating that employees are at 
work, and where the design permits, they have been rendered inoperable. 

(3) When more than one independent crew requires the same conduc- 
tors or equipment to be de-energized, a tag for each such independent 
crew has been placed at the switch(s)or other point(s) of isolation, except 
that where clearances for such independent crews are controlled by a des- 
ignated authority having immediate jurisdiction over the conductors or 
equipment involved, only one tag need be installed at each switch or 
point of isolation. 

(4) A test has been conducted to insure that conductors or equipment 
have been de-energized. 

(5) The conductors or equipment shall be grounded and short-cir- 
cuited. 

(6) Suitable grounding devices shall be used. They shall be first con- 
nected to a ground before being brought into contact with any de-ener- 
gized conductor or equipment to be grounded. The other end shall be at- 
tached and removed by means of insulated tools or other suitable devices. 
When removed they shall be removed from all circuit conductors or 
equipment before being disconnected from ground. 

(7) There shall be a minimum of one ground on the conductors or 
equipment being worked on: 

(A) between the place where the work is being done and each possible 
source of supply, or 

(B) at each work location. 

(8) One of the grounding devices shall be visible to at least one mem- 
ber of the crew unless one of the grounding devices has all of its compo- 
nent parts at least 1 5 feet above ground level to prevent tampering. 

(9) Grounds shall be permitted to be temporarily removed for test pur- 
poses and extreme caution shall be exercised during test procedures. 



(10) Grounding devices shall be capable of conducting the anticipated 
fault current and shall have a minimum conductance of No. 2 AWG cop- 
per. 

Notf.: Guidelines for protective grounding equipment are contained in American 
Society for Testing and Materials Standard Specifications for Temporary Ground- 
ing Systems to be Used on De-energized Electric Power Lines and Equipment, 
ASTM F 855-97. 

(11) Temporary protective grounds shall be placed at such locations 
and arranged in such a manner as to prevent each employee from being 
exposed to hazardous differences in electrical potential. 

( 1 2) Upon completion of work on grounded conductors or equipment, 
the employee in charge of each independent crew shall determine that all 
employees in the crew are clear, and shall report to the designated author- 
ity that all tags protecting the crew may be removed. Prior to the energiz- 
ing of the conductors or equipment, the employer shall ascertain that all 
employees are clear and all grounds are removed. 

(i) Stringing or Removing Conductors. 
(1) General. 

(A) Precautions shall be taken to protect all employees from any acci- 
dental contact between the conductors being installed or removed and 
any energized conductors. 

(B) Strains to which poles or structures will be subjected shall be con- 
sidered and necessary action taken to prevent failure of supporting struc- 
tures. 

(C) A briefing shall be held setting forth the plan of operation, the type 
of equipment to be used, grounding devices and procedures to be fol- 
lowed, crossover methods to be employed and the clearance authoriza- 
tion required. 

(D) When there is a possibility of the conductor accidentally contact- 
ing any energized high voltage circuit or receiving a hazardous induced 
voltage buildup, the conductor being installed or removed shall be 
grounded or provisions made to isolate or insulate the employees. 

(E) 1 . If an existing high voltage line being crossed is de-energized, 
proper clearance authorization shall be secured and the line grounded at 
or on both sides of the crossover or the conductors being crossed shall be 
considered energized. 

2. When crossing over or within 10 feet under conductors energized 
in excess of 300 volts, rope nets or guard structures shall be installed un- 
less provision is made to isolate or insulate the workers or the energized 
conductor. Where practical the automatic reclosing feature of the circuit 
interrupting device shall be made inoperative. In addition, the line being 
strung shall be grounded on either side of the crossing or considered and 
worked as energized. 

(F) Conductors shall be kept under control by the use of tension reels, 
guard structures, tielines or other means to prevent contact with ener- 
gized circuits. 

(G) Guard structures shall be of adequate dimension and strength to 
safely support anticipated loads. 

(H) Rigging. 

1 . The rated capacity of catch-off anchors, rigging, and hoists shall not 
be exceeded. 

2. The design load rating shall not be exceeded for the stringing lines, 
pulling lines, sock connections, and all load-bearing hardware and ac- 
cessories. 

3. Pulling lines and accessories shall be inspected regularly and re- 
placed or repaired when damaged. 

(I) Grips shall only be used for the purpose for which they are de- 
signed. 

(J) While the conductor or pulling line is in motion: 

1 . employees on wood poles shall not be permitted to be on the cross- 
arm, 

2. employees on steel structures shall not be permitted to be on the 
crossarm except as necessary to install the conductor or pulling line into 
the stringing sheaves and 



Page 394 



Register 2003, No. 33; 8-15-2003 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§2941.2 



3. employees on the ground shall not be permitted directly under the 
conductor or pulling line in motion except as necessary to perform work 
directly related to the stringing operation. 

(K) A transmission clipping crew shall have a minimum of two struc- 
tures "clipped-in" between the crew and the conductor being sagged in 
the adjacent pull. When working on conductors, clipping and tying crews 
shall work between grounds at all times. The grounds shall remain intact 
until the conductors are "clipped-in," except on dead end structures. 

(L) 1. Reel handling equipment, including pulling and braking ma- 
chines, shall have ample capacity, operate smoothly, and be leveled and 
aligned in accordance with the manufacturer's operating instruction. 

2. Suitable communications between the reel tender and pulling rig op- 
erator shall be provided. 

3. Each pull shall be snubbed or dead ended at both ends before subse- 
quent pulls are made. 

(2) Adjacent to Energized High Voltage Lines. 

(A) Prior to stringing or removing conductors adjacent to an existing 
energized overhead high voltage line a determination shall be made to as- 
certain whether hazardous induced voltage buildups will occur. When it 
has been determined that such hazardous induced voltages may exist, the 
employer shall comply with the following provisions (B through I) un- 
less the line is worked as energized. 

(B) The tension stringing method or other methods which preclude 
unintentional contact between the lines being pulled and any employee 
shall be used. 

(C) All pulling and tensioning equipment shall be grounded or shall 
be considered as energized and shall be barricaded, isolated or insulated. 

(D) A ground shall be installed between the tensioning reel setup and 
the first structure in order to ground each bare conductor, subconductor, 
and overhead ground conductor during stringing operations. 

(E) Each bare conductor, subconductor, and overhead ground conduc- 
tor shall be grounded at the first tower adjacent to both the tensioning and 
pulling setup and in increments so that no point is more than 2 miles from 
a ground. 

1 . The grounds shall be left in place until conductor installation is com- 
pleted. 

2. Such grounds shall be removed as the last phase of aerial cleanup. 

3. Except for traveling type grounds, the grounds shall be placed and 
removed by use of a non-conductive means. 

(F) Conductors, subconductors, and overhead ground conductors shall 
be grounded at all dead-end or catch-off points. 

(G) A ground shall be located at each side and within 10 feet of work- 
ing areas where conductors, subconductors, or overhead ground conduc- 
tors are being spliced at ground level. The two ends to be spliced shall be 
bonded to each other. 

(H) The conductors, subconductors, and overhead ground conductors 
being worked on shall be bonded to the tower. 

(I) Employees standing on the ground shall not be permitted to contact 
equipment or machinery working near energized lines or equipment un- 
less the employee is using suitable protective equipment for the voltage 
involved. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . Amendment of subsection (j)(E)(ii) filed 9-5-79 correcting typographical error 
contained in order of 8-9-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 79, No. 
36). 

2. Amendment of subsection (b) filed 10-29-80; effective thirtieth day thereafter 
(Register 80, No. 44). 

3. Editorial correction of section heading and subsection designations filed 
1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

4. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

5. Amendment of subsections (f)-(f)(l), new subsection (f)(1)(A), redesignation 
and amendment of subsection (f)(2) as (f)(2)(B), new subsection (f)(2)(C) and 
repealer of subsections (g)-(g)(2) filed 1 1-25-97; operative 12-25-97 (Regis- 
ter 97, No. 48). 

6. Change without regulatory effect redesignating former subsections (h)-(j) to 
subsections (g)-(i) and amending newly designated subsection (h) filed 5-5-98 
pursuant to section 1 00, title 1 , California Code of Regulations (Register 98, No. 
19). 



7. Amendment of subsection (h)( 10). new subsection (h)( 1 1 ) and subsection re- 
numbering filed 7-26-2000; operative 8-25-2000 (Register 2000. No. 30). 

8. New subsection (f)(1)(D) filed 8-27-2001; operative 9-26-2001 (Re»ister 
2001. No. 35). 

9. Editorial correction of subsection (i)( 1 )(E)2. and History 8 (Register 2003. No. 
33). 

§ 2941 .1 . Metal Tower Construction. 

(a) All excavations shall be performed in accordance with the provi- 
sions of Article 6 of the Construction Safety Orders, Title 8, California 
Administrative Code. 

(b) ( l ) A designated employee shall be used in directing mobile equip- 
ment adjacent to footing excavations. 

(2) No one shall be permitted to remain in the footing excavation while 
equipment is being spotted for placement. 

(c) (1 ) Guy lines shall be used as necessary to maintain sections or 
parts of sections in position and to reduce the possibility of tipping. 

(2) Members and sections being assembled shall be adequately sup- 
ported. 

(d) When assembling and erecting towers the provisions of ( 1 ), ( 2) and 
(3) following shall be complied with. 

( 1 ) The construction of transmission towers and the erecting of poles, 
hoisting machinery, site preparation machinery, and other types of con- 
struction machinery shall conform to the applicable requirements of this 
article. 

(2) No one shall be permitted under a tower which is in the process of 
erection or assembly, except as may be required to guide and secure the 
section being set. 

(3) When erecting towers using hoisting equipment adjacent to ener- 
gized transmission lines, the minimum clearance distances required by 
Section 2940.2(b), Table 2940.2 shall be maintained. 

(e) (1 ) Erection cranes shall be set on a firm foundation and when the 
cranes are so equipped, outriggers shall be used. 

(2) Tag lines shall be utilized to maintain control of tower sections be- 
ing raised and positioned. 

(3) The loadline shall not be detached from a tower section until the 
section is adequately secured. 

(4) Except during emergency restoration procedures, erection shall be 
discontinued in the event of high wind or other adverse weather condi- 
tions which would make the work hazardous. 

(5) Equipment and rigging shall be regularly inspected and shall be 
maintained in a safe operating condition. 

(f) Traffic control shall be provided in accordance with provisions of 
Article 11, Sections 1598 and 1599 of the Construction Safety Orders, 
Title 8, California Administrative Code. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1 ). 

§ 2941.2. Washing Insulators Supporting Energized 
Conductors or Equipment. 

(a) Testing of Water. 

(1) The minimum resistivity of water shall be 500 ohm/in\ 

(2) Every load of water shall be tested immediately prior to use. 

(b) Grounding and Bonding Requirements When Using Conductive 
Hoses. 

(1) When washing with a hand gun or utilizing fixed sprinklers, the 
pumper truck shall be bonded to the same metal structure supporting the 
insulators being washed. 

(2) All equipment used in the washing procedure shall be bonded to 
the metal structure supporting the insulators being washed. 

(3) During washing operations, employees shall not be permitted to 
step on or off the truck or metal structure, or touch any part of the truck, 
conductive hoses or metal structure while standing on the ground. 

(4) When washing has been completed, the nozzle operator shall be re- 
quired to remain stationary in his position and observe until the truck op- 
erator has disconnected the hose and the truck bond from the metal struc- 
ture. 



Page 395 



Register 2003, No. 33; 8-15-2003 



§2942 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



(c) Grounding and Bonding Requirements When Using Non-Conduc- 
tive Hoses. 

( 1 ) When a non-conductive hose is used and the operator is in contact 
with the metal structure, the gun, if conductive, shall be bonded to such 
structure. 

(d) Operational Checks. Prior to the start of washing operations each 
day, a check shall be made of the insulator washing equipment. Such 
check shall include, but is not limited to the following: aerial lift equip- 
ment, pumps, communication equipment and lights. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88. No. 1). 

§ 2942. Tubular Steel Poles. 

Tubular steel power line poles installed six months or more after the 
effective date of these orders shall meet the requirements of this section. 

(a) All tubular steel pole structures shall be provided with access to the 
top of the structure, and the worker's vertical step distance shall be no 
greater than 1 8 inches. Where steps are the means of access, the lines of 
steps shall be located a maximum of 180 degrees apart and shall not ex- 
ceed 20 inches of arc around the pole surface. Where removable pole 
steps are used they shall be secured in place when installed to avoid acci- 
dental dislodging. Steps and mounts shall be capable of supporting a 250 
pound weight with a safety factor of 2.5 minimum. 

(b) When Pole Steps are Used: 

( 1 ) Rest points at which workers may stand with both feet at the same 
level with provision for attaching a safety strap shall be provided at inter- 
vals not to exceed 20 feet. 

(2) Belting-off loops (safety strap brackets) shall be installed on poles 
having a diameter exceeding 24 inches. 

(c) Belting-off loops installed at rest points shall be permanently af- 
fixed to the pole in a vertical position. They shall be of such configuration 
as to permit easy attachment of a standard lineman's safety strap. They 
shall be capable of supporting a 250 pound weight with a safety factor of 
2.5 minimum. 

(d) Additional means shall be provided to permit movement over or 
around obstructions such as crossarms and post-type insulators. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Amendment of subsection (b)(1) filed 9-5-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter 
(Register 79, No. 36). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2943. Work on or in Proximity to Underground 
High-Voltage Cables, Conductors or 
Equipment. 

(a) Application. This section applies to all work on or in proximity to 
underground high-voltage cables, conductors or equipment, and to the 
operations necessary to raise or lower cables, conductors or equipment 
to such underground locations. 

(b) Manholes, Vaults, or Similar Structures. 

(1) The employer shall comply with the confined space requirements 
of General Industry Safety Orders Article 108. 

(2) Whenever the cover is removed from a manhole, vault, or similar 
structure: 

(A) an employee shall be stationed at the surface as long as workers 
are in the structure, and 

(B) warning devices shall be placed so as to warn vehicular or pedes- 
trian traffic and shall not be removed until the cover is in place. 

(3) When employees are working in an underground structure, the au- 
tomatic circuit recloser on the circuit being worked shall be made non- 
automatic when: 

(A) operating energized oil type switches from inside the structure, 

(B) splicing energized underground cable, 



(C) patching energized lead cable. 

(D) relocating energized underground cable or equipment other than 
minor cable movements for additional clearance or routine maintenance 
such as cleaning cable, fire-proofing, replacing cable support blocks, 
etc., 

(E) filtering or replacing oil in energized underground equipment, or 

(F) the supervisor in charge deems it necessary for the safety of the em- 
ployees performing the work. 

(4) When employees are in an underground structure where newly in- 
stalled, rebuilt or modified cable or equipment is being energized for the 
first time, the automatic circuit recloser on the circuit involved shall be 
made non-automatic. 

(c) Trenching and Excavating. 

( 1 ) Trenching and excavation operations shall comply with the appli- 
cable provisions of the Construction Safety Orders. 

(2) Where cable(s) exist in an excavation, such cable(s) shall be pro- 
tected from physical damage during excavation. 

(d) Working on Cables, Conductors or Equipment Energized at 7,500 
Volts or Less. 

( 1 ) Employees shall not be permitted to cut, splice, or move cables en- 
ergized at 7,500 volts or less without first obtaining permission from the 
employee in charge. 

(2) Before cutting into a cable or opening a splice, the cable shall be 
identified and verified to be the proper cable. 

(3) Suitable rubber gloves with protectors shall be worn when working 
on exposed conductors or equipment energized at 7,500 volts or less. 
Other exposed energized or grounded conductors or equipment in the 
work area, with which contact can be readily made, shall be covered with 
adequate protective devices, barricaded or otherwise isolated. 

(4) Before breaking the electrical continuity of metallic sheaths of 
cables energized at 7,500 volts or less, both sides of the break shall be 
bonded together across the break. 

(5) When working on exposed underground conductors or parts of 
equipment energized at 7,500 volts or less, adequate barriers or suitable 
protective covering shall be provided if a working space of 36 inches can- 
not be obtained. 

(e) Working on Cables, Conductors or Equipment Energized in Excess 
of 7,500 Volts. 

(1) When working on cables, conductors or equipment energized in 
excess of 7,500 volts, all exposed energized cables, conductors or equip- 
ment within reach of any part of the body shall be covered with suitable 
protective equipment or barricaded. 

(2) The only work permitted on cables, conductors or equipment ener- 
gized in excess of 7,500 volts shall be: 

(A) replacing fuses, operating switches, or other operations that do not 
require the employee to contact energized conductors or parts of equip- 
ment with any part of the employee's body, 

(B) working on the exterior of such cables or equipment, provided all 
current-carrying parts are effectively covered by grounded shielding or 
metallic enclosures, and 

(C) work in the high voltage compartment of padmounted transform- 
ers and similar equipment installed above ground, provided the work is 
done by suitable devices. Rubber gloves shall not be considered to be 
suitable devices. 

(3) Cables energized in excess of 7,500 volts shall be moved only un- 
der the direction of the employee in charge. Before moving cables, they 
shall be examined for any defects which might result in failure if the cable 
were moved. 

(f) Working on De-Energized Cables, Conductors or Equipment. 

(1) When working on de-energized cables, conductors or equipment, 
all exposed energized conductors or equipment within reach of any part 
of the body, shall be covered with suitable protective equipment. 

(2) Where more than one cable exists in an excavation, cables other 
than the one being worked on shall be physically protected as necessary. 



Page 396 



Register 2003, No. 33; 8-15-2003 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§2944 



(3) Where more than one cable exists in an excavation, the cable to be 
worked on shall be identified by electrical means or spiking unless its 
identity is obvious. 

(4) Before cutting into a cable or opening a splice, the cable shall be 
identified and verified to be the proper cable. 

(g) Grounding De-Energized Conductors or Equipment. 

( 1 ) Any exposed ungrounded part of conductors or equipment, not 
worked upon in accordance with the provisions of subsections (d) or (e) 
above, shall not be worked upon until the following provisions have been 
complied with. 

(A) Conductor(s) or equipment to be grounded are clearly identified 
and isolated from all sources of voltage. 

(B) Notification has been obtained from the designated employee that 
all switches or other points of isolation through which electric energy 
may be supplied to the conductors or equipment to be worked on have 
been opened and are plainly tagged indicating that employees are at 
work, and where the design permits, they have been rendered inoperable. 

(C) Visual inspection or tests are made to insure that cable(s), conduc- 
tors) or equipment have been de-energized. 

(D) Guards or barriers are installed as necessary to prevent contact 
with exposed energized conductors or equipment. 

(E) Grounds are applied except where their installation or use in- 
creases the working hazard. Grounds shall be permitted to be removed 
for test purposes. 

(F) Suitable grounding devices shall be used. They shall be first con- 
nected to a ground before being brought into contact with any de-ener- 
gized conductors or equipment to be grounded. The other end shall be at- 
tached and removed by means of insulated tools or other suitable devices. 
When removed, they shall be removed from all conductors or equipment 
before being disconnected from ground. 

(G) When required, there shall be a minimum of one ground on the 
conductors or equipment being worked on: 

1 . between the place where the work is being done and each possible 
source of supply, 

2. at the work location, or 

3. as close as practicable to the source of supply. 

(H) One of the grounding devices shall be visible to at least one mem- 
ber of the crew unless one of the grounding devices is accessible only to 
authorized persons. 

(1) Grounding devices shall be capable of conducting the anticipated 
fault current and shall have a minimum conductance of No. 2 AWG cop- 
per. 

(J) When more than one independent crew requires the same cable(s), 
conductor(s) or equipment to be de-energized, a tag for each such inde- 
pendent crew shall be placed on the cable(s), conductor(s) or equipment. 
Where clearances for such independent crews are controlled by a desig- 
nated authority having immediate jurisdiction over the cable(s), conduc- 
tors) or equipment involved only one tag need be installed. 

(2) Upon completion of work the employee in charge of each indepen- 
dent crew shall determine that all employees in the crew are clear, and 
shall report to the designated authority that all tags protecting the crew 
may be removed. 

(3) Prior to the energizing of the cable(s) or equipment, the employer 
shall ascertain that all employees are clear and all grounds are removed. 
NOTE-:: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction of section heading and subsection designations filed 
1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

3. Amendment of subsection (b)(1) filed 9-26-2001 ; operative 10-26-2001 (Reg- 
ister 2001, No. 39). 



§ 2944. Work on or in Proximity to Conductors and 

Equipment Located in High-Voltage Stations, 
or Switchyards. 

(a) This section applies to only that work performed on or in proximity 
to exposed high-voltage conductors and equipment which is not co\ ered 
by Sections 294 1 , 2942 and 2943 of these orders, such as stations, switch- 
yards and other similar installations. 

(b) Identification. All switchboards shall be provided with readih leg- 
ible circuit identification. Identification shall be provided for each circuit 
breaker, each set of disconnecting switches, and each set of grounding 
switches. 

(c) Work Near Energized Equipment and Facilities. 

( 1 ) No person other than a qualified electrical worker shall perform 
work or take any conducting object within the area where there is a haz- 
ard of contact with energized conductors unless directly under the obser- 
vation of a qualified person. 

(2) When working around energized equipment, precautions shall be 
taken to prevent any material or tools from accidentally contacting ener- 
gized conductors or equipment. 

(3) Temporary Barriers. Suitable temporary barriers in or adjacent to 
the work area shall be used to prevent accidental contact by workers with 
energized high voltage parts. 

(4) Tape Barricades. Suitable barricade tape shall be used to mark off 
and bar approach to dangerous areas. An employee shall not be permitted 
to cross over or under the tape while it is barricading an area, except in 
an emergency or when work in progress requires the employee to enter 
the dangerous area. While in the area, the employee shall be continuously 
watched by a qualified person for the purpose of preventing an accident. 

(d) Mechanized Equipment. 

( 1 ) Use of vehicles, gin poles, cranes and other equipment in restricted 
or hazardous areas shall at all times be controlled by designated em- 
ployees. 

(2) Mobile cranes or derricks shall not be permitted closer to exposed 
energized conductors or equipment than the distances set forth in Section 
2940.2(b), Table 2940.2 unless the hoisting equipment is insulated for 
the voltage involved. 

(e) ( 1 ) Working on Conductors or Equipment Energized at 7,500 Volts 
or Less. When working on conductors or equipment energized at 7,500 
volts or less, all energized conductors or equipment and all grounded 
conductors or equipment, including guy wires, within reach of any part 
of the body, shall be isolated, barricaded, or covered with suitable protec- 
tive equipment. 

EXCEPTION: That part of the conductor or equipment on which work is to be per- 
formed need not be covered. 

(2) Employees shall not be permitted to touch or work on any exposed 
energized conductor or equipment except when wearing suitable rubber 
gloves with protectors, or when using other suitable devices. 

(f) Working on Conductors or Equipment Energized in Excess of 
7,500 Volts. All work on conductors or equipment energized in excess 
of 7,500 volts shall be done by means of suitable devices. Rubber gloves 
shall not be considered to be suitable devices. 

(g) Working on De-energized Conductors or Equipment. When work- 
ing on de-energized conductors or equipment, all exposed energized 
conductors or equipment regardless of voltage within reach of any part 
of the body, shall be covered with suitable protective equipment. 

(h) Grounding De-energized Conductors or Equipment. 

(1) Any exposed ungrounded part of conductors or equipment not 
worked upon in accordance with the provisions of subsections! e) or (f) 
above, shall not be worked upon until the following provisions have been 
complied with: 

(A) Conductors or equipment to be grounded are clearly identified and 
isolated from all sources of voltage. 



Page 397 



Register 2001, No. 39; 9-28-2001 



§2945 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



(B) Notification has been obtained from the designated employee that 
all switches or other points of isolation through which electric energy 
may be supplied to the conductors or equipment to be worked on have 
been opened and are plainly tagged indicating that employees are at 
work, and where the design permits, they have been rendered inoperable. 

(C) Visual inspection and tests are made to insure that equipment or 
conductors have been de-energized. 

(D) Guards or barriers are installed as necessary to prevent contact 
with exposed energized conductors or equipment. 

(E) Grounds are applied, except where their installation or use in- 
creases the working hazard. Grounds shall be permitted to be removed 
for test purposes. 

(F) Suitable grounding devices shall be used. They shall be first con- 
nected to a ground before being brought into contact with any de-ener- 
gized conductor or equipment to be grounded. The other end shall be at- 
tached and removed by means of insulated tools or other suitable devices. 
When removed, they shall be removed from all conductors or equipment 
before being disconnected from ground. 

(G) When required, there shall be a minimum of one ground on the 
conductors or equipment being worked on: 

1. between the place where the work is being done and each possible 
source of supply, 

2. at the work location, or 

3. as close as practicable to the source of supply. 

(H) One of the grounding devices shall be visible to at least one mem- 
ber of the crew unless one of the grounding devices is accessible only to 
authorized persons. 

(1) Grounding devices shall be capable of conducting the anticipated 
fault current and shall have a minimum conductance of No. 2 AWG cop- 
per. 

(J) When more than one independent crew requires the same conduc- 
tors or equipment to be de-energized, a tag for each such independent 
crew shall be placed on the conductors or equipment. Where clearances 
for such independent crews are controlled by a designated authority hav- 
ing immediate jurisdiction over the conductors or equipment involved, 
only one tag need be installed. 

(2) Upon completion of work the employee in charge of each indepen- 
dent crew shall determine that all employees in the crew are clear and 
shall report to the designated authority that all tags protecting the crew 
may be removed. 

(3) Prior to the energizing of the conductors or equipment, the employ- 
er shall ascertain that all employees are clear and all grounds are re- 
moved. 

(i) Access to Insulators. The employer shall furnish suitable aerial lift 
equipment, portable platforms, or other devices to permit employees to 
work on insulators or bushings attached to poles, towers, structures, or 
equipment when such insulators or bushings are not otherwise safely ac- 
cessible. 

(j) Prior to climbing poles or other elevated structures supporting over- 
head electrical lines or equipment, an inspection shall be made to ensure 
that such poles or structure are in safe condition for the work to be per- 
formed. Where poles or structures are determined to be unsafe for climb- 
ing, they shall not be climbed until made safe by guying, bracing or other 
adequate means. 

(k) Substation Fences. When a substation fence is extended or moved 
provisions shall be made to comply with Article 17, Section 2812(e) of 
these orders. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction of subsections (c)-(e) (Register 80, No. 30). 

2. Editorial correction of section heading and subsection designations filed 
1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 



§ 2945. Access and Workspace Requirements. 

(a) Application. This section applies only to facilities that are owned, 
operated, and maintained by an electrical utility or an electrical railway 
utility in the exercise of its function as a utility. 

EXCEPTION: Installations made in accordance with the regulations of the Califor- 
nia Public Utilities Commission (G.O. 95 or 128). 

(b) Enclosures. Equipment shall be: 

( 1 ) of the enclosed type, 

(2) installed in locked rooms or enclosures, or 

(3) located within utility generating stations, substations and switch 
yards. 

(c) Access. 

( 1 ) Parts of electrical equipment requiring access for maintenance or 
operation shall be so located that they will be safely accessible. 

(2) At least one entrance not less than 24 inches wide and 6 1/2 feet 
high shall be provided to give access to the working space about ener- 
gized electrical equipment. When uninsulated energized parts are located 
adjacent to such entrance, they shall be guarded. 

(3) Permanent or portable ladders, stairways, or other suitable means 
shall be provided to give safe access to the working space around electri- 
cal equipment installed on platforms, balconies, mezzanine floors, or in 
attic or roof rooms or spaces. 

(d) Elevation of Exposed, Energized Parts. 

Exposed energized parts above workspace and above areas where per- 
sons normally walk or stand shall be maintained at elevations not less 
than that required by the following table: 



VOLTAGE 
Phase to Phase 

601-7500 
7501-35,000 

Over 35kv 



ELEVATION 

8 ft. 6 in. 

9 ft. in. 

9 ft. + 0.4 in/kv 
above 35kv 



(e) Passageway and Open Spaces. Suitable barriers or other means 
shall be provided to ensure that the workspace for electrical equipment 
will not be used as a passageway during periods when normally enclosed 
parts of energized electrical equipment are exposed. 

(f) Installation of Electrical Equipment In An Outdoor Enclosure. 
Where electrical equipment with exposed energized parts is installed in 
an outdoor enclosure, the enclosure shall meet the following require- 
ments: 

(1) The height of the enclosure shall be a minimum of 8 feet, unless 

totally enclosed. 

EXCEPTION: The height of the enclosure shall be not less than 10 feet (3 meters) 
where any exposed energized part is more than 8 feet above the ground, unless the 
energized part is located more than 5 feet horizontally from the enclosure. 

(2) The enclosure shall be so constructed that it cannot be readily 
climbed. 

(3) The size and location of openings in fences or similar enclosures 
shall be such that persons are not liable to come into accidental contact 
with energized parts or to bring conducting objects into contact with 
them. 

(4) Metal gates or doors shall be grounded or bonded to a grounded 
metal enclosure. Metal fences shall be grounded as required by Article 
6. 

5) Buildings which form part of an enclosure shall have no unguarded 
doors or windows which permit unintentional access to the enclosure. 
Where the enclosure is adjacent to and below stairways, fire escapes, bal- 
conies, or windows, suitable guards shall be installed to prevent persons 
from making accidental contact with exposed energized parts. 

(g) Work Space. Suitable work space shall be provided about exposed 
energized electrical equipment to permit the safe operation and/or main- 
tenance of such equipment. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 



Page 398 



Register 2001, No. 39; 9-28-2001 



• 



Title 8 Electrical Safety Orders §2945 

History Insulated parts of Live Line Tools shall have manufacturers' ccrtifica- 

1 . Editorial correction of subsection (f)(4) filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 2. t j on t0 withstand the following minimum tests: 

Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). ,., , AA nnA ,. f . n ., e ,-• • . , ,, . , - 

F j. * (1) 100,000 volts per foot ot length for live minutes when the tool is 



Appendix A 



made of fiberglass; or 



Note: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- (2) 75,000 volts per foot of length for three minutes when the tool is 

bor Code. made of wood; or 

History ^ other tests equivalent to (1 ) or (2) above as appropriate. 

1. Editorial correction of items (7) and (11) filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). XT " . , . . M . _ . . . _. , , _ . ., , ' . . ,, , , 

-, . , ^ n i ^ t ot *• -7 t on ,r> ■ . 01 x? 1^ NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Relerence: Section 142.3. l.a- 

2. Amendment filed 6-2-87; operative 7-2-87 (Register 87. No. 24). J 

3. Repealer tiled 12-7-92; operative 1-6-93 (Register 92, No. 50). bor Code - 

Appendix B L Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1 ). 
LIVE LINE TOOLS 



• 



[The next page is 399.] 



• 



Page 398.1 Register 2001, No. 39; 9-28-2001 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§2947 



• 



Appendix C 

PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT 

Insulating equipment shall meet the provisions of the American Soci- 
ety for Testing and Materials (ASTM), which is hereby incorporated by 
reference, as follows: 
ITKM STANDARD 

Rubber Insulating Gloves D 120-95 

Rubber Insulatine Mattine D 178-93 

Rubber Insulating Blankets D 1048-93 

Rubber Insulating Hoods D 1049-93 

Rubber Insulating Line Hose D 1050-90 

Rubber Insulating Sleeves D 1051-95 

Leather Protectors for Rubber Insulating Gloves F 696-97 

Insulating Plastic Guard Equipment F 968-93 

Insulating Work Platforms for Electrical Workers F 1564-95 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

2. Amendment filed 1 1-25-97; operative 12-25-97 (Register 97, No. 48). 

3. Amendment filed 7-26-2000; operative 8-25-2000 (Register 2000, No. 30). 



Article 37. Provisions for Preventing 

Accidents Due to Proximity to Overhead 

Lines 

(Formerly Article 86) 

§ 2946. Provisions for Preventing Accidents Due to 
Proximity to Overhead Lines. 

(a) General. No person, firm, or corporation, or agent of same, shall 
require or permit any employee to perform any function in proximity to 
energized high-voltage lines; to enter upon any land, building, or other 
premises and there engage in any excavation, demolition, construction, 
repair, or other operation; or to erect, install, operate, or store in or upon 
such premises any tools, machinery, equipment, materials, or structures 
(including scaffolding, house moving, well drilling, pile driving, or 
hoisting equipment) unless and until danger from accidental contact with 
said high-voltage lines has been effectively guarded against. 

(b) Clearances or Safeguards Required. Except where overhead elec- 
trical distribution and transmission lines have been de-energized and vis- 
ibly grounded, the following provisions shall be met: 

(1) Over Lines. The operation, erection, or handling of tools, machin- 
ery, apparatus, supplies, or materials, or any part thereof, over energized 
overhead high-voltage lines shall be prohibited. 

EXCEPTION: 1 : Aircraft over energized overhead high-voltage lines operating in 
conformance with: 

(A) Applicable regulations administered by the Federal Aviation Administra- 
tion, and/or 

(B) Helicopter Operations, Article 35, Construction Safety Orders, California 
Administrative Code, Title 8. 

EXCEPTION: 2: Tower cranes (Hammerhead) installed not closer than the mini- 
mum clearances set forth in Table 2, whereon the trolley or boom travel is con- 
trolled by limit switches which will prevent carrying a load over energized over- 
head high-voltage lines or within a horizontal distance closer than the minimum 
clearances set forth in Table 2. 

(2) The operation, erection, handling, or transportation of tools, ma- 
chinery, materials, structures, scaffolds, or the moving of any house or 
other building, or any other activity where any parts of the above or any 
part of an employee's body will come closer than the minimum clear- 
ances from energized overhead lines as set forth in Table 1 shall be pro- 
hibited. 

Operation of boom-type equipment shall conform to the minimum 
clearances set forth in Table 2, except in transit where the boom is low- 



ered and there is no load attached, in which case the distances specified 

in Table I shall apply. 

TABLE 1 

General Clearances Required from Energized Overhead High-Voltage Conduc- 
tors 

Nominal Voltage Minimum Required 

(Phase to Phase) Clearance (Feet) 

600 50,000 6 

over 50,000 .... 345,000 10 

over 345,000 .... 750,000 16 

over 750,000 . . . 1,000,000 20 

(3) Boom-type lifting or hoisting equipment. The erection, operation 
or dismantling of any boom-type lifting or hoisting equipment, or any 
part thereof, closer than the minimum clearances from energi/ed over- 
head high-voltage lines set forth in Table 2 shall be prohibited. 

(4) Storage. The storage of tools, machinery, equipment, supplies, ma- 
terials, or apparatus under, by, or near energized overhead high— \ oltage 
lines is hereby expressly prohibited if at any time during such handling 
or other manipulation it is possible to bring such tools, machinery, equip- 
ment, supplies, materials, or apparatus, or any part thereof, closer than 
the minimum clearances from such lines as set forth in Table 1. 

(c) The specified clearance shall not be reduced by movement due to 
any strains impressed (by attachments or otherwise) upon the structures 
supporting the overhead high-voltage line or upon any equipment, fix- 
tures, or attachments thereon. 

(d ) Any overhead conductor shall be considered to be energized unless 
and until the person owning or operating such line verifies that the line 
is not energized, and the line is visibly grounded at the work site. 

TABLE 2 

Boom-type lifting or hoisting equipment clearances required from 

energized overhead high-voltage lines. 



Nominal voltage 


Minimum Required 


(Phase to Phase) 


Clearance (Feet) 


600 50,000 


10 


over 50,000 75,000 


11 


over 75,000 .... 125,000 


13 


over 125,000 .... 175,000 


15 


over 175,000 .... 250,000 


17 


over 250.000 .... 370,000 


21 


over 370,000 .... 550,000 


27 


over 550,000 . . . 1,000,000 


42 



NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . Amendment of subsections (b), (c), repealer of subsections (d), (e) and new sub- 
section (d) filed 8-9-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 79, No. 32). 

2. Editorial correction renumbering former Article 86 to Article 37 filed 1 1-2-83 
(Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2947. Warning Signs Required. 

The owner, agent, or employer responsible for the operations of equip- 
ment shall post and maintain in plain view of the operator and driver on 
each crane, derrick, power shovel, drilling rig, hay loader, hay stacker, 
pile driver, or similar apparatus, a durable warning sign legible at 1 2 feet 
reading: "Unlawful To Operate This Equipment Within 10 Feet Of High- 
Voltage Lines of 50,000 Volts Or Less." 

In addition to the above wording, the following statement in small let- 
tering shall be provided on the warning sign: "For Minimum Clearances 
of High-Voltage Lines In Excess of 50,000 Volts, See California Code 
of Regulations, Title 8, Article 37, High-Voltage Electrical Safety Or- 
ders." 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Amendment filed 8-9-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 79, No. 
32). 

2. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

3. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1 ). 



Page 399 



Register 2000, No. 30; 7-28-2000 



§2948 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



§ 2948. Notification to the Operators of High-Voltage 
Lines and Responsibility for Safeguards. 

When any operations are to be performed, tools or materials handled, 
or equipment is to be moved or operated within the specified clearances 
of any energized high-voltage lines, the person or persons responsible 
for the work to be done shall promptly notify the operator of the high- 
voltage line of the work to be performed and shall be responsible for the 
completion of the safety measures as required by Section 2946 (b) before 
proceeding with any work which would impair the aforesaid clearance. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction adding NOTE filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2949. Special Exemption. 

The provisions of the foregoing Sections 2946 through 2948 shall not 
apply to the construction, reconstmction, maintenance, or operation of 
any energized overhead high-voltage lines or their supporting structures 
or appurtenances by qualified electrical workers, authorized by the own- 
er of such lines, nor to work performed in proximity to energized over- 
head high-voltage lines by qualified persons using approved equipment 
and work procedures specified in these orders in accordance with Penal 
Code Section 385D. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1 . Repealer and new section filed 8-9-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Regis- 
ter 79, No. 32). 2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, 
No. 1). 

Article 38. Line Clearance Tree Trimming 
Operations 

(Formerly Article 87) 

§ 2950. Application. 

This article shall apply to all line clearance tree trimming operations 
performed in the vicinity of exposed energized overhead conductors and 
equipment where any part of the employee's body, tools or equipment 
being used, or parts of trees being worked upon, is likely to come within 
the distances specified in Section 2946(b)(2). 

Note: Additional requirements for Tree Work, Maintenance or Removal, are 
contained in Article 12 of the General Industry Safety Orders, Title 8, California 
Administrative Code. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. New Article 87 ( §§ 2950-2959, not consecutive) filed 10-14-75 as an emer- 
gency; effective upon filing (Register 75, No. 42). 

2. Certificate of Compliance as to Article 87, except for Sections 2950(c)(2)(A), 
2954(f), and 2955(a)(5)(A) filed 1-9-76 (Register 76, No. 2). 

3. Amendment of subsection (c)(2)(A) filed 1-9-76 (Register 76, No. 2). 

4. Repealer of Article 87 (Sections 2950-2959, not consecutive) and new Article 
87 (Sections 2950-295 1 ) filed 8-9-79; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Regis- 
ter 79, No. 32). 

5. Amendment filed 4-1 6-80 as procedural and organizational; effective upon fil- 
ing (Register 80, No. 16). 

6. Editorial correction renumbering former Article 87 to Article 38 filed 1 1-2-83 
(Register 83, No. 45). 

7. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§2951. Line Clearance Operations. 

(a) Prior to commencing line clearance tree trimming operations, the 
employer shall ensure that an inspection of the work locations is made 
in order to identify potential hazards and a tail gate briefing is conducted 
to discuss the work procedures to be followed. 

(b) Only qualified line clearance tree trimmers, or trainees under the 
direct supervision and instruction of qualified line clearance tree trim- 
mers, shall be permitted to perform line clearance tree trimming opera- 
tions as described in Section 2950. Under no circumstances shall the 
minimum distance specified in Section 2940.2(b) Table 2940.2, be vio- 
lated. 



(c) The employee in charge of each independent crew shall coordinate 
the de-energizing and re-energizing of high-voltage lines with the oper- 
ator of the high-voltage line(s). 

(d) During all tree trimming operations performed in accordance with 
the requirements of subsection (b) above, there shall be another qualified 
line clearance tree trimmer or trainee at each work location to render im- 
mediate assistance. 

NOTE: A qualified high-voltage electrical worker shall be permitted to be the sec- 
ond employee, provided the employee doing the line clearance tree trimming is a 
qualified line clearance tree trimmer. 

(e) Branches contacting energized conductors or equipment shall be 
removed only by using nonconductive equipment. 

(f) With the exception of emergency restoration procedures, line clear- 
ance tree trimming work shall not be performed when adverse weather 
conditions such as thunderstorms in the immediate vicinity, high winds, 
snow storms or ice storms, make the work hazardous in spite of the work 
practices required by this section. 

Note: A high wind is one which would expose an employee to being blown from 
an elevated location, or cause an employee or material handling equipment to lose 
control of the material being handled, or expose the employee to other hazards not 
controlled by the requirements of this section. Winds exceeding 40 miles per hour, 
or 30 miles per hour if material handling is involved, meet this criteria unless pre- 
cautions are taken to protect employees from the hazards described herein. 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

2. New subsection (e) and following Note filed 12-12-94; operative 1-11-95 
(Register 94, No. 50). 

3. New subsection (c) and subsection relettering filed 11-19-97; operative 
12-19-97 (Register 97, No. 47). 



Article 39. Signs and Outline 
Lighting — Exceeding 600 Volts 

(Formerly Article 88) 

§ 2970. Installation of Conductors. 

Conductors shall be installed as follows: 

(a) Wiring Method. Conductors shall be installed in rigid metal con- 
duit, in flexible metal conduit, in liquidtight flexible metal conduit, or in 
electrical metallic tubing. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 600-3 1(a).) 

(b) Conductors in Raceways. Where the conductors are covered with 
lead or other metal sheathing, the covering shall extend beyond the end 
of the raceway, and the surface of the cable shall not be injured where the 
covering terminates. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 600-3 1(e).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. New Article 88 ( §§ 2970-2974) filed 10-14-75 as an emergency; effective 
upon filing (Register 75, No. 42). 

2. Certificate of Compliance filed 1-9-76 (Register 76, No. 2). 

3. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

4. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2971 . Transformers. 

Transformers shall comply with the following: 

(a) Voltage. The transformer secondary open-circuit voltage shall not 
exceed 15 kilovolts with an allowance on test of 1 kilovolt additional. In 
end-grounded transformers the secondary, open-circuit voltage shall 
not exceed 7.5 kilovolts with an allowance on test of 500 volts additional. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 600-32(a).) 

(b) Type. Transformers shall be of a type approved for the purpose and 
shall be limited in rating to a maximum of 4.5 kilovolt-amperes. 

Open core-and-coil type transformers shall be limited to 5 kilovolts 
with an allowance on test of 500 volts, and to indoor applications in small 
portable signs. 

Transformers for outline lighting installations shall have secondary 
current ratings not in excess of 30 milliamperes. 



Page 400 



Register 2000, No. 30; 7-28-2000 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2980 



• 



(Title 24, Part 3, Section 600-32(b) without Exception.) 

(c) Transformer Secondary Connections. The high voltage windings 
of transformers shall not be connected in parallel; and shall not be con- 
nected in series, except that two transformers each having one end of its 
high voltage winding connected to the metal enclosure shall be permitted 
to have their high voltage windings connected in series to form the equiv- 
alent of a midpoint-grounded transformer. The grounded ends shall be 
connected by insulated conductors not smaller than No. 14. 

EXCEPTION: Transformers for small portable signs, show windows, and similar 
locations that are equipped with leads permanently attached to the secondary 
winding within the transformer enclosure and that do not extend more than 8 feet 
beyond the enclosure for attaching to the line ends of the tubing shall be permitted 
to have leads smaller than No. 14, but shall not be smaller than No. 18 and shall 
be of a type approved for the purpose. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 600-32(d).) 

(d) Accessibility. Transformers shall be accessible. 
(Title 24, Part 3, Section 600-32(e).) 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2972. Electric-Discharge Tubing. 

Electric-discharge tubing shall conform to the following: 

(a) Support. Tubing shall be adequately supported on noncombustible, 
nonabsorptive supports. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 600-33(b).) 

(b) Contact with Flammable Material and Other Surfaces. The tubing 
shall be free from contact with flammable material and shall be located 
where not normally exposed to physical damage. Where operating in ex- 
cess of 7.5 kilovolts, the tubing shall be supported on noncombustible, 
nonabsorptive, insulating supports which maintain a spacing of not less 
than 1/4 inch between the tubing and the nearest surface. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 600-33(c).) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2973. Terminals and Electrode Receptacles for 
Electric-Discharge Tubing. 

Terminals and electrode receptacles for electric-discharge tubing 
shall comply with the following: 

(a) Terminals. Terminals of the tubing shall be inaccessible to unquali- 
fied persons and isolated from combustible material and grounded metal 
or shall be enclosed. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section600-34(a).) 

(b) Tube Connections. Where tubes do not terminate in receptacles de- 
signed for the purpose, all live parts of tube terminals and conductors 
shall be so supported as to maintain a separation of at least 1 1/2 inches 
between conductors or between conductors and any grounded metal. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 600-34(b).) 

(c) Bushings. Where electrodes enter the enclosure of outdoor signs 
or of an indoor sign operating at a voltage in excess of 7.5 kilovolts, bush- 
ings shall be used unless receptacles are provided or the sign is wired with 
bare wire mounted on approved supports which maintain the tubing in 
proper position. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 600-34(d).) 
NoTIi: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 11-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 

2. Amendment filed 12-10-87; operative 1-9-88 (Register 88, No. 1). 

§ 2974. Switches on Doors. 

Doors or covers giving access to uninsulated parts of indoor signs or 
outline lighting exceeding 600 volts and accessible to the general public, 
shall either be provided with interlock switches which on the opening of 



the doors or covers disconnect the primary circuit, or shall be so fastened 
that the use of other than ordinary tools will be necessary to open them. 

(Title 24, Part 3, Section 600-35.) 
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code: and Section 18943(c), Health and Safety Code. 

History 

1. Editorial correction filed 1 1-2-83 (Register 83, No. 45). 



Article 40. Electronic News Gathering 

§ 2980. Definitions. 

Electronic News Gathering (ENG). A task or series of tasks applied to 
capturing news, sporting or other live events on location using cameras 
and support equipment and using recorded media for live transmission 
and/or reception. For the purposes of this regulation. ENG includes Sat- 
ellite News Gathering (SNG), Electronic Field Production (EFT), and 
other activities which are functionally similar to ENG. 

ENG Vehicle. An ENG vehicle has a transmitter and may also have a 
receiver. An ENG vehicle employs an elevating antenna, dish, laser, or 
similar device or structure in order to transmit, receive, or relay video, 
audio, or data signal to or from a broadcasting station, fixed or mobile 
relay point, including satellite or other spacecraft, or other facility for im- 
mediate or delayed processing for use in broadcasts or closed circuit 
transmission. Excluded from this Article are mobile cellular telephone 
sites, sometimes referred to as cells-on-wheels (COWS) used exclusive- 
ly for cellular telephone communications. 

Step potential. "Step potential" is the voltage between the feet of a per- 
son standing near an energized grounded object. It is equal to the differ- 
ence in voltage, given by the voltage distribution curve, between two 
points at different distances from the "electrode." A person could he at 
risk of injury during a fault simply by standing near the grounding point. 

Touch potential. "Touch potential" is the voltage between the ener- 
gized object and the feet of a person in contact with the object. It is equal 
to the difference in voltage between the energized object and a point 
some distance away. It should be noted that the touch potential could he 
nearly the full voltage across the grounded object if that object is 
grounded at a point remote from the place where the person is in contact 
with it. 

Step and touch potentials are illustrated in Figure 1. 



Voltage 

Distribution 

Curve 



Energized Grounded 
Object 



Touch 
Potential 




Figure 1 — Step and Touch Potentials 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 



Page 400.1 



Register 2002, No. 47; 11-22-2002 



§2981 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



History 

1. New article 40 (sections 2980-2983) and section filed 1 1-18-2002: operative 
2002 (Register 2002, No. 47). 



i>l-w aiucii. tu (senium ^.you—^yoj) 

12-18-2002 (Register 2002, No. 47). 



§ 2981. Provisions for Preventing Accidents Due to 
Operation of Electronic News Gathering 
Vehicles in Proximity of Overhead Power 
Lines. 

(a) Positive means, such as momentary contact (continuous pressure) 
switches, shall be used to raise or rotate elevating antennas, such as mi- 
crowave masts, dishes, or similar structures. The switch shall be located 
to assure that personnel operating the elevating antenna will be where 
they can continuously and responsibly observe the environment over- 
head during the raising or rotating operation. 

(b) Level indication devices shall be provided in an observable loca- 
tion on the ENG vehicle to indicate the level of the vehicle front to rear 
and across the width. 

(c) A spotlight or functionally equivalent means of illumination shall 
be provided on all ENG vehicles equipped with an elevating antenna, 
such as a microwave mast, dish, or similar structure. Illumination shall 
be adequate to assist operating personnel in locating overhead hazards, 
such as power lines within the proximity of the elevating device during 
periods of darkness or reduced available light. 

(d) Audible and visual warnings shall be provided to warn the driver 
when movement of the ENG vehicle is attempted while the mast, dish, 
or similar structure (antenna) is not stowed. A visual warning readily ob- 
servable to the driver shall occur when the engine is running and the an- 
tenna is not stowed. A non-cancelable audible alarm with a nominal 
sound loudness of 80-85dB at the driver's position shall occur when 
movement of the vehicle is attempted unless the elevating antenna is 
stowed. 

(e) Warning Signs. Each ENG vehicle equipped with elevating mast, 
dish, antenna, or similar apparatus, shall be posted with durable, perma- 
nent warning signs. 

(1) A warning sign shall be posted in plain view of the mast operator's 
position with lettering not less than 1/2 inch in height on a contrasting 
background reading: "Unlawful to operate this equipment within 10 feet 
of high-voltage lines of 50,000 volts or less." 

(A) In addition to the above wording, the following statement in small 
lettering shall be provided on each mast operator warning sign: "For 
minimum clearances of high-voltage lines in excess of 50,000 volts, see 
California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Article 37, High-Voltage Elec- 
trical Safety Orders." 

(2) A warning sign shall be posted in plain view of the mast operator 
and the ENG vehicle driver with lettering not less than 1/4 inch in height 
on a contrasting background listing the vehicle heights with the antenna 
in the raised and stowed positions. 

(f) ENG Vehicle Safety Manual: 

(1) The owner, agent, or employer responsible for the operations of 
ENG vehicles shall maintain a durably bound document in each vehicle 
containing the following information: 

(A) How to safely operate the elevating mast or antenna. 

(B) Original equipment manufacturer (OEM) vehicle owner/opera- 
tor's manual. 

(C) Predictable hazards associated with ENG vehicles. 

(2) Prior to permitting an employee to operate an ENG vehicle, the em- 
ployer shall ensure that the vehicle operator is familiar with the Vehicle 
Safety Manual specific to the vehicle they will be operating. 

(A) Exception: Service personnel performing vehicle maintenance 
functions. 

(g) Work performed as described in this Article shall be in accordance 
with Article 37 of the High-Voltage Electrical Safety Orders. 

(h) Effective dates: 

(1) Provisions of this Section (2981(a)-(f)) shall apply to all ENG ve- 
hicles manufactured on or after December 18, 2003, which are operated 
in California. 



(2) Provisions of this Section (2981(a)-(f)) shall apply to all ENG ve- 
hicles manufactured prior to December 18, 2003, which are operated in 
California on or after December 18, 2004. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1 . New section filed 11-1 8-2002; operative 1 2-1 8-2002 (Register 2002. No. 47). 

§ 2982. Employee Training. 

(a) Scope and Application: 

(1) The requirements of this Section shall apply in addition to training 
required by General Industry Safety Orders, Section 3203(a)(7). 

(2) Safety training shall be conducted at least annually for all person- 
nel employed in electronic news gathering operations, including, but not 
limited to, all elements described in subsection 2982(b). 

(3) Safety training shall be given to: 

(A) Field personnel. All employees, including reporters, assigned to 
operate ENG vehicles or work in the proximity of ENG vehicles under 
field conditions. 

(B) Supervisory personnel. All employees who assign or supervise 
field personnel, and those with field personnel under their immediate and 
direct control. 

(4) Prior to permitting an employee to operate or work in the proximity 
of an ENG vehicle under field conditions, the employer shall ensure that 
such employee has successfully completed training required by this Sec- 
tion, including, but not limited to all elements described in Section 
2982(b). 

(A) Exception: Supervised operations performed during the actual 
training required by this Article. 

(5) Prior to permitting an employee to assign or supervise field person- 
nel as defined above, the employer shall ensure that such supervisory per- 
sonnel has successfully completed training required by this Section in- 
cluding, but not limited to, all elements described in Section 2982(b). 

(A) Exception: The requirements for training of supervisory person- 
nel, as defined in subsection 2982(a)(3)(B), may be suspended during a 
major natural disaster or major civil emergency as necessary to permit 
compliance with Penal Code Section 409.5(d). 

(b) Training. 

(1) Employees shall be trained to understand the specific hazards 
associated with electrical energy in relationship to ENG vehicle opera- 
tions. They shall be trained in safety-related work practices and proce- 
dural requirements as necessary to provide protection from electrical 
hazards. Employees shall be trained to identify and understand the rela- 
tionship between electrical hazards and possible injury. 

(2) The employer shall establish, implement, and maintain a written 
Code of Safe Practices for ENG operations. The written Code of Safe 
Practices shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following 
elements: 

(A) Hazards common to ENG vehicles 

1 . Overhead power lines. 

2. Downed power lines. 

3. Step potential and touch potential. 

4. Generators. 

5. Carbon monoxide poisoning. 

6. Wind, lightning, and other severe weather conditions. 

(B) Safe ENG vehicle operation. 

1 . Pre-operation equipment inspection criteria. 

2. Vehicle controls and equipment indicators. 

3. Mast warning alarms required by Section 2981(d). 

4. Operating instructions, warnings, and precautions for the types of 
ENG vehicles to be used. 

5. Differences between the ENG vehicle and an automobile. 

(a) Steering and maneuvering. 

(b) Vehicle stability. 

(c) Affect of hazardous or abnormal weather conditions. 

(C) Operating limitations. 

1 . Vehicle capacity and load limitations. 



Page 400.2 



Register 2002, No. 47; 11-22-2002 



Title 8 



Electrical Safety Orders 



§ 2983 



(D) Set-up procedure, including: 

1. Site selection. 

2. Hazards associated with vehicular or pedestrian traffic. 

3. Preliminary site inspection (walk-around, walk away, look up). 

4. Hazards associated with reduced visibility due to environmental 
conditions such as fog, smoke, snow, and darkness. 

5. Environmental hazards including, but not limited to, harmful sub- 
stances, and animal, insect, or plant life. 

6. Mast and/or antenna operation, including instructions on safe mast 
deployment. 

(E) Tear-down (pre-departure) procedure, including: 

1 . Lowering the mast/stowing the antenna. 

2. Mast problems. 

3. Storing and equipment tie-down. 

4. Pre-departure site inspection (walk-around, walk away, look up) 
before moving the vehicle. 

(F) Emergency protocol. 

1 . Emergency operation procedure. 

(3) All training and evaluation shall be conducted by persons who have 
the knowledge, training, and experience in ENG operations, consistent 
with the subject matter of Section 2982(b), to train ENG employees and 
to evaluate their competence. 



(c) Documentation of employee training shall be maintained as re- 
quired by Section 3203 of the General Industry Safely Orders. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code. 

History 
1. New section filed 1 1-18-2002; operative 12-18-2002 (Register 2002. No. 47). 

§ 2983. Safety Inspections. 

(a) In addition to the periodic inspections required by Section 
3203(a)(4), field safety inspections of ENG vehicle operation shall be 
conducted at least annually to evaluate the implementation of and com- 
pliance with Section 2982. 

(b) Annual field safety inspections shall be conducted at least one 
quarter preceding or following the annual training required by Section 
2982. 

(c) Additional training shall be conducted when a periodic inspection 
reveals that there are deviations from or inadequacies in the employee's 
knowledge or use of the safety-related work practices of subsection 
2982(b).^ 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. New section filed 11-18-2002; operative 12-18-2002 (Register 2002. No. 47). 



* * 



Page 400.3 



Register 2002, No. 47; 11-22-2002 



A 



Barclays Official 

California 

Code of 
Regulations 



• 



Title 8. Industrial Relations 

Division 1. Department of Industrial Relations 

Chapter 4. Division of Industrial Safety 

Subchapter 6. Elevator Safety Orders 



Vol.9 



THOIV1SOIM 

* 

WEST 



Barclays Official California Code of Regulations 

425 Market Street • Fourth Floor • San Francisco, CA 94105 
800-888-3600 



Title 8 



Elevator Safety Orders 



Table of Contents 



Subchapter 6. Elevator Safety Orders 



Table of Contents 



Page 



Page 



• 



• 



Group I. Administrative Regulations 401 

Article 1 . Application 401 

§ 3000. Application. 

Article 2. Permit to Operate 402 

§ 3001. Permit to Operate. 

Appendix A [Repealed] 403 

Article 3. Variances 403 

§ 3002. Variances. 

Article 4. Qualifications for Certified 

Inspectors 403 

§ 3003. Qualifications for Certified 

Inspectors. 

Article 5. Standard Reference 

Documents 405 

§ 3004. Authority for Standard. 

Article 6. Definitions 405 

§ 3009. Definitions. 

Group II. Elevator Installations for 
Which the Installation 
Contract Was Signed Before 
October 25, 1998 415 

Article 7. Hoistways, Hoistway 

Enclosures, and Related 
Construction for Power 
Cable-Driven Passenger and 

Freight Elevators 415 

§ 3010. Construction of Hoistways and 

Hoistway Enclosures. 
§ 301 1 . Machine Rooms and Machinery 

Spaces. 
§ 3012. Electrical Wiring, Pipes, and Ducts 

in Elevator Hoistways, Machine 

Rooms, or Machinery Spaces. 
§ 3013. Location and Guarding of 

Counterweights. 
§ 3014. Guarding of Exposed Equipment. 

§ 3015. Machinery and Sheave Beams, 

Supports, and Foundations. 
§3016. Pits for Elevators. 

§ 3017. Bottom and Top Clearances and 

Runbys for Elevator Cars and 

Counterweights. 
§ 3018. Horizontal Car and Counterweight 

Clearances. 
§ 3019. Protection of Spaces Below 

Hoistways. 
§ 3020. Protection of Hoistway Landing 

Openings. 
§ 3021. Hoistway Door and Gate-Locking 

Devices. 
§ 3022. Power Operation of Doors and 

Gates. 



icle 8. 


Machinery and Equipment for 
Power Cable-Driven 
Passenger and Freight 






Elevators 


4~>6 


§ 3030. 


Car and Counterweight Guide Rails, 
Rail Supports, and Fastenings. 




§3031. 


Car and Counterweight Buffers and 
Bumpers. 




§ 3032. 


Counterweights. 




§ 3033. 


Car Frames and Platforms. 




§ 3034. 


Car Enclosures and Car Doors and 
Gates. 




§ 3035. 


Car and Counterweight Safeties. 




§ 3036. 


Governors. 




§ 3037. 


Capacity and Loading. 




§ 3038. 


Driving Machines and Sheaves. 




§ 3039. 


Terminal Stopping Devices. 




§ 3040. 


Operating Devices and Control 
Equipment. 




§ 3041. 


Emergency and Signal Devices. 




§ 3042. 


Hoisting Ropes and Their 
Connections. 




icle 9. 


Hydraulic Elevators 


455 


§ 3050. 


Hoistways, Hoistway Enclosures, 
and Machine Rooms. 




§ 3051. 


Electric Wiring, Pipes, and Ducts in 
Elevator Hoistways, Machine 
Rooms, or Machinery Spaces. 




§ 3052. 


Location and Guarding of 
Counterweights, and Guarding of 
Exposed Equipment. 




§ 3053. 


Machine and Sheave Beams, 
Supports, and Foundations and Pits. 




§ 3054. 


Bottom and Top Clearances and 
Runby for Cars and 
Counterweights. 




§ 3055. 


Horizontal Car and Counterweight 
Clearances. 




§ 3056. 


Protection of Spaces Below 
Hoistways. 




§ 3057. 


Protection of Hoistway Landing 
Openings. 




§ 3058. 


Hoistway Door and Gate Locking 
Devices. 




§ 3059. 


Power Operation of Doors and 
Gates. 




§ 3060. 


Car and Counterweight Guide Rails, 
Guide Rail Supports and 
Fastenings. 




§3061. 


Car and Counterweight Buffers or 
Bumpers. 




§ 3062. 


Counterweights. 




§ 3063. 


Car Frames and Platforms. 




§ 3064. 


Car Enclosures, Car Doors and 
Gates, and Car Illumination. 




§ 3065. 


Car and Counterweight Safeties. 




§ 3066. 


Capacity and Loading. 




§ 3067. 


Hydraulic Driving Machines, 
Plungers, Cylinders, and System Oil 
Level. 




§ 3068. 


Valves, Supply Piping and Fittings. 




§ 3069. 


Tanks. 




§ 3070. 


Terminal Stopping Devices. 





Page 



(7-11 2008) 



Table of Contents 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



§3071. 
§ 3072. 

Article 10. 

§ 3073. 
§ 3074. 
§ 3075. 

Article 11. 

§ 3076. 

§ 3077. 

Article 12. 

§ 3078. 
§ 3079. 

Article 12.1. 

§ 3080. 
§3081. 
§ 3082. 
§ 3083. 

Article 12.2. 

§ 3084. 
Article 12.3. 

§ 3085. 

§3085.1. 

§ 3085.2 
§ 3085.3 

§ 3085.4 

§ 3085.5 

§ 3085.6 
§ 3085.7 

§ 3085.8 

§ 3085.9 

§ 3085.10. 
§3085.11. 

§ 3085.12. 

§ 3085.13. 

§ 3085.14. 
§ 3085.15. 
§ 3085.16. 
§ 3085.17. 

§3085.18. 

§ 3085.19. 



Page 

Operation, Operating Devices and 
Control Equipment. 
Counterweight Ropes, Rope 
Connections, and Sheaves. 

Hand and Power Sidewalk 

Elevators 458.3 

General Requirements for Sidewalk 

Elevators with Sidewalk Doors. 

Machinery and Equipment for 

Elevators with Sidewalk Doors. 

Sidewalk Elevators Without 

Sidewalk Doors. 

Hand Elevators 461 

Hoistways, Hoistway Enclosures, 
and Related Construction. 
Machinery and Equipment. 

Hand and Power Dumbwaiters 

Scope 462 

Enclosure of Hoistways, Machine 

Rooms and Machinery Spaces. 

Machinery and Equipment for Hand 

and Power Dumbwaiters. 

Material Lifts and 
Dumbwaiters with Automatic 
Transfer Devices 465 

Electric Material Lifts with 

Automatic Transfer Devices. 

Hydraulic Material Lifts with 

Automatic Transfer Devices. 

Power Dumbwaiters with Automatic 

Transfer Devices. 

Automatic Transfer Devices. 



Page 



Incline Elevators . 

Incline Elevators. 



466 



Special Purpose Personnel 

Elevators 466 

Special Purpose Personnel 

Elevators. 

Hoistways and Hoistway Enclosures 

[Rule 1500.1]. 

Electric Wiring, Pipes and Ducts. 

Horizontal Car and Counterweight 

Clearances [Rule 1500.2], 

Pits, Runby, and Top Clearances 

[Rule 1500.3]. 

Overhead Machinery Beams and 

Supports [Rule 1500.4]. 

Counterweights [Rule 1500.5]. 

Hoistway Doors and Gates 

[1500.6]. 

Operating Devices and Control 

Equipment [Section 1501]. 

Locking Devices for Hoistway 

Doors or Gates [Rule 1501.2]. 

Operation [Rule 1501.3]. 

Car Guide Rails and Guide Rail 

Fastenings [Rule 1502.1]. 

Car and Counterweight Buffers 

[Rule 1502.2]. 

Counterweight Guiding and 

Construction [Rule 1502.3]. 

Car Construction [Rule 1502.4]. 

Car Enclosures [Rule 1502.5]. 

Car Doors or Gates [Rule 1502.6]. 

Car Safeties and Governors [Rule 

1502.7]. 

Capacity and Data Plates [Rule 

1502.8]. 

Limitation of Load, Speed and 

Platform Area [Rule 1502.9]. 



§ 3085.20. 


Driving Machines and Sheaves 




[Rule 1502.10]. 


§3085.21. 


Suspension Means [Rule 1502.11]. 


§ 3085.22. 


Emergency Signal and/or 




Communication. [Rule 1502.12]. 


Article 12.5. 


Vertical or Inclined 




Reciprocating Conveyors 470 


§ 3087. 


Application. 


§3087.1. 


Definitions. [4] 


§ 3087.2. 


Safety Considerations. 


§ 3087.3. 


Electrical Code. 


§ 3087.4. 


Controls. 


§ 3087.5. 


Operation. 


§ 3087.6. 


Guarding. 


§ 3087.7. 


Counterweights. 


§ 3087.8. 


Maintenance and Service. 


Article 12.6. 


Screw Type Elevators 472 


§ 3088. 


Screw Type Elevators. 


Article 13. 


Escalators 473 


§ 3089. 


Construction Requirements. 


§ 3090. 


Escalator Machinery and 




Equipment. 


Article 14. 


Moving Walks 476 


§3091. 


Design Requirements. 


§ 3092. 


Operating and Safety Devices. 




Electrical Equipment and Wiring. 


Article 15. 


Special Access Elevators and 




Special Access Lifts 478 


§ 3093. 


Special Access Elevators. 


§3093.1. 


Hoistway Enclosure Construction. 


§ 3093.2. 


Pits. 


§ 3093.3. 


Top Car Clearance. 


§ 3093.4. 


Protection of Hoistway Openings. 


§ 3093.5. 


Pipes in Hoistways. 


§ 3093.6. 


Horizontal Car Clearances. 


§ 3093.7. 


Guarding of Suspension Means. 


§ 3093.8. 


Car Frames and Platforms. 


§ 3093.9. 


Car Enclosure. 


§3093.10. 


Number of Compartments. 


§ 3093.11. 


Car Doors and Gates. 


§ 3093.12. 


Light in Car. 


§ 3093.13. 


Counterweights. 


§3093.14. 


Location and Guarding of 




Counterweights. 


§ 3093.15. 


Safeties Required. 


§ 3093.16. 


Operation of Safeties. 


§ 3093.17. 


Application of Safeties. 


§ 3093.18. 


Materials Used in Safeties. 


§ 3093.19. 


Location of Speed Governor. 


§ 3093.20. 


Opening of the Brake Circuit on 




Safety Application. 


§3093.21. 


Governor Ropes. 


§ 3093.22. 


Car and Counterweight Guide Rails 




and Guide Fastenings. 


§ 3093.23. 


Buffers and Buffer Supports. 


§ 3093.24. 


Overhead Machinery Beams and 




Supports. 


§ 3093.25. 


Material for Sheaves and Drums and 




Minimum Diameter. 


§ 3093.26. 


Fastening of Driving Machines and 




Sheaves to Underside of Overhead 




Beams. 


§ 3093.27. 


Factor of Safety for Overhead 




Beams and Supports. 


§ 3093.28. 


Hydraulic Driving Machine. 


§ 3093.29. 


Screw Machines. 


§ 3093.30. 


Set Screw Fastenings. 


§3093.31. 


Friction Gearing, Clutch 




Mechanism, or Couplings. 


§ 3093.32. 


Use of Cast Iron in Gears. 


§ 3093.33. 


Driving-Machine Roller Chains and 




Sprockets. 


§ 3093.34. 


Driving-Machine Brakes. 


§ 3093.35. 


Terminal Stopping Devices. 



• 



Page 



(7-11-2008) 



Title 8 



Elevator Safety Orders 



Table of Contents 



Page 



Page 



• 



§ 3093.36. 


Operation of the Stopping Devices. 


§ 3093.37. 


Type of Operation. 


§ 3093.38. 


Control and Operating Circuit 




Requirements. 


§ 3093.39. 


Key-Operated Switches. 


§ 3093.40. 


Electric Equipment and Wiring. 


§3093.41. 


Power Supply-Line Disconnecting 




Means. 


§ 3093.42. 


Phase Reversal and Failure 




Protection. 


§ 3093.43. 


Emergency Stop Switch. 


§ 3093.44. 


Slack-Rope and Slack-Chain 




Devices. 


§ 3093.45. 


Emergency Devices. 


§ 3093.46. 


Capacity. 


§ 3093.47. 


Speed. 


§ 3093.48. 


Rise. 


§ 3093.49. 


Capacity Plate. 


§ 3093.50. 


Data Plates. 


§3093.51. 


Suspension Means. 


§ 3093.52. 


Suspension Ropes. 


§ 3093.53. 


Factor of Safety Suspension Means. 


§ 3093.54. 


Arc of Contact of Suspension Means 




on Sheaves and Sprockets. 


§ 3093.55. 


Idle Turns of Ropes on Winding 




Drums. 


§ 3093.56. 


Securing of Wire Suspension Ropes 




to Winding Drums. 


§ 3093.57. 


Splicing, Replacement, and 




Reshackling of Suspension Ropes. 


§ 3093.58. 


Fastening of Wire Ropes Suspension 




Means to the Car or to the 




Counterweights. 


§ 3093.59. 


Replacement of Chains and 




Sprockets. 


§ 3093.60. 


Maintenance for Special Access 




Elevators. 


§ 3094. 


Vertical and Inclined Platform 




(Wheelchair) Lifts and Inclined 




Stairway Chairlifts. 


§ 3094.1. 


Unaltered Existing Lifts. 


§ 3094.2. 


Vertical Platform (Wheelchair) 




Lifts. 


§ 3094.3. 


Inclined Platform (Wheelchair) 




Lifts. 


§ 3094.4. 


Inclined Stairway Chairlifts. 


§ 3094.5. 


Maintenance of Special Access 




Lifts. 


§ 3094.6. 


Electrical Wiring Affecting Special 




Access Lifts. 


Article 16. 


Hand Power Man Platforms 


§ 3095. 


Hoistway Construction. 


§ 3096. 


Machinery and Equipment. 


Article 17. 


Manlifts 


§ 3097. 


Construction Requirements for 



484.3 



484.4 



Manlifts Arranged for Front 

Loading. 
§ 3098. Construction Requirements for 

Manlifts Arranged for Side 

Loading. 
§ 3099. Mechanical Requirements and 

Operation. 

Article 18. Design Data, Formulas, Tests 

on Approved Devices, and 

Electrical Regulations 490 

§ 3 100. Rated Load of Passenger Elevators. 

§3101. Electric Elevator Car Frame and 

Platform Stresses and Deflections. 
§ 3102. Hydraulic Plunger, Cylinder, and 

Piping Design. 
§ 3 1 03. Hydraulic Elevator Car Frame and 

Platform Stresses and Deflections. 
§ 3 1 04. Factor of Safety for Driving 

Machines and Sheaves. 



§ 3105. Governor Trip Speeds and Approval 

Data. 
§ 3106. Car and Counterweight Safety 

Stopping Distances and Approval 

Data. 
§ 3106.1 . Plunger pjigaging Safety Device for 

Direct Plunger Hydraulic Elevators. 
§ 3107. Factors of Safety for Suspension 

Wire Ropes and Design of Wire 

Rope Fastenings for Power 

Elevators. 
§ 3 108. Design of Oil Buffers and Buffer 

Supports and Tests for Approval of 

Oil Buffers. 
§ 3109. Guide Rails, Guide Rail Brackets. 

Fastenings and Supports for Electric 

Elevators. 
§3110. Approval of Hoistway Door 

Interlocks and Hoistway Door 

Combination Mechanical Locks and 

Electric Contacts (Contact Locks). 
§3111. Stresses and Deflection in 

Machinery and Sheave Beams and 

Their Supports. 
§3112. Electrical Regulations. 
§3113. Special Elevators. 
Appendix A 505 

Group III. Installations Defined by 

Section 3000(f) of These 
Orders. Elevator 
Installations for Which the 
Installation Contract Was 
Signed on or After October 
25, 1998, but Before May 1, 

2008 505 

Article 20. Hoistways, Hoistway 

Enclosures, and Related 
Construction for Electric 

Elevators 505 

§ 3120.0. Construction of Hoistways and 

Hoistway Enclosures. 
§ 3120.1. Machine Rooms and Machinery 

Spaces. 
§ 3120.2. Electrical Equipment, Wiring. Pipes, 

and Ducts in Hoistways, Machine 
Rooms and Machinery Spaces. 
§ 3120.3. Location and Guarding of 

Counterweights. 
§ 3120.4. Guarding of Exposed Equipment. 

§ 3120.5. Machinery and Sheave Beams, 

Supports, and Foundations. 
§ 3120.6. Pits. 

§ 3120.7. Bottom and Top Clearances and 

Runbys for Elevator Cars and 
Counterweights. 
§ 3120.8. Horizontal Car and Counterweight 

Clearances. 
§ 3 120.9. Protection of Spaces Below 

Hoistways. 
§ 3120.10. Protection of Hoistway-Landing 

Openings. 
§ 3120.11. Hoistway-Door Locking Devices, 

Car Door or Gate Electric Contacts, 
Hoistway Access Switches, and 
Elevator Parking Devices. 
§ 3120.12. Power Operation, Power-Opening 

and Power-Closing of Hoistway 
Doors and Car Doors or Gates. 

Article 21. Machinery and Equipment for 

Electric Elevators 506 

§ 3121.0. Car and Counterweight Guide Rails, 

Guide-Rail Supports and 
Fastenings. 



Page iii 



Table of Contents 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 







Page 


§3121.1. 


Buffers and Bumpers. 




§3121.2. 


Counterweights. 




§3121.3. 


Car Frames and Platforms. 




§3121.4. 


Car Enclosures, Car Doors and 
Gates, and Car Illumination. 




§3121.5. 


Car and Counterweight Safeties. 




§3121.6. 


Speed Governors. 




§3121.7. 


Capacity and Loading. 




§3121.8. 


Driving Machines and Sheaves. 




§3121.9. 


Terminal Stopping Devices. 




§3121.10. 


Operating Devices and Control 
Equipment. 




§3121.11. 


Emergency Operation and Signaling 
Devices. 




§3121.12. 


Suspension Ropes and Their 
Connections. 




§3121.13. 


Welding. 




§3121.14. 


Layout Data. 




Article 22. 


Hydraulic Elevators 


508 


§3122.0. 


Hoistways, Hoistway Enclosures, 
and Related Construction. 




§3122.1. 


Mechanical Equipment. 




§3122.2. 


Hydraulic Machines. 




§3122.3. 


Valves, Supply Piping, and Fittings. 




§3122.4. 


Hydraulic Machines, Tanks. 




§3122.5. 


Terminal Stopping Devices. 




§ 3122.6. 


Operating Devices and Control 
Equipment. 




§3122.7. 


Counterweights Ropes, Rope 
Connections, and Sheaves. 




§ 3122.8. 


Layout Data. 




Article 23. 


Power Sidewalk Elevators 


508.1 


§3123. 


Power Sidewalk Elevators. 




Article 24. 


Hand Elevators 


508.1 


§3124. 


Hand Elevators. 




Article 25. 


Hand and Power 






Dumbwaiters 


508.1 


§3125. 


Hand and Power Dumbwaiters. 




Article 26. 


Escalators 


508.1 


§3126.0. 


Protection of Floor Openings. 




§3126.1. 


Protection of Supports and Machine 
Spaces Against Fire. 




§3126.2. 


Construction Requirements. 




§3126.3. 


Rated Speed. 




§3126.4. 


Driving Machine, Motor, and 
Brake. 




§3126.5. 


Operating and Safety Devices. 




§3126.6. 


Lighting, Access, and Electrical 
Work. 




§3126.7. 


Outdoor Escalators. 




Article 27. 


Moving Walks 


508.2 


§3127.0. 


Protection of Floor Openings. 




§3127.1. 


Protection of Supports and Machine 
Space Against Fire. 




§3127.2. 


Construction Requirements. 




§3127.3. 


Rated Speed. 




§3127.4. 


Driving Machine, Motor, and 
Brake. 




§3127.5. 


Operating and Safety Devices. 




§3127.6. 


Lighting, Access, and Electrical 
Work. 




§3127.7. 


Outdoor Moving Walks. 




Article 28. 


Periodic and Acceptance 






Inspections and Tests 


508.2 


§3128. 


Periodic and Acceptance 
Inspections and Tests. 




Article 29. 


Engineering and Type Tests 


508.2 


§3129. 


Engineering and Type Tests. 





Page 

Article 30. Design Date and Formulas 508.3 

§ 31 30. Design Data and Formulas. 

Article 31. Material Lifts and 

Dumbwaiters With Automatic 

Transfer Devices 508.3 

§3131. Material Lifts and Dumbwaiters 

with Automatic Transfer Devices. 

Article 32. Special-Purpose Elevators 508.3 

§ 3132. Special-Purpose Elevators. 

Article 33. Rack and Pinion Elevators 508.3 

§ 3133. Rack and Pinion Elevators. 

Article 34. Inclined Elevators 508.3 

§3134. Inclined Elevators. 

Article 35. Screw Column Elevators 508.3 

§ 3135. Screw Column Elevators. 

Article 36. Special Access Elevators and 

Special Access Lifts 508.3 

§ 3136. Special Access Elevators and 

Special Access Lifts. 

Article 37. Seismic Requirements 508.3 

§ 3137. Seismic Requirements for Elevators, 

Escalators and Moving Walks. 

Article 38. Hand Power Man Platforms .... 508.4 

§ 3 1 38. Hand Power Man Platforms. 

Article 39. Manlifts 508.4 

§ 3139. Manlifts. 

Group IV. Conveyance Installations for 
Which the Installation 
Contract Was Signed on or 
After May 1,2008 508.4 

Article 40. Application 508.4 

§ 3140. Application. 

Article 41 . Conveyances Covered by ASME 

A17.1-2004 508.4 

§ 3141. Scope. 

§3141.1. Maintenance, Repair, and 

Replacement. 
§ 3141.2. Alterations. 

§3141.3. Static Controls. 

§ 3141.4. Acceptance Inspections and Tests. 

§3141.5. Periodic Inspections. 

§3141.6. Periodic Tests. 

§3141.7. General Requirements. 

§ 3141.8. Electric Conveyances. 

§ 3141.9. Limited-Use/Limited-Application 

Conveyances. 
§3141.10. Conveyances Used for 

Construction. 
§ 3141.11. Escalators. 
§3141.12. Moving Walks. 

§ 3141.13. Seismic Requirements. 

Article 42. Conveyances Covered by ASME 

A18.1-2003 508.7 

§ 3142. General Requirements. 

§ 3 1 42. 1 . Vertical Platform Lifts. 

§ 3142.2. Inclined Platform Lifts. 

Article 43. Automated Guided Transit 

Vehicles with an Exclusive 

Right-of-Way 508.7 

§ 3143. Automated People Movers. 



Page iv 



(7-11-2008) 



Title 8 



Elevator Safety Orders 



Table of Contents 



Page 

Article 44. Hand Power Man Platforms, 
Manlifts, and Vertical and 
Inclined Reciprocating 
Conveyors 508.7 



Page 



§ 3144. 
§3145. 
§ 3146. 



Hand Power Man Platforms. 

Manlifts. 

Vertical and Inclined Reciprocating 

Conveyors. 



Page 



Title 8 



Elevator Safety Orders 



§ 3000 



Subchapter 6. Elevator Safety Orders 
Group I. Administrative Regulations 

Group I regulations apply to elevator installations covered by Group 

11 and Group III regulations and to new conveyances covered by Group 
IV regulations. 

Article 1 . Application 

§ 3000. Application. 

(a) Where Applicable. The Elevator Safety Orders are applicable to 
elevators in the State of California except: 

(1) Elevators under the jurisdiction of the United States government. 

(2) Elevators located in a single-unit private home and not accessible to the pub- 
lic. 

(3) Elevators located in a multiunit residential building serving no more than 
two dwelling units and not accessible to the public. 

Exception to (a)(3): See section 3001(b)(5). 

Note: Unless otherwise designated in this subchapter, the term "division" refers 
to the current Division of Occupational Safety and Health or any of its predeces- 
sors including the former Division of Industrial Safety or the Division of Occupa- 
tional Safety and Health Administration. Reference to the former Division of In- 
dustrial Safety or Division of Occupational Safety and Health Administration in 
these orders is meant to refer to their successor, the Division of Occupational Safe- 
ty and Health, or any subsequent successor agency. 

(Title 24, Part 7, Section 7-3000(a)) 

(b) Use and Precedence of Orders. 

(1) When ASME A 17. 1-1996 is cited or incorporated by reference in 
these Orders, it shall mean the 1996 edition of ASME A 17.1, and shall 
be referred as ASME A 17. 1-1 996, unless otherwise indicated. 

(2) The Elevator Safety Orders shall apply if any difference exists be- 
tween the Elevator Safety Orders and ASME A17.1— 1996; or any other 
code, document or standard referenced in ASME A 17. 1-1 996. Where a 
specific provision varies from a general provision, the specific provision 
shall apply. 

(3) If a section in the Elevator Safety Orders makes a cross-reference 
to a section, rule or table in ASME A17. 1-1996, such cross-referencing 
shall be that which is shown in ASME A17. 1-1 996 unless the referenced 
section, rule or table has been amended in the Elevator Safety Orders. 

(4) If a section, rule, or table in ASME A 1 7. 1 - 1 996 makes a cross-ref- 
erence to another section, rule or table in ASME A 17. 1-1 996, such 
cross-referencing shall be that which is shown in ASME A 17. 1-1 996 
unless the referenced section, rule or table has been amended in the Ele- 
vator Safety Orders. 

(Title 24, Part 7, Section 7-3000(b)) 

(c) Devices Included. The devices covered by the regulations of the 
Elevator Safety Orders are included under the term "elevator" as used in 
the Labor Code. These orders apply to the following: 

( 1 ) Power-cable driven passenger and freight elevators covered by 
regulations of Articles 7, 8, 20, and 21. 

(2) Hydraulic passenger and freight elevators covered by regulations 
of Articles 9 and 22. 

(3) Power and hand sidewalk elevators covered by regulations of Ar- 
ticles 10 and 23. 

(4) Hand passenger and freight elevators covered by regulations of Ar- 
ticles 1 1 and 24. 

(5) Power and hand dumbwaiters covered by regulations of Articles 

12 and 25. 

(6) Material lifts and dumbwaiters with automatic transfer devices 
covered by regulations of Articles 12.1 and 31. 

(7) Inclined elevators covered by regulations of Articles 12.2 and 34. 

(8) Escalators covered by regulations of Articles 13 and 26. 

(9) Moving walks covered by regulations of Articles 14 and 27. 

(10) Hand power man platforms covered by regulations of Article 16. 

(11) Manlifts covered by regulations of Article 17. 



( 1 2) Screw-driven passenger and freight elevators covered by the reg- 
ulations of Articles 12.6 and 35. 

(13) Vertical or inclined reciprocating conveyors covered by regula- 
tions of Article 12.5. 

(14) Special access lifts covered by regulations of Articles 1 5 and 36. 

(15) Special-purpose personnel elevators covered by regulations of 
Article 12.3. 

(16) Special-purpose elevators covered by regulations of Article 32. 

(d) Devices Excluded. These orders do not apply to the following: 

(1 ) Belt, bucket, scoop, roller, or similar inclined or vertical comey- 
ors, or other types of automated conveyor systems. See Section 
3000(c)(l3). 

(2) Tiering or piling machines, sometimes called stackers, used for 
loading or stacking material. 

(3) Equipment for feeding or positioning materials at machine tools, 
printing presses, etc. 

(4) Hoists for raising and lowering materials and which arc provided 
with unguided hooks, slings, and similar means for attachments to the 
materials. 

(5) Skip or furnace hoists. 

(6) Wharf ramps. 

(7) Amusement devices. 

(8) Stage and orchestra lifts. 

(9) Lift bridges. 

(10) Railroad car lifts or dumpers. 

(11) Construction elevators as defined in section 7200 of the Labor 
Code. 

(12) Mine hoists. 

(13) Freight platform hoists with a travel of not more than 5 feet 
(1.52m). 

(Title 24, Part 7, Section 7-3000(d)) 

(e) Devices Prohibited. The following type elevators are not allowed 
for new installations. 

( 1 ) Hatchway type elevator. 

(2) Carriage type elevator. 

(3) Auxiliary power elevator. 

(4) Single belt elevator. 

(5) Double belt elevator. 

(6) Steam elevator. 

(7) Gravity elevator. 

(8) Platform elevator. 

(9) Private residence elevators and inclined lifts as regulated in part V, 
ASME A 17.1, except those allowed by article 15 and article 36. 

(Title 24, part 7, Section 7-3000(e)) 

(f) Group III Installations. Devices listed in section 3000(c) that are: 

(1) Erected from plans or contracts completed, and for which the no- 
tice of intention to install is filed with the Division, on or after October 
25, 1998, but before May 1, 2008. 

(2) Installations that have been operating previous to October 25, 1 998 
without the required inspection or permit to operate. 

(3) Devices that are moved to a new location on or after October 25, 
1998, but before May 1, 2008. 

Note: Regulations for Group III installations are in Group III. 

(g) Group II Installations. Devices listed in section 3000(c) that are: 

(1) Devices which have been inspected by the Division and to which 
a serial number has been assigned. 

(2) Devices for which erection was begun before October 25, 1 998 and 
for which the notice of intent to install is not required. 

(3) Devices erected from plans or contracts completed, and for which 
the notice of intent to install is filed with the Division, before October 25, 
1998. 

Note: Regulations for Group II installations are in Group II. 

(h) Alterations, Repairs, Replacements, and Maintenance of Devices. 

(1) Alterations, repairs, replacements, and maintenance of devices 
listed in section 3000(c) shall comply with Part XII of ASME 
A17.1-1996; except for Rule 1200.1, Rule 1206.10, section 1214. sec- 



Page 401 



Register 2008, No. 14; 4-4-2008 



§3001 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



tion 1215, section 1216, and section 1217; which is hereby incorporated 
by reference. 

(2) Alterations made after May 1, 2008 on Group II and Group III de- 
vices listed in section 3000(c) shall comply with the applicable provi- 
sions of section 3 1 4 1 .2 in Group IV. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Sections 142.3, 
7301, 7308 and 7317, Labor Code. 

History 

1. Repealer and new subsections (b) and (d)(12) and amendment of subsection 
(h)(5)(B) filed 6-23-77; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 77, No. 26). 
For prior history, see Registers 70, No. 12; 75, No. 25; 76, No. 22 and 76. No. 
31. 

2. Amendment of subsection (a) filed 7-6-79 as procedural and organizational; 
effective upon filing (Register 79, No. 27). 

3. Amendment of subsections (b) and (c) filed 9-29-82; effective thirtieth day 
thereafter (Register 82, No. 40). 

4. Amendment of subsections (b) and (d) filed 8-1 1-83; effective thirtieth day 
thereafter (Register 83, No. 36). 

5. Editorial correction of 8-11-83 order filed 8-25-83; designated effective 
9-10-83 (Register 83, No. 36). 

6. Amendment of subsection (d) filed 7-22-86; effective thirtieth day thereafter 
(Register 86, No. 36). 

7. Amendment filed 1 1-26-90; operative 12-26-90 (Register 91, No. 2). 

8. Editorial correction of printing error in subsection (c)(1) (Register91, No. 32). 

9. Amendment of subsection (a) filed 7-1-91; operative 7-31-91 (Register 91, 
No. 43). 

10. Amendment of subsection (b)(12), new subsection (b)(13) and amendment of 
subsection (c)(1) filed 12-19-94; operative 1-18-95 (Register 94, No. 51). 

1 1 . New eroup I heading and amendment of section and Note filed 9-25-98; op- 
erative"" 1 0-25-98 (Register 98, No. 39). 

12. Amendment of subsection (a), repealer of subsection (a) — Note 1 and Note 2 
designator, and amendment of subsection (a) — Exception filed 8-29-2001 ; op- 
erative 9-28-2001 (Register 2001, No. 35). 

13. Amendment of group I subheading, amendment of subsections (c)(l)-(c)(14), 
new subsections (c)(15)-(16), amendment of subsections (f)-(g) and 
(g)(2)-(h), new subsections (h)(l)-(2) and amendment of Note filed 
4-1-2008; operative 5-1-2008 (Register 2008, No. 14). 



Article 2. Permit to Operate 

§ 3001 . Permit to Operate. 

(a) Submittal of Plans and Notification of Intent to Install. 

(1) The person or firm who intends to install a new elevator, dumb- 
waiter, escalator, moving walk, or manlift, shall submit the erection plans 
to the Division for review. In lieu of complete erection drawings and 
plans, the division will accept notification from a recognized elevator 
company that they intend to install a device covered by these regulations 
of a certain type at a definite address, and subsequent notification to the 
division that the installation is complete and ready for inspection. 

(2) The Division may require drawings and details of construction of 
any portion of an installation when complete erection plans are not sub- 
mitted. 

(3) When an installation requires material, fabrication, or construction 
other than recognized standard types or has an offset car frame or is an 
observation type elevator installed in other than a fully enclosed hoist- 
way, drawings and details shall be submitted to the Division prior to in- 
stallation. 

(4) Alterations to existing passenger or freight elevators as defined in 
section 3000(h) shall be considered as new installations for submittal of 
plans or notice of intent to make the alteration and the subsequent notifi- 
cation that the work is complete and ready for inspection. The notice of 
intent shall include a complete description of the alteration. 

(5) The person or firm doing the work of replacing door locking de- 
vices, safety devices, governors, or oil buffers on existing installations 
of passenger or freight elevators shall notify the Division when the work 
is complete and ready for inspection. 

(6) The person or firm installing a new hand power man platform shall 
notify the Division when the installation is complete and ready for in- 
spection. 

(7) The person or firm responsible for special maintenance operations 
such as the cleaning of glass or the replacement of lamps that cannot be 



performed from inside the elevator car, shall submit a plan to the Division 
outlining a safe method that will be used to perform the maintenance. 

(8) The person or firm installing a static control shall provide the Divi- 
sion with information showing that the control complies with the require- 
ments of Group II, sections 3040(f)(4) and 3040(0(7). This information 
shall be in the form of either: 

(A) Electrical schematic diagrams or block diagrams of the control and 
safety circuits; or 

(B) A written checkout procedure and demonstration of safety and 
speed control circuits required by sections 3040(f)(4) and 3040(f)(7) at 
the time of the inspection. 

Exception to Section 300 1 (a)(8): Installation of static control for Group IV 
installations shall comply with Group IV, section 3141.3. 

(b) Inspections Required. 

( 1 ) Each new device shall be inspected by an authorized representative 
of the Division and a permit to operate issued before the device is placed 
in service. 

(2) Each alteration of an existing device shall be inspected by an autho- 
rized representative of the Division and a new permit to operate issued 
before the device is placed back in service. 

EXCEPTION: After the inspection of a new device or an alteration, the device may 
be placed in service while the permit to operate is being processed, provided, in 
the opinion of the inspecting representative of the Division, the device is safe to 
operate. 

(3) The replacement of door locking devices, safety devices, gover- 
nors, oil buffers, counterweights, car enclosures and car doors and gates, 
terminal stopping devices, operating devices and control equipment, 
controllers, and emergency and signaling devices, shall be inspected by 
an authorized representative of the Division before the elevator is placed 
back in service. 

(4) Reinspections of the devices covered by these regulations shall be 
as prescribed in Labor Code section 7304 which requires all elevators to 
be inspected at least once each year, but permits up to a two-year period 
if an elevator is in a safe condition for operation and is subject to a full 
maintenance service contract. Such reinspections may be done by certi- 
fied inspectors as defined in section 3003. 

(5) Elevators in a multiunit residential building serving no more than 
two dwelling units and not accessible to the public shall be inspected by 
the Division upon completion of installation prior to being placed in ser- 
vice, or after alterations prior to being returned to service. The inspection 
shall be for safety and compliance with applicable provisions in ANSI/ 
ASME A 1 7. 1 -1 984, Parts V and XXI, which are hereby incorporated by 
reference. Elevators installed after Sept. 28, 2001, shall be inspected for 
safety and compliance with applicable provisions in either ASME 
A17. 1-1996, Part 5, which is hereby incorporated by reference; or 
ASME A18. 1-1999, Sections 5, 6, and 7, which is hereby incorporated 
by reference. 

(6) Special access elevators installed after Sept. 28, 2001 shall be in- 
spected for safety and compliance with the applicable provisions of Ar- 
ticle 15, Special Access Elevators and Special Access Lifts, sections 
3093-3093.60 of the Elevator Safety Orders. 

(c) Permit to Operate Required. No elevator shall be operated without 
a valid, current permit issued by the Division. 

(1) The permit, or a copy thereof, to operate a passenger elevator, 
freight elevator or incline elevator shall be posted conspicuously and se- 
curely in the elevator car. For other devices, the permit shall be available 
on the premises. 

(2) Except as provided in subsection (c)(3), the permit shall not be is- 
sued for a period exceeding one year. 

(3) If the Division's investigation and inspection indicate the elevator 
is in a safe condition and will be covered during the entire term of the per- 
mit by a full maintenance contract with an elevator service company pos- 
sessing a C-l 1 license issued by the California Contractors' State Li- 
cense Board, the Division may issue a permit for a period not exceeding 
two years. 



Page 402 



Register 2008, No. 14; 4-4-2008 



Title 8 



Elevator Safety Orders 



§ 3003 



(4) Within 60 days of notification by the Division that an elevator may 
qualify for a two-year permit, the elevator service company shall submit 
to the Division the following information: 

(A) A copy of the elevator service company's C-l 1 license issued by 
the California Contractors' State License Board; 

(B) A copy of the full maintenance service contract. 

(5) A full maintenance service contract shall: 

(A) Specify the responsibilities of the elevator service company in re- 
gard to all repairs and maintenance that may be necessary to keep the ele- 
vator in compliance with the Elevator Safety Orders, Title 8 of the Cali- 
fornia Code of Regulations; and 

(B ) Require the elevator service company to service the elevator as fre- 
quently as necessary to effect safe operation but not less often than 
monthly. 

(6) The elevator service company shall notify the Division within 30 
days if a full maintenance service contract is terminated or altered during 
the period the two-year permit is in effect. 

(d) Inspection Fees. 

The Division shall assess a fee for inspections performed by Division 
safety engineers in accordance with title 8, California Code of Regula- 
tions, section 344.30. The Division shall not issue a permit to operate un- 
til the assessed fee has been collected. 

(e) Application Processing Time for Renewal of Permit. 

(1) Within 15 calendar days of receipt of an application for renewal of 
a permit to operate, the Division shall inform the applicant in writing that 
the application is either complete and accepted for filing or that it is defi- 
cient and what specific information and documentation is required to 
complete the application. 

(2) Within 30 calendar days from the date of the filing of a completed 
application, the Division shall conduct an inspection of the device for 
which the permit is sought. If the inspection reveals violations of the safe- 
ty orders, a preliminary order indicating such requirements as may in the 
opinion of the Division be necessary to comply with these regulations 
shall be issued. 

(3) After satisfactory compliance with the preliminary order, if one has 
been issued, and upon notification to the Division's elevator unit that the 
inspection fee has been paid, the Division shall issue the permit within 
15 calendar days. 

(4) The Division's median, minimum and maximum times for pro- 
cessing a permit from the receipt of the initial application to the final per- 
mit decision, based on the Division's actual performance during the two 
years immediately preceding the proposal of this regulation have been as 
follows: 

Median time 60 days 

Minimum time 30 days 

Maximum time 1 year 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Sections 142.3, 
7304(b) and 7317, Labor Code. 

History 

1. Amendment of subsections (a)(3) and (a)(4) filed 1 1-24-76; effective thirtieth 
day thereafter (Register 76, No. 48). For prior history, see Register 76, No. 3 1 . 

2. Amendment of subsection (a)(4) filed 6-23-77; effective thirtieth day thereafter 
(Register 77, No. 26). 

3. Repealer of subsection (d) filed 12-1-77; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Reg- 
ister 77, No. 49). 

4. New subsection (d) filed 3-28-78; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 
78, No. 13). 

5. New subsection (a)(8) filed 12-22-78; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Regis- 
ter 79, No. 1). 

6. Amendment of subsections (b), (c), and (d) and new subsection (e) filed 
1 1-26-90; operative 12-26-90 (Register 91, No. 2). 

7. Amendment of subsections (a)(2)-(a)(8) filed 7-1-91; operative 7-31-91 
(Register 91, No. 43). 

8. Amendment of subsection (c)(4) and Note filed 9-22-93; operative 10-22-93 
(Register 93, No. 39). 

9. Editorial correction of subsections (c)(5)(A) and (e)(4) (Register 95, No. 26). 

10. Amendment of subsections (a)(1), (a)(4), (a)(8), (a)(8)(B), (b)(2)-(3), (b)(5) 
and (c)(5)(A) filed 9-25-98; operative 10-25-98 (Register 98, No. 39). 

1 1 . Amendment of subsection (b)(5), new subsection (b)(6) and amendment of 
Note filed 8-29-2001; operative 9-28-2001 (Register 2001, No. 35). 



12. Amendment of subsection (a)(8)(B), (b)(2) and (b)(5) filed 4-1 -2008: opera- 
tive 5-1-2008 (Register 2008, No. 14). 

Appendix A [Repealed] 

Inspection Fees 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3. La- 
bor Code. 

History 

1. New appendix A filed 3-26-78: effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 78. 
No. 13). 

2. Repealer filed 1 1-26-90; operative 12-26-90 (Register 91, No. 2). 

Article 3. Variances 

§ 3002. Variances. 

(a) Any employer, person or firm having custody of an elevator may 
apply to the Division for a temporary order granting a variance from an 
elevator safety order. Such temporary order shall be granted only if the 
employer, person or firm files an application which meets the require- 
ments of section 6450 through 6457, inclusive, of the California Labor 
Code. 

(b) Any employer, such as a person or firm having custody of an eleva- 
tor, may apply to the Occupational Safety and Health Standards Board 
for a permanent variance from an occupational safety and health stan- 
dard, order, special order, or portion thereof upon a showing of an alter- 
native program, method, practice, means, device, or process which will 
provide equal or superior safety. Such application shall conform to the 
requirements of the California Code of Regulations, title 8, chapter 3.5 
(Title 24, part 7, section 7-3002). 

NOTE: Authority cited: Sections 142.3 and 143, Labor Code. Reference: Sections 
142.3, 143, 143.2, 6450 and 6454, Labor Code; and Section 18943(b), Health and 
Safety Code. 

History 

1. Repealer of article 3 (section 3002) and new article 3 (section 3002) filed 
6-23-77; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 77, No. 26). 

2. Amendment of subsections (a) and (b) and Reference citations added, filed 
7-1-91 ; operative 7-31-91 (Register 91, No. 43). 

3. Amendment of Note filed 9-25-98; operative 10-25-98 (Register 98. No. 39). 

Article 4. Qualifications for Certified 
Inspectors 

§ 3003. Qualifications for Certified Inspectors. 

(a) Employment. Applicants shall be employed by a licensed insur- 
ance company carrying insurance on elevators or by a municipality 
which maintains an elevator inspection organization operating under or- 
dinances or rules at least equivalent to the Elevator Safety Orders of the 
Division of Industrial Safety. 

Applicants may be examined prior to their employment if sponsored 
by an insurance company or a municipality by an agreement to employ 
the candidate if he is successful in the examination. However, no certifi- 
cate will be issued until the applicant is actually employed as an elevator 
inspector. 

(b) Experience. Applicants shall have had at least four years of experi- 
ence in some mechanical or electrical endeavor at least one year of which 
shall have been in the design, construction, installation, repair or inspec- 
tion of elevators. 

The nonelevator, mechanical, or electrical experience shall be at the 
journeyman mechanic level or technical work and the work must have 
been comparable to work in the elevator industry. 

Engineering education on a college level may be substituted on a yeur- 
for-year basis for the nonelevator qualifying experience. 

The one year of required elevator experience may be on the basis of 
continuous employment for one year in which at least half of the appli- 
cant's time is devoted to elevator work. 

(c) Training. Immediately prior to the examination, the candidate shall 
have completed at least 90 days of intensive training in elevator inspec- 
tion in California under the direct supervision of a certified elevator in- 
spector. 



Page 403 



Register 2008, No. 14; 4-4-2008 



§3003 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



This training period may be waived prior to the written examination; 
provided, however, that no certificate shall be issued until the candidate 
has been employed and satisfactorily completed the prescribed training 
period. 

(d) Performance of Duties. A candidate shall be of good character, free 
from disabling defects, and possessing sufficient agility to perform his 
duties safely and efficiently. 

(e) Certificates. Certificates of competency may be revoked by the di- 
vision, after a hearing, for failure to submit true reports concerning the 
condition of an elevator, or for conduct deemed by the division to be con- 
trary to the best interests of elevator safety or of the division. 

Certificates may also be revoked, after a hearing, when physical infir- 
mities develop to a point where it appears that an inspector can no longer 
perform his duties in a thorough and safe manner. 

Certificates may be suspended by the division, after a hearing, for peri- 
ods up to six months for infractions not deemed serious enough to revoke 
the certificate. 

(f) Frequency of Inspection. Certificates will be automatically sus- 
pended if, for a period of one year, an inspector does not make any eleva- 
tor inspections as evidenced by reports submitted; however, such certifi- 
cates may be reinstated without a written examination at the discretion 
of the division. 

This provision does not apply to the supervising engineers or others 
whose regular duties include the review of the work of other certified in- 
spectors. 



(g) Examination. The examination shall be conducted in two parts; the 
first consisting of a written examination and the second consisting of a 
field examination. 

If the applicant fails to obtain a passing grade in either the written or 
field examination, he may apply for a re-examination and the waiting pe- 
riod between examinations shall be determined by the division as not less 
than 30 days or more than 6 months, depending on the judgment of the 
division regarding the necessity of additional study and training on the 
part of the applicant. 

The field examination may be waived or postponed by the division and 
the certificate issued subject to field examination. This field examination 
may consist of a formal assignment related to elevator inspection or it 
may consist of an appraisal of work of the inspector during an indefinite 
probationary period. 

(1) Written examinations will be conducted by appointment at any 
time mutually agreeable to the candidate and to the division, these exami- 
nations will be conducted in the office of the division, either in San 
Francisco or in Los Angeles. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, La- 
bor Code; and Section 18943(b), Health and Safety Code. 

History 
1. Amendment of subsection (c) and new Note filed 9-25-98; operative 

10-25-98 (Register 98, No. 39). 



Page 404 



Register 2008, No. 14; 4-4-2008 



Title 8 



Elevator Safety Orders 



§ 3009 



Article 5. Standard Reference Documents 

§ 3004. Authority for Standard. 



Authority 

for 
Standard 



A502 



D2270 



Date 

of 

Issue 



Title or Description of Standard 



ACMA: 

420.03 


1963 


430.03 


1963 


440.03 


1959 


441.03 


1963 


460.04 
480.03 


1965 
1965 


ASTM: 
A36 
A235 


1968 
1967 


A883 


1967 


A307 


1967 



1965 



1964 



SAE 




100-R2 


1967 


Federal 




Specification 
DD-G-451C 


1968 


USAS: 




A2J 


1963 


ASTM84 


1961 


NFPA255 


1961 


A17.1 and 


1965 


Supplements 


1967 


.la 




.lb 


1968 


.lc 


1969 


B2.I 


1968 


B29.1 


1963 


B29.2 


1967 


B31.1.0 


1967 


B55.1 


1961 


G50.1 


1967 


AiSTM A27 


1965 


ZllJS 


1966 


ASTMD97 


1966 


Z97.1 


1966 



Practice for Helical and Herringbone Gear Speed 
Reducers 

Practice for Speed Reducers and Increasers Em- 
ploying Spiral Bevel Gearing 

Practice for Single and Double Reduction Cylin- 
drical-Worm and Helical- Worm Speed Reducers 

Practice for Single and Double-Reduction, Double- 
Enveloping Worm and Helical- Worm Speed Re- 
ducers 

Practice for Gearmotors 

Practice for Helical, Herringbone and Spur Gear 
Shaft Mounted Speed Reducers 



Specification for Structural Steel 
Specifications for Carbon Steel Forgings for Gen- 
eral industrial Use 

Specifications for Low and intermediate Tensile 
Strength Carbon Steel Plate of Structural Qual- 
ity 

Specifications for Low Carbon Steel Externally 
and internally Threaded Standard Fasteners 



Specifications for Steel Structural Rivets 
Viscosity Index from Kinematic Viscosity 



High Pressure Steel Wire Reinforced Rubber Cov- 
ered Hydraulic Hose 



Class, Plate, Sheet, Figured (Float, Flat, for Glaz- 
ing, Corrugated, Mirrors, and Other Uses) 

Method of Test for Surface Burning Character- 
istics of Building Materials 

Safety Code for Elevators, Dumbwaiters, Escala- 
tors, and Moving Walks 



Pipe Threads (Except Dry Seal) 
Transmission Roller Chains and Sprocket Teeth 
Inverted Tooth (Silent) Chains and Sprocket Teeth 

Power Piping 

Specifications for Multiple V-Belt Drives 

Specifications for Mild to Medium Strength Carbon 

Steel Castings for General Application 
Method of Test for Pour Point 

Performance, Specifications and Method of Test 
for Transparent Safety Glazing Materials Used 
in Buildings 



See Section 



3091 (n) (4) 
30H(ii) (4) 
»l(n)(4) 
3091 (n) (4) 



3091 (n) (4) 
3091(n)(4) 



3101(a)(1) 
3101(a)(1) 
3107(b)(3) 
3107(b) (5) 
3101(a)(1) 



3101(a)(1) 
3109(b)(2) 
3111(c)(1) 
3111(c)(2) 
3101(a)(1) 
3109(b)(3) 
3111(c)(2) 
3108(e) 



3068(a)(3) 



3034(b)(5) 
(E) 

3101(a)(3) 



3000(d) 
3108(0(1) 



3102(g)(5) 
3091 (n) (5) 
3091 (n) (5) 

3102(g)(2) 
3091(h)(6) 
3101(a)(1) 
3107(b) (3) 
3108(e) 



3034(a) (7) 
3034(b)(5) 

3089(d; 

30911 

3091 



)(d> (2) 



Article 6. Definitions 

§ 3009. Definitions. 

(a) Scope. The elevator industry and the material handling industry, 
both of which are subject to these orders, use many words and terms that 
have meanings unique to their respective endeavors. Definitions are in- 
cluded to standardize nomenclature and improve communication be- 
tween inspectors, mechanics, architects, engineers, and owners. Oral and 
written interchanges are enhanced when both parties understand a given 
term or word to have a specific meaning. 



(b) List of Definitions. The following definitions shall be accepted as 
the meaning of the various terms as used in these regulations: 

Acceleration. The operation of advancing the elevator drive motor 
speed from zero to normal operating speed. 

Alteration. Any change or addition to the equipment other than ordi- 
nary repairs or replacements. 

Alternate Level. See Level, Alternate. 

Angle of Contact. That portion of a sheave contacted by a rope. Mea- 
sured in degrees of contact. Sometimes referred to as angle of wrap or arc 
of contact. 



Page 405 



Register 2008, No. 14; 4-4-2008 



§3009 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



Applied Frame Entrance. A wraparound or partial addition to an exist- 
ing entrance frame used to improve the appearance or to provide the re- 
quired clearance. 

Annunciator, Car. An electrical device in the car which indicates visu- 
ally the landings at which an elevator landing signal registering device 
has been actuated. 

Approved Device. An approved device is one on which a written ap- 
proval for use in the State of California has been issued by the Division 
of Industrial Safety. 

Apron. See Platform Guard. 

Astragal. A molding on the leading edge of hoistway and car doors. 
Usually a rubber molding extending the full height on center opening 
doors, and either metal or rubber running the full width of the upper panel 
on biparting freight type doors. It is furnished to reduce the effects of in- 
jury, should something get caught between door panels and quiet the op- 
eration of the doors. 

Authorized Personnel. Persons who have been instructed in the opera- 
tion and/or maintenance of the equipment and designated by the owner 
to use or maintain the equipment. 

Automated People Mover. A guided transit mode with fully automated 
operation, featuring vehicles that operate on guideways with exclusive 
right-of-way. 

Automatic Transfer Device. See under Material Handling Devices. 

Backlash. Excessive clearance between the teeth of the worm and 
worm gear of a geared machine; it permits a rocking action of the drive 
sheave or gear when the worm is held stationary. 

Basic Safety Circuit. A portion of the elevator control wiring that in- 
cludes a number of mechanical switch contacts and relay contacts in se- 
ries. Usually includes the final limits, emergency stop button, governor 
contacts and a safety-operated switch. The cause of operation of any one 
of these contacts constitutes a possible hazardous operation of the eleva- 
tor and therefore stops all elevator operation. Also called the emergency 
circuit. 

Buffer. A device designed to stop a descending car or counterweight 
beyond its normal limit of travel by storing or by absorbing and dissipat- 
ing the kinetic energy of the car or counterweight. 

(A) Oil Buffer. A buffer using oil as a medium which absorbs and dis- 
sipates the kinetic energy of the descending car or counterweight. 

(B) Gas Spring-Return Oil Buffer. An oil buffer utilizing the pressure 
of a compressed gas to return the buffer plunger or piston to its fully ex- 
tended position. 

(C) Mechanical Spring-Return Oil Buffer. An oil buffer utilizing the 
force of the compressed mechanical spring or springs to return the buffer 
plunger or piston to its fully extended position. 

(D) Oil Buffer Stroke. The oil-displacing movement of the buffer 
plunger or piston, excluding the travel of the buffer-plunger accelerating 
device. 

(E) Spring Buffer. A buffer which stores in a spring the kinetic energy 
of the descending car or counterweight. 

(F) Spring-Buffer Load Rating. The load required to compress the 
spring an amount equal to its stroke. 

(G) Spring-Buffer Stroke. The distance the contact end of the spring 
can move under a compressive load until all coils are essentially in con- 
tact or until a fixed stop is reached. 

Bumper. A device, other than an oil or spring buffer, designed to stop 
a descending car or counterweight beyond its normal limit of travel by 
absorbing the impact. 

Cam. A steel angle beveled at both ends and fastened to the guide rails 
to operate terminal switches mounted on the car. A steel angle beveled 
at both ends fastened to the car to operate terminal switches in the hoist- 
way. A steel angle mounted on the car to operate a hoistway floor selec- 
tor. A movable steel bar or angle mounted on a car to unlock hoistway 
door interlocks. A device for converting regular rotary motion into irreg- 
ular rotary motion or reciprocating motion. 

Car, Elevator. The load-carrying unit, including its platform, car 
frame, enclosure, and car door or gate. 



Car, Material Lift. See under Material Handling Devices. 

Car Door or Gate Electric Contact. An electrical device, the function 
of which is to prevent the operation of the driving machine by the normal 
operating device unless the car door or gate is in the closed position. 

Car Door or Gate Power Closer. A device or assembly of devices 
which closes a manually opened car door or gate by power other than by 
hand, gravity, springs, or the movement of the car. 

Car Door or Gate. Power Closed. A door or gate which is closed by a 
door or gate power operator. 

Car Enclosure. The top and the walls of the car resting on and attached 
to the car platform. 

Car Frame (Sling). The supporting frame to which the car platform, 
upper and lower sets of guide shoes, car safety and hoisting ropes or rope 
sheaves of a cable elevator are usually attached or the plunger or cylinder 
of a direct plunger elevator are attached. 

Car Frame, Overslung. A car frame to which the hoisting rope fasten- 
ings or hoisting rope sheaves are attached to the crosshead or top member 
of the car frame. 

Car Frame, Underslung. A car frame to which the hoisting rope fasten- 
ings or hoisting rope sheaves are attached at or below the car platform. 

Car Frame, Sub-Post. A car frame, all of whose members are located 
below the car platform. 

Car Frame, Offset. A car frame sufficiently offset from the center of 
the platform to require special design and construction not covered by the 
formulas in Article 18. 

Car Gate. The movable portion(s) of the car entrance which closes the 
opening, providing access to the car or landings. In contrast to a car door, 
the car gate is not a solid panel. It consists of one of the following: 

(A) Horizontally Sliding Collapsible Gate. A series of horizontally 
sliding vertical bars, jointed by a scissor-like linkage that allows the as- 
sembly to collapse (normally to less 25% of the closed width). The col- 
lapsing gate is subject to horizontal deflection. 

(B) Horizontally Sliding Safety or Tubular gate. A non-collapsible se- 
ries of horizontally sliding vertical tubes. This gate may travel past the 
stationary car panel to the side of the enclosure when in the open position. 

(C) Vertically Lifting Gate. A counterweight (counterbalanced) as- 
sembly, consisting of one or more sections that are guided in the vertical 
direction to open or close. The gate may be of wood or metal construc- 
tion. Wood gates may consist of either horizontal or vertical slats. Metal 
gates are usually constructed of perforated or expanded metal. 

Car, Material Lift. The load-carrying unit including the car frame, en- 
closure, and transfer device. 

Car Platform. The structure which forms the floor of the car and which 
directly supports the load. 

Car Platform, Laminated. A self-supporting platform constructed of 
plywood with a bonded steel sheet facing on both top and bottom sur- 
faces. 

Car Platform Frame. A structure frame, composed of interconnecting 
members, which supports the car platform floor. 

Car Stop Switch. A device located in the car which, when manually 
operated, causes the electric power to be removed from the driving ma- 
chine motor and brake of an electric elevator or from the electrically op- 
erated valves and pump motor of a hydraulic elevator. 

C.C.R. The California Code of Regulations. 

Ceramic Permanent Magnet. A magnet of the type which has a force 
that does not deteriorate with time. 

Certified Competent Conveyance Inspector (CCCI). Any person who 
has been determined by the Division to have the qualifications and ability 
of a competent conveyance inspector and is certified as a CCCI by the 
Division. 

Certified Competent Conveyance Mechanic (CCCM). Any person 
who has been determined by the Division to have the qualifications and 
ability of a competent journey-level elevator mechanic and is certified 
as a CCCM by the Division. 



Page 406 



Register 2008, No. 14; 4-4-2008 



Title 8 



Elevator Safety Orders 



§ 3009 



• 



• 



Certified Qualified Conveyance Company (CQCC). Any person, 
firm, or corporation that, (1) possesses a valid elevator contractor's li- 
cense if required by Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 7000) of Divi- 
sion 3 of the Business and Professions Code, and (2) is certified as a 
CQCC by the Division. 

Clearance, Bottom Car. The clear vertical distance from the pit floor 
to the lowest structural or mechanical part, equipment or device installed 
beneath the car platform, except guide shoes or rollers, safety jaw assem- 
blies and platform aprons or guards, or other equipment located within 
12 inches horizontally from the edge of the platform, when the car rests 
on its fully compressed buffer. 

Clearance, Top Car. The shortest vertical distance between the top of 
the car crosshead, or between the top of the car which ever is higher, and 
the nearest part of the overhead structure or any other obstmction when 
the car floor is level with the top terminal landing. 

Clearance, Top Counterweight. The shortest vertical distance between 
any part of the counterweight structure and the nearest part of the over- 
head structure or any other obstruction when the car floor is level with 
the bottom terminal landing. 

Collision Switch. See under Earthquake Protection Devices. 

Compensating Rope Sheave Switch. A device which automatically 
causes the electric power to be removed from the elevator motor and 
brake when the compensating sheave approaches its upper or lower limit 
of travel. 

Component Rated Pressure. The pressure to which a hydraulic compo- 
nent can be subjected. 

Control. The system governing the starting, stopping, direction of mo- 
tion, acceleration, speed, and retardation of the moving member. See also 
definition of control motion, control operation, and control system in 
Section 3 of ASME A 17. 1-1996. 

(A) DC Motor Control. A control system which uses a DC motor to 
drive the machine. 

(1) Generator-Field Control. A system of control which is accom- 
plished by the use of an individual generator for each elevator or dumb- 
waiter wherein the voltage applied to the driving-machine motor is ad- 
justed by varying the strength and direction of the generator field. 

(2) Multivoltage Control. A system of control which is accomplished 
by impressing successively on the armature of the driving-machine mo- 
tor a number of substantially fixed voltages such as may be obtained from 
multicommutator generators common to a group of elevators. 

(3) Rheostatic Control. A system of control which is accomplished by 
varying resistance or reactance, or both, in the armature or field circuit, 
or both, of the driving-machine motor. 

(4) Dual Bridge Thyristor Converter Control. A control system for a 
DC motor which supplies the armature with variable voltage of either po- 
larity, and is capable of current flow in both directions. 

(5) Single Bridge Thyristor Converter Control. A control system for 
a DC motor which supplies the armature with variable voltage of fixed 
polarity. The field is reversed to control direction and to cause regenera- 
tion. 

(B) AC Motor Control. A control system which uses an alternating 
current motor machine. 

(1) Single-Speed Alternating Current Control. A control for a dri- 
ving-machine induction motor which is arranged to run at a single speed. 

(2) Two-Speed Alternating Current Control. A control for a two- 
speed driving-machine induction motor which is arranged to run at two 
different synchronous speeds by connecting the motor windings so as to 
obtain different numbers of poles. 

(3) Variable Frequency Control. A control system which changes the 
magnitude and frequency of the voltage applied to the motor. 

(4) Variable Voltage AC Control. A control system for an AC motor 
which varies the amount and direction of output torque by controlling the 
magnitude and phase sequence of the voltage to the motor. 

(5) Variable Voltage AC, DC Injection Control. A control system for 
an AC motor which produces retardation torque by injecting a DC current 
into either a stator winding of the motor or a separate eddy-current brake. 



Control, Static. A control system in which control functions arc per- 
formed by solid state devices. 

Controller. A device, or group of devices, which serves to control in 
some predetermined manner the apparatus to which it is connected. See 
also definition of controller motion, controller motor, and controller op- 
eration in Section 3 of ASME A 17. 1-1 996. 

Conveyance. Any elevator, dumbwaiter, escalator, moving platform 
lift, stairway chairlift, material lift or dumbwaiter with automatic transfer 
device, automated people mover, or other equipment subject to this chap- 
ter. 

Conveyor, Reciprocating. See under Material Handling Devices. 

Derailment Switch. See under Earthquake Protection Devices. 

Designated Level. See Level, Designated. 

Designated Attendant. Where elevator operation is controlled from in- 
side the car (attendant service, independent, hospital service, and other 
similar operations), it shall be considered as being operated by a desig- 
nated attendant. 

Dispatching Device, Elevator Automatic. A device, the principal 
function of which is to operate a signal in the car to indicate when the car 
should leave a designated landing, or to actuate its starting mechanism 
when the car is at a designated landing. 

Displacement Switch. A device actuated by the displacement of the 
counterweight, at any point in the hoistway, to provide a signal that the 
counterweight has moved from its normal plane of travel or has left its 
guide rails. 

Door or Gate, Car or Hoistway. The sliding portion of the car or the 
hinged or sliding portion in the hoistway enclosure which closes the 
opening giving access to the car or to the landing. 

(A) Biparting Door. A vertically sliding door, consisting of two or 
more sections so arranged that the sections or groups of sections open 
away from each other and so interconnected that all sections operate si- 
multaneously. 

(B) Center-Opening Door. A horizontally sliding or horizontally 
swinging door consisting of two or more sections so arranged that the 
sections or groups of sections open away from each other. Horizontally 
sliding center-opening doors are interconnected so that all sections oper- 
ate simultaneously. 

Door or Gate Closer. A device which closes a hoistway door or a car 
door or gate by means of a spring or by gravity. 

Door or Gate, Power-Operated. A hoistway door or a car door or gate 
which is opened and closed by a door or gate power operator. 

Door or Gate Power Operator. A device or assembly of devices which 
opens a hoistway door or a car door or gate or both by power other than 
by hand, gravity, springs, or the movement of the car; and which closes 
them by power other than by hand, gravity, or the movement of the car. 

Door or Gate, Self-Closing. A manually opened hoistway door or a car 
door or gate which closes when released. 

Door or Gate, Manually Operated. A door or gate which is opened and 
closed by hand. 

Door or Gate, Semiautomatic. A door or gate which is opened manual- 
ly and which closes automatically as the car leaves the landing. 

Door or Gate, Full Automatic. A door or gate which is opened auto- 
matically by the action of the elevator car approaching the landing and 
closed by gravity as the car leaves the landing. 

Doors, Sidewalk. Sidewalk doors are two section center-opening pan- 
els hinged to the sidewalk or other approximately horizontal surface that 
the sidewalk elevator penetrates and that cover or close the entire opening 
of the hoistway. 

Dormant Elevator, Dumbwaiter, or Escalator. An elevator, dumbwait- 
er, or escalator placed out of service as specified in ASME A 17. 1-2004 
and ASME A18.1-2003. 

Dumbwaiter. See under Material Handling Devices. 

Undercounter Dumbwaiter. See under Material Handling Devices. 

Earthquake Protection Devices. A device or group of devices which 
serve to regulate the operation of an elevator in a predetermined manner 
during or after an earthquake, consisting of: 



Page 407 



Register 2008, No. 14; 4-4-2008 



§3009 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



(A) Collision Switch. A device actuated by the car or counterweight 
to provide information to the control that a collision between the car and 
the counterweight is imminent. 

(B) Derailment Switch. A device actuated by the derailment of the 
counterweight at any point in the hoistway to provide information to the 
control that the counterweight has left its guides. 

(C) Seismic Switch. A device activated by ground movement to pro- 
vide information to the control system that a potentially damaging earth- 
quake is imminent. 

Elevator. A hoisting and lowering mechanism which moves a car or 
platform in fixed guides in a substantially vertical direction and which is 
designed to carry passengers or freight, or both, between two or more 
fixed landings. 

A hoisting mechanism, such as a portable hoist or a tiering machine, 
used to elevate or lower material between two or more fixed landings and 
used or fixed in a permanent location will be classed as an elevator. 

A hydraulic hoisting mechanism used to elevate or lower material be- 
tween two or more fixed landings and used or fixed in a permanent loca- 
tion will be classed as an elevator. 

Elevators are classified by the following types: 

(A) Auxiliary Power Elevator. An auxiliary power elevator is one hav- 
ing a source of mechanical power, such as shafting, in common with oth- 
er machinery. 

(B) Carriage Type Elevator. A carriage type elevator is a hand freight 
elevator with a platform having no suspension sling frame, but which is 
raised by cables dropping from winding drums or sheaves over the wel- 
lway and connected to the platform at four or more points. 

(C) Double Belt Elevator. A double belt elevator is an elevator in 
which the source of power is connected to the machine by a double belt 
system employing idling pulleys and a belt shifter, and in which the re- 
versal of direction of the elevator is accomplished by shifting the belts 
without reversing the prime mover. 

(D) Electric Elevator. A power elevator in which the motion of the car 
is obtained through an electric motor applied to the elevator without an 
intervening hydraulic system. 

(E) Gravity Elevator. An elevator utilizing gravity to move the car. 

(F) Hand Elevator. An elevator utilizing manual energy to move the 
car. 

(G) Hand Power Man Platform Elevator. A hand power man platform 
elevator is a counter balanced car in guides, so arranged that a man on the 
platform may, by holding the brake in the off position, pull himself and 
the car up or down by means of a rope secured at the top and bottom of 
the hoistway. 

(H) Hatchway Type Elevator. A hatchway type elevator is an elevator 
running through floor openings provided with hatch covers, each of 
which is opened automatically as the car approaches the landing and is 
closed automatically as the car leaves the landing. 

(I) Hydraulic Elevator. A power elevator where the energy is applied 
by means of liquid under pressure to a cylinder or plunger. 

1 . Direct-Plunger Elevator. A hydraulic elevator where the cylinder 
or plunger acts directly on the platform or car frame without intermediate 
linkage. 

2. Hydraulic Maintained-Pressure Elevator. A hydraulic elevator 
where liquid under pressure is available at all times for transfer into the 
cylinder. 

3. Hydraulic Telescopic Plunger Elevator. A direct-plunger hydraulic 
elevator having a set of co-axial plungers. 

4. Hydro-Electric or Electro-Hydraulic Elevator. A hydraulic eleva- 
tor where liquid is pumped under pressure directly into the cylinder by 
a pump driven by an electric motor. 

5. Indirect Plunger Elevator. See Roped Hydraulic Elevator. 

6. Roped Hydraulic Elevator, a.k.a. "Indirect Plunger Hydraulic Ele- 
vator." A hydraulic elevator having its piston connected to the car with 
wire ropes. 

(J) Inclined Elevator. An elevator which travels at an angle of inclina- 
tion of 70 degrees or less from the horizontal. 



(K) Multideck Elevator. An elevator having two or more compart- 
ments located one immediately above the other. 

(L) Observation Type Elevator. An observation type elevator is an ele- 
vator designed and arranged to travel in a hoistway that is less than fully 
enclosed. These elevators are typically arranged to provide a view. 

(M) Platform Type Elevator. A platform type elevator is an elevator 
in which the platform is directly supported at three or more points by sus- 
pension members which are relied upon to maintain the platform sub- 
stantially level. 

(N) Power Elevator. An elevator utilizing energy other than gravita- 
tional or manual to move the car. 

(O) Rack and Pinion Elevator. A rack and pinion elevator is an elevator 
raised and lowered by means of a rack and pinion. 

(P) Screw Column Type Elevator. A screw column type elevator is an 
elevator raised and lowered by means of a threaded nut revolving on a 
spiral worm or the worm revolving inside the nut or both. 

(Q) Single Belt Elevator. A single belt elevator is an elevator in which 
the prime mover is connected to the machine by a single belt or multiple 
belt, all parts of which act together, and in which the reversal of direction 
of the elevator is accomplished by reversing the prime mover. 

(R) Steam Elevator. A steam elevator is an elevator in which the mo- 
tion of the car is obtained from a steam engine directly applied to the ele- 
vator machinery. 

Elevator. Construction. An elevator, used temporarily during con- 
struction, alteration or demolition of buildings or structures, for use by 
workers or persons connected with or related to the building project. 

Elevator, Freight. An elevator used exclusively for carrying freight 
and on which only the operator and the persons necessary for unloading 
and loading the freight are permitted to ride. 

Elevator. Passenger. An elevator used primarily to carry persons. 

Elevator, Private Residence. See Elevator, Special Access. 

Elevator, Sidewalk. A freight elevator which operates through an area 
(usually the sidewalk) exterior to the building or structure and floor levels 
below. The exterior area (sidewalk) is protected by sidewalk doors that 
are opened by the car as it ascends. Sidewalk elevators without sidewalk 
doors are permissible (See Section 3075) only where the top landing is 
at ground level. 

Elevator, Special Access. A passenger elevator that is limited in size, 
capacity, rise, and speed; installed as a means of access for persons with 
disabilities. 

Elevator, Special Purpose Personnel. A special purpose personnel ele- 
vator is an elevator for use by authorized personnel and their tools or 
equipment only, and where location, structure and limited usage are the 
determining factors. 

Elevator, Stairway. See Inclined Stairway Chairlift. 

Emergency Stop Switch. See Car Stop Switch. 

Entrance, Elevator and Dumbwaiter. The protective assembly which 
closes the openings in the hoistway enclosure normally used for loading 
and unloading. 

(A) Horizontally Sliding. An entrance in which the panel(s) or door(s) 
slides horizontally. 

(B) Swing. An entrance in which the panel(s) or door(s) swings around 
vertical hinges. 

(C) Vertical Sliding. An entrance in which the panel(s) or door(s) 
slides vertically. 

Entrance Hardware. All components of an entrance exclusive of the 
frame, door panels, and interlocks, that are necessary to maintain the po- 
sition of the panels within the assembly. 

Entrance Locked Out of Service. An entrance in which the hoistway 
door is mechanically locked by means other than the interlock to prevent 
the door being opened from the car side without keys or special equip- 
ment. 

Escalator or Electric Stairway. A moving, inclined, continuous stair- 
way used for raising or lowering passengers. 



Page 408 



Register 2008, No. 14; 4-4-2008 



Title 8 



Elevator Safety Orders 



§ 3009 



(A) Conventional Escalator. An escalator on which the running gear 
is driven by a single drive shaft at a terminal. 

(B) Modular Escalator. An escalator on which the running gear along 
the incline is driven by one or more drive units. 

The following definitions are applicable to escalators only. 

1 . Balustrade. The side of an escalator extending above the steps. It in- 
cludes skirt panels, interior panels, decks and handrails. 

2. Deck. The transverse members of the balustrade. A high deck is lo- 
cated immediately below the handrail stand. A low deck is located imme- 
diately above the skirt panel, having an interior or exterior section, or 
both. 

3. Exterior Escalator Panel. The panel enclosing the exterior side of the 
balustrade. 

4. Interior Escalator Panel. The panel located between the skirt and the 
handrail stand. 

5. Molding. The connecting seams between the various portions of the 
balustrade. 

6. Newel. The balustrade termination at the landing. 

7. Newel Base. The panel located immediately under the newel. 

8. Skirt. The panels located immediately adjacent to the steps or tread- 
way. 

9. Tandem Operation. Escalator used in series with common interme- 
diate landings. 

Factor of Safety. The ratio of the ultimate strength to the working 
stress of a member under maximum static loading, unless otherwise spe- 
cified in a particular Rule. 

Fire Endurance. A measure of the elapsed time during which a material 
or assembly continues to exhibit fire resistance under specified condi- 
tions of test and performance. 

Fire Resistance. The property of a material or assembly to withstand 
fire or give protection from it. As applied to elements of buildings, it is 
characterized by the ability to confine a fire or to continue to perform a 
given structural function or both. 

Fire-Resistive. Having fire resistance (see definition). 

Rat Steps. The distance, expressed in step lengths, that the leading 
edge of the escalator step travels after emerging from the comb before 
moving vertically. 

Freight Platform Hoist. A freight platform hoist is a freight type hoist 
having no car enclosure, no hoistway enclosure and a rise of not more 
than 5 feet ( 1 .52 m) in or adjacent to a loading platform or similar landing 
and serving two permanent landings. 

Gate, Semi-automatic. A gate which is opened manually and which 
closes automatically as the car leaves the landing. 

Governor Pull-Through Tension (Force). The magnitude of the ten- 
sile load developed in the moving governor rope after the governor rope- 
retarding means is actuated. 

Governor Rope-Retarding Means. A mechanical means of develop- 
ing a sufficient force in the governor rope to activate the car or counter- 
weight safeties or to trip the governor rope releasing carrier, where used. 
Such mechanical means include, but are not limited to, rope-gripping 
jaws, clutch mechanisms, and traction arrangements. 

Gurney Lift. See under Special Access Lifts. 

Hand Power Man Platform. See under Elevators. 

Hatch, Hatchway. See Hoistway. In early elevator usage a hatch or 
hatchway was a framed opening in a floor with a hinged or removable 
cover. Now incorrectly used to describe or designate an elevator hoist- 
way. 

Hoistway Access Switch. A switch located at a landing, the function 
of which is to permit operation of the car with the hoistway door at this 
landing and the car door or gate open, in order to permit access to the top 
of the car or to the pit. 

Hoistway, Elevator or Dumbwaiter. A shaftway for the travel of one 
or more elevators or dumbwaiters. It includes the pit and terminates at the 
underside of the overhead machinery space floor or grating, or at the un- 
derside of the roof where there is no machinery over the hoistway. 



(A) Blind Hoistway. The portion of a hoistway (shaft) where normal 
landing entrances are not provided. 

(B) Multiple Hoistway. A hoistway (shaft) with more than one eleva- 
tor, dumbwaiter, or material lift. 

(C) Single Hoistway. A hoistway (shaft) with a single elevator, dumb- 
waiter, or material lift. 

Hoistway Enclosure. A fixed structure, consisting of vertical walls or 
partitions, which isolates the hoistway from all other parts of the building 
or from an adjacent hoistway and in which the hoistway doors and door 
assemblies are installed. 

Hoistway Door or Gate Locking Device. See hoistway door interlock 
or contact lock. 

Hoistway Unit System. A series of hoistway door interlocks, hoistway 
door electric contacts, or hoistway door combination mechanical locks 
and electric contacts, or a combination thereof, the function of which is 
to prevent operation of the driving machine by the normal operating de- 
vice unless all hoistway doors are in the closed position and, where so re- 
quired by these regulations, are locked in the closed position. 

(A) Hoistway Door Interlock. A device having two related and inter- 
dependent functions which prevent the operation of the driving machine 
by the normal operating device unless the hoistway door is locked in the 
closed position, and prevent the opening of the hoistway door from the 
landing side unless the car is within the landing zone and is either stopped 
or being stopped. 

(B j Contact Lock or Combination Mechanical Lock and Electric Con- 
tact. A combination mechanical and electrical device the two related, but 
entirely independent, functions of which prevent operation of the driving 
machine by the normal operating device unless the hoistway gate is in the 
closed position, and lock the hoistway gate in the closed position and pre- 
vent it from being opened from the landing side unless the car is within 
the landing zone. 

Hoistway Door or Gate Electric Contact. An electrical device, the 
function of which is to prevent operation of the driving machine by the 
normal operating device unless the hoistway door is in the closed posi- 
tion. 

Hoistway Gate Separate Mechanical Lock. A mechanical device, the 
function of which is to lock a hoistway gate in the closed position after 
the car leaves a landing and prevent the gate from being opened from the 
landing side unless the car is within the landing zone. 

Hoistway Door Interlock Retiring Cam Device. A hoistway door inter- 
lock retiring cam is a device which actuates the locking mechanism of a 
type of hoistway door interlock by the action of a retractable cam. 

Idler Sheave: A grooved sheave used to guide or apply tension to a 
rope or cord. 

Inclined Lift. See Inclined Elevator under Elevator. 

Inclined Stairway Chairlift. a.k.a. "Stairway Elevator." See under Spe- 
cial Access Lifts. 

Inclined Wheelchair Lift. See under Special Access Lifts. 

Jamb. Any one of the three members constituting an elevator entrance 
frame, head jamb, strike jamb, and return jamb. 

Kinetic Energy. The kind of energy a body has by virtue of its motion. 

L. C. means the California Labor Code. 

Labeled. Equipment or materials to which has been attached a label. 
symbol, or other identifying mark of an independent certifying organiza- 
tion concerned with product evaluation, that maintains periodic inspec- 
tion of production of labeled equipment or materials and by whose label- 
ing the manufacturer indicates compliance with appropriate standards or 
performance in a specified manner. 

Landing, Elevator. That portion of a floor, balcony, or platform used 
to receive and discharge passengers or freight. Although the vertical level 
is normally fixed, there are instances where the landing is arranged to 
vary vertically to satisfy given conditions. 



Page 409 



Register 2008, No. 14; 4-4-2008 



§3009 



BARCLAYS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS 



Title 8 



Landing, Bottom Terminal. The lowest landing served by the elevator 
which is equipped with a hoistway door and hoistway door locking de- 
vice which permits egress from the hoistway side. 

Landing. Top Terminal. The highest landing served by the elevator 
which is equipped with a hoistway door and hoistway door locking de- 
vice which permits egress from the hoistway side. 

Landing, Unenclosed. A landing which is open to the atmosphere or 
is open to an interior court of a building. 

Landing, Escalator or Moving Walk. The stationary area at the en- 
trance to or exit from an escalator, a moving walk, or moving walk sys- 
tem. 

Landing Zone. A zone extending from a point 18 in. (457 mm) below 
an elevator or material lift landing to a point 18 in. (457 mm) above the 
landing. 

Level, Alternate. The floor or landing selected as the one to which the 
elevator(s) are to be dispatched by activation of the sensing device per- 
mitted by section 3041(c)(l)(B)(2). 

Level, Designated. The floor or landing selected as the one to which 
the elevator(s) are to be dispatched by the on position of the switch re- 
quired by section 3041 (c)( 1 )(A) and the landing where the switch is in- 
tended to be located. 

Leveling Device, Elevator Car. Any mechanism which will either au- 
tomatically or under control of the operator move the car within the level- 
ing zone toward the landing only, and automatically stop it at the landing. 

Leveling Device, One-Way Automatic. A device which corrects the 
car level only in case of under-run of the car but will not maintain the lev- 
el during loading and unloading. 

Leveling Device, Two-Way Automatic Maintaining. A device which 
corrects the car level on both under-run and over-run and maintains the 
level during loading and unloading. 

Leveling Device, Two-Way Automatic Nonmaintaining. A device 
which corrects the car level on both under-run and over-run but will not 
maintain the level during loading and unloading. 

Leveling Zone. The limited distance above or below an elevator land- 
ing within which the leveling device may cause movement of the car to- 
ward the landing independently of the hoistway door interlock or car 
door or gate contact. 

Listed. Equipment or materials included in a list published by an inde- 
pendent certifying organization concerned with product evaluation that 
maintains periodic inspection of production of listed equipment or mate- 
rials and whose listing states whether that equipment or material meets 
appropriate standards or has been tested and found suitable for use in a 
specified manner. 

Machine and Control Rooms, Remote. Rooms that do not share a com- 
mon wall, floor, or ceiling with the hoistway. 

Machine, Driving. The power unit which applies the energy necessary 
to raise and lower an elevator or dumbwaiter car or to drive an escalator, 
moving walk, or an inclined lift. 

(A) Chain-Drive Machine. An indirect-drive machine having a chain 
as the connecting means. 

(B) Direct-Drive Machine. An electric driving machine, the motor of 
which is directly connected mechanically to the driving sheave, drum, or 
shaft without the use of belts or chain, either with or without intermediate 
gears. 

(C) Electric Driving Machine. One where the energy is applied by an 
electric motor. It includes the motor and brake and the driving sheave or 
drum, together with its connecting gearing, belt or chain, if any. 

(D) Geared-Drive Machine. A direct drive machine in which the ener- 
gy is transmitted from the motor to the driving sheave, drum, or shaft 
through gearing. 

(E) Hydraulic Driving Machine. One in which the energy is applied by 
means of a liquid under pressure to a cylinder equipped with a plunger 
or piston. 

(F) Hydroelectric Driving Machine. One in which the liquid is pumped 
under pressure directly into the cylinder by a pump driven by an electric 



motor without an intervening accumulator between the pump and the cyl- 
inder. 

(G) Direct Plunger Driving Machine. A hydraulic driving machine in 
which the plunger or cylinder is directly attached to the car frame or plat- 
form. 

(H) Indirect-Drive Machine. An electric driving machine, the motor 
of which is connected indirectly to the drive sheave, drum, or shaft by 
means of a belt or chain through intermediate gears. 

(I) Rack and Pinion Driving Machine. An electric driving machine in 
which the motion of the car is obtained by power-driven rotating pin- 
ion(s) mounted on the car, traveling on a stationary rack mounted in the 
hoistway. 

(J) Roped Hydraulic Driving Machine. One in which the energy is 
applied by a piston connected to the car with wire ropes, which operates 
in a cylinder under hydraulic pressure. It includes the cylinder, the piston, 
and multiplying sheaves, if any, and their guides. 

(K) Screw Machine. An electric driving machine, the motor of which 
drives a nut on a vertical screw or rotates a vertical screw to raise or lower 
an elevator car. 

(L) Traction Machine. A direct-drive machine in which the motion of 
the car is obtained through friction between the suspension ropes and a 
traction sheave. 

1 . Geared-Traction Machine. A geared-drive traction machine. 

2. Gearless-Traction Machine. A traction machine, without interme- 
diate gearing, which has the traction sheave and the brake drum mounted 
directly on the motor shaft. 

(M) Winding-Drum Machine. A geared-drive machine in which the 
hoisting ropes are fastened to and wind on a drum. 

(N) Worm-Geared Machine. A direct-drive machine in which the en- 
ergy from the motor is transmitted to the driving sheave or drum through 
worm gearing. 

Main Floor. The floor providing normal egress from the building. 

Maintenance. A process of routine examination, lubrication, cleaning, 
adjustment, and replacement of parts for the purpose of ensuring per- 
formance in accordance with the applicable Code requirements. 

Manlift. A device consisting of a power driven endless belt moving in 
one direction only, and provided with steps or platforms and handholds 
attached to it for the transportation of personnel from floor to floor. 

Manlift, Handhold (handgrip). A handhold is a device attached to a 
belt which can be grasped by the passenger to provide a means of main- 
taining balance. 

(A) Open type. One which has a handgrip surface fully exposed and 
capable of being encircled by the passenger's fingers. 

(B) Closed type. A cup-shaped device, open at the top in the direction 
of travel of the step for which it is to be used, and closed at the bottom, 
into which the passenger may place his fingers. 

Manlift, Limit switch. A device the purpose of which is to cut off the 
power to the motor and apply the brake to stop the carrier in the event that 
a loaded step passes the terminal landing. 

Manlift, Rated speed. Rated speed is the speed for which the device is 
designed and installed. 

Manlift, Split-rail switch. An electric limit switch operated mechani- 
cally by the rollers on the manlift steps. It consists of an additional hinged 
or "split" rail, mounted on the regular guide rail, over which the step roll- 
ers pass. It is spring loaded in the "split" position. If the step supports no 
load, the rollers will "bump" over the switch; if a loaded step should pass 
over the section, the split rail will be forced straight, tripping the switch 
and opening the electrical circuit. 

Manlift, Step (platform). A step is a passenger carrying unit. 

Manlift, Travel. The travel is the distance between the centers of the 
top and bottom pulleys. 

Manual Reset, Escalator and Moving Walk. A means, not accessible 
to the general public, requiring personal intervention by an authorized 
person prior to restarting the escalator or moving walk. 



Page 410 



Register 2008, No. 14; 4-4-2008 



Title 8 



Elevator Safety Orders 



§ 3009 



Masonry. Build-up construction or combination of buildings units or 
materials of clay, shale, concrete, glass, gypsum, stone, or other ap- 
proved units bonded together with mortar or monolithic concrete. Rein- 
forced concrete is not classed as masonry. 

Material Handling Devices. A hoisting or lowering mechanism which 
moves a car or platform in guides between two or more fixed landings 
and which is designed to carry inanimate objects only. Material Handling 
Devices are classified by the following types: 

(A) Dumbwaiter. A dumbwaiter is an elevator, the floor area of which 
does not exceed 9 square feet, whose total inside height, whether or not 
provided with fixed or removable shelves, does not exceed 4 feet, the ca- 
pacity of which does not exceed 500 pounds, and which is used exclu- 
sively for carrying materials. 

1 . Undercounter Dumbwaiter. One which has its top terminal landing 
located underneath a counter and which serves only this landing and the 
bottom terminal landing. 

(B) Material Lift. A hoisting and lowering mechanism which would 
normally be classified as an elevator but with modifications to adapt it for 
the automatic movement of material by means of an integrally mounted 
automatic transfer device. 

1. Automatic Transfer Device. A mechanism which automatically 
moves a load consisting of a cart, tote box, pallet, wheeled vehicle, box 
or similar object to and from the platform of the lift. 

2. Restricted Area (Applicable to article 1 2. 1 ). An area through which 
the loads carried by the material lift travel by automatic means. The area 
shall extend in front of the entrance to the lift a distance not less than that 
equal to the length of the load plus 4 feet and separated from the unre- 
stricted area by a standard guardrail or equivalent barrier. The end of the 
restricted area where not guarded shall be marked with a yellow line on 
the floor. 

3. Car, Material Lift. The load carrying unit including the car frame, 
enclosure and transfer device. 

(C) Reciprocating Conveyor. A conveyor where the carrier pusher 
moves forward and back, or up and down in the same place. 

1 . Inclined Reciprocating Conveyer. A reciprocating power or gravity 
actuated unit (not designed to carry passengers or an operator) that re- 
ceives only inanimate objects on a carrier. These units operate on inclines 
generally in the range of 30 deg. to 70 deg. from the horizontal. 

2. Vertical Reciprocating Conveyor. A reciprocating power or gravity 
actuated unit (not designed to carry passengers or an operator) that re- 
ceives only inanimate objects on a carrier and transmits these objects ver- 
tically from one elevation to another. 

(D) The following definitions are applicable to conveyors only. 

1 . Actuator — A device that initiates the action of controls or control- 
lers and is manually operated. The actuator may be a push button, toggle 
switch, foot pedal, hand lever, hand set timer, or any other device that 
performs the described function. 

2. Carrier 

a. A device attached to or hung from trolleys to support the load. 

b. The receptacle in which objects are placed for transmittal through 
a conveying system. 

c. The moving part of a vertical or inclined reciprocating conveyor that 
supports the load. 

3. Control(s) — The system governing the starting, stopping, direction 
of motion, acceleration, speed, retardation, identification, and function 
of the moving member in a predetermined manner. 

4. Controller — An electromechanical device or assembly of devices 
for starting, stopping, accelerating, or decelerating a drive, or serving to 
govern in some predetermined manner the power delivered to the drive. 

5. Drive — An assembly of the necessary structural, mechanical, and 
electrical parts that provide the motive power for a conveyer. 

6. Emergency Stop — A stop arising from a sudden and unexpected 
need, and not as a part of the normal operation. 

7. Emergency Stop Device — A device that must be actuated in an 
emergency situation to stop a conveyor. 

8. Enclosed — Describes guarding of moving parts in such a manner 
that physical contact by parts of the body is precluded as long as the guard 



remains in place. The guarding may make use of hinged, sliding, or re- 
movable doors for inspection or lubrication. 

9. Guard — A covering or barricade to prevent entry into operating 
components such as gear, chain, and nip guards; a structure mounted be- 
low an overhead mounted conveyor to protect personnel from falling ma- 
terials. 

10. Guarded — Shielded, fenced, enclosed, or otherwise protected by 
means of suitable enclosure, covers, casing, shields, troughs, railings, or 
by nature of location so as to reduce foreseeable risk of personal injury. 

1 1. Guarded By Location — Describes moving parts so protected by 
their remoteness from the floor, platform, walkway, or other working 
level, or by their location with reference to frame, foundation, or struc- 
ture as to reduce the foreseeable risk of accidental contact by persons or 
objects. Remoteness from foreseeable, regular, or frequent presence of 
public or employed personnel may in reasonable circumstance constitute 
guarding by location. 

12. Nip Point — A point at which a machine element moving in line 
meets a rotating elemen